[mapguide-commits] r9565 - in trunk/MgDev: . Oem/LinuxApt Oem/httpd Oem/httpd/include Oem/httpd/lib64 Oem/php Oem/php/x64/Release_TS
svn_mapguide at osgeo.org
svn_mapguide at osgeo.org
Thu Jul 4 05:33:59 PDT 2019
Author: jng
Date: 2019-07-04 05:33:58 -0700 (Thu, 04 Jul 2019)
New Revision: 9565
Added:
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apache-tomcat-7.0.92.tar.gz
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apr-1.6.5.tar.bz2
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apr-util-1.6.1.tar.bz2
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.37.tar.bz2
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/php-5.6.40.tar.bz2
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/tomcat-connectors-1.2.46-src.tar.gz
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_compat.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_config.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_expr.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_hooks.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_listen.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mmn.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mpm.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_provider.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regex.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regkey.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_release.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_slotmem.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_socache.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apache_noprobes.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_cstr.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape_test_char.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_perms_set.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_redis.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_siphash.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_skiplist.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_errno.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_version.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_want.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/cache_common.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/expat.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/heartbeat.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_config.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_connection.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_core.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_log.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_main.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_protocol.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_request.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_vhost.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/httpd.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_auth.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cache.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cgi.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_core.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dav.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dbd.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_http2.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_include.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_log_config.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_proxy.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_request.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_rewrite.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_so.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl_openssl.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_status.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_watchdog.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mpm_common.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/scoreboard.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cfgtree.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_charset.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cookies.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ebcdic.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_fcgi.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_filter.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ldap.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_md5.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_mutex.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_script.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_time.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_varbuf.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_xml.h
Removed:
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apache-tomcat-7.0.82.tar.gz
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.29-deps.tar.bz2
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.29.tar.bz2
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/php-5.6.33.tar.bz2
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/tomcat-connectors-1.2.42-src.tar.gz
Modified:
trunk/MgDev/
trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/build_apt.sh
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/PROVENANCE.TXT
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_allocator.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_atomic.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_buckets.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_crypto.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_dbd.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_errno.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_file_info.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_file_io.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_fnmatch.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_general.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_global_mutex.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_hash.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_hooks.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_inherit.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_lib.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_mmap.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_network_io.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_optional_hooks.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_poll.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_pools.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_portable.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_proc_mutex.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_queue.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_reslist.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_shm.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_strings.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_tables.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_thread_mutex.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_thread_proc.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_time.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_user.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_version.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_xml.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu.h
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/apr-1.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/aprutil-1.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libapr-1.exp
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libapr-1.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libapriconv-1.exp
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libapriconv-1.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libaprutil-1.exp
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libaprutil-1.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libhttpd.exp
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libhttpd.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/mod_dav.exp
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/mod_dav.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/mod_proxy.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/xml.lib
trunk/MgDev/Oem/php/PROVENANCE.TXT
trunk/MgDev/Oem/php/x64/Release_TS/php5ts.lib
trunk/MgDev/configure.in
trunk/MgDev/prepare_webtier_components.bat
Log:
Merged revision(s) 9425-9426, 9428, 9452-9453, 9455-9456 from branches/3.1/MgDev:
RFC 168: Upgrade the following web tier dependencies:
- Apache HTTPD 2.4.37
- For reasons I do not know, Apache does not offer a deps package for this release, so we've gone back to including the latest apr (1.6.5) and apr-util (1.6.1) and build_apt.sh has been updated to work against these packages again.
- PHP 5.6.39
- Tomcat 7.0.92
- Tomcat Connector 1.2.46
........
RFC 168: Update windows headers/libs for httpd and PHP
........
RFC 168: Update httpd/PHP version numbers for build
........
configure.in: 3.1.2
........
Update PHP to 5.6.40 (this was also in previous commit, got too trigger happy)
........
Update PHP import libs to 5.6.40
........
configure.in: Update PHP to 5.6.40
........
Index: trunk/MgDev
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
Property changes on: trunk/MgDev
___________________________________________________________________
Modified: svn:mergeinfo
## -1,7 +1,7 ##
/branches/2.4/MgDev:6749-6756,6777-6783,6785-6787,6789,6791-6794,6796-6801,6954-6962,6986-7006
/branches/2.6/MgDev:8276-8286,8288-8292,8297,8299,8301,8303,8314-8315,8318,8335,8340,8354-8355,8365,8373
/branches/3.0/MgDev:8658,8705,8710
-/branches/3.1/MgDev:9026,9058-9059,9067-9068,9322-9323,9329,9377-9378,9382,9387,9389,9393-9395,9481,9483-9484
+/branches/3.1/MgDev:9026,9058-9059,9067-9068,9322-9323,9329,9377-9378,9382,9387,9389,9393-9395,9425-9426,9428,9452-9453,9455-9456,9481,9483-9484
/sandbox/VC140:8684-8759
/sandbox/adsk/2.6l:8727
/sandbox/adsk/3.0m:8563,8584,8607,8625,8694-8695
Deleted: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apache-tomcat-7.0.82.tar.gz
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apache-tomcat-7.0.92.tar.gz (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apache-tomcat-7.0.92.tar.gz)
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apr-1.6.5.tar.bz2 (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apr-1.6.5.tar.bz2)
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apr-util-1.6.1.tar.bz2 (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/apr-util-1.6.1.tar.bz2)
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/build_apt.sh
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/build_apt.sh 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/build_apt.sh 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -15,10 +15,12 @@
INSTALLDIR=/usr/local/mapguideopensource
-HTTPD_VER=2.4.29
-PHP_VER=5.6.33
-TOMCAT_VER=7.0.82
-CONNECTOR_VER=1.2.42
+HTTPD_VER=2.4.37
+PHP_VER=5.6.40
+TOMCAT_VER=7.0.92
+CONNECTOR_VER=1.2.46
+APR_VER=1.6.5
+APR_UTIL_VER=1.6.1
PORT=8008
TOMCAT=0
TOMCAT_PORT=8009
@@ -145,7 +147,14 @@
#**********************************************************
echo "Apache Httpd build started"
tar -jxf httpd-$HTTPD_VER.tar.bz2
-tar -jxf httpd-$HTTPD_VER-deps.tar.bz2
+if [ ! -d "httpd-$HTTPD_VER/srclib/apr" ]; then
+ tar -jxf apr-$APR_VER.tar.bz2
+ mv apr-$APR_VER httpd-$HTTPD_VER/srclib/apr
+fi
+if [ ! -d "httpd-$HTTPD_VER/srclib/aprutil" ]; then
+ tar -jxf apr-util-$APR_UTIL_VER.tar.bz2
+ mv apr-util-$APR_UTIL_VER httpd-$HTTPD_VER/srclib/apr-util
+fi
pushd httpd-$HTTPD_VER
./configure --prefix=$INSTALLWEB/apache2 --enable-mods-shared=all \
--with-included-apr --with-port=$PORT
@@ -523,3 +532,4 @@
echo "Tomcat startup completed"
fi
+
Deleted: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.29-deps.tar.bz2
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.29.tar.bz2
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.37.tar.bz2 (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.37.tar.bz2)
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/php-5.6.33.tar.bz2
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/php-5.6.40.tar.bz2 (from rev 9453, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/php-5.6.40.tar.bz2)
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/tomcat-connectors-1.2.42-src.tar.gz
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/tomcat-connectors-1.2.46-src.tar.gz (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/LinuxApt/tomcat-connectors-1.2.46-src.tar.gz)
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/PROVENANCE.TXT
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/PROVENANCE.TXT 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/PROVENANCE.TXT 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
lib
lib64
- Extracted from httpd-2.4.9 win32 and win64 binaries from http://www.apachelounge.com/download/
+ Extracted from httpd-2.4.37 win32 and win64 binaries from http://www.apachelounge.com/download/
include
- Extracted from httpd-2.4.6 win64 binaries from http://www.apachelounge.com/download/
+ Extracted from httpd-2.4.37 win64 binaries from http://www.apachelounge.com/download/
apr.h patched for compatibility with ACE
apr_Want.h patched for compatibility with ACE
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_compat.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_compat.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_compat.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_compat.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_compat.h
+ * @brief Redefine Apache 1.3 symbols
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_COMPAT_H
+#define AP_COMPAT_H
+
+/* redefine 1.3.x symbols to the new symbol names */
+
+#define MODULE_VAR_EXPORT AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
+#define ap_send_http_header(r) ;
+
+#endif /* AP_COMPAT_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_config.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_config.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_config.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_config.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_config.h
+ * @brief Symbol export macros and hook functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_CONFIG_H
+#define AP_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "ap_hooks.h"
+
+/* Although this file doesn't declare any hooks, declare the exports group here */
+/**
+ * @defgroup exports Apache exports
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ */
+
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+/* define these just so doxygen documents them */
+
+/**
+ * AP_DECLARE_STATIC is defined when including Apache's Core headers,
+ * to provide static linkage when the dynamic library may be unavailable.
+ *
+ * @see AP_DECLARE_EXPORT
+ *
+ * AP_DECLARE_STATIC and AP_DECLARE_EXPORT are left undefined when
+ * including Apache's Core headers, to import and link the symbols from the
+ * dynamic Apache Core library and assure appropriate indirection and calling
+ * conventions at compile time.
+ */
+# define AP_DECLARE_STATIC
+/**
+ * AP_DECLARE_EXPORT is defined when building the Apache Core dynamic
+ * library, so that all public symbols are exported.
+ *
+ * @see AP_DECLARE_STATIC
+ */
+# define AP_DECLARE_EXPORT
+
+#endif /* def DOXYGEN */
+
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+/**
+ * Apache Core dso functions are declared with AP_DECLARE(), so they may
+ * use the most appropriate calling convention. Hook functions and other
+ * Core functions with variable arguments must use AP_DECLARE_NONSTD().
+ * @code
+ * AP_DECLARE(rettype) ap_func(args)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+#define AP_DECLARE(type) type
+
+/**
+ * Apache Core dso variable argument and hook functions are declared with
+ * AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(), as they must use the C language calling convention.
+ * @see AP_DECLARE
+ * @code
+ * AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(rettype) ap_func(args [...])
+ * @endcode
+ */
+#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+
+/**
+ * Apache Core dso variables are declared with AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA.
+ * This assures the appropriate indirection is invoked at compile time.
+ *
+ * @note AP_DECLARE_DATA extern type apr_variable; syntax is required for
+ * declarations within headers to properly import the variable.
+ * @code
+ * AP_DECLARE_DATA type apr_variable
+ * @endcode
+ */
+#define AP_DECLARE_DATA
+
+#elif defined(AP_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define AP_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define AP_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(AP_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define AP_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define AP_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define AP_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define AP_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(WIN32) || defined(AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC)
+/**
+ * Declare a dso module's exported module structure as AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA.
+ *
+ * Unless AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC is defined at compile time, symbols
+ * declared with AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA are always exported.
+ * @code
+ * module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA mod_tag
+ * @endcode
+ */
+#if defined(WIN32)
+#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#else
+#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type) type
+#endif
+#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
+#else
+/**
+ * AP_MODULE_DECLARE_EXPORT is a no-op. Unless contradicted by the
+ * AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC compile-time symbol, it is assumed and defined.
+ *
+ * The old SHARED_MODULE compile-time symbol is now the default behavior,
+ * so it is no longer referenced anywhere with Apache 2.0.
+ */
+#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_EXPORT
+#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+
+#include "os.h"
+#if (!defined(WIN32) && !defined(NETWARE)) || defined(__MINGW32__)
+#include "ap_config_auto.h"
+#endif
+#include "ap_config_layout.h"
+
+/* Where the main/parent process's pid is logged */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_PIDLOG
+#define DEFAULT_PIDLOG DEFAULT_REL_RUNTIMEDIR "/httpd.pid"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(NETWARE)
+#define AP_NONBLOCK_WHEN_MULTI_LISTEN 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(AP_ENABLE_DTRACE) && HAVE_SYS_SDT_H
+#include <sys/sdt.h>
+#else
+#undef _DTRACE_VERSION
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DTRACE_VERSION
+#include "apache_probes.h"
+#else
+#include "apache_noprobes.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If APR has OTHER_CHILD logic, use reliable piped logs. */
+#if APR_HAS_OTHER_CHILD
+#define AP_HAVE_RELIABLE_PIPED_LOGS TRUE
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#define AP_HAVE_C99
+#endif
+
+/* Presume that the compiler supports C99-style designated
+ * initializers if using GCC (but not G++), or for any other compiler
+ * which claims C99 support. */
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__cplusplus)) || defined(AP_HAVE_C99)
+#define AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __has_attribute /* check for supported attributes on clang */
+#define __has_attribute(x) 0
+#endif
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4) || __has_attribute(sentinel)
+#define AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL __attribute__((sentinel))
+#else
+#define AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL
+#endif
+
+#if ( defined(__GNUC__) && \
+ (__GNUC__ >= 4 || ( __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))) \
+ || __has_attribute(warn_unused_result)
+#define AP_FN_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
+#else
+#define AP_FN_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
+#endif
+
+#if ( defined(__GNUC__) && \
+ (__GNUC__ >= 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) \
+ || __has_attribute(alloc_size)
+#define AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x) __attribute__((alloc_size(x)))
+#define AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE2(x,y) __attribute__((alloc_size(x,y)))
+#else
+#define AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x)
+#define AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE2(x,y)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AP_CONFIG_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_expr.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_expr.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_expr.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_expr.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_expr.h
+ * @brief Expression parser
+ *
+ * @defgroup AP_EXPR Expression parser
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_EXPR_H
+#define AP_EXPR_H
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+#include "ap_regex.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** A node in the expression parse tree */
+typedef struct ap_expr_node ap_expr_t;
+
+/** Struct describing a parsed expression */
+typedef struct {
+ /** The root of the actual expression parse tree */
+ ap_expr_t *root_node;
+ /** The filename where the expression has been defined (for logging).
+ * May be NULL
+ */
+ const char *filename;
+ /** The line number where the expression has been defined (for logging). */
+ unsigned int line_number;
+ /** Flags relevant for the expression, see AP_EXPR_FLAG_* */
+ unsigned int flags;
+ /** The module that is used for loglevel configuration */
+ int module_index;
+} ap_expr_info_t;
+
+/** Use ssl_expr compatibility mode (changes the meaning of the comparison
+ * operators)
+ */
+#define AP_EXPR_FLAG_SSL_EXPR_COMPAT 1
+/** Don't add siginificant request headers to the Vary response header */
+#define AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY 2
+/** Don't allow functions/vars that bypass the current request's access
+ * restrictions or would otherwise leak confidential information.
+ * Used by e.g. mod_include.
+ */
+#define AP_EXPR_FLAG_RESTRICTED 4
+/** Expression evaluates to a string, not to a bool */
+#define AP_EXPR_FLAG_STRING_RESULT 8
+
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a parse tree, simple interface
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param expr The expression to be evaluated
+ * @param err Where an error message should be stored
+ * @return > 0 if expression evaluates to true, == 0 if false, < 0 on error
+ * @note err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on error
+ * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
+ * response header, unless ::AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY is set.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_expr_exec(request_rec *r, const ap_expr_info_t *expr,
+ const char **err);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a parse tree, with access to regexp backreference
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param expr The expression to be evaluated
+ * @param nmatch size of the regex match vector pmatch
+ * @param pmatch information about regex matches
+ * @param source the string that pmatch applies to
+ * @param err Where an error message should be stored
+ * @return > 0 if expression evaluates to true, == 0 if false, < 0 on error
+ * @note err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on error
+ * @note nmatch/pmatch/source can be used both to make previous matches
+ * available to ap_expr_exec_re and to use ap_expr_exec_re's matches
+ * later on.
+ * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
+ * response header, unless ::AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY is set.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_expr_exec_re(request_rec *r, const ap_expr_info_t *expr,
+ apr_size_t nmatch, ap_regmatch_t *pmatch,
+ const char **source, const char **err);
+
+/** Context used during evaluation of a parse tree, created by ap_expr_exec */
+typedef struct {
+ /** the current request */
+ request_rec *r;
+ /** the current connection */
+ conn_rec *c;
+ /** the current virtual host */
+ server_rec *s;
+ /** the pool to use */
+ apr_pool_t *p;
+ /** where to store the error string */
+ const char **err;
+ /** ap_expr_info_t for the expression */
+ const ap_expr_info_t *info;
+ /** regex match information for back references */
+ ap_regmatch_t *re_pmatch;
+ /** size of the vector pointed to by re_pmatch */
+ apr_size_t re_nmatch;
+ /** the string corresponding to the re_pmatch */
+ const char **re_source;
+ /** A string where the comma separated names of headers are stored
+ * to be later added to the Vary: header. If NULL, the caller is not
+ * interested in this information.
+ */
+ const char **vary_this;
+ /** where to store the result string */
+ const char **result_string;
+ /** Arbitrary context data provided by the caller for custom functions */
+ void *data;
+ /** The current recursion level */
+ int reclvl;
+} ap_expr_eval_ctx_t;
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a parse tree, full featured version
+ * @param ctx The evaluation context with all data filled in
+ * @return > 0 if expression evaluates to true, == 0 if false, < 0 on error
+ * @note *ctx->err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on
+ * error
+ * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
+ * response header if ctx->vary_this is set.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_expr_exec_ctx(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a parse tree of a string valued expression
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param expr The expression to be evaluated
+ * @param err Where an error message should be stored
+ * @return The result string, NULL on error
+ * @note err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on error
+ * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
+ * response header, unless ::AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY is set.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_expr_str_exec(request_rec *r,
+ const ap_expr_info_t *expr,
+ const char **err);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a parse tree of a string valued expression
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param expr The expression to be evaluated
+ * @param nmatch size of the regex match vector pmatch
+ * @param pmatch information about regex matches
+ * @param source the string that pmatch applies to
+ * @param err Where an error message should be stored
+ * @return The result string, NULL on error
+ * @note err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on error
+ * @note nmatch/pmatch/source can be used both to make previous matches
+ * available to ap_expr_exec_re and to use ap_expr_exec_re's matches
+ * later on.
+ * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
+ * response header, unless ::AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY is set.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_expr_str_exec_re(request_rec *r,
+ const ap_expr_info_t *expr,
+ apr_size_t nmatch,
+ ap_regmatch_t *pmatch,
+ const char **source,
+ const char **err);
+
+
+/**
+ * The parser can be extended with variable lookup, functions, and
+ * and operators.
+ *
+ * During parsing, the parser calls the lookup function to resolve a
+ * name into a function pointer and an opaque context for the function.
+ * If the argument to a function or operator is constant, the lookup function
+ * may also parse that argument and store the parsed data in the context.
+ *
+ * The default lookup function is the hook ::ap_expr_lookup_default which just
+ * calls ap_run_expr_lookup. Modules can use it to make functions and
+ * variables generally available.
+ *
+ * An ap_expr consumer can also provide its own custom lookup function to
+ * modify the set of variables and functions that are available. The custom
+ * lookup function can in turn call 'ap_run_expr_lookup'.
+ */
+
+/** Unary operator, takes one string argument and returns a bool value.
+ * The name must have the form '-z' (one letter only).
+ * @param ctx The evaluation context
+ * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
+ * @param arg The (right) operand
+ * @return 0 or 1
+ */
+typedef int ap_expr_op_unary_t(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx, const void *data,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/** Binary operator, takes two string arguments and returns a bool value.
+ * The name must have the form '-cmp' (at least two letters).
+ * @param ctx The evaluation context
+ * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
+ * @param arg1 The left operand
+ * @param arg2 The right operand
+ * @return 0 or 1
+ */
+typedef int ap_expr_op_binary_t(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx, const void *data,
+ const char *arg1, const char *arg2);
+
+/** String valued function, takes a string argument and returns a string
+ * @param ctx The evaluation context
+ * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
+ * @param arg The argument
+ * @return The functions result string, may be NULL for 'empty string'
+ */
+typedef const char *(ap_expr_string_func_t)(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx,
+ const void *data,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/** List valued function, takes a string argument and returns a list of strings
+ * Can currently only be called following the builtin '-in' operator.
+ * @param ctx The evaluation context
+ * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
+ * @param arg The argument
+ * @return The functions result list of strings, may be NULL for 'empty array'
+ */
+typedef apr_array_header_t *(ap_expr_list_func_t)(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx,
+ const void *data,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/** Variable lookup function, takes no argument and returns a string
+ * @param ctx The evaluation context
+ * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
+ * @return The expanded variable
+ */
+typedef const char *(ap_expr_var_func_t)(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx,
+ const void *data);
+
+/** parameter struct passed to the lookup hook functions */
+typedef struct {
+ /** type of the looked up object */
+ int type;
+#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_VAR 0
+#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_STRING 1
+#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_LIST 2
+#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_OP_UNARY 3
+#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_OP_BINARY 4
+ /** name of the looked up object */
+ const char *name;
+
+ int flags;
+
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp;
+
+ /** where to store the function pointer */
+ const void **func;
+ /** where to store the function's context */
+ const void **data;
+ /** where to store the error message (if any) */
+ const char **err;
+
+ /** arg for pre-parsing (only if a simple string).
+ * For binary ops, this is the right argument. */
+ const char *arg;
+} ap_expr_lookup_parms;
+
+/** Function for looking up the provider function for a variable, operator
+ * or function in an expression.
+ * @param parms The parameter struct, also determins where the result is
+ * stored.
+ * @return OK on success,
+ * !OK on failure,
+ * DECLINED if the requested name is not handled by this function
+ */
+typedef int (ap_expr_lookup_fn_t)(ap_expr_lookup_parms *parms);
+
+/** Default lookup function which just calls ap_run_expr_lookup().
+ * ap_run_expr_lookup cannot be used directly because it has the wrong
+ * calling convention under Windows.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_expr_lookup_default(ap_expr_lookup_parms *parms);
+
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, expr_lookup, (ap_expr_lookup_parms *parms))
+
+/**
+ * Parse an expression into a parse tree
+ * @param pool Pool
+ * @param ptemp temp pool
+ * @param info The ap_expr_info_t struct (with values filled in)
+ * @param expr The expression string to parse
+ * @param lookup_fn The lookup function to use, NULL for default
+ * @return NULL on success, error message on error.
+ * A pointer to the resulting parse tree will be stored in
+ * info->root_node.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_expr_parse(apr_pool_t *pool, apr_pool_t *ptemp,
+ ap_expr_info_t *info, const char *expr,
+ ap_expr_lookup_fn_t *lookup_fn);
+
+/**
+ * High level interface to ap_expr_parse that also creates ap_expr_info_t and
+ * uses info from cmd_parms to fill in most of it.
+ * @param cmd The cmd_parms struct
+ * @param expr The expression string to parse
+ * @param flags The flags to use, see AP_EXPR_FLAG_*
+ * @param err Set to NULL on success, error message on error
+ * @param lookup_fn The lookup function used to lookup vars, functions, and
+ * operators
+ * @param module_index The module_index to set for the expression
+ * @return The parsed expression
+ * @note Usually ap_expr_parse_cmd() should be used
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_expr_info_t *) ap_expr_parse_cmd_mi(const cmd_parms *cmd,
+ const char *expr,
+ unsigned int flags,
+ const char **err,
+ ap_expr_lookup_fn_t *lookup_fn,
+ int module_index);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper for ap_expr_parse_cmd_mi() that sets
+ * module_index = APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
+ */
+#define ap_expr_parse_cmd(cmd, expr, flags, err, lookup_fn) \
+ ap_expr_parse_cmd_mi(cmd, expr, flags, err, lookup_fn, APLOG_MODULE_INDEX)
+
+ /**
+ * Internal initialisation of ap_expr (for httpd internal use)
+ */
+void ap_expr_init(apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AP_EXPR_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_hooks.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_hooks.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_hooks.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_hooks.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_hooks.h
+ * @brief ap hook functions and macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_HOOKS_H
+#define AP_HOOKS_H
+
+/* Although this file doesn't declare any hooks, declare the hook group here */
+/**
+ * @defgroup hooks Apache Hooks
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ */
+
+#if defined(AP_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED) && !defined(APR_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED)
+#define APR_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef APR_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED
+#include "ap_hook_probes.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_hooks.h"
+#include "apr_optional_hooks.h"
+
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+/* define these just so doxygen documents them */
+
+/**
+ * AP_DECLARE_STATIC is defined when including Apache's Core headers,
+ * to provide static linkage when the dynamic library may be unavailable.
+ *
+ * @see AP_DECLARE_EXPORT
+ *
+ * AP_DECLARE_STATIC and AP_DECLARE_EXPORT are left undefined when
+ * including Apache's Core headers, to import and link the symbols from the
+ * dynamic Apache Core library and assure appropriate indirection and calling
+ * conventions at compile time.
+ */
+# define AP_DECLARE_STATIC
+/**
+ * AP_DECLARE_EXPORT is defined when building the Apache Core dynamic
+ * library, so that all public symbols are exported.
+ *
+ * @see AP_DECLARE_STATIC
+ */
+# define AP_DECLARE_EXPORT
+
+#endif /* def DOXYGEN */
+
+/**
+ * Declare a hook function
+ * @param ret The return type of the hook
+ * @param name The hook's name (as a literal)
+ * @param args The arguments the hook function takes, in brackets.
+ */
+#define AP_DECLARE_HOOK(ret,name,args) \
+ APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap,AP,ret,name,args)
+
+/** @internal */
+#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_BASE(name) \
+ APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_BASE(ap,AP,name)
+
+/**
+ * Implement an Apache core hook that has no return code, and
+ * therefore runs all of the registered functions. The implementation
+ * is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
+ *
+ * @param name The name of the hook
+ * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
+ * "(int x,void *y)"
+ * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
+ * "(x,y)"
+ * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core,
+ * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_VOID.
+ */
+#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_VOID(name,args_decl,args_use) \
+ APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_VOID(ap,AP,name,args_decl,args_use)
+
+/**
+ * Implement an Apache core hook that runs until one of the functions
+ * returns something other than ok or decline. That return value is
+ * then returned from the hook runner. If the hooks run to completion,
+ * then ok is returned. Note that if no hook runs it would probably be
+ * more correct to return decline, but this currently does not do
+ * so. The implementation is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
+ *
+ * @param ret The return type of the hook (and the hook runner)
+ * @param name The name of the hook
+ * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
+ * "(int x,void *y)"
+ * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
+ * "(x,y)"
+ * @param ok The "ok" return value
+ * @param decline The "decline" return value
+ * @return ok, decline or an error.
+ * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core,
+ * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL.
+ */
+#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,ok,decline) \
+ APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
+ args_use,ok,decline)
+
+/**
+ * Implement a hook that runs until a function returns something other than
+ * decline. If all functions return decline, the hook runner returns decline.
+ * The implementation is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
+ *
+ * @param ret The return type of the hook (and the hook runner)
+ * @param name The name of the hook
+ * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
+ * "(int x,void *y)"
+ * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
+ * "(x,y)"
+ * @param decline The "decline" return value
+ * @return decline or an error.
+ * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core
+ * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_FIRST.
+ */
+#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_FIRST(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,decline) \
+ APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_FIRST(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
+ args_use,decline)
+
+/* Note that the other optional hook implementations are straightforward but
+ * have not yet been needed
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Implement an optional hook. This is exactly the same as a standard hook
+ * implementation, except the hook is optional.
+ * @see AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_ALL
+ */
+#define AP_IMPLEMENT_OPTIONAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,ok, \
+ decline) \
+ APR_IMPLEMENT_OPTIONAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
+ args_use,ok,decline)
+
+/**
+ * Hook an optional hook. Unlike static hooks, this uses a macro instead of a
+ * function.
+ */
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_HOOK(name,fn,pre,succ,order) \
+ APR_OPTIONAL_HOOK(ap,name,fn,pre,succ,order)
+
+#endif /* AP_HOOKS_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_listen.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_listen.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_listen.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_listen.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_listen.h
+ * @brief Apache Listeners Library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_LISTEN Apache Listeners Library
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_LISTEN_H
+#define AP_LISTEN_H
+
+#include "apr_network_io.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct ap_slave_t ap_slave_t;
+typedef struct ap_listen_rec ap_listen_rec;
+typedef apr_status_t (*accept_function)(void **csd, ap_listen_rec *lr, apr_pool_t *ptrans);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Apache's listeners record.
+ *
+ * These are used in the Multi-Processing Modules
+ * to setup all of the sockets for the MPM to listen to and accept on.
+ */
+struct ap_listen_rec {
+ /**
+ * The next listener in the list
+ */
+ ap_listen_rec *next;
+ /**
+ * The actual socket
+ */
+ apr_socket_t *sd;
+ /**
+ * The sockaddr the socket should bind to
+ */
+ apr_sockaddr_t *bind_addr;
+ /**
+ * The accept function for this socket
+ */
+ accept_function accept_func;
+ /**
+ * Is this socket currently active
+ */
+ int active;
+ /**
+ * The default protocol for this listening socket.
+ */
+ const char* protocol;
+
+ ap_slave_t *slave;
+};
+
+/**
+ * The global list of ap_listen_rec structures
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_listen_rec *ap_listeners;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_num_listen_buckets;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_have_so_reuseport;
+
+/**
+ * Setup all of the defaults for the listener list
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_listen_pre_config(void);
+
+/**
+ * Loop through the global ap_listen_rec list and create all of the required
+ * sockets. This executes the listen and bind on the sockets.
+ * @param s The global server_rec
+ * @return The number of open sockets.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_setup_listeners(server_rec *s);
+
+/**
+ * This function duplicates ap_listeners into multiple buckets when configured
+ * to (see ListenCoresBucketsRatio) and the platform supports it (eg. number of
+ * online CPU cores and SO_REUSEPORT available).
+ * @param p The config pool
+ * @param s The global server_rec
+ * @param buckets The array of listeners buckets.
+ * @param num_buckets The total number of listeners buckets (array size).
+ * @remark If the given *num_buckets is 0 (input), it will be computed
+ * according to the platform capacities, otherwise (positive) it
+ * will be preserved. The number of listeners duplicated will
+ * always match *num_buckets, be it computed or given.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_duplicate_listeners(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s,
+ ap_listen_rec ***buckets,
+ int *num_buckets);
+
+/**
+ * Loop through the global ap_listen_rec list and close each of the sockets.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_close_listeners(void);
+
+/**
+ * Loop through the given ap_listen_rec list and close each of the sockets.
+ * @param listeners The listener to close.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_close_listeners_ex(ap_listen_rec *listeners);
+
+/**
+ * FIXMEDOC
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_close_selected_listeners(ap_slave_t *);
+
+/* Although these functions are exported from libmain, they are not really
+ * public functions. These functions are actually called while parsing the
+ * config file, when one of the LISTEN_COMMANDS directives is read. These
+ * should not ever be called by external modules. ALL MPMs should include
+ * LISTEN_COMMANDS in their command_rec table so that these functions are
+ * called.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_listenbacklog(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_listencbratio(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_listener(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ int argc, char *const argv[]);
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_send_buffer_size(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_receive_buffer_size(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+
+#define LISTEN_COMMANDS \
+AP_INIT_TAKE1("ListenBacklog", ap_set_listenbacklog, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
+ "Maximum length of the queue of pending connections, as used by listen(2)"), \
+AP_INIT_TAKE1("ListenCoresBucketsRatio", ap_set_listencbratio, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
+ "Ratio between the number of CPU cores (online) and the number of listeners buckets"), \
+AP_INIT_TAKE_ARGV("Listen", ap_set_listener, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
+ "A port number or a numeric IP address and a port number, and an optional protocol"), \
+AP_INIT_TAKE1("SendBufferSize", ap_set_send_buffer_size, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
+ "Send buffer size in bytes"), \
+AP_INIT_TAKE1("ReceiveBufferSize", ap_set_receive_buffer_size, NULL, \
+ RSRC_CONF, "Receive buffer size in bytes")
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mmn.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mmn.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mmn.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mmn.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_mmn.h
+ * @brief Module Magic Number
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MMN Module Magic Number
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_AP_MMN_H
+#define APACHE_AP_MMN_H
+
+/*
+ * MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
+ * Major API changes that could cause compatibility problems for older modules
+ * such as structure size changes. No binary compatibility is possible across
+ * a change in the major version.
+ *
+ * MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR
+ * Minor API changes that do not cause binary compatibility problems.
+ * Should be reset to 0 when upgrading MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR.
+ *
+ * See the AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST macro below for an example.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * 20010224 (2.0.13-dev) MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE reset to "AP20"
+ * 20010523 (2.0.19-dev) bump for scoreboard structure reordering
+ * 20010627 (2.0.19-dev) more API changes than I can count
+ * 20010726 (2.0.22-dev) more big API changes
+ * 20010808 (2.0.23-dev) dir d_is_absolute bit introduced, bucket changes, etc
+ * 20010825 (2.0.25-dev) removed d_is_absolute, introduced map_to_storage hook
+ * 20011002 (2.0.26-dev) removed 1.3-deprecated request_rec.content_language
+ * 20011127 (2.0.29-dev) bump for postconfig hook change, and removal of
+ * socket from connection record
+ * 20011212 (2.0.30-dev) bump for new used_path_info member of request_rec
+ * 20011218 (2.0.30-dev) bump for new sbh member of conn_rec, different
+ * declarations for scoreboard, new parameter to
+ * create_connection hook
+ * 20020102 (2.0.30-dev) bump for changed type of limit_req_body in
+ * core_dir_config
+ * 20020109 (2.0.31-dev) bump for changed shm and scoreboard declarations
+ * 20020111 (2.0.31-dev) bump for ETag fields added at end of cor_dir_config
+ * 20020114 (2.0.31-dev) mod_dav changed how it asks its provider to fulfill
+ * a GET request
+ * 20020118 (2.0.31-dev) Input filtering split of blocking and mode
+ * 20020127 (2.0.31-dev) bump for pre_mpm hook change
+ * 20020128 (2.0.31-dev) bump for pre_config hook change
+ * 20020218 (2.0.33-dev) bump for AddOutputFilterByType directive
+ * 20020220 (2.0.33-dev) bump for scoreboard.h structure change
+ * 20020302 (2.0.33-dev) bump for protocol_filter additions.
+ * 20020306 (2.0.34-dev) bump for filter type renames.
+ * 20020318 (2.0.34-dev) mod_dav's API for REPORT generation changed
+ * 20020319 (2.0.34-dev) M_INVALID changed, plus new M_* methods for RFC 3253
+ * 20020327 (2.0.35-dev) Add parameter to quick_handler hook
+ * 20020329 (2.0.35-dev) bump for addition of freelists to bucket API
+ * 20020329.1 (2.0.36) minor bump for new arg to opt fn ap_cgi_build_command
+ * 20020506 (2.0.37-dev) Removed r->boundary in request_rec.
+ * 20020529 (2.0.37-dev) Standardized the names of some apr_pool_*_set funcs
+ * 20020602 (2.0.37-dev) Bucket API change (metadata buckets)
+ * 20020612 (2.0.38-dev) Changed server_rec->[keep_alive_]timeout to apr time
+ * 20020625 (2.0.40-dev) Changed conn_rec->keepalive to an enumeration
+ * 20020628 (2.0.40-dev) Added filter_init to filter registration functions
+ * 20020903 (2.0.41-dev) APR's error constants changed
+ * 20020903.1 (2.1.0-dev) allow_encoded_slashes added to core_dir_config
+ * 20020903.2 (2.0.46-dev) add ap_escape_logitem
+ * 20030213.1 (2.1.0-dev) changed log_writer optional fn's to return previous
+ * handler
+ * 20030821 (2.1.0-dev) bumped mod_include's entire API
+ * 20030821.1 (2.1.0-dev) added XHTML doctypes
+ * 20030821.2 (2.1.0-dev) added ap_escape_errorlog_item
+ * 20030821.3 (2.1.0-dev) added ap_get_server_revision / ap_version_t
+ * 20040425 (2.1.0-dev) removed ap_add_named_module API
+ * changed ap_add_module, ap_add_loaded_module,
+ * ap_setup_prelinked_modules,
+ * ap_process_resource_config
+ * 20040425.1 (2.1.0-dev) Added ap_module_symbol_t and
+ * ap_prelinked_module_symbols
+ * 20050101.0 (2.1.2-dev) Axed misnamed http_method for http_scheme
+ * (which it was!)
+ * 20050127.0 (2.1.3-dev) renamed regex_t->ap_regex_t,
+ * regmatch_t->ap_regmatch_t, REG_*->AP_REG_*,
+ * removed reg* in place of ap_reg*; added ap_regex.h
+ * 20050217.0 (2.1.3-dev) Axed find_child_by_pid, mpm_*_completion_context
+ * (winnt mpm) symbols from the public sector, and
+ * decorated real_exit_code with ap_ in the win32/os.h.
+ * 20050305.0 (2.1.4-dev) added pid and generation fields to worker_score
+ * 20050305.1 (2.1.5-dev) added ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn.
+ * 20050305.2 (2.1.5-dev) added AP_INIT_TAKE_ARGV.
+ * 20050305.3 (2.1.5-dev) added Protocol Framework.
+ * 20050701.0 (2.1.7-dev) Bump MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE to "AP21"!
+ * 20050701.1 (2.1.7-dev) trace_enable member added to core server_config
+ * 20050708.0 (2.1.7-dev) Bump MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE to "AP22"!
+ * 20050708.1 (2.1.7-dev) add proxy request_status hook (minor)
+ * 20050919.0 (2.1.8-dev) mod_ssl ssl_ext_list optional function added
+ * 20051005.0 (2.1.8-dev) NET_TIME filter eliminated
+ * 20051005.0 (2.3.0-dev) Bump MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE to "AP24"!
+ * 20051115.0 (2.3.0-dev) Added use_canonical_phys_port to core_dir_config
+ * 20060110.0 (2.3.0-dev) Conversion of Authz to be provider based
+ * addition of <SatisfyAll><SatisfyOne>
+ * removal of Satisfy, Allow, Deny, Order
+ * 20060110.1 (2.3.0-dev) minex and minex_set members added to
+ * cache_server_conf (minor)
+ * 20060110.2 (2.3.0-dev) flush_packets and flush_wait members added to
+ * proxy_server (minor)
+ * 20060110.3 (2.3.0-dev) added inreslist member to proxy_conn_rec (minor)
+ * 20060110.4 (2.3.0-dev) Added server_scheme member to server_rec (minor)
+ * 20060905.0 (2.3.0-dev) Replaced ap_get_server_version() with
+ * ap_get_server_banner() and ap_get_server_description()
+ * 20060905.1 (2.3.0-dev) Enable retry=0 for the worker (minor)
+ * 20060905.2 (2.3.0-dev) Added ap_all_available_mutexes_string,
+ * ap_available_mutexes_string and
+ * ap_parse_mutex()
+ * 20060905.3 (2.3.0-dev) Added conn_rec::clogging_input_filters.
+ * 20060905.4 (2.3.0-dev) Added proxy_balancer::sticky_path.
+ * 20060905.5 (2.3.0-dev) Added ap_mpm_safe_kill()
+ * 20070823.0 (2.3.0-dev) Removed ap_all_available_mutexes_string,
+ * ap_available_mutexes_string for macros
+ * 20070823.1 (2.3.0-dev) add ap_send_interim_response()
+ * 20071023.0 (2.3.0-dev) add ap_get_scoreboard(sbh) split from the less
+ * conventional ap_get_scoreboard(proc, thread)
+ * 20071023.1 (2.3.0-dev) Add flags field to struct proxy_alias
+ * 20071023.2 (2.3.0-dev) Add ap_mod_status_reqtail
+ * 20071023.3 (2.3.0-dev) Declare ap_time_process_request() as part of the
+ * public scoreboard API.
+ * 20071108.1 (2.3.0-dev) Add the optional kept_body brigade to request_rec
+ * 20071108.2 (2.3.0-dev) Add st and keep fields to struct util_ldap_connection_t
+ * 20071108.3 (2.3.0-dev) Add API guarantee for adding connection filters
+ * with non-NULL request_rec pointer (ap_add_*_filter*)
+ * 20071108.4 (2.3.0-dev) Add ap_proxy_ssl_connection_cleanup
+ * 20071108.5 (2.3.0-dev) Add *scpool to proxy_conn_rec structure
+ * 20071108.6 (2.3.0-dev) Add *r and need_flush to proxy_conn_rec structure
+ * 20071108.7 (2.3.0-dev) Add *ftp_directory_charset to proxy_dir_conf
+ * 20071108.8 (2.3.0-dev) Add optional function ap_logio_add_bytes_in() to mog_logio
+ * 20071108.9 (2.3.0-dev) Add chroot support to unixd_config
+ * 20071108.10(2.3.0-dev) Introduce new ap_expr API
+ * 20071108.11(2.3.0-dev) Revise/Expand new ap_expr API
+ * 20071108.12(2.3.0-dev) Remove ap_expr_clone from the API (same day it was added)
+ * 20080403.0 (2.3.0-dev) Add condition field to core dir config
+ * 20080403.1 (2.3.0-dev) Add authn/z hook and provider registration wrappers.
+ * 20080403.2 (2.3.0-dev) Add ap_escape_path_segment_buffer() and ap_unescape_all().
+ * 20080407.0 (2.3.0-dev) Remove ap_graceful_stop_signalled.
+ * 20080407.1 Deprecate ap_cache_cacheable_hdrs_out and add two
+ * generalized ap_cache_cacheable_headers_(in|out).
+ * 20080528.0 (2.3.0-dev) Switch order of ftp_directory_charset and
+ * interpolate_env in proxy_dir_conf.
+ * Rationale: see r661069.
+ * 20080528.1 (2.3.0-dev) add has_realm_hash() to authn_provider struct
+ * 20080722.0 (2.3.0-dev) remove has_realm_hash() from authn_provider struct
+ * 20080722.1 (2.3.0-dev) Add conn_timeout and conn_timeout_set to
+ * proxy_worker struct.
+ * 20080722.2 (2.3.0-dev) Add scolonsep to proxy_balancer
+ * 20080829.0 (2.3.0-dev) Add cookie attributes when removing cookies
+ * 20080830.0 (2.3.0-dev) Cookies can be set on headers_out and err_headers_out
+ * 20080920.0 (2.3.0-dev) Add ap_mpm_register_timed_callback.
+ * 20080920.1 (2.3.0-dev) Export mod_rewrite.h in the public API.
+ * 20080920.2 (2.3.0-dev) Added ap_timeout_parameter_parse to util.c / httpd.h
+ * 20081101.0 (2.3.0-dev) Remove unused AUTHZ_GROUP_NOTE define.
+ * 20081102.0 (2.3.0-dev) Remove authz_provider_list, authz_request_state,
+ * and AUTHZ_ACCESS_PASSED_NOTE.
+ * 20081104.0 (2.3.0-dev) Remove r and need_flush fields from proxy_conn_rec
+ * as they are no longer used and add
+ * ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform to mod_proxy.h
+ * 20081129.0 (2.3.0-dev) Move AP_FILTER_ERROR and AP_NOBODY_READ|WROTE
+ * from util_filter.h to httpd.h and change their
+ * numeric values so they do not overlap with other
+ * potential status codes
+ * 20081201.0 (2.3.0-dev) Rename several APIs to include ap_ prefix.
+ * 20081201.1 (2.3.0-dev) Added ap_args_to_table and ap_body_to_table.
+ * 20081212.0 (2.3.0-dev) Remove sb_type from process_score in scoreboard.h.
+ * 20081231.0 (2.3.0-dev) Switch ap_escape_html API: add ap_escape_html2,
+ * and make ap_escape_html a macro for it.
+ * 20090130.0 (2.3.2-dev) Add ap_ prefix to unixd_setup_child().
+ * 20090131.0 (2.3.2-dev) Remove ap_default_type(), disable DefaultType
+ * 20090208.0 (2.3.2-dev) Add conn_rec::current_thread.
+ * 20090208.1 (2.3.3-dev) Add ap_retained_data_create()/ap_retained_data_get()
+ * 20090401.0 (2.3.3-dev) Remove ap_threads_per_child, ap_max_daemons_limit,
+ * ap_my_generation, etc. ap_mpm_query() can't be called
+ * until after the register-hooks phase.
+ * 20090401.1 (2.3.3-dev) Protected log.c internals, http_log.h changes
+ * 20090401.2 (2.3.3-dev) Added tmp_flush_bb to core_output_filter_ctx_t
+ * 20090401.3 (2.3.3-dev) Added DAV options provider to mod_dav.h
+ * 20090925.0 (2.3.3-dev) Added server_rec::context and added *server_rec
+ * param to ap_wait_or_timeout()
+ * 20090925.1 (2.3.3-dev) Add optional function ap_logio_get_last_bytes() to
+ * mod_logio
+ * 20091011.0 (2.3.3-dev) Move preserve_host{,_set} from proxy_server_conf to
+ * proxy_dir_conf
+ * 20091011.1 (2.3.3-dev) add debug_level to util_ldap_state_t
+ * 20091031.0 (2.3.3-dev) remove public LDAP referral-related macros
+ * 20091119.0 (2.3.4-dev) dav_error interface uses apr_status_t parm, not errno
+ * 20091119.1 (2.3.4-dev) ap_mutex_register(), ap_{proc,global}_mutex_create()
+ * 20091229.0 (2.3.5-dev) Move allowed_connect_ports from proxy_server_conf
+ * to mod_proxy_connect
+ * 20091230.0 (2.3.5-dev) Move ftp_directory_charset from proxy_dir_conf
+ * to proxy_ftp_dir_conf(mod_proxy_ftp)
+ * 20091230.1 (2.3.5-dev) add util_ldap_state_t.opTimeout
+ * 20091230.2 (2.3.5-dev) add ap_get_server_name_for_url()
+ * 20091230.3 (2.3.6-dev) add ap_parse_log_level()
+ * 20091230.4 (2.3.6-dev) export ap_process_request_after_handler() for mod_serf
+ * 20100208.0 (2.3.6-dev) ap_socache_provider_t API changes to store and iterate
+ * 20100208.1 (2.3.6-dev) Added forward member to proxy_conn_rec
+ * 20100208.2 (2.3.6-dev) Added ap_log_command_line().
+ * 20100223.0 (2.3.6-dev) LDAP client_certs per-server moved to per-dir
+ * 20100223.1 (2.3.6-dev) Added ap_process_fnmatch_configs().
+ * 20100504.0 (2.3.6-dev) Added name arg to ap_{proc,global}_mutex_create().
+ * 20100604.0 (2.3.6-dev) Remove unused core_dir_config::loglevel
+ * 20100606.0 (2.3.6-dev) Make ap_log_*error macro wrappers around
+ * ap_log_*error_ to save argument preparation and
+ * function call overhead.
+ * Introduce per-module loglevels, including new APIs
+ * APLOG_USE_MODULE() and AP_DECLARE_MODULE().
+ * 20100606.1 (2.3.6-dev) Added extended timestamp formatting via
+ * ap_recent_ctime_ex().
+ * 20100609.0 (2.3.6-dev) Dropped ap_body_to_table due to missing constraints.
+ * 20100609.1 (2.3.7-dev) Introduce ap_log_cserror()
+ * 20100609.2 (2.3.7-dev) Add deferred write pool to core_output_filter_ctx
+ * 20100625.0 (2.3.7-dev) Add 'userctx' to socache iterator callback prototype
+ * 20100630.0 (2.3.7-dev) make module_levels vector of char instead of int
+ * 20100701.0 (2.3.7-dev) re-order struct members to improve alignment
+ * 20100701.1 (2.3.7-dev) add note_auth_failure hook
+ * 20100701.2 (2.3.7-dev) add ap_proxy_*_wid() functions
+ * 20100714.0 (2.3.7-dev) add access_checker_ex hook, add AUTHZ_DENIED_NO_USER
+ * to authz_status, call authz providers twice to allow
+ * authz without authenticated user
+ * 20100719.0 (2.3.7-dev) Add symbol name parameter to ap_add_module and
+ * ap_add_loaded_module. Add ap_find_module_short_name
+ * 20100723.0 (2.3.7-dev) Remove ct_output_filters from core rec
+ * 20100723.1 (2.3.7-dev) Added ap_proxy_hashfunc() and hash elements to
+ * proxy worker structs
+ * 20100723.2 (2.3.7-dev) Add ap_request_has_body()
+ * 20100723.3 (2.3.8-dev) Add ap_check_mpm()
+ * 20100905.0 (2.3.9-dev) Add log_id to conn and req recs. Add error log
+ * format handlers. Support AP_CTIME_OPTION_COMPACT in
+ * ap_recent_ctime_ex().
+ * 20100905.1 (2.3.9-dev) Add ap_cache_check_allowed()
+ * 20100912.0 (2.3.9-dev) Add an additional "out" brigade parameter to the
+ * mod_cache store_body() provider function.
+ * 20100916.0 (2.3.9-dev) Add commit_entity() to the mod_cache provider
+ * interface.
+ * 20100918.0 (2.3.9-dev) Move the request_rec within mod_include to be
+ * exposed within include_ctx_t.
+ * 20100919.0 (2.3.9-dev) Authz providers: Add parsed_require_line parameter
+ * to check_authorization() function. Add
+ * parse_require_line() function.
+ * 20100919.1 (2.3.9-dev) Introduce ap_rxplus util/API
+ * 20100921.0 (2.3.9-dev) Add an apr_bucket_brigade to the create_entity
+ * provider interface for mod_cache.h.
+ * 20100922.0 (2.3.9-dev) Move cache_* functions from mod_cache.h to a
+ * private header file.
+ * 20100923.0 (2.3.9-dev) Remove MOD_CACHE_REQUEST_REC, remove deprecated
+ * ap_cache_cacheable_hdrs_out, trim cache_object_t,
+ * make ap_cache_accept_headers, ap_cache_accept_headers
+ * ap_cache_try_lock, ap_cache_check_freshness,
+ * cache_server_conf, cache_enable, cache_disable,
+ * cache_request_rec and cache_provider_list private.
+ * 20100923.1 (2.3.9-dev) Add cache_status hook.
+ * 20100923.2 (2.3.9-dev) Add generate_log_id hook.
+ * Make root parameter of ap_expr_eval() const.
+ * 20100923.3 (2.3.9-dev) Add "last" member to ap_directive_t
+ * 20101012.0 (2.3.9-dev) Add header to cache_status hook.
+ * 20101016.0 (2.3.9-dev) Remove ap_cache_check_allowed().
+ * 20101017.0 (2.3.9-dev) Make ap_cache_control() public, add cache_control_t
+ * to mod_disk_cache format.
+ * 20101106.0 (2.3.9-dev) Replace the ap_expr parser derived from
+ * mod_include's parser with one derived from
+ * mod_ssl's parser. Clean up ap_expr's public
+ * interface.
+ * 20101106.1 (2.3.9-dev) Add ap_pool_cleanup_set_null() generic cleanup
+ * 20101106.2 (2.3.9-dev) Add suexec_disabled_reason field to ap_unixd_config
+ * 20101113.0 (2.3.9-dev) Add source address to mod_proxy.h
+ * 20101113.1 (2.3.9-dev) Add ap_set_flag_slot_char()
+ * 20101113.2 (2.3.9-dev) Add ap_expr_exec_re()
+ * 20101204.0 (2.3.10-dev) Add _t to ap_expr's typedef names
+ * 20101223.0 (2.3.11-dev) Remove cleaned from proxy_conn_rec.
+ * 20101223.1 (2.3.11-dev) Rework mod_proxy, et.al. Remove proxy_worker_stat
+ * and replace w/ proxy_worker_shared; remove worker
+ * info from scoreboard and use slotmem; Allow
+ * dynamic growth of balancer members; Remove
+ * BalancerNonce in favor of 'nonce' parameter.
+ * 20110117.0 (2.3.11-dev) Merge <If> sections in separate step (ap_if_walk).
+ * Add core_dir_config->sec_if. Add ap_add_if_conf().
+ * Add pool argument to ap_add_file_conf().
+ * 20110117.1 (2.3.11-dev) Add ap_pstr2_alnum() and ap_str2_alnum()
+ * 20110203.0 (2.3.11-dev) Raise DYNAMIC_MODULE_LIMIT to 256
+ * 20110203.1 (2.3.11-dev) Add ap_state_query()
+ * 20110203.2 (2.3.11-dev) Add ap_run_pre_read_request() hook and
+ * ap_parse_form_data() util
+ * 20110312.0 (2.3.12-dev) remove uldap_connection_cleanup and add
+ util_ldap_state_t.connectionPoolTTL,
+ util_ldap_connection_t.freed, and
+ util_ldap_connection_t.rebind_pool.
+ * 20110312.1 (2.3.12-dev) Add core_dir_config.decode_encoded_slashes.
+ * 20110328.0 (2.3.12-dev) change type and name of connectionPoolTTL in util_ldap_state_t
+ connectionPoolTTL (connection_pool_ttl, int->apr_interval_t)
+ * 20110329.0 (2.3.12-dev) Change single-bit signed fields to unsigned in
+ * proxy and cache interfaces.
+ * Change ap_configfile_t/ap_cfg_getline()/
+ * ap_cfg_getc() API, add ap_pcfg_strerror()
+ * Axe mpm_note_child_killed hook, change
+ * ap_reclaim_child_process and ap_recover_child_process
+ * interfaces.
+ * 20110329.1 (2.3.12-dev) Add ap_reserve_module_slots()/ap_reserve_module_slots_directive()
+ * change AP_CORE_DECLARE to AP_DECLARE: ap_create_request_config()
+ * change AP_DECLARE to AP_CORE_DECLARE: ap_register_log_hooks()
+ * 20110329.2 (2.3.12-dev) Add child_status and end_generation hooks.
+ * 20110329.3 (2.3.12-dev) Add format field to ap_errorlog_info.
+ * 20110329.4 (2.3.13-dev) bgrowth and max_balancers to proxy_server_conf.
+ * 20110329.5 (2.3.13-dev) Add ap_regexec_len()
+ * 20110329.6 (2.3.13-dev) Add AP_EXPR_FLAGS_RESTRICTED, ap_expr_eval_ctx_t->data,
+ * ap_expr_exec_ctx()
+ * 20110604.0 (2.3.13-dev) Make ap_rputs() inline
+ * 20110605.0 (2.3.13-dev) add core_dir_config->condition_ifelse, change return
+ * type of ap_add_if_conf().
+ * Add members of core_request_config: document_root,
+ * context_document_root, context_prefix.
+ * Add ap_context_*(), ap_set_context_info(), ap_set_document_root()
+ * 20110605.1 (2.3.13-dev) add ap_(get|set)_core_module_config()
+ * 20110605.2 (2.3.13-dev) add ap_get_conn_socket()
+ * 20110619.0 (2.3.13-dev) add async connection infos to process_score in scoreboard,
+ * add ap_start_lingering_close(),
+ * add conn_state_e:CONN_STATE_LINGER_NORMAL and CONN_STATE_LINGER_SHORT
+ * 20110619.1 (2.3.13-dev) add ap_str_toupper()
+ * 20110702.0 (2.3.14-dev) make ap_expr_parse_cmd() macro wrapper for new
+ * ap_expr_parse_cmd_mi() function, add ap_expr_str_*() functions,
+ * rename AP_EXPR_FLAGS_* -> AP_EXPR_FLAG_*
+ * 20110702.1 (2.3.14-dev) Add ap_scan_script_header_err*_ex functions
+ * 20110723.0 (2.3.14-dev) Revert addition of ap_ldap*
+ * 20110724.0 (2.3.14-dev) Add override_list as parameter to ap_parse_htaccess
+ * Add member override_list to cmd_parms_struct,
+ * core_dir_config and htaccess_result
+ * 20110724.1 (2.3.15-dev) add NOT_IN_HTACCESS
+ * 20110724.2 (2.3.15-dev) retries and retry_delay in util_ldap_state_t
+ * 20110724.3 (2.3.15-dev) add util_varbuf.h / ap_varbuf API
+ * 20110724.4 (2.3.15-dev) add max_ranges to core_dir_config
+ * 20110724.5 (2.3.15-dev) add ap_set_accept_ranges()
+ * 20110724.6 (2.3.15-dev) add max_overlaps and max_reversals to core_dir_config
+ * 20110724.7 (2.3.15-dev) add ap_random_insecure_bytes(), ap_random_pick()
+ * 20110724.8 (2.3.15-dev) add ap_abort_on_oom(), ap_malloc(), ap_calloc(),
+ * ap_realloc()
+ * 20110724.9 (2.3.15-dev) add ap_varbuf_pdup() and ap_varbuf_regsub()
+ * 20110724.10(2.3.15-dev) Export ap_max_mem_free
+ * 20111009.0 (2.3.15-dev) Remove ap_proxy_removestr(),
+ * add ap_unixd_config.group_name
+ * 20111014.0 (2.3.15-dev) Remove cookie_path_str and cookie_domain_str from
+ * proxy_dir_conf
+ * 20111025.0 (2.3.15-dev) Add return value and maxlen to ap_varbuf_regsub(),
+ * add ap_pregsub_ex()
+ * 20111025.1 (2.3.15-dev) Add ap_escape_urlencoded(), ap_escape_urlencoded_buffer()
+ * and ap_unescape_urlencoded().
+ * 20111025.2 (2.3.15-dev) Add ap_lua_ssl_val to mod_lua
+ * 20111025.3 (2.4.0-dev) Add reclvl to ap_expr_eval_ctx_t
+ * 20111122.0 (2.4.0-dev) Remove parts of conn_state_t that are private to the MPM
+ * 20111123.0 (2.4.0-dev) Pass ap_errorlog_info struct to error_log hook,
+ * add pool to ap_errorlog_info.
+ * 20111130.0 (2.4.0-dev) c->remote_ip becomes c->peer_ip and r->client_ip,
+ * c->remote_addr becomes c->peer_addr and r->client_addr
+ * 20111201.0 (2.4.0-dev) Add invalidate_entity() to the cache provider.
+ * 20111202.0 (2.4.0-dev) Use apr_status_t across mod_session API.
+ * 20111202.1 (2.4.0-dev) add APLOGNO()
+ * 20111203.0 (2.4.0-dev) Optional ap_proxy_retry_worker(), remove
+ * ap_proxy_string_read(), ap_cache_liststr(),
+ * ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform(),
+ * ap_proxy_date_canon(), ap_proxy_is_ipaddr(),
+ * ap_proxy_is_domainname(), ap_proxy_is_hostname(),
+ * ap_proxy_is_word(), ap_proxy_hex2sec(),
+ * ap_proxy_sec2hex(), ap_proxy_make_fake_req(),
+ * ap_proxy_strmatch_path, ap_proxy_strmatch_domain,
+ * ap_proxy_table_unmerge(), proxy_lb_workers.
+ * 20120109.0 (2.4.1-dev) Changes sizeof(overrides_t) in core config.
+ * 20120109.1 (2.4.1-dev) remove sb_type in global_score.
+ * 20120109.2 (2.4.1-dev) Make core_output_filter_ctx_t and core_ctx_t
+ * private;
+ * move core_net rec definition to http_core.h;
+ * add insert_network_bucket hook, AP_DECLINED
+ * 20120211.0 (2.4.1-dev) Change re_nsub in ap_regex_t from apr_size_t to int.
+ * 20120211.1 (2.4.2-dev) Add AP_HAVE_C99
+ * 20120211.2 (2.4.2-dev) Add ap_runtime_dir_relative
+ * 20120211.3 (2.4.2-dev) Add forcerecovery to proxy_balancer_shared struct
+ * 20120211.4 (2.4.3-dev) Add ap_list_provider_groups()
+ * 20120211.5 (2.4.3-dev) Add missing HTTP status codes registered with IANA.
+ * 20120211.6 (2.4.3-dev) Add ap_proxy_checkproxyblock2.
+ * 20120211.7 (2.4.3-dev) Add ap_get_loadavg()
+ * 20120211.8 (2.4.3-dev) Add sticky_separator to proxy_balancer_shared struct.
+ * 20120211.9 (2.4.4-dev) Add fgrab() to ap_slotmem_provider_t.
+ * 20120211.10 (2.4.4-dev) Add in bal_persist field to proxy_server_conf
+ * 20120211.11 (2.4.4-dev) Add ap_bin2hex()
+ * 20120211.12 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_remove_input|output_filter_byhandle()
+ * 20120211.13 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_get_exec_line
+ * 20120211.14 (2.4.5-dev) Add ppinherit and inherit to proxy_server_conf
+ * 20120211.15 (2.4.5-dev) Add dav_join_error()
+ * 20120211.16 (2.4.5-dev) Add cache_control_t.invalidated
+ * 20120211.17 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_find_etag_weak(), ap_find_etag_strong()
+ * 20120211.18 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_condition_e, ap_condition_if_match(),
+ * ap_condition_if_unmodified_since(),
+ * ap_condition_if_none_match(),
+ * ap_condition_if_modified_since(),
+ * ap_condition_if_range()
+ * 20120211.19 (2.4.5-dev) Add post_perdir_config hook.
+ * 20120211.20 (2.4.5-dev) Add dirwalk_stat hook.
+ * 20120211.21 (2.4.5-dev) Add in ap_proxy_create_hdrbrgd() and
+ * ap_proxy_pass_brigade()
+ * 20120211.22 (2.4.5-dev) No longer prevent usage of strtoul()
+ * 20120211.23 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_proxy_clear_connection()
+ * 20120211.24 (2.4.7-dev) add open_htaccess hook.
+ * 20120211.25 (2.4.7-dev) Add conn_sense_e
+ * 20120211.26 (2.4.7-dev) Add util_fcgi.h, FastCGI protocol support
+ * 20120211.27 (2.4.7-dev) Add ap_podx_restart_t and ap_mpm_podx_*
+ * 20120211.28 (2.4.7-dev) Add ap_regname
+ * 20120211.29 (2.4.7-dev) Add uds_path to proxy_conn_rec and proxy_worker_shared.
+ * The change to proxy_worker_shared is an
+ * unintended API break, especially for balancer
+ * lbmethod modules.
+ * 20120211.30 (2.4.7-dev) REWRITE_REDIRECT_HANDLER_NAME in mod_rewrite.h
+ * 20120211.31 (2.4.7-dev) Add ap_proxy_port_of_scheme()
+ * 20120211.32 (2.4.10-dev) Add SSL reusable SNI to mod_proxy.h's proxy_conn_rec
+ * 20120211.33 (2.4.10-dev) Add suspend_connection and resume_connection hooks
+ * 20120211.34 (2.4.10-dev) AP_DEFAULT_HANDLER_NAME/AP_IS_DEFAULT_HANDLER_NAME
+ * 20120211.35 (2.4.10-dev) Add "r", "must_rebind", and last_backend_conn
+ to util_ldap_connection_t
+ * 20120211.36 (2.4.10-dev) Add ap_copy_scoreboard_worker()
+ * 20120211.37 (2.4.11-dev) Add r->trailers_{in,out}
+ * 20120211.38 (2.4.11-dev) Added ap_shutdown_conn().
+ * 20120211.39 (2.4.11-dev) Add ap_proxy_connect_uds().
+ * 20120211.40 (2.4.11-dev) Add ap_log_data(), ap_log_rdata(), etc.
+ * 20120211.41 (2.4.11-dev) Add ap_proxy_de_socketfy to mod_proxy.h
+ * 20120211.42 (2.4.13-dev) Add response_code_exprs to http_core.h
+ * 20120211.43 (2.4.13-dev) Add keep_alive_timeout_set to server_rec
+ * 20120211.44 (2.4.13-dev) Add cgi_pass_auth and AP_CGI_PASS_AUTH_* to
+ * core_dir_config
+ * 20120211.45 (2.4.13-dev) Add ap_proxy_connection_reusable()
+ * 20120211.46 (2.4.13-dev) Add ap_map_http_request_error()
+ * 20120211.47 (2.4.13-dev) Add ap_some_authn_required, ap_force_authn hook.
+ * Deprecate broken ap_some_auth_required.
+ * 20120211.48 (2.4.17-dev) Added ap_log_mpm_common().
+ * 20120211.49 (2.4.17-dev) Add listener bucket in scoreboard.h's process_score.
+ * 20120211.50 (2.4.17-dev) Add ap_set_listencbratio(), ap_close_listeners_ex(),
+ * ap_duplicate_listeners(), ap_num_listen_buckets and
+ * ap_have_so_reuseport to ap_listen.h.
+ * 20120211.51 (2.4.17-dev) Add protocols and protocols_honor_order to
+ * core_server_config. Add hooks protocol_propose
+ * protocol_switch and protocol_get. Add
+ * ap_select_protocol(), ap_switch_protocol(),
+ * ap_get_protocol(). Add HTTP_MISDIRECTED_REQUEST.
+ * Added ap_parse_token_list_strict() to httpd.h
+ * 20120211.52 (2.4.17-dev) Add master conn_rec* member in conn_rec.
+ * 20120211.53 (2.4.19-dev) Add expr_handler to core_dir_config.
+ * 20120211.54 (2.4.19-dev) Add ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform and
+ * ap_proxy_transfer_between_connections to
+ * mod_proxy.h
+ * 20120211.55 (2.4.19-dev) Add new ap_update_child_status...() methods,
+ * add protocol to worker_score in scoreboard.h,
+ * Add pre_close connection hook and
+ * ap_prep_lingering_close().
+ * 20120211.56 (2.4.19-dev) Split useragent_host from the conn_rec into
+ * the request_rec, with ap_get_useragent_host()
+ * 20120211.57 (2.4.19-dev) Add mod_ssl_openssl.h and OpenSSL-specific hooks
+ * 20120211.58 (2.4.21-dev) Add cgi_var_rules to core_dir_config.
+ * 20120211.59 (2.4.21-dev) Add ap_getword_conf2[_nc](),
+ * ap_proxy_is_socket_connected() and
+ * extended proxy_worker_shared.
+ * 20120211.60 (2.4.21-dev) Add dav_get_provider_name.
+ * 20120211.61 (2.4.21-dev) Add ap_cstr_casecmp[n]() - placeholder of apr_ fns
+ * 20120211.62 (2.4.24-dev) Add childtags to dav_error.
+ * 20120211.63 (2.4.24-dev) Add dav_begin_multistatus, dav_send_one_response,
+ * dav_finish_multistatus, dav_send_multistatus,
+ * dav_handle_err, dav_failed_proppatch,
+ * dav_success_proppatch.
+ * 20120211.64 (2.4.24-dev) Add ap_proxy_check_backend(), and tmp_bb to struct
+ * proxy_conn_rec.
+ * 20120211.65 (2.4.24-dev) Add ap_check_pipeline().
+ * 20120211.66 (2.4.24-dev) Rename ap_proxy_check_backend() to
+ * ap_proxy_check_connection().
+ * 20120211.67 (2.4.24-dev) Add http09_enable, http_conformance, and
+ * http_methods to core_server_config
+ * Add ap_scan_http_field_token(),
+ * ap_scan_http_field_content(),
+ * and ap_scan_vchar_obstext()
+ * Replaced fold boolean with with multiple bit flags
+ * to ap_[r]getline()
+ * 20120211.68 (2.4.26-dev) Add ap_get_basic_auth_components() and deprecate
+ * ap_get_basic_auth_pw()
+ * 20120211.69 (2.4.30-dev) Add ap_update_sb_handle()
+ * 20120211.70 (2.4.30-dev) Add flags field to module_struct and function
+ * ap_get_module_flags()
+ * 20120211.71 (2.4.30-dev) Add optional proxy_{hook,run}_section_post_config(),
+ * ap_proxy_connection_create_ex() and section_config
+ * to struct proxy_{worker,balancer} in mod_proxy.h,
+ * and optional ssl_engine_set() to mod_ssl.h.
+ * 20120211.72 (2.4.30-dev) Add NOT_IN_DIR_CONTEXT replacing NOT_IN_DIR_LOC_FILE
+ * semantics
+ * 20120211.73 (2.4.30-dev) Add failontimeout_set, growth_set and lbmethod_set
+ * to proxy_balancer struct
+ * 20120211.74 (2.4.30-dev) Add AP_REG_DOLLAR_ENDONLY, ap_regcomp_get_default_cflags
+ * ap_regcomp_set_default_cflags and
+ * ap_regcomp_default_cflag_by_name
+ * 20120211.75 (2.4.30-dev) Add hostname_ex to proxy_worker_shared
+ * 20120211.76 (2.4.30-dev) Add CONN_STATE_NUM to enum conn_state_e
+ * 20120211.77 (2.4.34-dev) Add ap_exists_directive()
+ * 20120211.78 (2.4.34-dev) Add response_field_size to proxy_worker_shared
+ * 20120211.79 (2.4.34-dev) Add AP_GETLINE_NOSPC_EOL flag to http_protocol.h
+ * 20120211.80 (2.4.35-dev) Add new ap_update_global_status() method and
+ * times field in the global_score structure in
+ * scoreboard.h.
+ * 20120211.81 (2.4.35-dev) Add new duration field to worker_score struct in
+ * scoreboard.h
+ * 20120211.82 (2.4.35-dev) Add optional function declaration for
+ * ap_proxy_balancer_get_best_worker to mod_proxy.h.
+ * 20120211.83 (2.4.35-dev) Add client64 field to worker_score struct
+ *
+ */
+
+#define MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x41503234UL /* "AP24" */
+
+#ifndef MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
+#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR 20120211
+#endif
+#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR 83 /* 0...n */
+
+/**
+ * Determine if the server's current MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER is at least a
+ * specified value.
+ *
+ * Useful for testing for features.
+ * For example, suppose you wish to use the apr_table_overlap
+ * function. You can do this:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #if AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(19980812,2)
+ * ... use apr_table_overlap()
+ * #else
+ * ... alternative code which doesn't use apr_table_overlap()
+ * #endif
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @param major The major module magic number
+ * @param minor The minor module magic number
+ * @def AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(int major, int minor)
+ */
+#define AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(major,minor) \
+ ((major) < MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR \
+ || ((major) == MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR \
+ && (minor) <= MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR))
+
+/** @deprecated present for backwards compatibility */
+#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
+#define MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST old_broken_macro_we_hope_you_are_not_using
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_AP_MMN_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mpm.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mpm.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mpm.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_mpm.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_mpm.h
+ * @brief Apache Multi-Processing Module library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MPM Multi-Processing Module library
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_MPM_H
+#define AP_MPM_H
+
+#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "scoreboard.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ The MPM, "multi-processing model" provides an abstraction of the
+ interface with the OS for distributing incoming connections to
+ threads/process for processing. http_main invokes the MPM, and
+ the MPM runs until a shutdown/restart has been indicated.
+ The MPM calls out to the apache core via the ap_process_connection
+ function when a connection arrives.
+
+ The MPM may or may not be multithreaded. In the event that it is
+ multithreaded, at any instant it guarantees a 1:1 mapping of threads
+ ap_process_connection invocations.
+
+ Note: In the future it will be possible for ap_process_connection
+ to return to the MPM prior to finishing the entire connection; and
+ the MPM will proceed with asynchronous handling for the connection;
+ in the future the MPM may call ap_process_connection again -- but
+ does not guarantee it will occur on the same thread as the first call.
+
+ The MPM further guarantees that no asynchronous behaviour such as
+ longjmps and signals will interfere with the user code that is
+ invoked through ap_process_connection. The MPM may reserve some
+ signals for its use (i.e. SIGUSR1), but guarantees that these signals
+ are ignored when executing outside the MPM code itself. (This
+ allows broken user code that does not handle EINTR to function
+ properly.)
+
+ The suggested server restart and stop behaviour will be "graceful".
+ However the MPM may choose to terminate processes when the user
+ requests a non-graceful restart/stop. When this occurs, the MPM kills
+ all threads with extreme prejudice, and destroys the pchild pool.
+ User cleanups registered in the pchild apr_pool_t will be invoked at
+ this point. (This can pose some complications, the user cleanups
+ are asynchronous behaviour not unlike longjmp/signal... but if the
+ admin is asking for a non-graceful shutdown, how much effort should
+ we put into doing it in a nice way?)
+
+ unix/posix notes:
+ - The MPM does not set a SIGALRM handler, user code may use SIGALRM.
+ But the preferred method of handling timeouts is to use the
+ timeouts provided by the BUFF abstraction.
+ - The proper setting for SIGPIPE is SIG_IGN, if user code changes it
+ for any of their own processing, it must be restored to SIG_IGN
+ prior to executing or returning to any apache code.
+ TODO: add SIGPIPE debugging check somewhere to make sure it's SIG_IGN
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Pass control to the MPM for steady-state processing. It is responsible
+ * for controlling the parent and child processes. It will run until a
+ * restart/shutdown is indicated.
+ * @param pconf the configuration pool, reset before the config file is read
+ * @param plog the log pool, reset after the config file is read
+ * @param server_conf the global server config.
+ * @return DONE for shutdown OK otherwise.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, mpm, (apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog, server_rec *server_conf))
+
+/**
+ * Spawn a process with privileges that another module has requested
+ * @param r The request_rec of the current request
+ * @param newproc The resulting process handle.
+ * @param progname The program to run
+ * @param args the arguments to pass to the new program. The first
+ * one should be the program name.
+ * @param env The new environment apr_table_t for the new process. This
+ * should be a list of NULL-terminated strings.
+ * @param attr the procattr we should use to determine how to create the new
+ * process
+ * @param p The pool to use.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_os_create_privileged_process(
+ const request_rec *r,
+ apr_proc_t *newproc,
+ const char *progname,
+ const char * const *args,
+ const char * const *env,
+ apr_procattr_t *attr,
+ apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/* Subtypes/Values for AP_MPMQ_IS_THREADED and AP_MPMQ_IS_FORKED */
+#define AP_MPMQ_NOT_SUPPORTED 0 /* This value specifies that an */
+ /* MPM is not capable of */
+ /* threading or forking. */
+#define AP_MPMQ_STATIC 1 /* This value specifies that */
+ /* an MPM is using a static */
+ /* number of threads or daemons */
+#define AP_MPMQ_DYNAMIC 2 /* This value specifies that */
+ /* an MPM is using a dynamic */
+ /* number of threads or daemons */
+
+/* Values returned for AP_MPMQ_MPM_STATE */
+#define AP_MPMQ_STARTING 0
+#define AP_MPMQ_RUNNING 1
+#define AP_MPMQ_STOPPING 2
+
+#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_DAEMON_USED 1 /* Max # of daemons used so far */
+#define AP_MPMQ_IS_THREADED 2 /* MPM can do threading */
+#define AP_MPMQ_IS_FORKED 3 /* MPM can do forking */
+#define AP_MPMQ_HARD_LIMIT_DAEMONS 4 /* The compiled max # daemons */
+#define AP_MPMQ_HARD_LIMIT_THREADS 5 /* The compiled max # threads */
+#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_THREADS 6 /* # of threads/child by config */
+#define AP_MPMQ_MIN_SPARE_DAEMONS 7 /* Min # of spare daemons */
+#define AP_MPMQ_MIN_SPARE_THREADS 8 /* Min # of spare threads */
+#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_SPARE_DAEMONS 9 /* Max # of spare daemons */
+#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_SPARE_THREADS 10 /* Max # of spare threads */
+#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_REQUESTS_DAEMON 11 /* Max # of requests per daemon */
+#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_DAEMONS 12 /* Max # of daemons by config */
+#define AP_MPMQ_MPM_STATE 13 /* starting, running, stopping */
+#define AP_MPMQ_IS_ASYNC 14 /* MPM can process async connections */
+#define AP_MPMQ_GENERATION 15 /* MPM generation */
+#define AP_MPMQ_HAS_SERF 16 /* MPM can drive serf internally */
+
+/**
+ * Query a property of the current MPM.
+ * @param query_code One of APM_MPMQ_*
+ * @param result A location to place the result of the query
+ * @return APR_EGENERAL if an mpm-query hook has not been registered;
+ * APR_SUCCESS or APR_ENOTIMPL otherwise
+ * @remark The MPM doesn't register the implementing hook until the
+ * register_hooks hook is called, so modules cannot use ap_mpm_query()
+ * until after that point.
+ * @fn int ap_mpm_query(int query_code, int *result)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_query(int query_code, int *result);
+
+
+typedef void (ap_mpm_callback_fn_t)(void *baton);
+
+/* only added support in the Event MPM.... check for APR_ENOTIMPL */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_register_timed_callback(apr_time_t t,
+ ap_mpm_callback_fn_t *cbfn,
+ void *baton);
+
+typedef enum mpm_child_status {
+ MPM_CHILD_STARTED,
+ MPM_CHILD_EXITED,
+ MPM_CHILD_LOST_SLOT
+} mpm_child_status;
+
+/**
+ * Allow a module to remain aware of MPM child process state changes,
+ * along with the generation and scoreboard slot of the process changing
+ * state.
+ *
+ * With some MPMs (event and worker), an active MPM child process may lose
+ * its scoreboard slot if the child process is exiting and the scoreboard
+ * slot is needed by other processes. When this occurs, the hook will be
+ * called with the MPM_CHILD_LOST_SLOT state.
+ *
+ * @param s The main server_rec.
+ * @param pid The id of the MPM child process.
+ * @param gen The server generation of that child process.
+ * @param slot The scoreboard slot number, or -1. It will be -1 when an
+ * MPM child process exits, and that child had previously lost its
+ * scoreboard slot.
+ * @param state One of the mpm_child_status values. Modules should ignore
+ * unrecognized values.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,child_status,(server_rec *s, pid_t pid, ap_generation_t gen,
+ int slot, mpm_child_status state))
+
+/**
+ * Allow a module to be notified when the last child process of a generation
+ * exits.
+ *
+ * @param s The main server_rec.
+ * @param gen The server generation which is now completely finished.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,end_generation,(server_rec *s, ap_generation_t gen))
+
+/* Defining GPROF when compiling uses the moncontrol() function to
+ * disable gprof profiling in the parent, and enable it only for
+ * request processing in children (or in one_process mode). It's
+ * absolutely required to get useful gprof results under linux
+ * because the profile itimers and such are disabled across a
+ * fork(). It's probably useful elsewhere as well.
+ */
+#ifdef GPROF
+extern void moncontrol(int);
+#define AP_MONCONTROL(x) moncontrol(x)
+#else
+#define AP_MONCONTROL(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK
+typedef struct ap_exception_info_t {
+ int sig;
+ pid_t pid;
+} ap_exception_info_t;
+
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,fatal_exception,(ap_exception_info_t *ei))
+#endif /*AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_provider.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_provider.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_provider.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_provider.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_provider.h
+ * @brief Apache Provider API
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_PROVIDER Provider API
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_PROVIDER_H
+#define AP_PROVIDER_H
+
+#include "ap_config.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *provider_name;
+} ap_list_provider_names_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *provider_group;
+ const char *provider_version;
+} ap_list_provider_groups_t;
+
+/**
+ * This function is used to register a provider with the global
+ * provider pool.
+ * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
+ * @param provider_group The group to store the provider in
+ * @param provider_name The name for this provider
+ * @param provider_version The version for this provider
+ * @param provider Opaque structure for this provider
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_register_provider(apr_pool_t *pool,
+ const char *provider_group,
+ const char *provider_name,
+ const char *provider_version,
+ const void *provider);
+
+/**
+ * This function is used to retrieve a provider from the global
+ * provider pool.
+ * @param provider_group The group to look for this provider in
+ * @param provider_name The name for the provider
+ * @param provider_version The version for the provider
+ * @return provider pointer to provider if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_lookup_provider(const char *provider_group,
+ const char *provider_name,
+ const char *provider_version);
+
+/**
+ * This function is used to retrieve a list (array) of provider
+ * names from the specified group with the specified version.
+ * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
+ * @param provider_group The group to look for this provider in
+ * @param provider_version The version for the provider
+ * @return pointer to array of ap_list_provider_names_t of provider names (could be empty)
+ */
+
+AP_DECLARE(apr_array_header_t *) ap_list_provider_names(apr_pool_t *pool,
+ const char *provider_group,
+ const char *provider_version);
+
+/**
+ * This function is used to retrieve a list (array) of provider groups and versions
+ * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
+ * @return pointer to array of ap_list_provider_groups_t of provider groups
+ * and versions (could be empty)
+ */
+
+AP_DECLARE(apr_array_header_t *) ap_list_provider_groups(apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regex.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regex.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regex.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regex.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/* This code is based on pcreposix.h from the PCRE Library distribution,
+ * as originally written by Philip Hazel <ph10 at cam.ac.uk>, and forked by
+ * the Apache HTTP Server project to provide POSIX-style regex function
+ * wrappers around underlying PCRE library functions for httpd.
+ *
+ * The original source file pcreposix.h is copyright and licensed as follows;
+
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_regex.h
+ * @brief Apache Regex defines
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_REGEX_H
+#define AP_REGEX_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+
+/* Allow for C++ users */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Options for ap_regcomp, ap_regexec, and ap_rxplus versions: */
+
+#define AP_REG_ICASE 0x01 /** use a case-insensitive match */
+#define AP_REG_NEWLINE 0x02 /** don't match newlines against '.' etc */
+#define AP_REG_NOTBOL 0x04 /** ^ will not match against start-of-string */
+#define AP_REG_NOTEOL 0x08 /** $ will not match against end-of-string */
+
+#define AP_REG_EXTENDED (0) /** unused */
+#define AP_REG_NOSUB (0) /** unused */
+
+#define AP_REG_MULTI 0x10 /* perl's /g (needs fixing) */
+#define AP_REG_NOMEM 0x20 /* nomem in our code */
+#define AP_REG_DOTALL 0x40 /* perl's /s flag */
+
+#define AP_REG_DOLLAR_ENDONLY 0x200 /* '$' matches at end of subject string only */
+
+#define AP_REG_MATCH "MATCH_" /** suggested prefix for ap_regname */
+
+/* Error values: */
+enum {
+ AP_REG_ASSERT = 1, /** internal error ? */
+ AP_REG_ESPACE, /** failed to get memory */
+ AP_REG_INVARG, /** invalid argument */
+ AP_REG_NOMATCH /** match failed */
+};
+
+/* The structure representing a compiled regular expression. */
+typedef struct {
+ void *re_pcre;
+ int re_nsub;
+ apr_size_t re_erroffset;
+} ap_regex_t;
+
+/* The structure in which a captured offset is returned. */
+typedef struct {
+ int rm_so;
+ int rm_eo;
+} ap_regmatch_t;
+
+/* The functions */
+
+/**
+ * Get default compile flags
+ * @return Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regcomp_get_default_cflags(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set default compile flags
+ * @param cflags Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_regcomp_set_default_cflags(int cflags);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AP_REG_* corresponding to the string.
+ * @param name The name (i.e. AP_REG_<name>)
+ * @return The AP_REG_*, or zero if the string is unknown
+ *
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regcomp_default_cflag_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Compile a regular expression.
+ * @param preg Returned compiled regex
+ * @param regex The regular expression string
+ * @param cflags Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags (ICASE and NEWLINE supported,
+ * other flags are ignored)
+ * @return Zero on success or non-zero on error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regcomp(ap_regex_t *preg, const char *regex, int cflags);
+
+/**
+ * Match a NUL-terminated string against a pre-compiled regex.
+ * @param preg The pre-compiled regex
+ * @param string The string to match
+ * @param nmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
+ * @param pmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
+ * @param eflags Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags (NOTBOL and NOTEOL supported,
+ * other flags are ignored)
+ * @return 0 for successful match, \p AP_REG_NOMATCH otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regexec(const ap_regex_t *preg, const char *string,
+ apr_size_t nmatch, ap_regmatch_t *pmatch, int eflags);
+
+/**
+ * Match a string with given length against a pre-compiled regex. The string
+ * does not need to be NUL-terminated.
+ * @param preg The pre-compiled regex
+ * @param buff The string to match
+ * @param len Length of the string to match
+ * @param nmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
+ * @param pmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
+ * @param eflags Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags (NOTBOL and NOTEOL supported,
+ * other flags are ignored)
+ * @return 0 for successful match, AP_REG_NOMATCH otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regexec_len(const ap_regex_t *preg, const char *buff,
+ apr_size_t len, apr_size_t nmatch,
+ ap_regmatch_t *pmatch, int eflags);
+
+/**
+ * Return the error code returned by regcomp or regexec into error messages
+ * @param errcode the error code returned by regexec or regcomp
+ * @param preg The precompiled regex
+ * @param errbuf A buffer to store the error in
+ * @param errbuf_size The size of the buffer
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_regerror(int errcode, const ap_regex_t *preg,
+ char *errbuf, apr_size_t errbuf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Return an array of named regex backreferences
+ * @param preg The precompiled regex
+ * @param names The array to which the names will be added
+ * @param upper If non zero, uppercase the names
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regname(const ap_regex_t *preg,
+ apr_array_header_t *names, const char *prefix,
+ int upper);
+
+/** Destroy a pre-compiled regex.
+ * @param preg The pre-compiled regex to free.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_regfree(ap_regex_t *preg);
+
+/* ap_rxplus: higher-level regexps */
+
+typedef struct {
+ ap_regex_t rx;
+ apr_uint32_t flags;
+ const char *subs;
+ const char *match;
+ apr_size_t nmatch;
+ ap_regmatch_t *pmatch;
+} ap_rxplus_t;
+
+/**
+ * Compile a pattern into a regexp.
+ * supports perl-like formats
+ * match-string
+ * /match-string/flags
+ * s/match-string/replacement-string/flags
+ * Intended to support more perl-like stuff as and when round tuits happen
+ * match-string is anything supported by ap_regcomp
+ * replacement-string is a substitution string as supported in ap_pregsub
+ * flags should correspond with perl syntax: treat failure to do so as a bug
+ * (documentation TBD)
+ * @param pool Pool to allocate from
+ * @param pattern Pattern to compile
+ * @return Compiled regexp, or NULL in case of compile/syntax error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_rxplus_t*) ap_rxplus_compile(apr_pool_t *pool, const char *pattern);
+/**
+ * Apply a regexp operation to a string.
+ * @param pool Pool to allocate from
+ * @param rx The regex match to apply
+ * @param pattern The string to apply it to
+ * NOTE: This MUST be kept in scope to use regexp memory
+ * @param newpattern The modified string (ignored if the operation doesn't
+ * modify the string)
+ * @return Number of times a match happens. Normally 0 (no match) or 1
+ * (match found), but may be greater if a transforming pattern
+ * is applied with the 'g' flag.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rxplus_exec(apr_pool_t *pool, ap_rxplus_t *rx,
+ const char *pattern, char **newpattern);
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+/**
+ * Number of matches in the regexp operation's memory
+ * This may be 0 if no match is in memory, or up to nmatch from compilation
+ * @param rx The regexp
+ * @return Number of matches in memory
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rxplus_nmatch(ap_rxplus_t *rx);
+#else
+#define ap_rxplus_nmatch(rx) (((rx)->match != NULL) ? (rx)->nmatch : 0)
+#endif
+/**
+ * Get a pointer to a match from regex memory
+ * NOTE: this relies on the match pattern from the last call to
+ * ap_rxplus_exec still being valid (i.e. not freed or out-of-scope)
+ * @param rx The regexp
+ * @param n The match number to retrieve (must be between 0 and nmatch)
+ * @param len Returns the length of the match.
+ * @param match Returns the match pattern
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_rxplus_match(ap_rxplus_t *rx, int n, int *len,
+ const char **match);
+/**
+ * Get a match from regex memory in a string copy
+ * NOTE: this relies on the match pattern from the last call to
+ * ap_rxplus_exec still being valid (i.e. not freed or out-of-scope)
+ * @param pool Pool to allocate from
+ * @param rx The regexp
+ * @param n The match number to retrieve (must be between 0 and nmatch)
+ * @return The matched string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char*) ap_rxplus_pmatch(apr_pool_t *pool, ap_rxplus_t *rx, int n);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AP_REGEX_T */
+
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regkey.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regkey.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regkey.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_regkey.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_regkey.h
+ * @brief APR-style Win32 Registry Manipulation
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_REGKEY_H
+#define AP_REGKEY_H
+
+#if defined(WIN32) || defined(DOXYGEN)
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "ap_config.h" /* Just for AP_DECLARE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct ap_regkey_t ap_regkey_t;
+
+/* Used to recover AP_REGKEY_* constants
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const ap_regkey_t *) ap_regkey_const(int i);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Constants for ap_regkey_open()
+ */
+#define AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT ap_regkey_const(0)
+#define AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG ap_regkey_const(1)
+#define AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER ap_regkey_const(2)
+#define AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE ap_regkey_const(3)
+#define AP_REGKEY_USERS ap_regkey_const(4)
+#define AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA ap_regkey_const(5)
+#define AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA ap_regkey_const(6)
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Flags for ap_regkey_value_set()
+ */
+#define AP_REGKEY_EXPAND 0x0001
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Open the specified registry key.
+ * @param newkey The opened registry key
+ * @param parentkey The open registry key of the parent, or one of
+ * <PRE>
+ * AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
+ * AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG
+ * AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER
+ * AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
+ * AP_REGKEY_USERS
+ * AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
+ * AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA
+ * </PRE>
+ * @param keyname The path of the key relative to the parent key
+ * @param flags Or'ed value of:
+ * <PRE>
+ * APR_READ open key for reading
+ * APR_WRITE open key for writing
+ * APR_CREATE create the key if it doesn't exist
+ * APR_EXCL return error if APR_CREATE and key exists
+ * </PRE>
+ * @param pool The pool in which newkey is allocated
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_open(ap_regkey_t **newkey,
+ const ap_regkey_t *parentkey,
+ const char *keyname,
+ apr_int32_t flags,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Close the registry key opened or created by ap_regkey_open().
+ * @param key The registry key to close
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_close(ap_regkey_t *key);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Remove the given registry key.
+ * @param parent The open registry key of the parent, or one of
+ * <PRE>
+ * AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
+ * AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG
+ * AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER
+ * AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
+ * AP_REGKEY_USERS
+ * AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
+ * AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA
+ * </PRE>
+ * @param keyname The path of the key relative to the parent key
+ * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
+ * @remark ap_regkey_remove() is not recursive, although it removes
+ * all values within the given keyname, it will not remove a key
+ * containing subkeys.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_remove(const ap_regkey_t *parent,
+ const char *keyname,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Retrieve a registry value string from an open key.
+ * @param result The string value retrieved
+ * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
+ * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
+ * @param pool The pool used to store the result
+ * @remark There is no toggle to prevent environment variable expansion
+ * if the registry value is set with AP_REG_EXPAND (REG_EXPAND_SZ), such
+ * expansions are always performed.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_get(char **result,
+ ap_regkey_t *key,
+ const char *valuename,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Store a registry value string into an open key.
+ * @param key The registry key to store the value into
+ * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
+ * @param value The string to store for the named value
+ * @param flags The option AP_REGKEY_EXPAND or 0, where AP_REGKEY_EXPAND
+ * values will find all %foo% variables expanded from the environment.
+ * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
+ const char *valuename,
+ const char *value,
+ apr_int32_t flags,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Retrieve a raw byte value from an open key.
+ * @param result The raw bytes value retrieved
+ * @param resultsize Pointer to a variable to store the number raw bytes retrieved
+ * @param resulttype Pointer to a variable to store the registry type of the value retrieved
+ * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
+ * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
+ * @param pool The pool used to store the result
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_raw_get(void **result,
+ apr_size_t *resultsize,
+ apr_int32_t *resulttype,
+ ap_regkey_t *key,
+ const char *valuename,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Store a raw bytes value into an open key.
+ * @param key The registry key to store the value into
+ * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
+ * @param value The bytes to store for the named value
+ * @param valuesize The number of bytes for value
+ * @param valuetype The
+ * values will find all %foo% variables expanded from the environment.
+ * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_raw_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
+ const char *valuename,
+ const void *value,
+ apr_size_t valuesize,
+ apr_int32_t valuetype,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Retrieve a registry value string from an open key.
+ * @param result The string elements retrieved from a REG_MULTI_SZ string array
+ * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
+ * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
+ * @param pool The pool used to store the result
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_array_get(apr_array_header_t **result,
+ ap_regkey_t *key,
+ const char *valuename,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Store a registry value string array into an open key.
+ * @param key The registry key to store the value into
+ * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
+ * @param nelts The string elements to store in a REG_MULTI_SZ string array
+ * @param elts The number of elements in the elts string array
+ * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_array_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
+ const char *valuename,
+ int nelts,
+ const char * const * elts,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Win32 Only: Remove a registry value from an open key.
+ * @param key The registry key to remove the value from
+ * @param valuename The named value to remove (pass "" for the default)
+ * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_remove(const ap_regkey_t *key,
+ const char *valuename,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* def WIN32 || def DOXYGEN */
+
+#endif /* AP_REGKEY_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_release.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_release.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_release.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_release.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_release.h
+ * @brief Version Release defines
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_RELEASE_H
+#define AP_RELEASE_H
+
+#define AP_SERVER_COPYRIGHT \
+ "Copyright 2018 The Apache Software Foundation."
+
+/*
+ * The below defines the base string of the Server: header. Additional
+ * tokens can be added via the ap_add_version_component() API call.
+ *
+ * The tokens are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
+ * application.
+ *
+ * "Product tokens should be short and to the point -- use of them for
+ * advertizing or other non-essential information is explicitly forbidden."
+ *
+ * Example: "Apache/1.1.0 MrWidget/0.1-alpha"
+ */
+#define AP_SERVER_BASEVENDOR "Apache Software Foundation"
+#define AP_SERVER_BASEPROJECT "Apache HTTP Server"
+#define AP_SERVER_BASEPRODUCT "Apache"
+
+#define AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION_NUMBER 2
+#define AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION_NUMBER 4
+#define AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_NUMBER 37
+#define AP_SERVER_DEVBUILD_BOOLEAN 0
+
+/* Synchronize the above with docs/manual/style/version.ent */
+
+#if !AP_SERVER_DEVBUILD_BOOLEAN
+#define AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING ""
+#else
+#ifndef AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING
+#define AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING "-dev"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* APR_STRINGIFY is defined here, and also in apr_general.h, so wrap it */
+#ifndef APR_STRINGIFY
+/** Properly quote a value as a string in the C preprocessor */
+#define APR_STRINGIFY(n) APR_STRINGIFY_HELPER(n)
+/** Helper macro for APR_STRINGIFY */
+#define APR_STRINGIFY_HELPER(n) #n
+#endif
+
+/* keep old macros as well */
+#define AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION_NUMBER)
+#define AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION_NUMBER)
+#define AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_NUMBER) \
+ AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING
+
+#define AP_SERVER_MINORREVISION AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION "." AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION
+#define AP_SERVER_BASEREVISION AP_SERVER_MINORREVISION "." AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL
+#define AP_SERVER_BASEVERSION AP_SERVER_BASEPRODUCT "/" AP_SERVER_BASEREVISION
+#define AP_SERVER_VERSION AP_SERVER_BASEVERSION
+
+/* macro for Win32 .rc files using numeric csv representation */
+#define AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_CSV AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION_NUMBER, \
+ AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION_NUMBER, \
+ AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_NUMBER
+
+#endif
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_slotmem.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_slotmem.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_slotmem.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_slotmem.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SLOTMEM_H
+#define SLOTMEM_H
+
+/* Memory handler for a shared memory divided in slot.
+ */
+/**
+ * @file ap_slotmem.h
+ * @brief Memory Slot Extension Storage Module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MEM mem
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+#include "http_log.h"
+#include "ap_provider.h"
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_strings.h"
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_shm.h"
+#include "apr_global_mutex.h"
+#include "apr_file_io.h"
+#include "apr_md5.h"
+
+#if APR_HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h> /* for getpid() */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define AP_SLOTMEM_PROVIDER_GROUP "slotmem"
+#define AP_SLOTMEM_PROVIDER_VERSION "0"
+
+typedef unsigned int ap_slotmem_type_t;
+
+/*
+ * Values for ap_slotmem_type_t::
+ *
+ * AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PERSIST: For transitory providers, persist
+ * the data on the file-system
+ *
+ * AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_NOTMPSAFE:
+ *
+ * AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PREALLOC: Access to slots require they be grabbed 1st
+ *
+ * AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_CLEARINUSE: If persisting, clear 'inuse' array before
+ * storing
+ */
+#define AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PERSIST (1 << 0)
+#define AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_NOTMPSAFE (1 << 1)
+#define AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PREGRAB (1 << 2)
+#define AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_CLEARINUSE (1 << 3)
+
+typedef struct ap_slotmem_instance_t ap_slotmem_instance_t;
+
+/**
+ * callback function used for slotmem doall.
+ * @param mem is the memory associated with a worker.
+ * @param data is what is passed to slotmem.
+ * @param pool is pool used
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+typedef apr_status_t ap_slotmem_callback_fn_t(void* mem, void *data, apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+struct ap_slotmem_provider_t {
+ /*
+ * Name of the provider method
+ */
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * call the callback on all worker slots
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @param funct callback function to call for each element.
+ * @param data parameter for the callback function.
+ * @param pool is pool used
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* doall)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, ap_slotmem_callback_fn_t *func, void *data, apr_pool_t *pool);
+ /**
+ * create a new slotmem with each item size is item_size.
+ * This would create shared memory, basically.
+ * @param inst where to store pointer to slotmem
+ * @param name a key used for debugging and in mod_status output or allow another process to share this space.
+ * @param item_size size of each item
+ * @param item_num number of item to create.
+ * @param type type of slotmem.
+ * @param pool is pool used
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* create)(ap_slotmem_instance_t **inst, const char *name, apr_size_t item_size, unsigned int item_num, ap_slotmem_type_t type, apr_pool_t *pool);
+ /**
+ * attach to an existing slotmem.
+ * This would attach to shared memory, basically.
+ * @param inst where to store pointer to slotmem
+ * @param name a key used for debugging and in mod_status output or allow another process to share this space.
+ * @param item_size size of each item
+ * @param item_num max number of item.
+ * @param pool is pool to memory allocate.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* attach)(ap_slotmem_instance_t **inst, const char *name, apr_size_t *item_size, unsigned int *item_num, apr_pool_t *pool);
+ /**
+ * get the memory ptr associated with this worker slot.
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @param item_id item to return for 0 to item_num
+ * @param mem address to store the pointer to the slot
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* dptr)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int item_id, void**mem);
+ /**
+ * get/read the data associated with this worker slot.
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @param item_id item to return for 0 to item_num
+ * @param dest address to store the data
+ * @param dest_len length of dataset to retrieve
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* get)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int item_id, unsigned char *dest, apr_size_t dest_len);
+ /**
+ * put/write the data associated with this worker slot.
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @param item_id item to return for 0 to item_num
+ * @param src address of the data to store in the slot
+ * @param src_len length of dataset to store in the slot
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* put)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *slot, unsigned int item_id, unsigned char *src, apr_size_t src_len);
+ /**
+ * return number of slots allocated for this entry.
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @return number of slots
+ */
+ unsigned int (* num_slots)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s);
+ /**
+ * return number of free (not used) slots allocated for this entry.
+ * Valid for slots which are AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PREGRAB as well as
+ * any which use get/release.
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @return number of slots
+ */
+ unsigned int (* num_free_slots)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s);
+ /**
+ * return slot size allocated for this entry.
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @return size of slot
+ */
+ apr_size_t (* slot_size)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s);
+ /**
+ * grab (or alloc) a free slot
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @param item_id ptr to the available slot id and marked as in-use
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* grab)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int *item_id);
+ /**
+ * release (or free) the slot associated with this item_id
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @param item_id slot id to free and mark as no longer in-use
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* release)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int item_id);
+ /**
+ * forced grab (or alloc) a slot associated with this item_id
+ * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
+ * @param item_id to the specified slot id and marked as in-use
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+ apr_status_t (* fgrab)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int item_id);
+};
+
+typedef struct ap_slotmem_provider_t ap_slotmem_provider_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_socache.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_socache.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_socache.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/ap_socache.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file ap_socache.h
+ * @brief Small object cache provider interface.
+ *
+ * @defgroup AP_SOCACHE ap_socache
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_SOCACHE_H
+#define AP_SOCACHE_H
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "ap_provider.h"
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_time.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** If this flag is set, the store/retrieve/remove/status interfaces
+ * of the provider are NOT safe to be called concurrently from
+ * multiple processes or threads, and an external global mutex must be
+ * used to serialize access to the provider.
+ */
+/* XXX: Even if store/retrieve/remove is atomic, isn't it useful to note
+ * independently that status and iterate may or may not be?
+ */
+#define AP_SOCACHE_FLAG_NOTMPSAFE (0x0001)
+
+/** A cache instance. */
+typedef struct ap_socache_instance_t ap_socache_instance_t;
+
+/** Hints which may be passed to the init function; providers may
+ * ignore some or all of these hints. */
+struct ap_socache_hints {
+ /** Approximate average length of IDs: */
+ apr_size_t avg_id_len;
+ /** Approximate average size of objects: */
+ apr_size_t avg_obj_size;
+ /** Suggested interval between expiry cleanup runs; */
+ apr_interval_time_t expiry_interval;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Iterator callback prototype for the ap_socache_provider_t->iterate() method
+ * @param instance The cache instance
+ * @param s Associated server context (for logging)
+ * @param userctx User defined pointer passed from the iterator call
+ * @param id Unique ID for the object (binary blob)
+ * with a trailing null char for convenience
+ * @param idlen Length of id blob
+ * @param data Output buffer to place retrieved data (binary blob)
+ * with a trailing null char for convenience
+ * @param datalen Length of data buffer
+ * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations
+ * @return APR status value; return APR_SUCCESS or the iteration will halt;
+ * this value is returned to the ap_socache_provider_t->iterate() caller
+ */
+typedef apr_status_t (ap_socache_iterator_t)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance,
+ server_rec *s,
+ void *userctx,
+ const unsigned char *id,
+ unsigned int idlen,
+ const unsigned char *data,
+ unsigned int datalen,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/** A socache provider structure. socache providers are registered
+ * with the ap_provider.h interface using the AP_SOCACHE_PROVIDER_*
+ * constants. */
+typedef struct ap_socache_provider_t {
+ /** Canonical provider name. */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /** Bitmask of AP_SOCACHE_FLAG_* flags. */
+ unsigned int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a session cache based on the given configuration string.
+ * The instance pointer returned in the instance parameter will be
+ * passed as the first argument to subsequent invocations.
+ *
+ * @param instance Output parameter to which instance object is written.
+ * @param arg User-specified configuration string. May be NULL to
+ * force use of defaults.
+ * @param tmp Pool to be used for any temporary allocations
+ * @param p Pool to be use for any allocations lasting as long as
+ * the created instance
+ * @return NULL on success, or an error string on failure.
+ */
+ const char *(*create)(ap_socache_instance_t **instance, const char *arg,
+ apr_pool_t *tmp, apr_pool_t *p);
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the cache. The cname must be of maximum length 16
+ * characters, and uniquely identifies the consumer of the cache
+ * within the server; using the module name is recommended, e.g.
+ * "mod_ssl-sess". This string may be used within a filesystem
+ * path so use of only alphanumeric [a-z0-9_-] characters is
+ * recommended. If hints is non-NULL, it gives a set of hints for
+ * the provider. Returns APR error code.
+ *
+ * @param instance The cache instance
+ * @param cname A unique string identifying the consumer of this API
+ * @param hints Optional hints argument describing expected cache use
+ * @param s Server structure to which the cache is associated
+ * @param pool Pool for long-lived allocations
+ * @return APR status value indicating success.
+ */
+ apr_status_t (*init)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, const char *cname,
+ const struct ap_socache_hints *hints,
+ server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+ /**
+ * Destroy a given cache instance object.
+ * @param instance The cache instance to destroy.
+ * @param s Associated server structure (for logging purposes)
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s);
+
+ /**
+ * Store an object in a cache instance.
+ * @param instance The cache instance
+ * @param s Associated server structure (for logging purposes)
+ * @param id Unique ID for the object; binary blob
+ * @param idlen Length of id blob
+ * @param expiry Absolute time at which the object expires
+ * @param data Data to store; binary blob
+ * @param datalen Length of data blob
+ * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations.
+ * @return APR status value.
+ */
+ apr_status_t (*store)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s,
+ const unsigned char *id, unsigned int idlen,
+ apr_time_t expiry,
+ unsigned char *data, unsigned int datalen,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve a cached object.
+ *
+ * @param instance The cache instance
+ * @param s Associated server structure (for logging purposes)
+ * @param id Unique ID for the object; binary blob
+ * @param idlen Length of id blob
+ * @param data Output buffer to place retrievd data (binary blob)
+ * @param datalen On entry, length of data buffer; on exit, the
+ * number of bytes written to the data buffer.
+ * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations.
+ * @return APR status value; APR_NOTFOUND if the object was not
+ * found
+ */
+ apr_status_t (*retrieve)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s,
+ const unsigned char *id, unsigned int idlen,
+ unsigned char *data, unsigned int *datalen,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+ /**
+ * Remove an object from the cache
+ *
+ * @param instance The cache instance
+ * @param s Associated server structure (for logging purposes)
+ * @param id Unique ID for the object; binary blob
+ * @param idlen Length of id blob
+ * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations.
+ */
+ apr_status_t (*remove)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s,
+ const unsigned char *id, unsigned int idlen,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+ /**
+ * Dump the status of a cache instance for mod_status. Will use
+ * the ap_r* interfaces to produce appropriate status output.
+ * XXX: ap_r* are deprecated, bad dogfood
+ *
+ * @param instance The cache instance
+ * @param r The request structure
+ * @param flags The AP_STATUS_* constants used (see mod_status.h)
+ */
+ void (*status)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, request_rec *r, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Dump all cached objects through an iterator callback.
+ * @param instance The cache instance
+ * @param s Associated server context (for processing and logging)
+ * @param userctx User defined pointer passed through to the iterator
+ * @param iterator The user provided callback function which will receive
+ * individual calls for each unexpired id/data pair
+ * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations.
+ * @return APR status value; APR_NOTFOUND if the object was not
+ * found
+ */
+ apr_status_t (*iterate)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s,
+ void *userctx, ap_socache_iterator_t *iterator,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+} ap_socache_provider_t;
+
+/** The provider group used to register socache providers. */
+#define AP_SOCACHE_PROVIDER_GROUP "socache"
+/** The provider version used to register socache providers. */
+#define AP_SOCACHE_PROVIDER_VERSION "0"
+
+/** Default provider name. */
+#define AP_SOCACHE_DEFAULT_PROVIDER "default"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AP_SOCACHE_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apache_noprobes.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apache_noprobes.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apache_noprobes.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apache_noprobes.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APACHE_NOPROBES_H_
+#define _APACHE_NOPROBES_H_
+
+#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_ENTRY()
+#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CHILD_INIT_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_CHILD_INIT_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CHILD_INIT_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_CHILD_INIT_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CHILD_INIT_ENTRY()
+#define AP_CHILD_INIT_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CHILD_INIT_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_CHILD_INIT_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_ENTRY()
+#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_ENTRY()
+#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_ENTRY()
+#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_ERROR_LOG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_ERROR_LOG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_ERROR_LOG_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_ERROR_LOG_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_ERROR_LOG_ENTRY()
+#define AP_ERROR_LOG_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_ERROR_LOG_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_ERROR_LOG_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_ENTRY()
+#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_FIXUPS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_FIXUPS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_FIXUPS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_FIXUPS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_FIXUPS_ENTRY()
+#define AP_FIXUPS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_FIXUPS_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_FIXUPS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_ENTRY()
+#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_ENTRY()
+#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_ENTRY()
+#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HANDLER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_HANDLER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HANDLER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_HANDLER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_ENTRY()
+#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_ENTRY()
+#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_INTERNAL_REDIRECT(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_INTERNAL_REDIRECT_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_ENTRY()
+#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_ENTRY()
+#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_MONITOR_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_MONITOR_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_MONITOR_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_MONITOR_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_MONITOR_ENTRY()
+#define AP_MONITOR_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_MONITOR_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_MONITOR_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_ENTRY()
+#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_ENTRY()
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_POST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_POST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_CONFIG_ENTRY()
+#define AP_POST_CONFIG_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_CONFIG_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_POST_CONFIG_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_ENTRY()
+#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_POST_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_POST_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_REQUEST_ENTRY()
+#define AP_POST_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_POST_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_POST_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_ENTRY()
+#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_ENTRY()
+#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_MPM_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_PRE_MPM_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_MPM_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_PRE_MPM_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_MPM_ENTRY()
+#define AP_PRE_MPM_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_MPM_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_PRE_MPM_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_ENTRY()
+#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PROCESS_REQUEST_ENTRY(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_PROCESS_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PROCESS_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0, arg1, arg2)
+#define AP_PROCESS_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_ENTRY()
+#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PROXY_RUN(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)
+#define AP_PROXY_RUN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_PROXY_RUN_FINISHED(arg0, arg1, arg2)
+#define AP_PROXY_RUN_FINISHED_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_READ_REQUEST_ENTRY(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_READ_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_READ_REQUEST_FAILURE(arg0)
+#define AP_READ_REQUEST_FAILURE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_READ_REQUEST_SUCCESS(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)
+#define AP_READ_REQUEST_SUCCESS_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_REWRITE_LOG(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)
+#define AP_REWRITE_LOG_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_ENTRY()
+#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_ENTRY()
+#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
+#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
+#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_ENTRY()
+#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
+#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_RETURN(arg0)
+#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
+
+#endif
+
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
* And please, make an effort to stub apr.hnw and apr.h.in in the process.
*
* This is the Win32 specific version of apr.h. It is copied from
- * apr.hw by the apr.dsp and libapr.dsp projects.
+ * apr.hw by the apr.dsp and libapr.dsp projects.
*/
/**
@@ -60,7 +60,9 @@
* C4244: int to char/short - precision loss
* C4514: unreferenced inline function removed
*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#pragma warning(disable: 4100 4127 4163 4201 4514; once: 4057 4075 4244)
+#endif
/* Ignore Microsoft's interpretation of secure development
* and the POSIX string handling API
@@ -212,25 +214,42 @@
/** @} */
/** @} */
-/* We don't include our conditional headers within the doxyblocks
- * or the extern "C" namespace
+/* We don't include our conditional headers within the doxyblocks
+ * or the extern "C" namespace
*/
#if APR_HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
+
#if APR_HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
+
#if APR_HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
+
#if APR_HAVE_STDDEF_H
#include <stddef.h>
#endif
+
+#if APR_HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+#if APR_HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#if APR_HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#endif
+
#if APR_HAVE_TIME_H
#include <time.h>
#endif
+
#if APR_HAVE_PROCESS_H
#include <process.h>
#endif
@@ -261,12 +280,12 @@
#define APR_USE_SHMEM_MMAP_ANON 0
#define APR_USE_SHMEM_BEOS 0
-#define APR_USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZE 0
+#define APR_USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZE 0
#define APR_USE_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE 0
#define APR_USE_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE 0
#define APR_USE_FCNTL_SERIALIZE 0
-#define APR_USE_PROC_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE 0
-#define APR_USE_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE 0
+#define APR_USE_PROC_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE 0
+#define APR_USE_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE 0
#define APR_HAS_FLOCK_SERIALIZE 0
#define APR_HAS_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE 0
@@ -283,6 +302,7 @@
#define APR_HAVE_INET_ADDR 1
#define APR_HAVE_INET_NETWORK 0
#define APR_HAVE_IPV6 1
+#define APR_HAVE_SOCKADDR_UN 0
#define APR_HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define APR_HAVE_SETRLIMIT 0
#define APR_HAVE_SIGACTION 0
@@ -354,7 +374,7 @@
/* Is the O_NONBLOCK flag inherited from listening sockets?
*/
-#define APR_O_NONBLOCK_INHERITED 1
+#define APR_O_NONBLOCK_INHERITED 1
/* Typedefs that APR needs. */
@@ -629,18 +649,20 @@
&& (*(const apr_uint32_t *)(const void *)(&(a)->s6_addr[8]) == ntohl(0x0000ffff)))
#endif
-#endif /* APR_HAS_IPV6 */
+#endif /* APR_HAVE_IPV6 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
-/* Done with badly written headers
+/* Done with badly written headers, leave 'deprecated CRT' undeprecated
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1200
#pragma warning(pop)
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1400
#pragma warning(disable: 4996)
#endif
+#endif
#endif /* WIN32 */
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_allocator.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_allocator.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_allocator.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -103,6 +103,16 @@
APR_DECLARE(void) apr_allocator_free(apr_allocator_t *allocator,
apr_memnode_t *memnode)
__attribute__((nonnull(1,2)));
+
+/**
+ * Get the true size that would be allocated for the given size (including
+ * the header and alignment).
+ * @param allocator The allocator from which to the memory would be allocated
+ * @param size The size to align
+ * @return The aligned size (or zero on apr_size_t overflow)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_size_t) apr_allocator_align(apr_allocator_t *allocator,
+ apr_size_t size);
#include "apr_pools.h"
@@ -131,7 +141,7 @@
/**
* Set the current threshold at which the allocator should start
* giving blocks back to the system.
- * @param allocator The allocator the set the threshold on
+ * @param allocator The allocator to set the threshold on
* @param size The threshold. 0 == unlimited.
*/
APR_DECLARE(void) apr_allocator_max_free_set(apr_allocator_t *allocator,
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_atomic.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_atomic.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_atomic.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
* @param p pool
* @return APR_SUCCESS on successful completion
* @remark Programs do NOT need to call this directly. APR will call this
- * automatically from apr_initialize.
+ * automatically from apr_initialize().
* @internal
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_atomic_init(apr_pool_t *p);
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_buckets.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_buckets.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_buckets.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -351,9 +351,9 @@
#define APR_BRIGADE_LAST(b) APR_RING_LAST(&(b)->list)
/**
- * Insert a list of buckets at the front of a brigade
+ * Insert a single bucket at the front of a brigade
* @param b The brigade to add to
- * @param e The first bucket in a list of buckets to insert
+ * @param e The bucket to insert
*/
#define APR_BRIGADE_INSERT_HEAD(b, e) do { \
apr_bucket *ap__b = (e); \
@@ -362,9 +362,9 @@
} while (0)
/**
- * Insert a list of buckets at the end of a brigade
+ * Insert a single bucket at the end of a brigade
* @param b The brigade to add to
- * @param e The first bucket in a list of buckets to insert
+ * @param e The bucket to insert
*/
#define APR_BRIGADE_INSERT_TAIL(b, e) do { \
apr_bucket *ap__b = (e); \
@@ -393,9 +393,9 @@
} while (0)
/**
- * Insert a list of buckets before a specified bucket
+ * Insert a single bucket before a specified bucket
* @param a The bucket to insert before
- * @param b The buckets to insert
+ * @param b The bucket to insert
*/
#define APR_BUCKET_INSERT_BEFORE(a, b) do { \
apr_bucket *ap__a = (a), *ap__b = (b); \
@@ -404,9 +404,9 @@
} while (0)
/**
- * Insert a list of buckets after a specified bucket
+ * Insert a single bucket after a specified bucket
* @param a The bucket to insert after
- * @param b The buckets to insert
+ * @param b The bucket to insert
*/
#define APR_BUCKET_INSERT_AFTER(a, b) do { \
apr_bucket *ap__a = (a), *ap__b = (b); \
@@ -622,6 +622,8 @@
* a caller tries to read from it */
int can_mmap;
#endif /* APR_HAS_MMAP */
+ /** File read block size */
+ apr_size_t read_size;
};
/** @see apr_bucket_structs */
@@ -962,6 +964,18 @@
APU_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) apr_bucket_alloc_destroy(apr_bucket_alloc_t *list);
/**
+ * Get the aligned size corresponding to the requested size, but minus the
+ * allocator(s) overhead such that the allocation would remain in the
+ * same boundary.
+ * @param list The allocator from which to the memory would be allocated.
+ * @param size The requested size.
+ * @return The corresponding aligned/floored size.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_size_t) apr_bucket_alloc_aligned_floor(apr_bucket_alloc_t *list,
+ apr_size_t size)
+ __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
* Allocate memory for use by the buckets.
* @param size The amount to allocate.
* @param list The allocator from which to allocate the memory.
@@ -1563,6 +1577,19 @@
APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_bucket_file_enable_mmap(apr_bucket *b,
int enabled);
+/**
+ * Set the size of the read buffer allocated by a FILE bucket (default
+ * is @a APR_BUCKET_BUFF_SIZE)
+ * memory-mapping is disabled only)
+ * @param b The bucket
+ * @param size Size of the allocated buffers
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS normally, or an error code if the operation fails
+ * @remark Relevant/used only when memory-mapping is disabled (@see
+ * apr_bucket_file_enable_mmap)
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_bucket_file_set_buf_size(apr_bucket *e,
+ apr_size_t size);
+
/** @} */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_crypto.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_crypto.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_crypto.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -40,6 +40,9 @@
#if APU_HAVE_CRYPTO
#ifndef APU_CRYPTO_RECOMMENDED_DRIVER
+#if APU_HAVE_COMMONCRYPTO
+#define APU_CRYPTO_RECOMMENDED_DRIVER "commoncrypto"
+#else
#if APU_HAVE_OPENSSL
#define APU_CRYPTO_RECOMMENDED_DRIVER "openssl"
#else
@@ -57,6 +60,7 @@
#endif
#endif
#endif
+#endif
/**
* Symmetric Key types understood by the library.
@@ -84,16 +88,16 @@
* the chosen cipher. Padded data is data that is not aligned by block
* size and must be padded by the crypto library.
*
- * OpenSSL NSS Interop
- * Align Pad Align Pad Align Pad
- * 3DES_192/CBC X X X X X X
- * 3DES_192/ECB X X
- * AES_256/CBC X X X X X X
- * AES_256/ECB X X X X
- * AES_192/CBC X X X X
- * AES_192/ECB X X X
- * AES_128/CBC X X X X
- * AES_128/ECB X X X
+ * OpenSSL CommonCrypto NSS Interop
+ * Align Pad Align Pad Align Pad Align Pad
+ * 3DES_192/CBC X X X X X X X X
+ * 3DES_192/ECB X X X X
+ * AES_256/CBC X X X X X X X X
+ * AES_256/ECB X X X X X X
+ * AES_192/CBC X X X X X X
+ * AES_192/ECB X X X X X
+ * AES_128/CBC X X X X X X
+ * AES_128/ECB X X X X X
*
* Conclusion: for padded data, use 3DES_192/CBC or AES_256/CBC. For
* aligned data, use 3DES_192/CBC, AES_256/CBC or AES_256/ECB.
@@ -123,6 +127,48 @@
typedef struct apr_crypto_key_t apr_crypto_key_t;
typedef struct apr_crypto_block_t apr_crypto_block_t;
+typedef struct apr_crypto_block_key_type_t {
+ apr_crypto_block_key_type_e type;
+ int keysize;
+ int blocksize;
+ int ivsize;
+} apr_crypto_block_key_type_t;
+
+typedef struct apr_crypto_block_key_mode_t {
+ apr_crypto_block_key_mode_e mode;
+} apr_crypto_block_key_mode_t;
+
+typedef struct apr_crypto_passphrase_t {
+ const char *pass;
+ apr_size_t passLen;
+ const unsigned char * salt;
+ apr_size_t saltLen;
+ int iterations;
+} apr_crypto_passphrase_t;
+
+typedef struct apr_crypto_secret_t {
+ const unsigned char *secret;
+ apr_size_t secretLen;
+} apr_crypto_secret_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ /** Key is derived from a passphrase */
+ APR_CRYPTO_KTYPE_PASSPHRASE = 1,
+ /** Key is derived from a raw key */
+ APR_CRYPTO_KTYPE_SECRET = 2,
+} apr_crypto_key_type;
+
+typedef struct apr_crypto_key_rec_t {
+ apr_crypto_key_type ktype;
+ apr_crypto_block_key_type_e type;
+ apr_crypto_block_key_mode_e mode;
+ int pad;
+ union {
+ apr_crypto_passphrase_t passphrase;
+ apr_crypto_secret_t secret;
+ } k;
+} apr_crypto_key_rec_t;
+
/**
* @brief Perform once-only initialisation. Call once only.
*
@@ -132,8 +178,7 @@
APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_crypto_init(apr_pool_t *pool);
/**
- * @brief Register a cleanup to zero out the buffer provided
- * when the pool is cleaned up.
+ * @brief Zero out the buffer provided when the pool is cleaned up.
*
* @param pool - pool to register the cleanup
* @param buffer - buffer to zero out
@@ -143,6 +188,27 @@
apr_size_t size);
/**
+ * @brief Always zero out the buffer provided, without being optimized out by
+ * the compiler.
+ *
+ * @param buffer - buffer to zero out
+ * @param size - size of the buffer to zero out
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_crypto_memzero(void *buffer, apr_size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timing attacks safe buffers comparison, where the executing time does
+ * not depend on the bytes compared but solely on the number of bytes.
+ *
+ * @param buf1 - first buffer to compare
+ * @param buf2 - second buffer to compare
+ * @param size - size of the buffers to compare
+ * @return 1 if the buffers are equals, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(int) apr_crypto_equals(const void *buf1, const void *buf2,
+ apr_size_t size);
+
+/**
* @brief Get the driver struct for a name
*
* @param driver - pointer to driver struct.
@@ -205,7 +271,8 @@
/**
* @brief Get a hash table of key types, keyed by the name of the type against
- * an integer pointer constant.
+ * a pointer to apr_crypto_block_key_type_t, which in turn begins with an
+ * integer.
*
* @param types - hashtable of key types keyed to constants.
* @param f - encryption context
@@ -216,7 +283,8 @@
/**
* @brief Get a hash table of key modes, keyed by the name of the mode against
- * an integer pointer constant.
+ * a pointer to apr_crypto_block_key_mode_t, which in turn begins with an
+ * integer.
*
* @param modes - hashtable of key modes keyed to constants.
* @param f - encryption context
@@ -226,6 +294,25 @@
const apr_crypto_t *f);
/**
+ * @brief Create a key from the provided secret or passphrase. The key is cleaned
+ * up when the context is cleaned, and may be reused with multiple encryption
+ * or decryption operations.
+ * @note If *key is NULL, a apr_crypto_key_t will be created from a pool. If
+ * *key is not NULL, *key must point at a previously created structure.
+ * @param key The key returned, see note.
+ * @param rec The key record, from which the key will be derived.
+ * @param f The context to use.
+ * @param p The pool to use.
+ * @return Returns APR_ENOKEY if the pass phrase is missing or empty, or if a backend
+ * error occurred while generating the key. APR_ENOCIPHER if the type or mode
+ * is not supported by the particular backend. APR_EKEYTYPE if the key type is
+ * not known. APR_EPADDING if padding was requested but is not supported.
+ * APR_ENOTIMPL if not implemented.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_crypto_key(apr_crypto_key_t **key,
+ const apr_crypto_key_rec_t *rec, const apr_crypto_t *f, apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
* @brief Create a key from the given passphrase. By default, the PBKDF2
* algorithm is used to generate the key from the passphrase. It is expected
* that the same pass phrase will generate the same key, regardless of the
@@ -252,6 +339,7 @@
* is not supported by the particular backend. APR_EKEYTYPE if the key type is
* not known. APR_EPADDING if padding was requested but is not supported.
* APR_ENOTIMPL if not implemented.
+ * @deprecated Replaced by apr_crypto_key().
*/
APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_crypto_passphrase(apr_crypto_key_t **key,
apr_size_t *ivSize, const char *pass, apr_size_t passLen,
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_cstr.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_cstr.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_cstr.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_cstr.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+ * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
+ * distributed with this work for additional information
+ * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file
+ * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+ * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+ * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+ * software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+ * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
+ * specific language governing permissions and limitations
+ * under the License.
+ * ====================================================================
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file apr_cstr.h
+ * @brief C string goodies.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APR_CSTR_H
+#define APR_CSTR_H
+
+#include <apr.h> /* for apr_size_t */
+#include <apr_pools.h> /* for apr_pool_t */
+#include <apr_tables.h> /* for apr_array_header_t */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup apr_cstr C (POSIX) locale string functions
+ * @ingroup apr_strings
+ *
+ * The apr_cstr_* functions provide traditional C char * string text handling,
+ * and notabilty they treat all text in the C (a.k.a. POSIX) locale using the
+ * minimal POSIX character set, represented in either ASCII or a corresponding
+ * EBCDIC subset.
+ *
+ * Character values outside of that set are treated as opaque bytes, and all
+ * multi-byte character sequences are handled as individual distinct octets.
+ *
+ * Multi-byte characters sequences whose octets fall in the ASCII range cause
+ * unexpected results, such as in the ISO-2022-JP code page where ASCII octets
+ * occur within both shift-state and multibyte sequences.
+ *
+ * In the case of the UTF-8 encoding, all multibyte characters all fall outside
+ * of the C/POSIX range of characters, so these functions are generally safe
+ * to use on UTF-8 strings. The programmer must be aware that each octet may
+ * not represent a distinct printable character in such encodings.
+ *
+ * The standard C99/POSIX string functions, rather than apr_cstr, should be
+ * used in all cases where the current locale and encoding of the text is
+ * significant.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/** Divide @a input into substrings, interpreting any char from @a sep
+ * as a token separator.
+ *
+ * Return an array of copies of those substrings (plain const char*),
+ * allocating both the array and the copies in @a pool.
+ *
+ * None of the elements added to the array contain any of the
+ * characters in @a sep_chars, and none of the new elements are empty
+ * (thus, it is possible that the returned array will have length
+ * zero).
+ *
+ * If @a chop_whitespace is TRUE, then remove leading and trailing
+ * whitespace from the returned strings.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_array_header_t *) apr_cstr_split(const char *input,
+ const char *sep_chars,
+ int chop_whitespace,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/** Like apr_cstr_split(), but append to existing @a array instead of
+ * creating a new one. Allocate the copied substrings in @a pool
+ * (i.e., caller decides whether or not to pass @a array->pool as @a pool).
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void) apr_cstr_split_append(apr_array_header_t *array,
+ const char *input,
+ const char *sep_chars,
+ int chop_whitespace,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+
+/** Return @c TRUE iff @a str matches any of the elements of @a list, a list
+ * of zero or more glob patterns.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_cstr_match_glob_list(const char *str,
+ const apr_array_header_t *list);
+
+/** Return @c TRUE iff @a str exactly matches any of the elements of @a list.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_cstr_match_list(const char *str,
+ const apr_array_header_t *list);
+
+/**
+ * Get the next token from @a *str interpreting any char from @a sep as a
+ * token separator. Separators at the beginning of @a str will be skipped.
+ * Returns a pointer to the beginning of the first token in @a *str or NULL
+ * if no token is left. Modifies @a str such that the next call will return
+ * the next token.
+ *
+ * @note The content of @a *str may be modified by this function.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(char *) apr_cstr_tokenize(const char *sep, char **str);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of line breaks in @a msg, allowing any kind of newline
+ * termination (CR, LF, CRLF, or LFCR), even inconsistent.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_cstr_count_newlines(const char *msg);
+
+#if 0 /* XXX: stringbuf logic is not present in APR */
+/**
+ * Return a cstring which is the concatenation of @a strings (an array
+ * of char *) each followed by @a separator (that is, @a separator
+ * will also end the resulting string). Allocate the result in @a pool.
+ * If @a strings is empty, then return the empty string.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(char *) apr_cstr_join(const apr_array_header_t *strings,
+ const char *separator,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Perform a case-insensitive comparison of two strings @a atr1 and @a atr2,
+ * treating upper and lower case values of the 26 standard C/POSIX alphabetic
+ * characters as equivalent. Extended latin characters outside of this set
+ * are treated as unique octets, irrespective of the current locale.
+ *
+ * Returns in integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0,
+ * according to whether @a str1 is considered greater than, equal to,
+ * or less than @a str2.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_cstr_casecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
+
+/**
+ * Perform a case-insensitive comparison of two strings @a atr1 and @a atr2,
+ * treating upper and lower case values of the 26 standard C/POSIX alphabetic
+ * characters as equivalent. Extended latin characters outside of this set
+ * are treated as unique octets, irrespective of the current locale.
+ *
+ * Returns in integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0,
+ * according to whether @a str1 is considered greater than, equal to,
+ * or less than @a str2.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_cstr_casecmpn(const char *str1,
+ const char *str2,
+ apr_size_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the C string @a str into a 64 bit number, and return it in @a *n.
+ * Assume that the number is represented in base @a base.
+ * Raise an error if conversion fails (e.g. due to overflow), or if the
+ * converted number is smaller than @a minval or larger than @a maxval.
+ *
+ * Leading whitespace in @a str is skipped in a locale-dependent way.
+ * After that, the string may contain an optional '+' (positive, default)
+ * or '-' (negative) character, followed by an optional '0x' prefix if
+ * @a base is 0 or 16, followed by numeric digits appropriate for the base.
+ * If there are any more characters after the numeric digits, an error is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * If @a base is zero, then a leading '0x' or '0X' prefix means hexadecimal,
+ * else a leading '0' means octal (implemented, though not documented, in
+ * apr_strtoi64() in APR 0.9.0 through 1.5.0), else use base ten.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_cstr_strtoi64(apr_int64_t *n, const char *str,
+ apr_int64_t minval,
+ apr_int64_t maxval,
+ int base);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the C string @a str into a 64 bit number, and return it in @a *n.
+ * Assume that the number is represented in base 10.
+ * Raise an error if conversion fails (e.g. due to overflow).
+ *
+ * The behaviour otherwise is as described for apr_cstr_strtoi64().
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_cstr_atoi64(apr_int64_t *n, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the C string @a str into a 32 bit number, and return it in @a *n.
+ * Assume that the number is represented in base 10.
+ * Raise an error if conversion fails (e.g. due to overflow).
+ *
+ * The behaviour otherwise is as described for apr_cstr_strtoi64().
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_cstr_atoi(int *n, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the C string @a str into an unsigned 64 bit number, and return
+ * it in @a *n. Assume that the number is represented in base @a base.
+ * Raise an error if conversion fails (e.g. due to overflow), or if the
+ * converted number is smaller than @a minval or larger than @a maxval.
+ *
+ * Leading whitespace in @a str is skipped in a locale-dependent way.
+ * After that, the string may contain an optional '+' (positive, default)
+ * or '-' (negative) character, followed by an optional '0x' prefix if
+ * @a base is 0 or 16, followed by numeric digits appropriate for the base.
+ * If there are any more characters after the numeric digits, an error is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * If @a base is zero, then a leading '0x' or '0X' prefix means hexadecimal,
+ * else a leading '0' means octal (as implemented, though not documented, in
+ * apr_strtoi64(), else use base ten.
+ *
+ * @warning The implementation returns APR_ERANGE if the parsed number
+ * is greater than APR_INT64_MAX, even if it is not greater than @a maxval.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_cstr_strtoui64(apr_uint64_t *n, const char *str,
+ apr_uint64_t minval,
+ apr_uint64_t maxval,
+ int base);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the C string @a str into an unsigned 64 bit number, and return
+ * it in @a *n. Assume that the number is represented in base 10.
+ * Raise an error if conversion fails (e.g. due to overflow).
+ *
+ * The behaviour otherwise is as described for apr_cstr_strtoui64(),
+ * including the upper limit of APR_INT64_MAX.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_cstr_atoui64(apr_uint64_t *n, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the C string @a str into an unsigned 32 bit number, and return
+ * it in @a *n. Assume that the number is represented in base 10.
+ * Raise an error if conversion fails (e.g. due to overflow).
+ *
+ * The behaviour otherwise is as described for apr_cstr_strtoui64(),
+ * including the upper limit of APR_INT64_MAX.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_cstr_atoui(unsigned int *n, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Skip the common prefix @a prefix from the C string @a str, and return
+ * a pointer to the next character after the prefix.
+ * Return @c NULL if @a str does not start with @a prefix.
+ *
+ * @since New in 1.6.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_cstr_skip_prefix(const char *str,
+ const char *prefix);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* SVN_STRING_H */
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_dbd.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_dbd.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_dbd.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@
/** apr_dbd_open_ex: open a connection to a backend
*
+ * @param driver - driver struct.
* @param pool - working pool
* @param params - arguments to driver (implementation-dependent)
* @param handle - pointer to handle to return
- * @param driver - driver struct.
* @param error - descriptive error.
* @return APR_SUCCESS for success
* @return APR_EGENERAL if driver exists but connection failed
@@ -136,9 +136,6 @@
* "group" determines which group from configuration file to use (see
* MYSQL_READ_DEFAULT_GROUP option of mysql_options() in MySQL manual).
* Reconnect is set to 1 by default (i.e. true).
- * @remarks FreeTDS: the params can have "username", "password", "appname",
- * "dbname", "host", "charset", "lang" and "server" keys, each followed by an
- * equal sign and a value.
*/
APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_dbd_open_ex(const apr_dbd_driver_t *driver,
apr_pool_t *pool, const char *params,
@@ -147,10 +144,10 @@
/** apr_dbd_open: open a connection to a backend
*
+ * @param driver - driver struct.
* @param pool - working pool
* @param params - arguments to driver (implementation-dependent)
* @param handle - pointer to handle to return
- * @param driver - driver struct.
* @return APR_SUCCESS for success
* @return APR_EGENERAL if driver exists but connection failed
* @see apr_dbd_open_ex
@@ -161,8 +158,8 @@
/** apr_dbd_close: close a connection to a backend
*
+ * @param driver - driver struct.
* @param handle - handle to close
- * @param driver - driver struct.
* @return APR_SUCCESS for success or error status
*/
APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_dbd_close(const apr_dbd_driver_t *driver,
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_errno.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_errno.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_errno.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
/**
* Return a human readable string describing the specified error.
- * @param statcode The error code the get a string for.
+ * @param statcode The error code to get a string for.
* @param buf A buffer to hold the error string.
* @param bufsize Size of the buffer to hold the string.
*/
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
* use within apr-util. This space is reserved above that used by APR
* internally.
* @note This number MUST be smaller than APR_OS_ERRSPACE_SIZE by a
- * large enough amount that APR has sufficient room for it's
+ * large enough amount that APR has sufficient room for its
* codes.
*/
#define APR_UTIL_ERRSPACE_SIZE 20000
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
*/
#define APR_OS_START_STATUS (APR_OS_START_ERROR + APR_OS_ERRSPACE_SIZE)
/**
- * APR_UTIL_START_STATUS is where APR-Util starts defining it's
+ * APR_UTIL_START_STATUS is where APR-Util starts defining its
* status codes.
*/
#define APR_UTIL_START_STATUS (APR_OS_START_STATUS + \
@@ -833,6 +833,20 @@
#define APR_EAFNOSUPPORT (APR_OS_START_CANONERR + 27)
#endif
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_EOPNOTSUPP */
+#ifdef EOPNOTSUPP
+#define APR_EOPNOTSUPP EOPNOTSUPP
+#else
+#define APR_EOPNOTSUPP (APR_OS_START_CANONERR + 28)
+#endif
+
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_ERANGE */
+#ifdef ERANGE
+#define APR_ERANGE ERANGE
+#else
+#define APR_ERANGE (APR_OS_START_CANONERR + 29)
+#endif
+
/** @} */
#if defined(OS2) && !defined(DOXYGEN)
@@ -977,6 +991,9 @@
|| (s) == APR_OS_START_SYSERR + ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)
#define APR_STATUS_IS_EAFNOSUPPORT(s) ((s) == APR_AFNOSUPPORT \
|| (s) == APR_OS_START_SYSERR + SOCEAFNOSUPPORT)
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EOPNOTSUPP(s) ((s) == APR_EOPNOTSUPP \
+ || (s) == APR_OS_START_SYSERR + SOCEOPNOTSUPP)
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ERANGE(s) ((s) == APR_ERANGE)
/*
Sorry, too tired to wrap this up for OS2... feel free to
@@ -990,7 +1007,6 @@
{ SOCENOPROTOOPT, ENOPROTOOPT },
{ SOCEPROTONOSUPPORT, EPROTONOSUPPORT },
{ SOCESOCKTNOSUPPORT, ESOCKTNOSUPPORT },
- { SOCEOPNOTSUPP, EOPNOTSUPP },
{ SOCEPFNOSUPPORT, EPFNOSUPPORT },
{ SOCEADDRINUSE, EADDRINUSE },
{ SOCEADDRNOTAVAIL, EADDRNOTAVAIL },
@@ -1122,6 +1138,9 @@
|| (s) == APR_OS_START_SYSERR + ERROR_DIR_NOT_EMPTY)
#define APR_STATUS_IS_EAFNOSUPPORT(s) ((s) == APR_EAFNOSUPPORT \
|| (s) == APR_OS_START_SYSERR + WSAEAFNOSUPPORT)
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EOPNOTSUPP(s) ((s) == APR_EOPNOTSUPP \
+ || (s) == APR_OS_START_SYSERR + WSAEOPNOTSUPP)
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ERANGE(s) ((s) == APR_ERANGE)
#elif defined(NETWARE) && defined(USE_WINSOCK) && !defined(DOXYGEN) /* !defined(OS2) && !defined(WIN32) */
@@ -1183,6 +1202,9 @@
#define APR_STATUS_IS_ENOTEMPTY(s) ((s) == APR_ENOTEMPTY)
#define APR_STATUS_IS_EAFNOSUPPORT(s) ((s) == APR_EAFNOSUPPORT \
|| (s) == APR_OS_START_SYSERR + WSAEAFNOSUPPORT)
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EOPNOTSUPP(s) ((s) == APR_EOPNOTSUPP \
+ || (s) == APR_OS_START_SYSERR + WSAEOPNOTSUPP)
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ERANGE(s) ((s) == APR_ERANGE)
#else /* !defined(NETWARE) && !defined(OS2) && !defined(WIN32) */
@@ -1291,7 +1313,7 @@
#define APR_STATUS_IS_EHOSTUNREACH(s) ((s) == APR_EHOSTUNREACH)
/** network is unreachable */
#define APR_STATUS_IS_ENETUNREACH(s) ((s) == APR_ENETUNREACH)
-/** inappropiate file type or format */
+/** inappropriate file type or format */
#define APR_STATUS_IS_EFTYPE(s) ((s) == APR_EFTYPE)
/** broken pipe */
#define APR_STATUS_IS_EPIPE(s) ((s) == APR_EPIPE)
@@ -1302,6 +1324,11 @@
(s) == APR_EEXIST)
/** Address Family not supported */
#define APR_STATUS_IS_EAFNOSUPPORT(s) ((s) == APR_EAFNOSUPPORT)
+/** Socket operation not supported */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EOPNOTSUPP(s) ((s) == APR_EOPNOTSUPP)
+
+/** Numeric value not representable */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ERANGE(s) ((s) == APR_ERANGE)
/** @} */
#endif /* !defined(NETWARE) && !defined(OS2) && !defined(WIN32) */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+/**
+ * @file apr_escape.h
+ * @brief APR-UTIL Escaping
+ */
+#ifndef APR_ESCAPE_H
+#define APR_ESCAPE_H
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_general.h"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APR_Util_Escaping Escape functions
+ * @ingroup APR
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Simple escape/unescape functions.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * When passing a string to one of the escape functions, this value can be
+ * passed to indicate a string-valued key, and have the length computed
+ * automatically.
+ */
+#define APR_ESCAPE_STRING (-1)
+
+/**
+ * Apply LDAP distinguished name escaping as per RFC4514.
+ */
+#define APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_DN (0x01)
+
+/**
+ * Apply LDAP filter escaping as per RFC4515.
+ */
+#define APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_FILTER (0x02)
+
+/**
+ * Apply both RFC4514 and RFC4515 LDAP escaping.
+ */
+#define APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_ALL (0x03)
+
+/**
+ * Perform shell escaping on the provided string.
+ *
+ * Shell escaping causes characters to be prefixed with a '\' character.
+ * @param escaped Optional buffer to write the encoded string, can be
+ * NULL
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param slen The length of the original string, or APR_ESCAPE_STRING
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if no changes to the string were
+ * detected or the string was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_escape_shell(char *escaped, const char *str,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Perform shell escaping on the provided string, returning the result
+ * from the pool.
+ *
+ * Shell escaping causes characters to be prefixed with a '\' character.
+ *
+ * If no characters were escaped, the original string is returned.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @return the encoded string, allocated from the pool, or the original
+ * string if no escaping took place or the string was NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pescape_shell(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str)
+ __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
+ * Unescapes a URL, leaving reserved characters intact.
+ * @param escaped Optional buffer to write the encoded string, can be
+ * NULL
+ * @param url String to be unescaped
+ * @param slen The length of the original url, or APR_ESCAPE_STRING
+ * @param forbid Optional list of forbidden characters, in addition to
+ * 0x00
+ * @param reserved Optional list of reserved characters that will be
+ * left unescaped
+ * @param plus If non zero, '+' is converted to ' ' as per
+ * application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding
+ * @param len If set, the length of the escaped string will be returned
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS on success, APR_NOTFOUND if no characters are
+ * decoded or the string is NULL, APR_EINVAL if a bad escape sequence is
+ * found, APR_BADCH if a character on the forbid list is found.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_unescape_url(char *escaped, const char *url,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, const char *forbid, const char *reserved, int plus,
+ apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Unescapes a URL, leaving reserved characters intact, returning the
+ * result from a pool.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param url String to be unescaped in place
+ * @param forbid Optional list of forbidden characters, in addition to
+ * 0x00
+ * @param reserved Optional list of reserved characters that will be
+ * left unescaped
+ * @param plus If non zero, '+' is converted to ' ' as per
+ * application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding
+ * @return A string allocated from the pool on success, the original string
+ * if no characters are decoded, or NULL if a bad escape sequence is found
+ * or if a character on the forbid list is found, or if the original string
+ * was NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_punescape_url(apr_pool_t *p, const char *url,
+ const char *forbid, const char *reserved, int plus)
+ __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
+ * Escape a path segment, as defined in RFC1808.
+ * @param escaped Optional buffer to write the encoded string, can be
+ * NULL
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param slen The length of the original string, or APR_ESCAPE_STRING
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if no changes to the string were
+ * detected or the string was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_escape_path_segment(char *escaped,
+ const char *str, apr_ssize_t slen, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Escape a path segment, as defined in RFC1808, returning the result from a
+ * pool.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param str String to be escaped
+ * @return A string allocated from the pool on success, the original string
+ * if no characters are encoded or the string is NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pescape_path_segment(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *str) __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
+ * Converts an OS path to a URL, in an OS dependent way, as defined in RFC1808.
+ * In all cases if a ':' occurs before the first '/' in the URL, the URL should
+ * be prefixed with "./" (or the ':' escaped). In the case of Unix, this means
+ * leaving '/' alone, but otherwise doing what escape_path_segment() does. For
+ * efficiency reasons, we don't use escape_path_segment(), which is provided for
+ * reference. Again, RFC 1808 is where this stuff is defined.
+ *
+ * If partial is set, os_escape_path() assumes that the path will be appended to
+ * something with a '/' in it (and thus does not prefix "./").
+ * @param escaped Optional buffer to write the encoded string, can be
+ * NULL
+ * @param path The original string
+ * @param slen The length of the original string, or APR_ESCAPE_STRING
+ * @param partial If non zero, suppresses the prepending of "./"
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if no changes to the string were
+ * detected or if the string was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_escape_path(char *escaped, const char *path,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, int partial, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Converts an OS path to a URL, in an OS dependent way, as defined in RFC1808,
+ * returning the result from a pool.
+ *
+ * In all cases if a ':' occurs before the first '/' in the URL, the URL should
+ * be prefixed with "./" (or the ':' escaped). In the case of Unix, this means
+ * leaving '/' alone, but otherwise doing what escape_path_segment() does. For
+ * efficiency reasons, we don't use escape_path_segment(), which is provided for
+ * reference. Again, RFC 1808 is where this stuff is defined.
+ *
+ * If partial is set, os_escape_path() assumes that the path will be appended to
+ * something with a '/' in it (and thus does not prefix "./").
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param partial If non zero, suppresses the prepending of "./"
+ * @return A string allocated from the pool on success, the original string
+ * if no characters are encoded or if the string was NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pescape_path(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str,
+ int partial) __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
+ * Urlencode a string, as defined in
+ * http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/interact/forms.html#h-17.13.4.1.
+ * @param escaped Optional buffer to write the encoded string, can be
+ * NULL
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param slen The length of the original string, or APR_ESCAPE_STRING
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if no changes to the string were
+ * detected or if the stirng was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_escape_urlencoded(char *escaped, const char *str,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Urlencode a string, as defined in
+ * http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/interact/forms.html#h-17.13.4.1, returning
+ * the result from a pool.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param str String to be escaped
+ * @return A string allocated from the pool on success, the original string
+ * if no characters are encoded or if the string was NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pescape_urlencoded(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *str) __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
+ * Apply entity encoding to a string. Characters are replaced as follows:
+ * '<' becomes '\<', '>' becomes '\>', '&' becomes '\&', the
+ * double quote becomes '\"" and the single quote becomes '\''.
+ *
+ * If toasc is not zero, any non ascii character will be encoded as
+ * '%\#ddd;', where ddd is the decimal code of the character.
+ * @param escaped Optional buffer to write the encoded string, can be
+ * NULL
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param slen The length of the original string, or APR_ESCAPE_STRING
+ * @param toasc If non zero, encode non ascii characters
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if no changes to the string were
+ * detected or the string was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_escape_entity(char *escaped, const char *str,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, int toasc, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Apply entity encoding to a string, returning the result from a pool.
+ * Characters are replaced as follows: '<' becomes '\<', '>' becomes
+ * '\>', '&' becomes '\&', the double quote becomes '\"" and the
+ * single quote becomes '\''.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param toasc If non zero, encode non ascii characters
+ * @return A string allocated from the pool on success, the original string
+ * if no characters are encoded or the string is NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pescape_entity(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str,
+ int toasc) __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
+ * Decodes html entities or numeric character references in a string. If
+ * the string to be unescaped is syntactically incorrect, then the
+ * following fixups will be made:
+ * unknown entities will be left undecoded;
+ * references to unused numeric characters will be deleted.
+ * In particular, � will not be decoded, but will be deleted.
+ * @param unescaped Optional buffer to write the encoded string, can be
+ * NULL
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param slen The length of the original string, or APR_ESCAPE_STRING
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if no changes to the string were
+ * detected or the string was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_unescape_entity(char *unescaped, const char *str,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Decodes html entities or numeric character references in a string. If
+ * the string to be unescaped is syntactically incorrect, then the
+ * following fixups will be made:
+ * unknown entities will be left undecoded;
+ * references to unused numeric characters will be deleted.
+ * In particular, � will not be decoded, but will be deleted.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @return A string allocated from the pool on success, the original string
+ * if no characters are encoded or the string is NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_punescape_entity(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str)
+ __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
+ * Escape control characters in a string, as performed by the shell's
+ * 'echo' command. Characters are replaced as follows:
+ * \\a alert (bell), \\b backspace, \\f form feed, \\n new line, \\r carriage
+ * return, \\t horizontal tab, \\v vertical tab, \\ backslash.
+ *
+ * Any non ascii character will be encoded as '\\xHH', where HH is the hex
+ * code of the character.
+ *
+ * If quote is not zero, the double quote character will also be escaped.
+ * @param escaped Optional buffer to write the encoded string, can be
+ * NULL
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param slen The length of the original string, or APR_ESCAPE_STRING
+ * @param quote If non zero, encode double quotes
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if no changes to the string were
+ * detected or the string was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_escape_echo(char *escaped, const char *str,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, int quote, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Escape control characters in a string, as performed by the shell's
+ * 'echo' command, and return the results from a pool. Characters are
+ * replaced as follows: \\a alert (bell), \\b backspace, \\f form feed,
+ * \\n new line, \\r carriage return, \\t horizontal tab, \\v vertical tab,
+ * \\ backslash.
+ *
+ * Any non ascii character will be encoded as '\\xHH', where HH is the hex
+ * code of the character.
+ *
+ * If quote is not zero, the double quote character will also be escaped.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param quote If non zero, encode double quotes
+ * @return A string allocated from the pool on success, the original string
+ * if no characters are encoded or the string is NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pescape_echo(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str,
+ int quote);
+
+/**
+ * Convert binary data to a hex encoding.
+ * @param dest The destination buffer, can be NULL
+ * @param src The original buffer
+ * @param srclen The length of the original buffer
+ * @param colon If not zero, insert colon characters between hex digits.
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if the string was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_escape_hex(char *dest, const void *src,
+ apr_size_t srclen, int colon, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Convert binary data to a hex encoding, and return the results from a
+ * pool.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param src The original buffer
+ * @param slen The length of the original buffer
+ * @param colon If not zero, insert colon characters between hex digits.
+ * @return A zero padded buffer allocated from the pool on success, or
+ * NULL if src was NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pescape_hex(apr_pool_t *p, const void *src,
+ apr_size_t slen, int colon) __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/**
+ * Convert hex encoded string to binary data.
+ * @param dest The destination buffer, can be NULL
+ * @param str The original buffer
+ * @param slen The length of the original buffer
+ * @param colon If not zero, ignore colon characters between hex digits.
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if the string was NULL, or APR_BADCH
+ * if a non hex character is present.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_unescape_hex(void *dest, const char *str,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, int colon, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Convert hex encoding to binary data, and return the results from a pool.
+ * If the colon character appears between pairs of hex digits, it will be
+ * ignored.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param str The original string
+ * @param colon If not zero, ignore colon characters between hex digits.
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the final buffer
+ * @return A buffer allocated from the pool on success, or NULL if src was
+ * NULL, or a bad character was present.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const void *) apr_punescape_hex(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str,
+ int colon, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Apply LDAP escaping to binary data. Characters from RFC4514 and RFC4515
+ * are escaped with their hex equivalents.
+ * @param dest The destination buffer, can be NULL
+ * @param src The original buffer
+ * @param srclen The length of the original buffer
+ * @param flags APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_DN for RFC4514, APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_FILTER for
+ * RFC4515, APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_ALL for both
+ * @param len If present, returns the length of the string
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, or APR_NOTFOUND if the string was NULL
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_escape_ldap(char *dest, const void *src,
+ apr_ssize_t srclen, int flags, apr_size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * Apply LDAP escaping to binary data, and return the results from a
+ * pool. Characters from RFC4514 and RFC4515 are escaped with their hex
+ * equivalents.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate from
+ * @param src The original buffer
+ * @param slen The length of the original buffer
+ * @param flags APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_DN for RFC4514, APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_FILTER for
+ * RFC4515, APR_ESCAPE_LDAP_ALL for both
+ * @return A zero padded buffer allocated from the pool on success, or
+ * NULL if src was NULL.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pescape_ldap(apr_pool_t *p, const void *src,
+ apr_ssize_t slen, int flags) __attribute__((nonnull(1)));
+
+/** @} */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APR_ESCAPE_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape_test_char.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape_test_char.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape_test_char.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_escape_test_char.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* this file is automatically generated by gen_test_char, do not edit. "make include/private/apr_escape_test_char.h" to regenerate. */
+#define T_ESCAPE_SHELL_CMD (1)
+#define T_ESCAPE_PATH_SEGMENT (2)
+#define T_OS_ESCAPE_PATH (4)
+#define T_ESCAPE_ECHO (8)
+#define T_ESCAPE_URLENCODED (16)
+#define T_ESCAPE_XML (32)
+#define T_ESCAPE_LDAP_DN (64)
+#define T_ESCAPE_LDAP_FILTER (128)
+
+static const unsigned char test_char_table[256] = {
+ 224,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,223,222,222,223,222,222,222,222,222,222,
+ 222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,6,16,127,22,17,23,49,17,
+ 145,145,129,80,80,0,0,18,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,16,87,
+ 119,16,119,23,16,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,23,223,23,23,0,23,0,0,0,
+ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+ 0,0,0,23,23,23,17,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,
+ 222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,
+ 222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,
+ 222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,
+ 222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,
+ 222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,
+ 222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222,222
+};
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_file_info.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_file_info.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_file_info.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
/** apr_filetype_e values for the filetype member of the
* apr_file_info_t structure
- * @warning: Not all of the filetypes below can be determined.
+ * @warning Not all of the filetypes below can be determined.
* For example, a given platform might not correctly report
* a socket descriptor as APR_SOCK if that type isn't
* well-identified on that platform. In such cases where
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
const char *fname;
/** The file's name (no path) in filesystem case */
const char *name;
- /** The file's handle, if accessed (can be submitted to apr_duphandle) */
+ /** Unused */
struct apr_file_t *filehand;
};
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
* @param filepath the pathname to parse for its root component
* @param flags the desired rules to apply, from
* <PRE>
- * APR_FILEPATH_NATIVE Use native path seperators (e.g. '\' on Win32)
+ * APR_FILEPATH_NATIVE Use native path separators (e.g. '\' on Win32)
* APR_FILEPATH_TRUENAME Tests that the root exists, and makes it proper
* </PRE>
* @param p the pool to allocate the new path string from
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
* test for the validity of that root (e.g., that a drive d:/ or network
* share //machine/foovol/).
* The function returns APR_ERELATIVE if filepath isn't rooted (an
- * error), APR_EINCOMPLETE if the root path is ambigious (but potentially
+ * error), APR_EINCOMPLETE if the root path is ambiguous (but potentially
* legitimate, e.g. "/" on Windows is incomplete because it doesn't specify
* the drive letter), or APR_EBADPATH if the root is simply invalid.
* APR_SUCCESS is returned if filepath is an absolute path.
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
* @param pathelts the returned components of the search path
* @param liststr the search path (e.g., <tt>getenv("PATH")</tt>)
* @param p the pool to allocate the array and path components from
- * @remark empty path componenta do not become part of @a pathelts.
+ * @remark empty path components do not become part of @a pathelts.
* @remark the path separator in @a liststr is system specific;
* e.g., ':' on Unix, ';' on Windows, etc.
*/
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
* Determine the encoding used internally by the FilePath functions
* @param style points to a variable which receives the encoding style flag
* @param p the pool to allocate any working storage
- * @remark Use @c apr_os_locale_encoding and/or @c apr_os_default_encoding
+ * @remark Use apr_os_locale_encoding() and/or apr_os_default_encoding()
* to get the name of the path encoding if it's not UTF-8.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_filepath_encoding(int *style, apr_pool_t *p);
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_file_io.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_file_io.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_file_io.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -57,8 +57,10 @@
#define APR_FOPEN_APPEND 0x00008 /**< Append to the end of the file */
#define APR_FOPEN_TRUNCATE 0x00010 /**< Open the file and truncate
to 0 length */
-#define APR_FOPEN_BINARY 0x00020 /**< Open the file in binary mode */
-#define APR_FOPEN_EXCL 0x00040 /**< Open should fail if APR_CREATE
+#define APR_FOPEN_BINARY 0x00020 /**< Open the file in binary mode
+ (This flag is ignored on UNIX
+ because it has no meaning)*/
+#define APR_FOPEN_EXCL 0x00040 /**< Open should fail if #APR_FOPEN_CREATE
and file exists. */
#define APR_FOPEN_BUFFERED 0x00080 /**< Open the file for buffered I/O */
#define APR_FOPEN_DELONCLOSE 0x00100 /**< Delete the file after close */
@@ -70,7 +72,10 @@
access to support writes across
process/machines */
#define APR_FOPEN_NOCLEANUP 0x00800 /**< Do not register a cleanup
- when the file is opened */
+ when the file is opened. The
+ apr_os_file_t handle in apr_file_t
+ will not be closed when the pool
+ is destroyed. */
#define APR_FOPEN_SENDFILE_ENABLED 0x01000 /**< Advisory flag that this
file should support
apr_socket_sendfile operation */
@@ -80,7 +85,10 @@
#define APR_FOPEN_SPARSE 0x08000 /**< Platform dependent flag to enable
* sparse file support, see WARNING below
*/
+#define APR_FOPEN_NONBLOCK 0x40000 /**< Platform dependent flag to enable
+ * non blocking file io */
+
/* backcompat */
#define APR_READ APR_FOPEN_READ /**< @deprecated @see APR_FOPEN_READ */
#define APR_WRITE APR_FOPEN_WRITE /**< @deprecated @see APR_FOPEN_WRITE */
@@ -97,17 +105,19 @@
#define APR_SENDFILE_ENABLED APR_FOPEN_SENDFILE_ENABLED /**< @deprecated @see APR_FOPEN_SENDFILE_ENABLED */
#define APR_LARGEFILE APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE /**< @deprecated @see APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE */
-/** @warning APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE flag only has effect on some
+/** @def APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE
+ * @warning APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE flag only has effect on some
* platforms where sizeof(apr_off_t) == 4. Where implemented, it
* allows opening and writing to a file which exceeds the size which
* can be represented by apr_off_t (2 gigabytes). When a file's size
* does exceed 2Gb, apr_file_info_get() will fail with an error on the
* descriptor, likewise apr_stat()/apr_lstat() will fail on the
- * filename. apr_dir_read() will fail with APR_INCOMPLETE on a
+ * filename. apr_dir_read() will fail with #APR_INCOMPLETE on a
* directory entry for a large file depending on the particular
* APR_FINFO_* flags. Generally, it is not recommended to use this
* flag.
*
+ * @def APR_FOPEN_SPARSE
* @warning APR_FOPEN_SPARSE may, depending on platform, convert a
* normal file to a sparse file. Some applications may be unable
* to decipher a sparse file, so it's critical that the sparse file
@@ -117,6 +127,10 @@
* if it was previously created and written without the sparse flag.
* On platforms which do not understand, or on file systems which
* cannot handle sparse files, the flag is ignored by apr_file_open().
+ *
+ * @def APR_FOPEN_NONBLOCK
+ * @warning APR_FOPEN_NONBLOCK is not implemented on all platforms.
+ * Callers should be prepared for it to fail with #APR_ENOTIMPL.
*/
/** @} */
@@ -200,33 +214,34 @@
* @param newf The opened file descriptor.
* @param fname The full path to the file (using / on all systems)
* @param flag Or'ed value of:
- * <PRE>
- * APR_READ open for reading
- * APR_WRITE open for writing
- * APR_CREATE create the file if not there
- * APR_APPEND file ptr is set to end prior to all writes
- * APR_TRUNCATE set length to zero if file exists
- * APR_BINARY not a text file (This flag is ignored on
- * UNIX because it has no meaning)
- * APR_BUFFERED buffer the data. Default is non-buffered
- * APR_EXCL return error if APR_CREATE and file exists
- * APR_DELONCLOSE delete the file after closing.
- * APR_XTHREAD Platform dependent tag to open the file
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_READ open for reading
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_WRITE open for writing
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_CREATE create the file if not there
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_APPEND file ptr is set to end prior to all writes
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_TRUNCATE set length to zero if file exists
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_BINARY not a text file
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_BUFFERED buffer the data. Default is non-buffered
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_EXCL return error if #APR_FOPEN_CREATE and file exists
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_DELONCLOSE delete the file after closing
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_XTHREAD Platform dependent tag to open the file
* for use across multiple threads
- * APR_SHARELOCK Platform dependent support for higher
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SHARELOCK Platform dependent support for higher
* level locked read/write access to support
* writes across process/machines
- * APR_FILE_NOCLEANUP Do not register a cleanup with the pool
- * passed in on the <EM>pool</EM> argument (see below).
- * The apr_os_file_t handle in apr_file_t will not
- * be closed when the pool is destroyed.
- * APR_SENDFILE_ENABLED Open with appropriate platform semantics
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_NOCLEANUP Do not register a cleanup with the pool
+ * passed in on the @a pool argument (see below)
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SENDFILE_ENABLED Open with appropriate platform semantics
* for sendfile operations. Advisory only,
- * apr_socket_sendfile does not check this flag.
- * </PRE>
+ * apr_socket_sendfile does not check this flag
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE Platform dependent flag to enable large file
+ * support, see WARNING below
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SPARSE Platform dependent flag to enable sparse file
+ * support, see WARNING below
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_NONBLOCK Platform dependent flag to enable
+ * non blocking file io
* @param perm Access permissions for file.
* @param pool The pool to use.
- * @remark If perm is APR_OS_DEFAULT and the file is being created,
+ * @remark If perm is #APR_FPROT_OS_DEFAULT and the file is being created,
* appropriate default permissions will be used.
* @remark By default, the returned file descriptor will not be
* inherited by child processes created by apr_proc_create(). This
@@ -279,7 +294,7 @@
* @param to_path The full path to the new file (using / on all systems)
* @param perms Access permissions for the new file if it is created.
* In place of the usual or'd combination of file permissions, the
- * value APR_FILE_SOURCE_PERMS may be given, in which case the source
+ * value #APR_FPROT_FILE_SOURCE_PERMS may be given, in which case the source
* file's permissions are copied.
* @param pool The pool to use.
* @remark The new file does not need to exist, it will be created if required.
@@ -296,10 +311,14 @@
* @param to_path The full path to the destination file (use / on all systems)
* @param perms Access permissions for the destination file if it is created.
* In place of the usual or'd combination of file permissions, the
- * value APR_FILE_SOURCE_PERMS may be given, in which case the source
+ * value #APR_FPROT_FILE_SOURCE_PERMS may be given, in which case the source
* file's permissions are copied.
* @param pool The pool to use.
* @remark The new file does not need to exist, it will be created if required.
+ * @remark Note that advanced filesystem permissions such as ACLs are not
+ * duplicated by this API. The target permissions (including duplicating the
+ * source file permissions) are assigned only when the target file does not yet
+ * exist.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_append(const char *from_path,
const char *to_path,
@@ -309,7 +328,7 @@
/**
* Are we at the end of the file
* @param fptr The apr file we are testing.
- * @remark Returns APR_EOF if we are at the end of file, APR_SUCCESS otherwise.
+ * @remark Returns #APR_EOF if we are at the end of file, #APR_SUCCESS otherwise.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_eof(apr_file_t *fptr);
@@ -336,7 +355,7 @@
* @param thefile The apr file to use as stdout.
* @param pool The pool to allocate the file out of.
*
- * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr.
+ * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr().
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_open_stdout(apr_file_t **thefile,
apr_pool_t *pool);
@@ -346,7 +365,7 @@
* @param thefile The apr file to use as stdin.
* @param pool The pool to allocate the file out of.
*
- * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr.
+ * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr().
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_open_stdin(apr_file_t **thefile,
apr_pool_t *pool);
@@ -354,13 +373,19 @@
/**
* open standard error as an apr file pointer, with flags.
* @param thefile The apr file to use as stderr.
- * @param flags The flags to open the file with. Only the APR_EXCL,
- * APR_BUFFERED, APR_XTHREAD, APR_SHARELOCK,
- * APR_SENDFILE_ENABLED and APR_LARGEFILE flags should
- * be used. The APR_WRITE flag will be set unconditionally.
+ * @param flags The flags to open the file with. Only the
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_EXCL
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_BUFFERED
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_XTHREAD
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SHARELOCK
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SENDFILE_ENABLED
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE
+ *
+ * flags should be used. The #APR_FOPEN_WRITE flag will
+ * be set unconditionally.
* @param pool The pool to allocate the file out of.
*
- * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr.
+ * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr().
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_open_flags_stderr(apr_file_t **thefile,
apr_int32_t flags,
@@ -369,13 +394,19 @@
/**
* open standard output as an apr file pointer, with flags.
* @param thefile The apr file to use as stdout.
- * @param flags The flags to open the file with. Only the APR_EXCL,
- * APR_BUFFERED, APR_XTHREAD, APR_SHARELOCK,
- * APR_SENDFILE_ENABLED and APR_LARGEFILE flags should
- * be used. The APR_WRITE flag will be set unconditionally.
+ * @param flags The flags to open the file with. Only the
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_EXCL
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_BUFFERED
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_XTHREAD
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SHARELOCK
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SENDFILE_ENABLED
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE
+ *
+ * flags should be used. The #APR_FOPEN_WRITE flag will
+ * be set unconditionally.
* @param pool The pool to allocate the file out of.
*
- * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr.
+ * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr().
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_open_flags_stdout(apr_file_t **thefile,
apr_int32_t flags,
@@ -384,13 +415,19 @@
/**
* open standard input as an apr file pointer, with flags.
* @param thefile The apr file to use as stdin.
- * @param flags The flags to open the file with. Only the APR_EXCL,
- * APR_BUFFERED, APR_XTHREAD, APR_SHARELOCK,
- * APR_SENDFILE_ENABLED and APR_LARGEFILE flags should
- * be used. The APR_READ flag will be set unconditionally.
+ * @param flags The flags to open the file with. Only the
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_EXCL
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_BUFFERED
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_XTHREAD
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SHARELOCK
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_SENDFILE_ENABLED
+ * @li #APR_FOPEN_LARGEFILE
+ *
+ * flags should be used. The #APR_FOPEN_WRITE flag will
+ * be set unconditionally.
* @param pool The pool to allocate the file out of.
*
- * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr.
+ * @remark See remarks for apr_file_open_stderr().
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_open_flags_stdin(apr_file_t **thefile,
apr_int32_t flags,
@@ -403,7 +440,7 @@
* @param nbytes On entry, the number of bytes to read; on exit, the number
* of bytes read.
*
- * @remark apr_file_read will read up to the specified number of
+ * @remark apr_file_read() will read up to the specified number of
* bytes, but never more. If there isn't enough data to fill that
* number of bytes, all of the available data is read. The third
* argument is modified to reflect the number of bytes read. If a
@@ -410,8 +447,8 @@
* char was put back into the stream via ungetc, it will be the first
* character returned.
*
- * @remark It is not possible for both bytes to be read and an APR_EOF
- * or other error to be returned. APR_EINTR is never returned.
+ * @remark It is not possible for both bytes to be read and an #APR_EOF
+ * or other error to be returned. #APR_EINTR is never returned.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_read(apr_file_t *thefile, void *buf,
apr_size_t *nbytes);
@@ -423,13 +460,13 @@
* @param nbytes On entry, the number of bytes to write; on exit, the number
* of bytes written.
*
- * @remark apr_file_write will write up to the specified number of
+ * @remark apr_file_write() will write up to the specified number of
* bytes, but never more. If the OS cannot write that many bytes, it
* will write as many as it can. The third argument is modified to
* reflect the * number of bytes written.
*
* @remark It is possible for both bytes to be written and an error to
- * be returned. APR_EINTR is never returned.
+ * be returned. #APR_EINTR is never returned.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_write(apr_file_t *thefile, const void *buf,
apr_size_t *nbytes);
@@ -439,14 +476,14 @@
* @param thefile The file descriptor to write to.
* @param vec The array from which to get the data to write to the file.
* @param nvec The number of elements in the struct iovec array. This must
- * be smaller than APR_MAX_IOVEC_SIZE. If it isn't, the function
- * will fail with APR_EINVAL.
+ * be smaller than #APR_MAX_IOVEC_SIZE. If it isn't, the function
+ * will fail with #APR_EINVAL.
* @param nbytes The number of bytes written.
*
* @remark It is possible for both bytes to be written and an error to
- * be returned. APR_EINTR is never returned.
+ * be returned. #APR_EINTR is never returned.
*
- * @remark apr_file_writev is available even if the underlying
+ * @remark apr_file_writev() is available even if the underlying
* operating system doesn't provide writev().
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_writev(apr_file_t *thefile,
@@ -461,7 +498,7 @@
* @param nbytes The number of bytes to read.
* @param bytes_read If non-NULL, this will contain the number of bytes read.
*
- * @remark apr_file_read will read up to the specified number of
+ * @remark apr_file_read_full() will read up to the specified number of
* bytes, but never more. If there isn't enough data to fill that
* number of bytes, then the process/thread will block until it is
* available or EOF is reached. If a char was put back into the
@@ -471,7 +508,7 @@
* returned. And if *bytes_read is less than nbytes, an accompanying
* error is _always_ returned.
*
- * @remark APR_EINTR is never returned.
+ * @remark #APR_EINTR is never returned.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_read_full(apr_file_t *thefile, void *buf,
apr_size_t nbytes,
@@ -485,7 +522,7 @@
* @param nbytes The number of bytes to write.
* @param bytes_written If non-NULL, set to the number of bytes written.
*
- * @remark apr_file_write will write up to the specified number of
+ * @remark apr_file_write_full() will write up to the specified number of
* bytes, but never more. If the OS cannot write that many bytes, the
* process/thread will block until they can be written. Exceptional
* error such as "out of space" or "pipe closed" will terminate with
@@ -495,7 +532,7 @@
* be returned. And if *bytes_written is less than nbytes, an
* accompanying error is _always_ returned.
*
- * @remark APR_EINTR is never returned.
+ * @remark #APR_EINTR is never returned.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_write_full(apr_file_t *thefile,
const void *buf,
@@ -509,11 +546,11 @@
* @param thefile The file descriptor to write to.
* @param vec The array from which to get the data to write to the file.
* @param nvec The number of elements in the struct iovec array. This must
- * be smaller than APR_MAX_IOVEC_SIZE. If it isn't, the function
- * will fail with APR_EINVAL.
+ * be smaller than #APR_MAX_IOVEC_SIZE. If it isn't, the function
+ * will fail with #APR_EINVAL.
* @param nbytes The number of bytes written.
*
- * @remark apr_file_writev_full is available even if the underlying
+ * @remark apr_file_writev_full() is available even if the underlying
* operating system doesn't provide writev().
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_writev_full(apr_file_t *thefile,
@@ -621,7 +658,7 @@
* @param buffer The buffer
* @param bufsize The size of the buffer
* @remark It is possible to add a buffer to previously unbuffered
- * file handles, the APR_BUFFERED flag will be added to
+ * file handles, the #APR_FOPEN_BUFFERED flag will be added to
* the file handle's flags. Likewise, with buffer=NULL and
* bufsize=0 arguments it is possible to make a previously
* buffered file handle unbuffered.
@@ -640,11 +677,9 @@
* Move the read/write file offset to a specified byte within a file.
* @param thefile The file descriptor
* @param where How to move the pointer, one of:
- * <PRE>
- * APR_SET -- set the offset to offset
- * APR_CUR -- add the offset to the current position
- * APR_END -- add the offset to the current file size
- * </PRE>
+ * @li #APR_SET -- set the offset to offset
+ * @li #APR_CUR -- add the offset to the current position
+ * @li #APR_END -- add the offset to the current file size
* @param offset The offset to move the pointer to.
* @remark The third argument is modified to be the offset the pointer
was actually moved to.
@@ -664,7 +699,7 @@
* @bug Some platforms cannot toggle between blocking and nonblocking,
* and when passing a pipe as a standard handle to an application which
* does not expect it, a non-blocking stream will fluxor the client app.
- * @deprecated @see apr_file_pipe_create_ex
+ * @deprecated @see apr_file_pipe_create_pools()
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_pipe_create(apr_file_t **in,
apr_file_t **out,
@@ -675,13 +710,11 @@
* @param in The newly created pipe's file for reading.
* @param out The newly created pipe's file for writing.
* @param blocking one of these values defined in apr_thread_proc.h;
+ * @li #APR_FULL_BLOCK
+ * @li #APR_READ_BLOCK
+ * @li #APR_WRITE_BLOCK
+ * @li #APR_FULL_NONBLOCK
* @param pool The pool to operate on.
- * <pre>
- * APR_FULL_BLOCK
- * APR_READ_BLOCK
- * APR_WRITE_BLOCK
- * APR_FULL_NONBLOCK
- * </pre>
* @remark By default, the returned file descriptors will be inherited
* by child processes created using apr_proc_create(). This can be
* changed using apr_file_inherit_unset().
@@ -688,8 +721,9 @@
* @remark Some platforms cannot toggle between blocking and nonblocking,
* and when passing a pipe as a standard handle to an application which
* does not expect it, a non-blocking stream will fluxor the client app.
- * Use this function rather than apr_file_pipe_create to create pipes
+ * Use this function rather than apr_file_pipe_create() to create pipes
* where one or both ends require non-blocking semantics.
+ * @deprecated @see apr_file_pipe_create_pools()
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_pipe_create_ex(apr_file_t **in,
apr_file_t **out,
@@ -697,6 +731,33 @@
apr_pool_t *pool);
/**
+ * Create an anonymous pipe which portably supports async timeout options,
+ * placing each side of the pipe in a different pool.
+ * @param in The newly created pipe's file for reading.
+ * @param out The newly created pipe's file for writing.
+ * @param blocking one of these values defined in apr_thread_proc.h;
+ * @li #APR_FULL_BLOCK
+ * @li #APR_READ_BLOCK
+ * @li #APR_WRITE_BLOCK
+ * @li #APR_FULL_NONBLOCK
+ * @param pool_in The pool for the reading pipe.
+ * @param pool_out The pool for the writing pipe.
+ * @remark By default, the returned file descriptors will be inherited
+ * by child processes created using apr_proc_create(). This can be
+ * changed using apr_file_inherit_unset().
+ * @remark Some platforms cannot toggle between blocking and nonblocking,
+ * and when passing a pipe as a standard handle to an application which
+ * does not expect it, a non-blocking stream will fluxor the client app.
+ * Use this function rather than apr_file_pipe_create() to create pipes
+ * where one or both ends require non-blocking semantics.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_pipe_create_pools(apr_file_t **in,
+ apr_file_t **out,
+ apr_int32_t blocking,
+ apr_pool_t *pool_in,
+ apr_pool_t *pool_out);
+
+/**
* Create a named pipe.
* @param filename The filename of the named pipe
* @param perm The permissions for the newly created pipe.
@@ -789,11 +850,11 @@
* @param perms The permission bits to apply to the file.
*
* @warning Some platforms may not be able to apply all of the
- * available permission bits; APR_INCOMPLETE will be returned if some
+ * available permission bits; #APR_INCOMPLETE will be returned if some
* permissions are specified which could not be set.
*
* @warning Platforms which do not implement this feature will return
- * APR_ENOTIMPL.
+ * #APR_ENOTIMPL.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_perms_set(const char *fname,
apr_fileperms_t perms);
@@ -802,11 +863,9 @@
* Set attributes of the specified file.
* @param fname The full path to the file (using / on all systems)
* @param attributes Or'd combination of
- * <PRE>
- * APR_FILE_ATTR_READONLY - make the file readonly
- * APR_FILE_ATTR_EXECUTABLE - make the file executable
- * APR_FILE_ATTR_HIDDEN - make the file hidden
- * </PRE>
+ * @li #APR_FILE_ATTR_READONLY - make the file readonly
+ * @li #APR_FILE_ATTR_EXECUTABLE - make the file executable
+ * @li #APR_FILE_ATTR_HIDDEN - make the file hidden
* @param attr_mask Mask of valid bits in attributes.
* @param pool the pool to use.
* @remark This function should be used in preference to explicit manipulation
@@ -814,7 +873,7 @@
* attributes are platform specific and may involve more than simply
* setting permission bits.
* @warning Platforms which do not implement this feature will return
- * APR_ENOTIMPL.
+ * #APR_ENOTIMPL.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_attrs_set(const char *fname,
apr_fileattrs_t attributes,
@@ -827,7 +886,7 @@
* @param mtime The mtime to apply to the file.
* @param pool The pool to use.
* @warning Platforms which do not implement this feature will return
- * APR_ENOTIMPL.
+ * #APR_ENOTIMPL.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_mtime_set(const char *fname,
apr_time_t mtime,
@@ -865,7 +924,7 @@
/**
* get the specified file's stats.
* @param finfo Where to store the information about the file.
- * @param wanted The desired apr_finfo_t fields, as a bit flag of APR_FINFO_ values
+ * @param wanted The desired apr_finfo_t fields, as a bit flag of APR_FINFO_* values
* @param thefile The file to get information about.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_file_info_get(apr_finfo_t *finfo,
@@ -910,7 +969,8 @@
* @param templ The template to use when creating a temp file.
* @param flags The flags to open the file with. If this is zero,
* the file is opened with
- * APR_CREATE | APR_READ | APR_WRITE | APR_EXCL | APR_DELONCLOSE
+ * #APR_FOPEN_CREATE | #APR_FOPEN_READ | #APR_FOPEN_WRITE |
+ * #APR_FOPEN_EXCL | #APR_FOPEN_DELONCLOSE
* @param p The pool to allocate the file out of.
* @remark
* This function generates a unique temporary file name from template.
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_fnmatch.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_fnmatch.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_fnmatch.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -60,9 +60,7 @@
#define APR_FNM_NOESCAPE 0x01 /**< Disable backslash escaping. */
#define APR_FNM_PATHNAME 0x02 /**< Slash must be matched by slash. */
#define APR_FNM_PERIOD 0x04 /**< Period must be matched by period. */
-#define APR_FNM_CASE_BLIND 0x08 /**< Compare characters case-insensitively.
- * @remark This flag is an Apache addition
- */
+#define APR_FNM_CASE_BLIND 0x08 /**< Compare characters case-insensitively. */
/**
* Try to match the string to the given pattern, return APR_SUCCESS if
@@ -130,13 +128,19 @@
APR_DECLARE(int) apr_fnmatch_test(const char *pattern);
/**
- * Find all files that match a specified pattern.
- * @param pattern The pattern to use for finding files.
+ * Find all files that match a specified pattern in a directory.
+ * @param dir_pattern The pattern to use for finding files, appended
+ * to the search directory. The pattern is anything following the
+ * final forward or backward slash in the parameter. If no slash
+ * is found, the current directory is searched.
* @param result Array to use when storing the results
* @param p The pool to use.
- * @return non-zero if pattern has any glob characters in it
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if no processing errors occurred, APR error
+ * code otherwise
+ * @remark The returned array may be empty even if APR_SUCCESS was
+ * returned.
*/
-APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_match_glob(const char *pattern,
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_match_glob(const char *dir_pattern,
apr_array_header_t **result,
apr_pool_t *p);
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_general.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_general.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_general.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@
/**
* Setup any APR internal data structures. This MUST be the first function
* called for any APR library. It is safe to call apr_initialize several
- * times as long as apr_terminate is called the same number of times.
- * @remark See apr_app_initialize if this is an application, rather than
+ * times as long as apr_terminate() is called the same number of times.
+ * @remark See apr_app_initialize() if this is an application, rather than
* a library consumer of apr.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_initialize(void);
@@ -184,9 +184,9 @@
* @param argc Pointer to the argc that may be corrected
* @param argv Pointer to the argv that may be corrected
* @param env Pointer to the env that may be corrected, may be NULL
- * @remark See apr_initialize if this is a library consumer of apr.
- * Otherwise, this call is identical to apr_initialize, and must be closed
- * with a call to apr_terminate at the end of program execution.
+ * @remark See apr_initialize() if this is a library consumer of apr.
+ * Otherwise, this call is identical to apr_initialize(), and must be closed
+ * with a call to apr_terminate() at the end of program execution.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_app_initialize(int *argc,
char const * const * *argv,
@@ -198,20 +198,21 @@
* apr_initialize() or apr_app_initialize().
* @remark An APR program must call this function at termination once it
* has stopped using APR services. The APR developers suggest using
- * atexit to ensure this is called. When using APR from a language
- * other than C that has problems with the calling convention, use
- * apr_terminate2() instead.
+ * @c atexit(apr_terminate) to ensure this is called. When using APR
+ * from a language other than C that has problems with the calling
+ * convention, use apr_terminate2() instead.
+ * @see apr_terminate2
*/
APR_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) apr_terminate(void);
/**
* Tear down any APR internal data structures which aren't torn down
- * automatically, same as apr_terminate
- * @remark An APR program must call either the apr_terminate or apr_terminate2
+ * automatically, same as apr_terminate()
+ * @remark An APR program must call either the apr_terminate() or apr_terminate2
* function once it it has finished using APR services. The APR
- * developers suggest using atexit(apr_terminate) to ensure this is done.
+ * developers suggest using @c atexit(apr_terminate) to ensure this is done.
* apr_terminate2 exists to allow non-c language apps to tear down apr,
- * while apr_terminate is recommended from c language applications.
+ * while apr_terminate() is recommended from c language applications.
*/
APR_DECLARE(void) apr_terminate2(void);
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_global_mutex.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_global_mutex.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_global_mutex.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -127,14 +127,25 @@
APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_global_mutex_lockfile(apr_global_mutex_t *mutex);
/**
- * Display the name of the mutex, as it relates to the actual method used
- * for the underlying apr_proc_mutex_t, if any. NULL is returned if
- * there is no underlying apr_proc_mutex_t.
- * @param mutex the name of the mutex
+ * Get the mechanism of the mutex, as it relates to the actual method
+ * used for the underlying apr_proc_mutex_t.
+ * @param mutex the mutex to get the mechanism from.
*/
+APR_DECLARE(apr_lockmech_e) apr_global_mutex_mech(apr_global_mutex_t *mutex);
+
+/**
+ * Get the mechanism's name of the mutex, as it relates to the actual method
+ * used for the underlying apr_proc_mutex_t.
+ * @param mutex the mutex to get the mechanism's name from.
+ */
APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_global_mutex_name(apr_global_mutex_t *mutex);
/**
+ * Set mutex permissions.
+ */
+APR_PERMS_SET_IMPLEMENT(global_mutex);
+
+/**
* Get the pool used by this global_mutex.
* @return apr_pool_t the pool
*/
@@ -155,7 +166,9 @@
#define apr_global_mutex_unlock apr_proc_mutex_unlock
#define apr_global_mutex_destroy apr_proc_mutex_destroy
#define apr_global_mutex_lockfile apr_proc_mutex_lockfile
+#define apr_global_mutex_mech apr_proc_mutex_mech
#define apr_global_mutex_name apr_proc_mutex_name
+#define apr_global_mutex_perms_set apr_proc_mutex_perms_set
#define apr_global_mutex_pool_get apr_proc_mutex_pool_get
#endif
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_hash.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_hash.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_hash.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -102,7 +102,8 @@
* @param key Pointer to the key
* @param klen Length of the key. Can be APR_HASH_KEY_STRING to use the string length.
* @param val Value to associate with the key
- * @remark If the value is NULL the hash entry is deleted.
+ * @remark If the value is NULL the hash entry is deleted. The key is stored as is,
+ * and so must have a lifetime at least as long as the hash table's pool.
*/
APR_DECLARE(void) apr_hash_set(apr_hash_t *ht, const void *key,
apr_ssize_t klen, const void *val);
@@ -167,6 +168,27 @@
apr_ssize_t *klen, void **val);
/**
+ * Get the current entry's key from the iteration state.
+ * @param hi The iteration state
+ * @return The pointer to the key
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const void*) apr_hash_this_key(apr_hash_index_t *hi);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current entry's key length from the iteration state.
+ * @param hi The iteration state
+ * @return The key length
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_ssize_t) apr_hash_this_key_len(apr_hash_index_t *hi);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current entry's value from the iteration state.
+ * @param hi The iteration state
+ * @return The pointer to the value
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void*) apr_hash_this_val(apr_hash_index_t *hi);
+
+/**
* Get the number of key/value pairs in the hash table.
* @param ht The hash table
* @return The number of key/value pairs in the hash table.
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_hooks.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_hooks.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_hooks.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -313,17 +313,17 @@
/**
* A global variable to determine if debugging information about the
- * hooks functions should be printed
+ * hooks functions should be printed.
*/
APU_DECLARE_DATA extern int apr_hook_debug_enabled;
/**
- * The name of the module that is currently registering a function
+ * The name of the module that is currently registering a function.
*/
APU_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *apr_hook_debug_current;
/**
- * Register a hook function to be sorted
+ * Register a hook function to be sorted.
* @param szHookName The name of the Hook the function is registered for
* @param aHooks The array which stores all of the functions for this hook
*/
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
APU_DECLARE(void) apr_hook_sort_register(const char *szHookName,
apr_array_header_t **aHooks);
/**
- * Sort all of the registerd functions for a given hook
+ * Sort all of the registered functions for a given hook.
*/
APU_DECLARE(void) apr_hook_sort_all(void);
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_inherit.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_inherit.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_inherit.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
* Prototype for type-specific declarations of apr_foo_inherit_set
* functions.
* @remark Doxygen unwraps this macro (via doxygen.conf) to provide
- * actual help for each specific occurance of apr_foo_inherit_set.
+ * actual help for each specific occurrence of apr_foo_inherit_set.
* @remark the linkage is specified for APR. It would be possible to expand
* the macros to support other linkages.
*/
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* Prototype for type-specific declarations of apr_foo_inherit_unset
* functions.
* @remark Doxygen unwraps this macro (via doxygen.conf) to provide
- * actual help for each specific occurance of apr_foo_inherit_unset.
+ * actual help for each specific occurrence of apr_foo_inherit_unset.
* @remark the linkage is specified for APR. It would be possible to expand
* the macros to support other linkages.
*/
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_lib.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_lib.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_lib.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -111,19 +111,19 @@
* <PRE>
* The extensions are:
*
- * %%pA takes a struct in_addr *, and prints it as a.b.c.d
- * %%pI takes an apr_sockaddr_t * and prints it as a.b.c.d:port or
- * [ipv6-address]:port
- * %%pT takes an apr_os_thread_t * and prints it in decimal
- * ('0' is printed if !APR_HAS_THREADS)
- * %%pt takes an apr_os_thread_t * and prints it in hexadecimal
- * ('0' is printed if !APR_HAS_THREADS)
- * %%pm takes an apr_status_t * and prints the appropriate error
- * string (from apr_strerror) corresponding to that error code.
- * %%pp takes a void * and outputs it in hex
- * %%pB takes a apr_uint32_t * as bytes and outputs it's apr_strfsize
- * %%pF same as above, but takes a apr_off_t *
- * %%pS same as above, but takes a apr_size_t *
+ * - %%pA takes a struct in_addr *, and prints it as a.b.c.d
+ * - %%pI takes an apr_sockaddr_t * and prints it as a.b.c.d:port or
+ * \[ipv6-address\]:port
+ * - %%pT takes an apr_os_thread_t * and prints it in decimal
+ * ('0' is printed if !APR_HAS_THREADS)
+ * - %%pt takes an apr_os_thread_t * and prints it in hexadecimal
+ * ('0' is printed if !APR_HAS_THREADS)
+ * - %%pm takes an apr_status_t * and prints the appropriate error
+ * string (from apr_strerror) corresponding to that error code.
+ * - %%pp takes a void * and outputs it in hex
+ * - %%pB takes a apr_uint32_t * as bytes and outputs it's apr_strfsize
+ * - %%pF same as above, but takes a apr_off_t *
+ * - %%pS same as above, but takes a apr_size_t *
*
* %%pA, %%pI, %%pT, %%pp are available from APR 1.0.0 onwards (and in 0.9.x).
* %%pt is only available from APR 1.2.0 onwards.
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_mmap.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_mmap.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_mmap.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
/**
* Create a new mmap'ed file out of an existing APR file.
* @param newmmap The newly created mmap'ed file.
- * @param file The file turn into an mmap.
+ * @param file The file to turn into an mmap.
* @param offset The offset into the file to start the data pointer at.
* @param size The size of the file
* @param flag bit-wise or of:
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_network_io.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_network_io.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_network_io.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -26,10 +26,14 @@
#include "apr_file_io.h"
#include "apr_errno.h"
#include "apr_inherit.h"
+#include "apr_perms_set.h"
#if APR_HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
#include <netinet/in.h>
#endif
+#if APR_HAVE_SYS_UN_H
+#include <sys/un.h>
+#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@@ -99,6 +103,11 @@
* until data is available.
* @see apr_socket_accept_filter
*/
+#define APR_SO_BROADCAST 65536 /**< Allow broadcast
+ */
+#define APR_SO_FREEBIND 131072 /**< Allow binding to addresses not owned
+ * by any interface
+ */
/** @} */
@@ -154,6 +163,25 @@
#define APR_INET6 AF_INET6
#endif
+#if APR_HAVE_SOCKADDR_UN
+#if defined (AF_UNIX)
+#define APR_UNIX AF_UNIX
+#elif defined(AF_LOCAL)
+#define APR_UNIX AF_LOCAL
+#else
+#error "Neither AF_UNIX nor AF_LOCAL is defined"
+#endif
+#else /* !APR_HAVE_SOCKADDR_UN */
+#if defined (AF_UNIX)
+#define APR_UNIX AF_UNIX
+#elif defined(AF_LOCAL)
+#define APR_UNIX AF_LOCAL
+#else
+/* TODO: Use a smarter way to detect unique APR_UNIX value */
+#define APR_UNIX 1234
+#endif
+#endif
+
/**
* @defgroup IP_Proto IP Protocol Definitions for use when creating sockets
* @{
@@ -245,6 +273,10 @@
* dependent on whether APR_HAVE_IPV6 is defined. */
struct sockaddr_storage sas;
#endif
+#if APR_HAVE_SOCKADDR_UN
+ /** Unix domain socket sockaddr structure */
+ struct sockaddr_un unx;
+#endif
} sa;
};
@@ -278,6 +310,9 @@
* @param type The type of the socket (e.g., SOCK_STREAM).
* @param protocol The protocol of the socket (e.g., APR_PROTO_TCP).
* @param cont The pool for the apr_socket_t and associated storage.
+ * @note The pool will be used by various functions that operate on the
+ * socket. The caller must ensure that it is not used by other threads
+ * at the same time.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_socket_create(apr_socket_t **new_sock,
int family, int type,
@@ -333,6 +368,9 @@
* be used for all future communication.
* @param sock The socket we are listening on.
* @param connection_pool The pool for the new socket.
+ * @note The pool will be used by various functions that operate on the
+ * socket. The caller must ensure that it is not used by other threads
+ * at the same time.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_socket_accept(apr_socket_t **new_sock,
apr_socket_t *sock,
@@ -367,6 +405,7 @@
* @param sa The new apr_sockaddr_t.
* @param hostname The hostname or numeric address string to resolve/parse, or
* NULL to build an address that corresponds to 0.0.0.0 or ::
+ * or in case of APR_UNIX family it is absolute socket filename.
* @param family The address family to use, or APR_UNSPEC if the system should
* decide.
* @param port The port number.
@@ -393,10 +432,22 @@
apr_pool_t *p);
/**
+ * Copy apr_sockaddr_t src to dst on pool p.
+ * @param dst The destination apr_sockaddr_t.
+ * @param src The source apr_sockaddr_t.
+ * @param p The pool for the apr_sockaddr_t and associated storage.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_sockaddr_info_copy(apr_sockaddr_t **dst,
+ const apr_sockaddr_t *src,
+ apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
* Look up the host name from an apr_sockaddr_t.
* @param hostname The hostname.
* @param sa The apr_sockaddr_t.
* @param flags Special processing flags.
+ * @remark Results can vary significantly between platforms
+ * when processing wildcard socket addresses.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_getnameinfo(char **hostname,
apr_sockaddr_t *sa,
@@ -489,7 +540,7 @@
apr_size_t *len);
/**
- * Send multiple packets of data over a network.
+ * Send multiple buffers over a network.
* @param sock The socket to send the data over.
* @param vec The array of iovec structs containing the data to send
* @param nvec The number of iovec structs in the array
@@ -499,7 +550,7 @@
* This functions acts like a blocking write by default. To change
* this behavior, use apr_socket_timeout_set() or the APR_SO_NONBLOCK
* socket option.
- * The number of bytes actually sent is stored in argument 3.
+ * The number of bytes actually sent is stored in argument 4.
*
* It is possible for both bytes to be sent and an error to be returned.
*
@@ -610,6 +661,7 @@
* of local addresses.
* APR_SO_SNDBUF -- Set the SendBufferSize
* APR_SO_RCVBUF -- Set the ReceiveBufferSize
+ * APR_SO_FREEBIND -- Allow binding to non-local IP address.
* </PRE>
* @param on Value for the option.
*/
@@ -671,7 +723,7 @@
/**
* Return an address associated with a socket; either the address to
- * which the socket is bound locally or the the address of the peer
+ * which the socket is bound locally or the address of the peer
* to which the socket is connected.
* @param sa The returned apr_sockaddr_t.
* @param which Whether to retrieve the local or remote address
@@ -713,6 +765,16 @@
const apr_sockaddr_t *addr2);
/**
+ * See if the IP address in an APR socket address refers to the wildcard
+ * address for the protocol family (e.g., INADDR_ANY for IPv4).
+ *
+ * @param addr The APR socket address to examine.
+ * @remark The return value will be non-zero if the address is
+ * initialized and is the wildcard address.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_sockaddr_is_wildcard(const apr_sockaddr_t *addr);
+
+/**
* Return the type of the socket.
* @param sock The socket to query.
* @param type The returned type (e.g., SOCK_STREAM).
@@ -787,6 +849,11 @@
APR_DECLARE_INHERIT_UNSET(socket);
/**
+ * Set socket permissions.
+ */
+APR_PERMS_SET_IMPLEMENT(socket);
+
+/**
* @defgroup apr_mcast IP Multicast
* @{
*/
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_optional_hooks.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_optional_hooks.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_optional_hooks.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -33,11 +33,11 @@
* @{
*/
/**
- * Function to implemnt the APR_OPTIONAL_HOOK Macro
+ * Function to implement the APR_OPTIONAL_HOOK Macro
* @internal
* @see APR_OPTIONAL_HOOK
*
- * @param name The name of the hook
+ * @param szName The name of the hook
* @param pfn A pointer to a function that will be called
* @param aszPre a NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose hooks should precede this one
* @param aszSucc a NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose hooks should succeed this one
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_perms_set.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_perms_set.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_perms_set.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_perms_set.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APR_PERMS_SET_H
+#define APR_PERMS_SET_H
+
+/**
+ * @file apr_perms_set.h
+ * @brief APR Process Locking Routines
+ */
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_errno.h"
+#include "apr_user.h"
+#include "apr_file_info.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup apr_perms_set Object permission set functions
+ * @ingroup APR
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Permission set callback function. */
+typedef apr_status_t (apr_perms_setfn_t)(void *object, apr_fileperms_t perms,
+ apr_uid_t uid, apr_gid_t gid);
+
+#define APR_PERMS_SET_IMPLEMENT(type) \
+ APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_##type##_perms_set \
+ (void *the##type, apr_fileperms_t perms, \
+ apr_uid_t uid, apr_gid_t gid)
+
+#define APR_PERMS_SET_ENOTIMPL(type) \
+ APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_##type##_perms_set \
+ (void *the##type, apr_fileperms_t perms, \
+ apr_uid_t uid, apr_gid_t gid) \
+ { return APR_ENOTIMPL ; }
+
+#define APR_PERMS_SET_FN(type) apr_##type##_perms_set
+
+
+/** @} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! APR_PERMS_SET */
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_poll.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_poll.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_poll.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -42,7 +42,9 @@
*/
/**
- * Poll options
+ * @defgroup pollopts Poll options
+ * @ingroup apr_poll
+ * @{
*/
#define APR_POLLIN 0x001 /**< Can read without blocking */
#define APR_POLLPRI 0x002 /**< Priority data available */
@@ -50,9 +52,12 @@
#define APR_POLLERR 0x010 /**< Pending error */
#define APR_POLLHUP 0x020 /**< Hangup occurred */
#define APR_POLLNVAL 0x040 /**< Descriptor invalid */
+/** @} */
/**
- * Pollset Flags
+ * @defgroup pollflags Pollset Flags
+ * @ingroup apr_poll
+ * @{
*/
#define APR_POLLSET_THREADSAFE 0x001 /**< Adding or removing a descriptor is
* thread-safe
@@ -61,12 +66,13 @@
* are not copied
*/
#define APR_POLLSET_WAKEABLE 0x004 /**< Poll operations are interruptable by
- * apr_pollset_wakeup()
+ * apr_pollset_wakeup() or apr_pollcb_wakeup()
*/
#define APR_POLLSET_NODEFAULT 0x010 /**< Do not try to use the default method if
* the specified non-default method cannot be
* used
*/
+/** @} */
/**
* Pollset Methods
@@ -77,7 +83,8 @@
APR_POLLSET_KQUEUE, /**< Poll uses kqueue method */
APR_POLLSET_PORT, /**< Poll uses Solaris event port method */
APR_POLLSET_EPOLL, /**< Poll uses epoll method */
- APR_POLLSET_POLL /**< Poll uses poll method */
+ APR_POLLSET_POLL, /**< Poll uses poll method */
+ APR_POLLSET_AIO_MSGQ /**< Poll uses z/OS asio method */
} apr_pollset_method_e;
/** Used in apr_pollfd_t to determine what the apr_descriptor is */
@@ -131,7 +138,7 @@
* @remark If flags contains APR_POLLSET_WAKEABLE, then a pollset is
* created with an additional internal pipe object used for the
* apr_pollset_wakeup() call. The actual size of pollset is
- * in that case size + 1. This feature is only supported on some
+ * in that case @a size + 1. This feature is only supported on some
* platforms; the apr_pollset_create() call will fail with
* APR_ENOTIMPL on platforms where it is not supported.
* @remark If flags contains APR_POLLSET_NOCOPY, then the apr_pollfd_t
@@ -226,6 +233,7 @@
* Remove a descriptor from a pollset
* @param pollset The pollset from which to remove the descriptor
* @param descriptor The descriptor to remove
+ * @remark If the descriptor is not found, APR_NOTFOUND is returned.
* @remark If the pollset has been created with APR_POLLSET_THREADSAFE
* and thread T1 is blocked in a call to apr_pollset_poll() for
* this same pollset that is being modified via apr_pollset_remove()
@@ -259,8 +267,6 @@
* @remark Multiple signalled conditions for the same descriptor may be reported
* in one or more returned apr_pollfd_t structures, depending on the
* implementation.
- * @bug With versions 1.4.2 and prior on Windows, a call with no descriptors
- * and timeout will return immediately with the wrong error code.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_pollset_poll(apr_pollset_t *pollset,
apr_interval_time_t timeout,
@@ -290,8 +296,6 @@
* descriptor has been signalled or the timeout has expired.
* @remark The rtnevents field in the apr_pollfd_t array will only be filled-
* in if the return value is APR_SUCCESS.
- * @bug With versions 1.4.2 and prior on Windows, a call with no descriptors
- * and timeout will return immediately with the wrong error code.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_poll(apr_pollfd_t *aprset, apr_int32_t numsock,
apr_int32_t *nsds,
@@ -309,7 +313,7 @@
*/
APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_poll_method_defname(void);
-/** Opaque structure used for pollset API */
+/** Opaque structure used for pollcb API */
typedef struct apr_pollcb_t apr_pollcb_t;
/**
@@ -319,8 +323,12 @@
* @param p The pool from which to allocate the pollcb
* @param flags Optional flags to modify the operation of the pollcb.
*
+ * @remark If flags contains APR_POLLSET_WAKEABLE, then a pollcb is
+ * created with an additional internal pipe object used for the
+ * apr_pollcb_wakeup() call. The actual size of pollcb is
+ * in that case @a size + 1.
* @remark Pollcb is only supported on some platforms; the apr_pollcb_create()
- * call will fail with APR_ENOTIMPL on platforms where it is not supported.
+ * call will fail with APR_ENOTIMPL on platforms where it is not supported.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_pollcb_create(apr_pollcb_t **pollcb,
apr_uint32_t size,
@@ -337,8 +345,12 @@
* method cannot be used, the default method will be used unless the
* APR_POLLSET_NODEFAULT flag has been specified.
*
+ * @remark If flags contains APR_POLLSET_WAKEABLE, then a pollcb is
+ * created with an additional internal pipe object used for the
+ * apr_pollcb_wakeup() call. The actual size of pollcb is
+ * in that case @a size + 1.
* @remark Pollcb is only supported on some platforms; the apr_pollcb_create_ex()
- * call will fail with APR_ENOTIMPL on platforms where it is not supported.
+ * call will fail with APR_ENOTIMPL on platforms where it is not supported.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_pollcb_create_ex(apr_pollcb_t **pollcb,
apr_uint32_t size,
@@ -369,6 +381,7 @@
* Remove a descriptor from a pollcb
* @param pollcb The pollcb from which to remove the descriptor
* @param descriptor The descriptor to remove
+ * @remark If the descriptor is not found, APR_NOTFOUND is returned.
* @remark apr_pollcb_remove() cannot be used to remove a subset of requested
* events for a descriptor. The reqevents field in the apr_pollfd_t
* parameter must contain the same value when removing as when adding.
@@ -376,11 +389,14 @@
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_pollcb_remove(apr_pollcb_t *pollcb,
apr_pollfd_t *descriptor);
-/** Function prototype for pollcb handlers
+/**
+ * Function prototype for pollcb handlers
* @param baton Opaque baton passed into apr_pollcb_poll()
- * @param descriptor Contains the notification for an active descriptor,
- * the rtnevents member contains what events were triggered
+ * @param descriptor Contains the notification for an active descriptor.
+ * The @a rtnevents member describes which events were triggered
* for this descriptor.
+ * @remark If the pollcb handler does not return APR_SUCCESS, the apr_pollcb_poll()
+ * call returns with the handler's return value.
*/
typedef apr_status_t (*apr_pollcb_cb_t)(void *baton, apr_pollfd_t *descriptor);
@@ -391,20 +407,35 @@
* maximum, not a minimum. If a descriptor is signalled, the
* function will return before this time. If timeout is
* negative, the function will block until a descriptor is
- * signalled.
+ * signalled or until apr_pollcb_wakeup() has been called.
* @param func Callback function to call for each active descriptor.
* @param baton Opaque baton passed to the callback function.
* @remark Multiple signalled conditions for the same descriptor may be reported
* in one or more calls to the callback function, depending on the
* implementation.
- * @bug With versions 1.4.2 and prior on Windows, a call with no descriptors
- * and timeout will return immediately with the wrong error code.
+ * @remark APR_EINTR will be returned if the pollset has been created with
+ * APR_POLLSET_WAKEABLE and apr_pollcb_wakeup() has been called while
+ * waiting for activity.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_pollcb_poll(apr_pollcb_t *pollcb,
apr_interval_time_t timeout,
apr_pollcb_cb_t func,
- void *baton);
+ void *baton);
+/**
+ * Interrupt the blocked apr_pollcb_poll() call.
+ * @param pollcb The pollcb to use
+ * @remark If the pollcb was not created with APR_POLLSET_WAKEABLE the
+ * return value is APR_EINIT.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_pollcb_wakeup(apr_pollcb_t *pollcb);
+
+/**
+ * Return a printable representation of the pollcb method.
+ * @param pollcb The pollcb to use
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_pollcb_method_name(apr_pollcb_t *pollcb);
+
/** @} */
#ifdef __cplusplus
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_pools.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_pools.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_pools.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -71,10 +71,10 @@
* <pre>
* APR_POOL_DECLARE_ACCESSOR(file);
* becomes:
- * APR_DECLARE(apr_pool_t *) apr_file_pool_get(apr_file_t *ob);
+ * APR_DECLARE(apr_pool_t *) apr_file_pool_get(const apr_file_t *thefile);
* </pre>
* @remark Doxygen unwraps this macro (via doxygen.conf) to provide
- * actual help for each specific occurance of apr_foo_pool_get.
+ * actual help for each specific occurrence of apr_foo_pool_get.
* @remark the linkage is specified for APR. It would be possible to expand
* the macros to support other linkages.
*/
@@ -118,15 +118,15 @@
*
* | | | | | x | | | | Pool owner checking. On each use of a
* pool, check if the current thread is the
- * pools owner. If not, abort(). In
+ * pool's owner. If not, abort(). In
* combination with the verbose flag above,
* it will output OWNER in such an event
* prior to aborting. Use the debug
* function apr_pool_owner_set() to switch
- * a pools ownership.
+ * a pool's ownership.
*
* When no debug level was specified, assume general debug mode.
- * If level 0 was specified, debugging is switched off
+ * If level 0 was specified, debugging is switched off.
* </pre>
*/
#if defined(APR_POOL_DEBUG)
@@ -212,12 +212,16 @@
* @param newpool The pool we have just created.
* @param abort_fn A function to use if the pool cannot allocate more memory.
* @param allocator The allocator to use with the new pool. If NULL a
- * new allocator will be crated with newpool as owner.
+ * new allocator will be created with the new pool as owner.
* @remark An unmanaged pool is a special pool without a parent; it will
* NOT be destroyed upon apr_terminate. It must be explicitly
* destroyed by calling apr_pool_destroy, to prevent memory leaks.
* Use of this function is discouraged, think twice about whether
* you really really need it.
+ * @warning Any child cleanups registered against the new pool, or
+ * against sub-pools thereof, will not be executed during an
+ * invocation of apr_proc_create(), so resources created in an
+ * "unmanaged" pool hierarchy will leak to child processes.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_pool_create_unmanaged_ex(apr_pool_t **newpool,
apr_abortfunc_t abort_fn,
@@ -233,7 +237,7 @@
* @param file_line Where the function is called from.
* This is usually APR_POOL__FILE_LINE__.
* @remark Only available when APR_POOL_DEBUG is defined.
- * Call this directly if you have you apr_pool_create_ex
+ * Call this directly if you have your apr_pool_create_ex
* calls in a wrapper function and wish to override
* the file_line argument to reflect the caller of
* your wrapper function. If you do not have
@@ -270,7 +274,7 @@
* @param file_line Where the function is called from.
* This is usually APR_POOL__FILE_LINE__.
* @remark Only available when APR_POOL_DEBUG is defined.
- * Call this directly if you have you apr_pool_create_unmanaged_ex
+ * Call this directly if you have your apr_pool_create_unmanaged_ex
* calls in a wrapper function and wish to override
* the file_line argument to reflect the caller of
* your wrapper function. If you do not have
@@ -321,7 +325,7 @@
#endif
/**
- * Create a new pool.
+ * Create a new unmanaged pool.
* @param newpool The pool we have just created.
*/
#if defined(DOXYGEN)
@@ -366,7 +370,7 @@
* @param file_line Where the function is called from.
* This is usually APR_POOL__FILE_LINE__.
* @remark Only available when APR_POOL_DEBUG is defined.
- * Call this directly if you have you apr_pool_clear
+ * Call this directly if you have your apr_pool_clear
* calls in a wrapper function and wish to override
* the file_line argument to reflect the caller of
* your wrapper function. If you do not have
@@ -396,7 +400,7 @@
* @param file_line Where the function is called from.
* This is usually APR_POOL__FILE_LINE__.
* @remark Only available when APR_POOL_DEBUG is defined.
- * Call this directly if you have you apr_pool_destroy
+ * Call this directly if you have your apr_pool_destroy
* calls in a wrapper function and wish to override
* the file_line argument to reflect the caller of
* your wrapper function. If you do not have
@@ -614,7 +618,7 @@
/**
* Register a function to be called when a pool is cleared or destroyed
- * @param p The pool register the cleanup with
+ * @param p The pool to register the cleanup with
* @param data The data to pass to the cleanup function.
* @param plain_cleanup The function to call when the pool is cleared
* or destroyed
@@ -630,11 +634,11 @@
/**
* Register a function to be called when a pool is cleared or destroyed.
*
- * Unlike apr_pool_cleanup_register which register a cleanup
- * that is called AFTER all subpools are destroyed this function register
- * a function that will be called before any of the subpool is destoryed.
+ * Unlike apr_pool_cleanup_register which registers a cleanup
+ * that is called AFTER all subpools are destroyed, this function registers
+ * a function that will be called before any of the subpools are destroyed.
*
- * @param p The pool register the cleanup with
+ * @param p The pool to register the cleanup with
* @param data The data to pass to the cleanup function.
* @param plain_cleanup The function to call when the pool is cleared
* or destroyed
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_portable.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_portable.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_portable.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -46,6 +46,9 @@
#if APR_HAVE_PTHREAD_H
#include <pthread.h>
#endif
+#if APR_HAVE_SEMAPHORE_H
+#include <semaphore.h>
+#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@@ -140,6 +143,10 @@
pthread_mutex_t *intraproc;
#endif
#endif
+#if APR_HAS_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE
+ /** Value used for POSIX semaphores serialization */
+ sem_t *psem_interproc;
+#endif
};
typedef int apr_os_file_t; /**< native file */
@@ -241,7 +248,7 @@
apr_socket_t *sock);
/**
- * Convert the proc mutex from os specific type to apr type
+ * Convert the proc mutex from apr type to os specific type
* @param ospmutex The os specific proc mutex we are converting to.
* @param pmutex The apr proc mutex to convert.
*/
@@ -249,6 +256,19 @@
apr_proc_mutex_t *pmutex);
/**
+ * Convert the proc mutex from apr type to os specific type, also
+ * providing the mechanism used by the apr mutex.
+ * @param ospmutex The os specific proc mutex we are converting to.
+ * @param pmutex The apr proc mutex to convert.
+ * @param mech The mechanism used by the apr proc mutex (if not NULL).
+ * @remark Allows for disambiguation for platforms with multiple mechanisms
+ * available.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_os_proc_mutex_get_ex(apr_os_proc_mutex_t *ospmutex,
+ apr_proc_mutex_t *pmutex,
+ apr_lockmech_e *mech);
+
+/**
* Get the exploded time in the platforms native format.
* @param ostime the native time format
* @param aprtime the time to convert
@@ -380,7 +400,10 @@
apr_pool_t *cont);
/**
- * Convert a socket from the os specific type to the apr type
+ * Convert a socket from the os specific type to the APR type. If
+ * sock points to NULL, a socket will be created from the pool
+ * provided. If **sock does not point to NULL, the structure pointed
+ * to by sock will be reused and updated with the given socket.
* @param sock The pool to use.
* @param thesock The socket to convert to.
* @param cont The socket we are converting to an apr type.
@@ -416,6 +439,24 @@
apr_pool_t *cont);
/**
+ * Convert the proc mutex from os specific type to apr type, using the
+ * specified mechanism.
+ * @param pmutex The apr proc mutex we are converting to.
+ * @param ospmutex The os specific proc mutex to convert.
+ * @param mech The apr mutex locking mechanism
+ * @param register_cleanup Whether to destroy the os mutex with the apr
+ * one (either on explicit destroy or pool cleanup).
+ * @param cont The pool to use if it is needed.
+ * @remark Allows for disambiguation for platforms with multiple mechanisms
+ * available.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_os_proc_mutex_put_ex(apr_proc_mutex_t **pmutex,
+ apr_os_proc_mutex_t *ospmutex,
+ apr_lockmech_e mech,
+ int register_cleanup,
+ apr_pool_t *cont);
+
+/**
* Put the imploded time in the APR format.
* @param aprtime the APR time format
* @param ostime the time to convert
@@ -494,7 +535,7 @@
/**
* Get the name of the current locale character set.
* @param pool the pool to allocate the name from, if needed
- * @remark Defers to apr_os_default_encoding if the current locale's
+ * @remark Defers to apr_os_default_encoding() if the current locale's
* data can't be retrieved on this system.
*/
APR_DECLARE(const char*) apr_os_locale_encoding(apr_pool_t *pool);
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_proc_mutex.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_proc_mutex.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_proc_mutex.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_errno.h"
+#include "apr_perms_set.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@@ -140,10 +141,17 @@
APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_proc_mutex_lockfile(apr_proc_mutex_t *mutex);
/**
- * Display the name of the mutex, as it relates to the actual method used.
- * This matches the valid options for Apache's AcceptMutex directive
- * @param mutex the name of the mutex
+ * Get the mechanism of the mutex, as it relates to the actual method
+ * used for the underlying apr_proc_mutex_t.
+ * @param mutex the mutex to get the mechanism from.
*/
+APR_DECLARE(apr_lockmech_e) apr_proc_mutex_mech(apr_proc_mutex_t *mutex);
+
+/**
+ * Get the mechanism's name of the mutex, as it relates to the actual method
+ * used for the underlying apr_proc_mutex_t.
+ * @param mutex the mutex to get the mechanism's name from.
+ */
APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_proc_mutex_name(apr_proc_mutex_t *mutex);
/**
@@ -152,6 +160,11 @@
APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_proc_mutex_defname(void);
/**
+ * Set mutex permissions.
+ */
+APR_PERMS_SET_IMPLEMENT(proc_mutex);
+
+/**
* Get the pool used by this proc_mutex.
* @return apr_pool_t the pool
*/
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_queue.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_queue.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_queue.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
* @brief Thread Safe FIFO bounded queue
* @note Since most implementations of the queue are backed by a condition
* variable implementation, it isn't available on systems without threads.
- * Although condition variables are some times available without threads.
+ * Although condition variables are sometimes available without threads.
*/
#include "apu.h"
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_redis.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_redis.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_redis.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_redis.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file apr_redis.h
+ * @brief Client interface for redis
+ * @remark To use this interface you must have a separate redis
+ * for more information.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APR_REDIS_H
+#define APR_REDIS_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_time.h"
+#include "apr_strings.h"
+#include "apr_network_io.h"
+#include "apr_ring.h"
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+#include "apr_reslist.h"
+#include "apr_hash.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#ifndef RC_DEFAULT_SERVER_PORT
+#define RC_DEFAULT_SERVER_PORT 6379
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RC_DEFAULT_SERVER_MIN
+#define RC_DEFAULT_SERVER_MIN 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RC_DEFAULT_SERVER_SMAX
+#define RC_DEFAULT_SERVER_SMAX 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RC_DEFAULT_SERVER_TTL
+#define RC_DEFAULT_SERVER_TTL 600
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APR_Util_RC Redis Client Routines
+ * @ingroup APR_Util
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Specifies the status of a redis server */
+typedef enum
+{
+ APR_RC_SERVER_LIVE, /**< Server is alive and responding to requests */
+ APR_RC_SERVER_DEAD /**< Server is not responding to requests */
+} apr_redis_server_status_t;
+
+/** Opaque redis client connection object */
+typedef struct apr_redis_conn_t apr_redis_conn_t;
+
+/** Redis Server Info Object */
+typedef struct apr_redis_server_t apr_redis_server_t;
+struct apr_redis_server_t
+{
+ const char *host; /**< Hostname of this Server */
+ apr_port_t port; /**< Port of this Server */
+ apr_redis_server_status_t status; /**< @see apr_redis_server_status_t */
+#if APR_HAS_THREADS || defined(DOXYGEN)
+ apr_reslist_t *conns; /**< Resource list of actual client connections */
+#else
+ apr_redis_conn_t *conn;
+#endif
+ apr_pool_t *p; /** Pool to use for private allocations */
+#if APR_HAS_THREADS
+ apr_thread_mutex_t *lock;
+#endif
+ apr_time_t btime;
+ apr_uint32_t rwto;
+ struct
+ {
+ int major;
+ int minor;
+ int patch;
+ char *number;
+ } version;
+};
+
+typedef struct apr_redis_t apr_redis_t;
+
+/* Custom hash callback function prototype, user for server selection.
+* @param baton user selected baton
+* @param data data to hash
+* @param data_len length of data
+*/
+typedef apr_uint32_t (*apr_redis_hash_func)(void *baton,
+ const char *data,
+ const apr_size_t data_len);
+/* Custom Server Select callback function prototype.
+* @param baton user selected baton
+* @param rc redis instance, use rc->live_servers to select a node
+* @param hash hash of the selected key.
+*/
+typedef apr_redis_server_t* (*apr_redis_server_func)(void *baton,
+ apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const apr_uint32_t hash);
+
+/** Container for a set of redis servers */
+struct apr_redis_t
+{
+ apr_uint32_t flags; /**< Flags, Not currently used */
+ apr_uint16_t nalloc; /**< Number of Servers Allocated */
+ apr_uint16_t ntotal; /**< Number of Servers Added */
+ apr_redis_server_t **live_servers; /**< Array of Servers */
+ apr_pool_t *p; /** Pool to use for allocations */
+ void *hash_baton;
+ apr_redis_hash_func hash_func;
+ void *server_baton;
+ apr_redis_server_func server_func;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Creates a crc32 hash used to split keys between servers
+ * @param rc The redis client object to use
+ * @param data Data to be hashed
+ * @param data_len Length of the data to use
+ * @return crc32 hash of data
+ * @remark The crc32 hash is not compatible with old redisd clients.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_uint32_t) apr_redis_hash(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const char *data,
+ const apr_size_t data_len);
+
+/**
+ * Pure CRC32 Hash. Used by some clients.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_uint32_t) apr_redis_hash_crc32(void *baton,
+ const char *data,
+ const apr_size_t data_len);
+
+/**
+ * hash compatible with the standard Perl Client.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_uint32_t) apr_redis_hash_default(void *baton,
+ const char *data,
+ const apr_size_t data_len);
+
+/**
+ * Picks a server based on a hash
+ * @param rc The redis client object to use
+ * @param hash Hashed value of a Key
+ * @return server that controls specified hash
+ * @see apr_redis_hash
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_redis_server_t *) apr_redis_find_server_hash(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const apr_uint32_t hash);
+
+/**
+ * server selection compatible with the standard Perl Client.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_redis_server_t *) apr_redis_find_server_hash_default(void *baton,
+ apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const apr_uint32_t hash);
+
+/**
+ * Adds a server to a client object
+ * @param rc The redis client object to use
+ * @param server Server to add
+ * @remark Adding servers is not thread safe, and should be done once at startup.
+ * @warning Changing servers after startup may cause keys to go to
+ * different servers.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_add_server(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ apr_redis_server_t *server);
+
+
+/**
+ * Finds a Server object based on a hostname/port pair
+ * @param rc The redis client object to use
+ * @param host Hostname of the server
+ * @param port Port of the server
+ * @return Server with matching Hostname and Port, or NULL if none was found.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_redis_server_t *) apr_redis_find_server(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const char *host,
+ apr_port_t port);
+
+/**
+ * Enables a Server for use again
+ * @param rc The redis client object to use
+ * @param rs Server to Activate
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_enable_server(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ apr_redis_server_t *rs);
+
+
+/**
+ * Disable a Server
+ * @param rc The redis client object to use
+ * @param rs Server to Disable
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_disable_server(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ apr_redis_server_t *rs);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new Server Object
+ * @param p Pool to use
+ * @param host hostname of the server
+ * @param port port of the server
+ * @param min minimum number of client sockets to open
+ * @param smax soft maximum number of client connections to open
+ * @param max hard maximum number of client connections
+ * @param ttl time to live in microseconds of a client connection
+ * @param rwto r/w timeout value in seconds of a client connection
+ * @param ns location of the new server object
+ * @see apr_reslist_create
+ * @remark min, smax, and max are only used when APR_HAS_THREADS
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_server_create(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *host,
+ apr_port_t port,
+ apr_uint32_t min,
+ apr_uint32_t smax,
+ apr_uint32_t max,
+ apr_uint32_t ttl,
+ apr_uint32_t rwto,
+ apr_redis_server_t **ns);
+/**
+ * Creates a new redisd client object
+ * @param p Pool to use
+ * @param max_servers maximum number of servers
+ * @param flags Not currently used
+ * @param rc location of the new redis client object
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_create(apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_uint16_t max_servers,
+ apr_uint32_t flags,
+ apr_redis_t **rc);
+
+/**
+ * Gets a value from the server, allocating the value out of p
+ * @param rc client to use
+ * @param p Pool to use
+ * @param key null terminated string containing the key
+ * @param baton location of the allocated value
+ * @param len length of data at baton
+ * @param flags any flags set by the client for this key
+ * @return
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_getp(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char* key,
+ char **baton,
+ apr_size_t *len,
+ apr_uint16_t *flags);
+
+/**
+ * Sets a value by key on the server
+ * @param rc client to use
+ * @param key null terminated string containing the key
+ * @param baton data to store on the server
+ * @param data_size length of data at baton
+ * @param flags any flags set by the client for this key
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_set(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const char *key,
+ char *baton,
+ const apr_size_t data_size,
+ apr_uint16_t flags);
+
+/**
+ * Sets a value by key on the server
+ * @param rc client to use
+ * @param key null terminated string containing the key
+ * @param baton data to store on the server
+ * @param data_size length of data at baton
+ * @param timeout time in seconds for the data to live on the server
+ * @param flags any flags set by the client for this key
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_setex(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const char *key,
+ char *baton,
+ const apr_size_t data_size,
+ apr_uint32_t timeout,
+ apr_uint16_t flags);
+
+/**
+ * Deletes a key from a server
+ * @param rc client to use
+ * @param key null terminated string containing the key
+ * @param timeout time for the delete to stop other clients from adding
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_delete(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const char *key,
+ apr_uint32_t timeout);
+
+/**
+ * Query a server's version
+ * @param rs server to query
+ * @param p Pool to allocate answer from
+ * @param baton location to store server version string
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_version(apr_redis_server_t *rs,
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ char **baton);
+
+/**
+ * Query a server's INFO
+ * @param rs server to query
+ * @param p Pool to allocate answer from
+ * @param baton location to store server INFO response string
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_info(apr_redis_server_t *rs,
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ char **baton);
+
+/**
+ * Increments a value
+ * @param rc client to use
+ * @param key null terminated string containing the key
+ * @param inc number to increment by
+ * @param new_value new value after incrementing
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_incr(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const char *key,
+ apr_int32_t inc,
+ apr_uint32_t *new_value);
+/**
+ * Decrements a value
+ * @param rc client to use
+ * @param key null terminated string containing the key
+ * @param inc number to decrement by
+ * @param new_value new value after decrementing
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_decr(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ const char *key,
+ apr_int32_t inc,
+ apr_uint32_t *new_value);
+
+
+/**
+ * Pings the server
+ * @param rs Server to ping
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_ping(apr_redis_server_t *rs);
+
+/**
+ * Gets multiple values from the server, allocating the values out of p
+ * @param rc client to use
+ * @param temp_pool Pool used for temporary allocations. May be cleared inside this
+ * call.
+ * @param data_pool Pool used to allocate data for the returned values.
+ * @param values hash of apr_redis_value_t keyed by strings, contains the
+ * result of the multiget call.
+ * @return
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_multgetp(apr_redis_t *rc,
+ apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
+ apr_pool_t *data_pool,
+ apr_hash_t *values);
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ APR_RS_SERVER_MASTER, /**< Server is a master */
+ APR_RS_SERVER_SLAVE, /**< Server is a slave */
+ APR_RS_SERVER_UNKNOWN /**< Server role is unknown */
+} apr_redis_server_role_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+/* # Server */
+ /** Major version number of this server */
+ apr_uint32_t major;
+ /** Minor version number of this server */
+ apr_uint32_t minor;
+ /** Patch version number of this server */
+ apr_uint32_t patch;
+ /** Process id of this server process */
+ apr_uint32_t process_id;
+ /** Number of seconds this server has been running */
+ apr_uint32_t uptime_in_seconds;
+ /** Bitsize of the arch on the current machine */
+ apr_uint32_t arch_bits;
+
+/* # Clients */
+ /** Number of connected clients */
+ apr_uint32_t connected_clients;
+ /** Number of blocked clients */
+ apr_uint32_t blocked_clients;
+
+/* # Memory */
+ /** Max memory of this server */
+ apr_uint64_t maxmemory;
+ /** Amount of used memory */
+ apr_uint64_t used_memory;
+ /** Total memory available on this server */
+ apr_uint64_t total_system_memory;
+
+/* # Stats */
+ /** Total connections received */
+ apr_uint64_t total_connections_received;
+ /** Total commands processed */
+ apr_uint64_t total_commands_processed;
+ /** Total commands rejected */
+ apr_uint64_t rejected_connections;
+ /** Total net input bytes */
+ apr_uint64_t total_net_input_bytes;
+ /** Total net output bytes */
+ apr_uint64_t total_net_output_bytes;
+ /** Keyspace hits */
+ apr_uint64_t keyspace_hits;
+ /** Keyspace misses */
+ apr_uint64_t keyspace_misses;
+
+/* # Replication */
+ /** Role */
+ apr_redis_server_role_t role;
+ /** Number of connected slave */
+ apr_uint32_t connected_slaves;
+
+/* # CPU */
+ /** Accumulated CPU user time for this process */
+ apr_uint32_t used_cpu_sys;
+ /** Accumulated CPU system time for this process */
+ apr_uint32_t used_cpu_user;
+
+/* # Cluster */
+ /** Is cluster enabled */
+ apr_uint32_t cluster_enabled;
+} apr_redis_stats_t;
+
+/**
+ * Query a server for statistics
+ * @param rs server to query
+ * @param p Pool to allocate answer from
+ * @param stats location of the new statistics structure
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_redis_stats(apr_redis_server_t *rs,
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_redis_stats_t **stats);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* APR_REDIS_H */
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_reslist.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_reslist.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_reslist.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
/* Generic constructor called by resource list when it needs to create a
* resource.
* @param resource opaque resource
- * @param param flags
+ * @param params flags
* @param pool Pool
*/
typedef apr_status_t (*apr_reslist_constructor)(void **resource, void *params,
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
/* Generic destructor called by resource list when it needs to destroy a
* resource.
* @param resource opaque resource
- * @param param flags
+ * @param params flags
* @param pool Pool
*/
typedef apr_status_t (*apr_reslist_destructor)(void *resource, void *params,
@@ -111,6 +111,9 @@
* Retrieve a resource from the list, creating a new one if necessary.
* If we have met our maximum number of resources, we will block
* until one becomes available.
+ * @param reslist The resource list.
+ * @param resource An address where the pointer to the resource
+ * will be stored.
*/
APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_reslist_acquire(apr_reslist_t *reslist,
void **resource);
@@ -117,6 +120,8 @@
/**
* Return a resource back to the list of available resources.
+ * @param reslist The resource list.
+ * @param resource The resource to return to the list.
*/
APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_reslist_release(apr_reslist_t *reslist,
void *resource);
@@ -140,6 +145,8 @@
* Invalidate a resource in the pool - e.g. a database connection
* that returns a "lost connection" error and can't be restored.
* Use this instead of apr_reslist_release if the resource is bad.
+ * @param reslist The resource list.
+ * @param resource The resource to invalidate.
*/
APU_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_reslist_invalidate(apr_reslist_t *reslist,
void *resource);
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_shm.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_shm.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_shm.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_errno.h"
+#include "apr_perms_set.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@@ -43,7 +44,8 @@
typedef struct apr_shm_t apr_shm_t;
/**
- * Create and make accessable a shared memory segment.
+ * Create and make accessible a shared memory segment with default
+ * properties.
* @param m The shared memory structure to create.
* @param reqsize The desired size of the segment.
* @param filename The file to use for shared memory on platforms that
@@ -71,6 +73,52 @@
apr_pool_t *pool);
/**
+ * Special processing flags for apr_shm_create_ex() and apr_shm_attach_ex().
+ */
+#define APR_SHM_NS_LOCAL 1 /* Create or attach to named shared memory
+ * segment in the "Local" namespace on
+ * Windows. (Ignored on other platforms.)
+ * By default, the "Global" namespace is
+ * used for privileged processes and the
+ * "Local" namespace is used otherwise.
+ */
+#define APR_SHM_NS_GLOBAL 2 /* Create or attach to named shared memory
+ * segment in the "Global" namespace on
+ * Windows. (Ignored on other platforms.)
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Create and make accessible a shared memory segment with platform-
+ * specific processing.
+ * @param m The shared memory structure to create.
+ * @param reqsize The desired size of the segment.
+ * @param filename The file to use for shared memory on platforms that
+ * require it.
+ * @param pool the pool from which to allocate the shared memory
+ * structure.
+ * @param flags mask of APR_SHM_* (defined above)
+ * @remark A note about Anonymous vs. Named shared memory segments:
+ * Not all plaforms support anonymous shared memory segments, but in
+ * some cases it is prefered over other types of shared memory
+ * implementations. Passing a NULL 'file' parameter to this function
+ * will cause the subsystem to use anonymous shared memory segments.
+ * If such a system is not available, APR_ENOTIMPL is returned.
+ * @remark A note about allocation sizes:
+ * On some platforms it is necessary to store some metainformation
+ * about the segment within the actual segment. In order to supply
+ * the caller with the requested size it may be necessary for the
+ * implementation to request a slightly greater segment length
+ * from the subsystem. In all cases, the apr_shm_baseaddr_get()
+ * function will return the first usable byte of memory.
+ *
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_shm_create_ex(apr_shm_t **m,
+ apr_size_t reqsize,
+ const char *filename,
+ apr_pool_t *pool,
+ apr_int32_t flags);
+
+/**
* Remove named resource associated with a shared memory segment,
* preventing attachments to the resource, but not destroying it.
* @param filename The filename associated with shared-memory segment which
@@ -80,7 +128,7 @@
* name-based shared memory segments, and will return APR_ENOTIMPL on
* platforms without such support. Removing the file while the shm
* is in use is not entirely portable, caller may use this to enhance
- * obscurity of the resource, but be prepared for the the call to fail,
+ * obscurity of the resource, but be prepared for the call to fail,
* and for concurrent attempts to create a resource of the same name
* to also fail. The pool cleanup of apr_shm_create (apr_shm_destroy)
* also removes the named resource.
@@ -89,6 +137,21 @@
apr_pool_t *pool);
/**
+ * Delete named resource associated with a shared memory segment,
+ * preventing attachments to the resource.
+ * @param m The shared memory segment structure to delete.
+ * @remark This function is only supported on platforms which support
+ * name-based shared memory segments, and will return APR_ENOTIMPL on
+ * platforms without such support. Removing the file while the shm
+ * is in use is not entirely portable, caller may use this to enhance
+ * obscurity of the resource, but be prepared for the call to fail,
+ * and for concurrent attempts to create a resource of the same name
+ * to also fail. The pool cleanup of apr_shm_create (apr_shm_destroy)
+ * also removes the named resource.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_shm_delete(apr_shm_t *m);
+
+/**
* Destroy a shared memory segment and associated memory.
* @param m The shared memory segment structure to destroy.
*/
@@ -108,6 +171,21 @@
apr_pool_t *pool);
/**
+ * Attach to a shared memory segment that was created
+ * by another process, with platform-specific processing.
+ * @param m The shared memory structure to create.
+ * @param filename The file used to create the original segment.
+ * (This MUST match the original filename.)
+ * @param pool the pool from which to allocate the shared memory
+ * structure for this process.
+ * @param flags mask of APR_SHM_* (defined above)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_shm_attach_ex(apr_shm_t **m,
+ const char *filename,
+ apr_pool_t *pool,
+ apr_int32_t flags);
+
+/**
* Detach from a shared memory segment without destroying it.
* @param m The shared memory structure representing the segment
* to detach from.
@@ -133,6 +211,11 @@
APR_DECLARE(apr_size_t) apr_shm_size_get(const apr_shm_t *m);
/**
+ * Set shared memory permissions.
+ */
+APR_PERMS_SET_IMPLEMENT(shm);
+
+/**
* Get the pool used by this shared memory segment.
*/
APR_POOL_DECLARE_ACCESSOR(shm);
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_siphash.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_siphash.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_siphash.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_siphash.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+/*
+ SipHash reference C implementation
+ Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Jean-Philippe Aumasson
+ <jeanphilippe.aumasson at gmail.com>
+ Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Daniel J. Bernstein <djb at cr.yp.to>
+ To the extent possible under law, the author(s) have dedicated all copyright
+ and related and neighboring rights to this software to the public domain
+ worldwide. This software is distributed without any warranty.
+ You should have received a copy of the CC0 Public Domain Dedication along
+ with this software. If not, see
+ <http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APR_SIPHASH_H
+#define APR_SIPHASH_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apu.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @file apr_siphash.h
+ * @brief APR-UTIL siphash library
+ * "SipHash-c-d is a family of pseudorandom functions (a.k.a. keyed
+ * hash functions) optimized for speed on short messages", designed by
+ * Jean-Philippe Aumasson and Daniel J. Bernstein. It generates a 64bit
+ * hash (or MAC) from the message and a 128bit key.
+ * See http://cr.yp.to/siphash/siphash-20120620.pdf for the details,
+ * c is the number of compression rounds, d the number of finalization
+ * rounds; we also define fast implementations for c = 2 with d = 4 (aka
+ * siphash-2-4), and c = 4 with d = 8 (aka siphash-4-8), as recommended
+ * parameters per the authors.
+ */
+
+/** size of the siphash digest */
+#define APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE 8
+
+/** size of the siphash key */
+#define APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE 16
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Computes SipHash-c-d, producing a 64bit (APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE) hash
+ * from a message and a 128bit (APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE) secret key.
+ * @param src The message
+ * @param len The length of the message
+ * @param key The secret key
+ * @param c The number of compression rounds
+ * @param d The number of finalization rounds
+ * @return The hash value as a 64bit unsigned integer
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_uint64_t) apr_siphash(const void *src, apr_size_t len,
+ const unsigned char key[APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE],
+ unsigned int c, unsigned int d);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Computes SipHash-c-d, producing a 64bit (APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE) hash
+ * from a message and a 128bit (APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE) secret key, into a possibly
+ * unaligned buffer (using the little endian representation as defined by the
+ * authors for interoperabilty) usable as a MAC.
+ * @param out The output buffer (or MAC)
+ * @param src The message
+ * @param len The length of the message
+ * @param key The secret key
+ * @param c The number of compression rounds
+ * @param d The number of finalization rounds
+ * @return The hash value as a 64bit unsigned integer
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(void) apr_siphash_auth(unsigned char out[APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE],
+ const void *src, apr_size_t len,
+ const unsigned char key[APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE],
+ unsigned int c, unsigned int d);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Computes SipHash-2-4, producing a 64bit (APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE) hash
+ * from a message and a 128bit (APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE) secret key.
+ * @param src The message to hash
+ * @param len The length of the message
+ * @param key The secret key
+ * @return The hash value as a 64bit unsigned integer
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_uint64_t) apr_siphash24(const void *src, apr_size_t len,
+ const unsigned char key[APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Computes SipHash-2-4, producing a 64bit (APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE) hash
+ * from a message and a 128bit (APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE) secret key, into a possibly
+ * unaligned buffer (using the little endian representation as defined by the
+ * authors for interoperabilty) usable as a MAC.
+ * @param out The output buffer (or MAC)
+ * @param src The message
+ * @param len The length of the message
+ * @param key The secret key
+ * @return The hash value as a 64bit unsigned integer
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(void) apr_siphash24_auth(unsigned char out[APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE],
+ const void *src, apr_size_t len,
+ const unsigned char key[APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Computes SipHash-4-8, producing a 64bit (APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE) hash
+ * from a message and a 128bit (APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE) secret key.
+ * @param src The message
+ * @param len The length of the message
+ * @param key The secret key
+ * @return The hash value as a 64bit unsigned integer
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(apr_uint64_t) apr_siphash48(const void *src, apr_size_t len,
+ const unsigned char key[APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Computes SipHash-4-8, producing a 64bit (APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE) hash
+ * from a message and a 128bit (APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE) secret key, into a possibly
+ * unaligned buffer (using the little endian representation as defined by the
+ * authors for interoperabilty) usable as a MAC.
+ * @param out The output buffer (or MAC)
+ * @param src The message
+ * @param len The length of the message
+ * @param key The secret key
+ * @return The hash value as a 64bit unsigned integer
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(void) apr_siphash48_auth(unsigned char out[APR_SIPHASH_DSIZE],
+ const void *src, apr_size_t len,
+ const unsigned char key[APR_SIPHASH_KSIZE]);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* APR_SIPHASH_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_skiplist.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_skiplist.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_skiplist.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_skiplist.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APR_SKIPLIST_H
+#define APR_SKIPLIST_H
+/**
+ * @file apr_skiplist.h
+ * @brief APR skip list implementation
+ */
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_portable.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup apr_skiplist Skip list implementation
+ * Refer to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skip_list for information
+ * about the purpose of and ideas behind skip lists.
+ * @ingroup APR
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * apr_skiplist_compare is the function type that must be implemented
+ * per object type that is used in a skip list for comparisons to maintain
+ * order
+ * */
+typedef int (*apr_skiplist_compare) (void *, void *);
+
+/**
+ * apr_skiplist_freefunc is the function type that must be implemented
+ * to handle elements as they are removed from a skip list.
+ */
+typedef void (*apr_skiplist_freefunc) (void *);
+
+/** Opaque structure used to represent the skip list */
+struct apr_skiplist;
+/** Opaque structure used to represent the skip list */
+typedef struct apr_skiplist apr_skiplist;
+
+/**
+ * Opaque structure used to represent abstract nodes in the skip list
+ * (an abstraction above the raw elements which are collected in the
+ * skip list).
+ */
+struct apr_skiplistnode;
+/** Opaque structure */
+typedef struct apr_skiplistnode apr_skiplistnode;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate memory using the same mechanism as the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param size The amount to allocate
+ * @remark If a pool was provided to apr_skiplist_init(), memory will
+ * be allocated from the pool or from a free list maintained with
+ * the skip list. Otherwise, memory will be allocated using the
+ * C standard library heap functions.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_alloc(apr_skiplist *sl, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Free memory using the same mechanism as the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param mem The object to free
+ * @remark If a pool was provided to apr_skiplist_init(), memory will
+ * be added to a free list maintained with the skip list and be available
+ * to operations on the skip list or to other calls to apr_skiplist_alloc().
+ * Otherwise, memory will be freed using the C standard library heap
+ * functions.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void) apr_skiplist_free(apr_skiplist *sl, void *mem);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new skip list
+ * @param sl The pointer in which to return the newly created skip list
+ * @param p The pool from which to allocate the skip list (optional).
+ * @remark Unlike most APR functions, a pool is optional. If no pool
+ * is provided, the C standard library heap functions will be used instead.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_skiplist_init(apr_skiplist **sl, apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Set the comparison functions to be used for searching the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param XXX1 FIXME
+ * @param XXX2 FIXME
+ *
+ * @remark If existing comparison functions are being replaced, the index
+ * will be replaced during this call. That is a potentially expensive
+ * operation.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void) apr_skiplist_set_compare(apr_skiplist *sl, apr_skiplist_compare XXX1,
+ apr_skiplist_compare XXX2);
+
+/**
+ * Set the indexing functions to the specified comparison functions and
+ * rebuild the index.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param XXX1 FIXME
+ * @param XXX2 FIXME
+ *
+ * @remark If an index already exists, it will not be replaced and the
+ * comparison functions will not be changed.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void) apr_skiplist_add_index(apr_skiplist *sl, apr_skiplist_compare XXX1,
+ apr_skiplist_compare XXX2);
+
+/**
+ * Return the list maintained by the skip list abstraction.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_skiplistnode *) apr_skiplist_getlist(apr_skiplist *sl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the next matching element in the skip list using the specified
+ * comparison function.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The value to search for
+ * @param iter A pointer to the returned skip list node representing the element
+ * found
+ * @param func The comparison function to use
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_find_compare(apr_skiplist *sl,
+ void *data,
+ apr_skiplistnode **iter,
+ apr_skiplist_compare func);
+
+/**
+ * Return the next matching element in the skip list using the current comparison
+ * function.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The value to search for
+ * @param iter A pointer to the returned skip list node representing the element
+ * found
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_find(apr_skiplist *sl, void *data, apr_skiplistnode **iter);
+
+/**
+ * Return the last matching element in the skip list using the specified
+ * comparison function.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The value to search for
+ * @param iter A pointer to the returned skip list node representing the element
+ * found
+ * @param comp The comparison function to use
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_last_compare(apr_skiplist *sl, void *data,
+ apr_skiplistnode **iter,
+ apr_skiplist_compare comp);
+
+/**
+ * Return the last matching element in the skip list using the current comparison
+ * function.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The value to search for
+ * @param iter A pointer to the returned skip list node representing the element
+ * found
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_last(apr_skiplist *sl, void *data,
+ apr_skiplistnode **iter);
+
+/**
+ * Return the next element in the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param iter On entry, a pointer to the skip list node to start with; on return,
+ * a pointer to the skip list node representing the element returned
+ * @remark If iter points to a NULL value on entry, NULL will be returned.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_next(apr_skiplist *sl, apr_skiplistnode **iter);
+
+/**
+ * Return the previous element in the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param iter On entry, a pointer to the skip list node to start with; on return,
+ * a pointer to the skip list node representing the element returned
+ * @remark If iter points to a NULL value on entry, NULL will be returned.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_previous(apr_skiplist *sl, apr_skiplistnode **iter);
+
+/**
+ * Return the element of the skip list node
+ * @param iter The skip list node
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_element(apr_skiplistnode *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Insert an element into the skip list using the specified comparison function
+ * if it does not already exist.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The element to insert
+ * @param comp The comparison function to use for placement into the skip list
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_skiplistnode *) apr_skiplist_insert_compare(apr_skiplist *sl,
+ void *data, apr_skiplist_compare comp);
+
+/**
+ * Insert an element into the skip list using the existing comparison function
+ * if it does not already exist.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The element to insert
+ * @remark If no comparison function has been set for the skip list, the element
+ * will not be inserted and NULL will be returned.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_skiplistnode *) apr_skiplist_insert(apr_skiplist* sl, void *data);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element into the skip list using the specified comparison function
+ * allowing for duplicates.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The element to add
+ * @param comp The comparison function to use for placement into the skip list
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_skiplistnode *) apr_skiplist_add_compare(apr_skiplist *sl,
+ void *data, apr_skiplist_compare comp);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element into the skip list using the existing comparison function
+ * allowing for duplicates.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The element to insert
+ * @remark If no comparison function has been set for the skip list, the element
+ * will not be inserted and NULL will be returned.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_skiplistnode *) apr_skiplist_add(apr_skiplist* sl, void *data);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element into the skip list using the specified comparison function
+ * removing the existing duplicates.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The element to insert
+ * @param comp The comparison function to use for placement into the skip list
+ * @param myfree A function to be called for each removed duplicate
+ * @remark If no comparison function has been set for the skip list, the element
+ * will not be inserted, none will be replaced, and NULL will be returned.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_skiplistnode *) apr_skiplist_replace_compare(apr_skiplist *sl,
+ void *data, apr_skiplist_freefunc myfree,
+ apr_skiplist_compare comp);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element into the skip list using the existing comparison function
+ * removing the existing duplicates.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The element to insert
+ * @param myfree A function to be called for each removed duplicate
+ * @remark If no comparison function has been set for the skip list, the element
+ * will not be inserted, none will be replaced, and NULL will be returned.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_skiplistnode *) apr_skiplist_replace(apr_skiplist *sl,
+ void *data, apr_skiplist_freefunc myfree);
+
+/**
+ * Remove a node from the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param iter The skip list node to remove
+ * @param myfree A function to be called for the removed element
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_skiplist_remove_node(apr_skiplist *sl,
+ apr_skiplistnode *iter,
+ apr_skiplist_freefunc myfree);
+
+/**
+ * Remove an element from the skip list using the specified comparison function for
+ * locating the element. In the case of duplicates, the 1st entry will be removed.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The element to remove
+ * @param myfree A function to be called for each removed element
+ * @param comp The comparison function to use for placement into the skip list
+ * @remark If the element is not found, 0 will be returned. Otherwise, the heightXXX
+ * will be returned.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_skiplist_remove_compare(apr_skiplist *sl, void *data,
+ apr_skiplist_freefunc myfree, apr_skiplist_compare comp);
+
+/**
+ * Remove an element from the skip list using the existing comparison function for
+ * locating the element. In the case of duplicates, the 1st entry will be removed.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param data The element to remove
+ * @param myfree A function to be called for each removed element
+ * @remark If the element is not found, 0 will be returned. Otherwise, the heightXXX
+ * will be returned.
+ * @remark If no comparison function has been set for the skip list, the element
+ * will not be removed and 0 will be returned.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_skiplist_remove(apr_skiplist *sl, void *data, apr_skiplist_freefunc myfree);
+
+/**
+ * Remove all elements from the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param myfree A function to be called for each removed element
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void) apr_skiplist_remove_all(apr_skiplist *sl, apr_skiplist_freefunc myfree);
+
+/**
+ * Remove each element from the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param myfree A function to be called for each removed element
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void) apr_skiplist_destroy(apr_skiplist *sl, apr_skiplist_freefunc myfree);
+
+/**
+ * Return the first element in the skip list, removing the element from the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param myfree A function to be called for the removed element
+ * @remark NULL will be returned if there are no elements
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_pop(apr_skiplist *sl, apr_skiplist_freefunc myfree);
+
+/**
+ * Return the first element in the skip list, leaving the element in the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @remark NULL will be returned if there are no elements
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_skiplist_peek(apr_skiplist *sl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the size of the list (number of elements), in O(1).
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(size_t) apr_skiplist_size(const apr_skiplist *sl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the height of the list (number of skip paths), in O(1).
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_skiplist_height(const apr_skiplist *sl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the predefined maximum height of the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(int) apr_skiplist_preheight(const apr_skiplist *sl);
+
+/**
+ * Set a predefined maximum height for the skip list.
+ * @param sl The skip list
+ * @param to The preheight to set, or a nul/negative value to disable.
+ * @remark When a preheight is used, the height of each inserted element is
+ * computed randomly up to this preheight instead of the current skip list's
+ * height plus one used by the default implementation. Using a preheight can
+ * probably ensure more fairness with long living elements (since with an
+ * adaptative height, former elements may have been created with a low height,
+ * hence a longest path to reach them while the skip list grows). On the other
+ * hand, the default behaviour (preheight <= 0) with a growing and decreasing
+ * maximum height is more adaptative/suitable for short living values.
+ * @note Should be called before any insertion/add.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(void) apr_skiplist_set_preheight(apr_skiplist *sl, int to);
+
+/**
+ * Merge two skip lists. XXX SEMANTICS
+ * @param sl1 One of two skip lists to be merged
+ * @param sl2 The other of two skip lists to be merged
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_skiplist *) apr_skiplist_merge(apr_skiplist *sl1, apr_skiplist *sl2);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! APR_SKIPLIST_H */
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_strings.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_strings.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_strings.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
* duplicate a string into memory allocated out of a pool
* @param p The pool to allocate out of
* @param s The string to duplicate
- * @return The new string
+ * @return The new string or NULL if s == NULL
*/
APR_DECLARE(char *) apr_pstrdup(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
* @param p The pool to allocate out of
* @param s The block of characters to duplicate
* @param n The number of characters to duplicate
- * @return The new string
- * @remark This is a faster alternative to apr_pstrndup, for use
+ * @return The new string or NULL if s == NULL
+ * @remark This is a faster alternative to apr_pstrndup(), for use
* when you know that the string being duplicated really
* has 'n' or more characters. If the string might contain
- * fewer characters, use apr_pstrndup.
+ * fewer characters, use apr_pstrndup().
*/
APR_DECLARE(char *) apr_pstrmemdup(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s, apr_size_t n)
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
* @param p The pool to allocate out of
* @param s The string to duplicate
* @param n The maximum number of characters to duplicate
- * @return The new string
+ * @return The new string or NULL if s == NULL
* @remark The amount of memory allocated from the pool is the length
* of the returned string including the NUL terminator
*/
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
* @param p The pool to allocate from
* @param m The memory to duplicate
* @param n The number of bytes to duplicate
- * @return The new block of memory
+ * @return The new block of memory or NULL if m == NULL
*/
APR_DECLARE(void *) apr_pmemdup(apr_pool_t *p, const void *m, apr_size_t n)
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
@@ -235,8 +235,14 @@
* first call to apr_strtok() for a given string, and NULL
* on subsequent calls.
* @param sep The set of delimiters
- * @param last Internal state saved by apr_strtok() between calls.
+ * @param last State saved by apr_strtok() between calls.
* @return The next token from the string
+ * @note the 'last' state points to the trailing NUL char of the final
+ * token, otherwise it points to the character following the current
+ * token (all successive or empty occurances of sep are skiped on the
+ * subsequent call to apr_strtok). Therefore it is possible to avoid
+ * a strlen() determination, with the following logic;
+ * toklen = last - retval; if (*last) --toklen;
*/
APR_DECLARE(char *) apr_strtok(char *str, const char *sep, char **last);
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_tables.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_tables.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_tables.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
* @param p The pool to allocate the copy of the array out of
* @param arr The array to copy
* @return An exact copy of the array passed in
- * @remark The alternate apr_array_copy_hdr copies only the header, and arranges
+ * @remark The alternate apr_array_copy_hdr() copies only the header, and arranges
* for the elements to be copied if (and only if) the code subsequently
* does a push or arraycat.
*/
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
* @param p The pool to allocate the copy of the array out of
* @param arr The array to copy
* @return An exact copy of the array passed in
- * @remark The alternate apr_array_copy copies the *entire* array.
+ * @remark The alternate apr_array_copy() copies the *entire* array.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_array_header_t *) apr_array_copy_hdr(apr_pool_t *p,
const apr_array_header_t *arr);
@@ -268,6 +268,18 @@
APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_table_get(const apr_table_t *t, const char *key);
/**
+ * Get values associated with a given key from the table. If more than one
+ * value exists, return a comma separated list of values. After this call, the
+ * data is still in the table.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate the combined value from, if necessary
+ * @param t The table to search for the key
+ * @param key The key to search for (case does not matter)
+ * @return The value associated with the key, or NULL if the key does not exist.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(const char *) apr_table_getm(apr_pool_t *p, const apr_table_t *t,
+ const char *key);
+
+/**
* Add a key/value pair to a table. If another element already exists with the
* same key, this will overwrite the old data.
* @param t The table to add the data to.
@@ -306,7 +318,7 @@
* @param t The table to search for the data
* @param key The key to merge data for (case does not matter)
* @param val The data to add
- * @remark If the key is not found, then this function acts like apr_table_add
+ * @remark If the key is not found, then this function acts like apr_table_add()
*/
APR_DECLARE(void) apr_table_merge(apr_table_t *t, const char *key,
const char *val);
@@ -318,7 +330,7 @@
* @param t The table to search for the data
* @param key The key to merge data for (case does not matter)
* @param val The data to add
- * @remark If the key is not found, then this function acts like apr_table_addn
+ * @remark If the key is not found, then this function acts like apr_table_addn()
*/
APR_DECLARE(void) apr_table_mergen(apr_table_t *t, const char *key,
const char *val);
@@ -368,6 +380,7 @@
* @remark Iteration continues while this callback function returns non-zero.
* To export the callback function for apr_table_[v]do() it must be declared
* in the _NONSTD convention.
+ * @see apr_table_do @see apr_table_vdo
*/
typedef int (apr_table_do_callback_fn_t)(void *rec, const char *key,
const char *value);
@@ -380,7 +393,7 @@
* in the table. Otherwise, the function is invoked only for those
* elements matching the keys specified.
*
- * If an invocation of the @param comp function returns zero,
+ * If an invocation of the comp function returns zero,
* iteration will continue using the next specified key, if any.
*
* @param comp The function to run
@@ -389,7 +402,7 @@
* @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (char *) keys followed by NULL
* @return FALSE if one of the comp() iterations returned zero; TRUE if all
* iterations returned non-zero
- * @see apr_table_do_callback_fn_t
+ * @see apr_table_do_callback_fn_t @see apr_table_vdo
*/
APR_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) apr_table_do(apr_table_do_callback_fn_t *comp,
void *rec, const apr_table_t *t, ...)
@@ -400,13 +413,13 @@
/**
* Iterate over a table running the provided function once for every
- * element in the table. The @param vp varargs parameter must be a
+ * element in the table. The vp varargs parameter must be a
* list of zero or more (char *) keys followed by a NULL pointer. If
* zero keys are given, the @param comp function will be invoked for
* every element in the table. Otherwise, the function is invoked
* only for those elements matching the keys specified.
*
- * If an invocation of the @param comp function returns zero,
+ * If an invocation of the comp function returns zero,
* iteration will continue using the next specified key, if any.
*
* @param comp The function to run
@@ -415,7 +428,7 @@
* @param vp List of zero or more (char *) keys followed by NULL
* @return FALSE if one of the comp() iterations returned zero; TRUE if all
* iterations returned non-zero
- * @see apr_table_do_callback_fn_t
+ * @see apr_table_do_callback_fn_t @see apr_table_do
*/
APR_DECLARE(int) apr_table_vdo(apr_table_do_callback_fn_t *comp,
void *rec, const apr_table_t *t, va_list vp);
@@ -424,6 +437,8 @@
#define APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_SET (0)
/** flag for overlap to use apr_table_mergen */
#define APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_MERGE (1)
+/** flag for overlap to use apr_table_addn */
+#define APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_ADD (2)
/**
* For each element in table b, either use setn or mergen to add the data
* to table a. Which method is used is determined by the flags passed in.
@@ -432,6 +447,7 @@
* @param flags How to add the table to table a. One of:
* APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_SET Use apr_table_setn
* APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_MERGE Use apr_table_mergen
+ * APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_ADD Use apr_table_addn
* @remark When merging duplicates, the two values are concatenated,
* separated by the string ", ".
* @remark This function is highly optimized, and uses less memory and CPU cycles
@@ -449,6 +465,9 @@
* if (flags & APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_MERGE) {
* apr_table_mergen(a, belt[i].key, belt[i].val);
* }
+ * else if (flags & APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_ADD) {
+ * apr_table_addn(a, belt[i].key, belt[i].val);
+ * }
* else {
* apr_table_setn(a, belt[i].key, belt[i].val);
* }
@@ -472,7 +491,8 @@
*
* @param t Table.
* @param flags APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_MERGE to merge, or
- * APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_SET to overwrite
+ * APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_SET to overwrite, or
+ * APR_OVERLAP_TABLES_ADD to add
* @remark When merging duplicates, the two values are concatenated,
* separated by the string ", ".
*/
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_thread_mutex.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_thread_mutex.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_thread_mutex.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
* </PRE>
* @param pool the pool from which to allocate the mutex.
* @warning Be cautious in using APR_THREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT. While this is the
- * most optimial mutex based on a given platform's performance charateristics,
+ * most optimal mutex based on a given platform's performance characteristics,
* it will behave as either a nested or an unnested lock.
*/
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_thread_mutex_create(apr_thread_mutex_t **mutex,
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_thread_proc.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_thread_proc.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_thread_proc.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
#include "apr_file_io.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_errno.h"
+#include "apr_perms_set.h"
#if APR_HAVE_STRUCT_RLIMIT
#include <sys/time.h>
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@
#define APR_OC_REASON_DEATH 0 /**< child has died, caller must call
* unregister still */
#define APR_OC_REASON_UNWRITABLE 1 /**< write_fd is unwritable */
-#define APR_OC_REASON_RESTART 2 /**< a restart is occuring, perform
+#define APR_OC_REASON_RESTART 2 /**< a restart is occurring, perform
* any necessary cleanup (including
* sending a special signal to child)
*/
@@ -123,7 +124,7 @@
* kill the child) */
#define APR_OC_REASON_LOST 4 /**< somehow the child exited without
* us knowing ... buggy os? */
-#define APR_OC_REASON_RUNNING 5 /**< a health check is occuring,
+#define APR_OC_REASON_RUNNING 5 /**< a health check is occurring,
* for most maintainence functions
* this is a no-op.
*/
@@ -197,7 +198,9 @@
typedef void *(APR_THREAD_FUNC *apr_thread_start_t)(apr_thread_t*, void*);
typedef enum {
- APR_KILL_NEVER, /**< process is never sent any signals */
+ APR_KILL_NEVER, /**< process is never killed (i.e., never sent
+ * any signals), but it will be reaped if it exits
+ * before the pool is cleaned up */
APR_KILL_ALWAYS, /**< process is sent SIGKILL on apr_pool_t cleanup */
APR_KILL_AFTER_TIMEOUT, /**< SIGTERM, wait 3 seconds, SIGKILL */
APR_JUST_WAIT, /**< wait forever for the process to complete */
@@ -577,6 +580,18 @@
const char *groupname);
+/**
+ * Register permission set function
+ * @param attr The procattr we care about.
+ * @param perms_set_fn Permission set callback
+ * @param data Data to pass to permission callback function
+ * @param perms Permissions to set
+ */
+APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_procattr_perms_set_register(apr_procattr_t *attr,
+ apr_perms_setfn_t *perms_set_fn,
+ void *data,
+ apr_fileperms_t perms);
+
#if APR_HAS_FORK
/**
* This is currently the only non-portable call in APR. This executes
@@ -632,7 +647,7 @@
* APR_NOWAIT -- return immediately regardless of if the
* child is dead or not.
* </PRE>
- * @remark The childs status is in the return code to this process. It is one of:
+ * @remark The child's status is in the return code to this process. It is one of:
* <PRE>
* APR_CHILD_DONE -- child is no longer running.
* APR_CHILD_NOTDONE -- child is still running.
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_time.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_time.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_time.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
APR_DECLARE_DATA extern const char apr_day_snames[7][4];
-/** number of microseconds since 00:00:00 january 1, 1970 UTC */
+/** number of microseconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC */
typedef apr_int64_t apr_time_t;
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
/**
* a structure similar to ANSI struct tm with the following differences:
* - tm_usec isn't an ANSI field
- * - tm_gmtoff isn't an ANSI field (it's a bsdism)
+ * - tm_gmtoff isn't an ANSI field (it's a BSDism)
*/
struct apr_time_exp_t {
/** microseconds past tm_sec */
@@ -110,9 +110,9 @@
apr_int32_t tm_mon;
/** year since 1900 */
apr_int32_t tm_year;
- /** (0-6) days since sunday */
+ /** (0-6) days since Sunday */
apr_int32_t tm_wday;
- /** (0-365) days since jan 1 */
+ /** (0-365) days since January 1 */
apr_int32_t tm_yday;
/** daylight saving time */
apr_int32_t tm_isdst;
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
};
/**
- * convert an ansi time_t to an apr_time_t
+ * Convert an ansi time_t to an apr_time_t
* @param result the resulting apr_time_t
* @param input the time_t to convert
*/
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@
time_t input);
/**
- * convert a time to its human readable components using an offset
- * from GMT
+ * Convert a time to its human readable components using an offset
+ * from GMT.
* @param result the exploded time
* @param input the time to explode
* @param offs the number of seconds offset to apply
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
apr_int32_t offs);
/**
- * convert a time to its human readable components in GMT timezone
+ * Convert a time to its human readable components (GMT).
* @param result the exploded time
* @param input the time to explode
*/
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
apr_time_t input);
/**
- * convert a time to its human readable components in local timezone
+ * Convert a time to its human readable components in the local timezone.
* @param result the exploded time
* @param input the time to explode
*/
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@
apr_time_t input);
/**
- * Convert time value from human readable format to a numeric apr_time_t
- * e.g. elapsed usec since epoch
+ * Convert time value from human readable format to a numeric apr_time_t
+ * (elapsed microseconds since the epoch).
* @param result the resulting imploded time
* @param input the input exploded time
*/
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
/**
* Convert time value from human readable format to a numeric apr_time_t that
- * always represents GMT
+ * always represents GMT.
* @param result the resulting imploded time
* @param input the input exploded time
*/
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
/**
* apr_rfc822_date formats dates in the RFC822
* format in an efficient manner. It is a fixed length
- * format which requires the indicated amount of storage,
+ * format which requires APR_RFC822_DATA_LEN bytes of storage,
* including the trailing NUL terminator.
* @param date_str String to write to.
* @param t the time to convert
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
#define APR_CTIME_LEN (25)
/**
* apr_ctime formats dates in the ctime() format
- * in an efficient manner. it is a fixed length format
- * and requires the indicated amount of storage including
+ * in an efficient manner. It is a fixed length format
+ * and requires APR_CTIME_LEN bytes of storage including
* the trailing NUL terminator.
* Unlike ANSI/ISO C ctime(), apr_ctime() does not include
- * a \n at the end of the string.
+ * a \\n at the end of the string.
* @param date_str String to write to.
* @param t the time to convert
*/
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
APR_DECLARE(apr_status_t) apr_ctime(char *date_str, apr_time_t t);
/**
- * formats the exploded time according to the format specified
+ * Formats the exploded time according to the format specified
* @param s string to write to
* @param retsize The length of the returned string
* @param max The maximum length of the string
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
/**
* Improve the clock resolution for the lifetime of the given pool.
- * Generally this is only desireable on benchmarking and other very
+ * Generally this is only desirable on benchmarking and other very
* time-sensitive applications, and has no impact on most platforms.
* @param p The pool to associate the finer clock resolution
*/
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_user.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_user.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_user.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
* Get the userid (and groupid) for the specified username
* @param userid Returns the user id
* @param groupid Returns the user's group id
- * @param username The username to lookup
+ * @param username The username to look up
* @param p The pool from which to allocate working space
* @remark This function is available only if APR_HAS_USER is defined.
*/
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
* Compare two user identifiers for equality.
* @param left One uid to test
* @param right Another uid to test
- * @return APR_SUCCESS if the apr_uid_t strutures identify the same user,
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if the apr_uid_t structures identify the same user,
* APR_EMISMATCH if not, APR_BADARG if an apr_uid_t is invalid.
* @remark This function is available only if APR_HAS_USER is defined.
*/
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
* Compare two group identifiers for equality.
* @param left One gid to test
* @param right Another gid to test
- * @return APR_SUCCESS if the apr_gid_t strutures identify the same group,
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if the apr_gid_t structures identify the same group,
* APR_EMISMATCH if not, APR_BADARG if an apr_gid_t is invalid.
* @remark This function is available only if APR_HAS_USER is defined.
*/
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_version.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_version.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_version.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
*/
-#define APR_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (c) 2013 The Apache Software " \
+#define APR_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (c) 2000-2018 The Apache Software " \
"Foundation or its licensors, as applicable."
/* The numeric compile-time version constants. These constants are the
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@
* Minor API changes that do not cause binary compatibility problems.
* Reset to 0 when upgrading APR_MAJOR_VERSION
*/
-#define APR_MINOR_VERSION 4
+#define APR_MINOR_VERSION 6
/** patch level
* The Patch Level never includes API changes, simply bug fixes.
* Reset to 0 when upgrading APR_MINOR_VERSION
*/
-#define APR_PATCH_VERSION 8
+#define APR_PATCH_VERSION 5
/**
* The symbol APR_IS_DEV_VERSION is only defined for internal,
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
* "development" copies of APR. It is undefined for released versions
* of APR.
*/
-/* #define APR_IS_DEV_VERSION */
+/* #undef APR_IS_DEV_VERSION */
/**
* Check at compile time if the APR version is at least a certain
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_xml.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_xml.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apr_xml.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -276,6 +276,7 @@
* APR_XML_X2T_INNER contents only
* APR_XML_X2T_LANG_INNER xml:lang + inner contents
* APR_XML_X2T_FULL_NS_LANG FULL + ns defns + xml:lang
+ * APR_XML_X2T_PARSED original prefixes
* </PRE>
* @param namespaces The namespace of the current XML element
* @param ns_map Namespace mapping
@@ -292,6 +293,7 @@
#define APR_XML_X2T_INNER 1 /**< contents only */
#define APR_XML_X2T_LANG_INNER 2 /**< xml:lang + inner contents */
#define APR_XML_X2T_FULL_NS_LANG 3 /**< FULL + ns defns + xml:lang */
+#define APR_XML_X2T_PARSED 4 /**< original prefixes */
/**
* empty XML element
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu.h
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu.h 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -42,6 +42,12 @@
* conventions at compile time.
*/
+/* Make sure we have our platform identifier macro defined we ask for later.
+ */
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32)
+#define WIN32 1
+#endif
+
#if defined(DOXYGEN) || !defined(WIN32)
/**
* The public APR-UTIL functions are declared with APU_DECLARE(), so they may
@@ -121,7 +127,6 @@
#define APU_HAVE_SQLITE3 0
#define APU_HAVE_SQLITE2 0
#define APU_HAVE_ORACLE 0
-#define APU_HAVE_FREETDS 0
#define APU_HAVE_ODBC 1
#endif
@@ -128,8 +133,9 @@
#define APU_HAVE_CRYPTO 1
#ifndef APU_DSO_MODULE_BUILD
-#define APU_HAVE_OPENSSL 0
+#define APU_HAVE_OPENSSL 1
#define APU_HAVE_NSS 0
+#define APU_HAVE_COMMONCRYPTO 0
#endif
#define APU_HAVE_APR_ICONV 1
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_errno.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_errno.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_errno.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_errno.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APU_ERRNO_H
+#define APU_ERRNO_H
+
+/**
+ * @file apu_errno.h
+ * @brief APR-Util Error Codes
+ */
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_errno.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup apu_errno Error Codes
+ * @ingroup APR_Util
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APR_Util_Error APR_Util Error Values
+ * <PRE>
+ * <b>APU ERROR VALUES</b>
+ * APR_ENOKEY The key provided was empty or NULL
+ * APR_ENOIV The initialisation vector provided was NULL
+ * APR_EKEYTYPE The key type was not recognised
+ * APR_ENOSPACE The buffer supplied was not big enough
+ * APR_ECRYPT An error occurred while encrypting or decrypting
+ * APR_EPADDING Padding was not supported
+ * APR_EKEYLENGTH The key length was incorrect
+ * APR_ENOCIPHER The cipher provided was not recognised
+ * APR_ENODIGEST The digest provided was not recognised
+ * APR_ENOENGINE The engine provided was not recognised
+ * APR_EINITENGINE The engine could not be initialised
+ * APR_EREINIT Underlying crypto has already been initialised
+ * </PRE>
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * <b>APR STATUS VALUES</b>
+ * APR_INCHILD Program is currently executing in the child
+ * </PRE>
+ * @{
+ */
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_ENOKEY */
+#define APR_ENOKEY (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 1)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_ENOIV */
+#define APR_ENOIV (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 2)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_EKEYTYPE */
+#define APR_EKEYTYPE (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 3)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_ENOSPACE */
+#define APR_ENOSPACE (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 4)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_ECRYPT */
+#define APR_ECRYPT (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 5)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_EPADDING */
+#define APR_EPADDING (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 6)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_EKEYLENGTH */
+#define APR_EKEYLENGTH (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 7)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_ENOCIPHER */
+#define APR_ENOCIPHER (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 8)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_ENODIGEST */
+#define APR_ENODIGEST (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 9)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_ENOENGINE */
+#define APR_ENOENGINE (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 10)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_EINITENGINE */
+#define APR_EINITENGINE (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 11)
+/** @see APR_STATUS_IS_EREINIT */
+#define APR_EREINIT (APR_UTIL_START_STATUS + 12)
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APU_STATUS_IS Status Value Tests
+ * @warning For any particular error condition, more than one of these tests
+ * may match. This is because platform-specific error codes may not
+ * always match the semantics of the POSIX codes these tests (and the
+ * corresponding APR error codes) are named after. A notable example
+ * are the APR_STATUS_IS_ENOENT and APR_STATUS_IS_ENOTDIR tests on
+ * Win32 platforms. The programmer should always be aware of this and
+ * adjust the order of the tests accordingly.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup APR_Util_Error
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * The key was empty or not provided
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ENOKEY(s) ((s) == APR_ENOKEY)
+/**
+ * The initialisation vector was not provided
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ENOIV(s) ((s) == APR_ENOIV)
+/**
+ * The key type was not recognised
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EKEYTYPE(s) ((s) == APR_EKEYTYPE)
+/**
+ * The buffer provided was not big enough
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ENOSPACE(s) ((s) == APR_ENOSPACE)
+/**
+ * An error occurred while encrypting or decrypting
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ECRYPT(s) ((s) == APR_ECRYPT)
+/**
+ * An error occurred while padding
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EPADDING(s) ((s) == APR_EPADDING)
+/**
+ * An error occurred with the key length
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EKEYLENGTH(s) ((s) == APR_EKEYLENGTH)
+/**
+ * The cipher provided was not recognised
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ENOCIPHER(s) ((s) == APR_ENOCIPHER)
+/**
+ * The digest provided was not recognised
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ENODIGEST(s) ((s) == APR_ENODIGEST)
+/**
+ * The engine provided was not recognised
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_ENOENGINE(s) ((s) == APR_ENOENGINE)
+/**
+ * The engine could not be initialised
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EINITENGINE(s) ((s) == APR_EINITENGINE)
+/**
+ * Crypto has already been initialised
+ */
+#define APR_STATUS_IS_EREINIT(s) ((s) == APR_EREINIT)
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * This structure allows the underlying API error codes to be returned
+ * along with plain text error messages that explain to us mere mortals
+ * what really happened.
+ */
+typedef struct apu_err_t {
+ const char *reason;
+ const char *msg;
+ int rc;
+} apu_err_t;
+
+/** @} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! APU_ERRNO_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_version.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_version.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_version.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_version.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APU_VERSION_H
+#define APU_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file apu_version.h
+ * @brief APR-util Versioning Interface
+ *
+ * APR-util's Version
+ *
+ * There are several different mechanisms for accessing the version. There
+ * is a string form, and a set of numbers; in addition, there are constants
+ * which can be compiled into your application, and you can query the library
+ * being used for its actual version.
+ *
+ * Note that it is possible for an application to detect that it has been
+ * compiled against a different version of APU by use of the compile-time
+ * constants and the use of the run-time query function.
+ *
+ * APU version numbering follows the guidelines specified in:
+ *
+ * http://apr.apache.org/versioning.html
+ */
+
+
+#define APU_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (c) 2000-2016 The Apache Software " \
+ "Foundation or its licensors, as applicable."
+
+/* The numeric compile-time version constants. These constants are the
+ * authoritative version numbers for APU.
+ */
+
+/** major version
+ * Major API changes that could cause compatibility problems for older
+ * programs such as structure size changes. No binary compatibility is
+ * possible across a change in the major version.
+ */
+#define APU_MAJOR_VERSION 1
+
+/** minor version
+ * Minor API changes that do not cause binary compatibility problems.
+ * Reset to 0 when upgrading APU_MAJOR_VERSION
+ */
+#define APU_MINOR_VERSION 6
+
+/** patch level
+ * The Patch Level never includes API changes, simply bug fixes.
+ * Reset to 0 when upgrading APR_MINOR_VERSION
+ */
+#define APU_PATCH_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * The symbol APU_IS_DEV_VERSION is only defined for internal,
+ * "development" copies of APU. It is undefined for released versions
+ * of APU.
+ */
+/* #undef APU_IS_DEV_VERSION */
+
+
+#if defined(APU_IS_DEV_VERSION) || defined(DOXYGEN)
+/** Internal: string form of the "is dev" flag */
+#ifndef APU_IS_DEV_STRING
+#define APU_IS_DEV_STRING "-dev"
+#endif
+#else
+#define APU_IS_DEV_STRING ""
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef APU_STRINGIFY
+/** Properly quote a value as a string in the C preprocessor */
+#define APU_STRINGIFY(n) APU_STRINGIFY_HELPER(n)
+/** Helper macro for APU_STRINGIFY */
+#define APU_STRINGIFY_HELPER(n) #n
+#endif
+
+/** The formatted string of APU's version */
+#define APU_VERSION_STRING \
+ APU_STRINGIFY(APU_MAJOR_VERSION) "." \
+ APU_STRINGIFY(APU_MINOR_VERSION) "." \
+ APU_STRINGIFY(APU_PATCH_VERSION) \
+ APU_IS_DEV_STRING
+
+/** An alternative formatted string of APR's version */
+/* macro for Win32 .rc files using numeric csv representation */
+#define APU_VERSION_STRING_CSV APU_MAJOR_VERSION ##, \
+ ##APU_MINOR_VERSION ##, \
+ ##APU_PATCH_VERSION
+
+
+#ifndef APU_VERSION_ONLY
+
+/* The C language API to access the version at run time,
+ * as opposed to compile time. APU_VERSION_ONLY may be defined
+ * externally when preprocessing apr_version.h to obtain strictly
+ * the C Preprocessor macro declarations.
+ */
+
+#include "apr_version.h"
+
+#include "apu.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return APR-util's version information information in a numeric form.
+ *
+ * @param pvsn Pointer to a version structure for returning the version
+ * information.
+ */
+APU_DECLARE(void) apu_version(apr_version_t *pvsn);
+
+/** Return APU's version information as a string. */
+APU_DECLARE(const char *) apu_version_string(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ndef APU_VERSION_ONLY */
+
+#endif /* ndef APU_VERSION_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_want.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_want.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_want.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/apu_want.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "apu.h" /* configuration data */
+
+/**
+ * @file apu_want.h
+ * @brief APR Standard Headers Support
+ *
+ * <PRE>
+ * Features:
+ *
+ * APU_WANT_DB: <db.h>
+ *
+ * Typical usage:
+ *
+ * #define APU_WANT_DB
+ * #include "apu_want.h"
+ *
+ * The appropriate headers will be included.
+ *
+ * Note: it is safe to use this in a header (it won't interfere with other
+ * headers' or source files' use of apu_want.h)
+ * </PRE>
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#ifdef APU_WANT_DB
+
+#if APU_HAVE_DB
+/* win32 note.. you will need to change this for db1 */
+#include <db.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef APU_WANT_DB
+#endif
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/cache_common.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/cache_common.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/cache_common.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/cache_common.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file cache_common.h
+ * @brief Common Cache structs
+ *
+ * @defgroup Cache_cache Cache Functions
+ * @ingroup MOD_CACHE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef CACHE_COMMON_H
+#define CACHE_COMMON_H
+
+/* a cache control header breakdown */
+typedef struct cache_control {
+ unsigned int parsed:1;
+ unsigned int cache_control:1;
+ unsigned int pragma:1;
+ unsigned int no_cache:1;
+ unsigned int no_cache_header:1; /* no cache by header match */
+ unsigned int no_store:1;
+ unsigned int max_age:1;
+ unsigned int max_stale:1;
+ unsigned int min_fresh:1;
+ unsigned int no_transform:1;
+ unsigned int only_if_cached:1;
+ unsigned int public:1;
+ unsigned int private:1;
+ unsigned int private_header:1; /* private by header match */
+ unsigned int must_revalidate:1;
+ unsigned int proxy_revalidate:1;
+ unsigned int s_maxage:1;
+ unsigned int invalidated:1; /* has this entity been invalidated? */
+ apr_int64_t max_age_value; /* if positive, then set */
+ apr_int64_t max_stale_value; /* if positive, then set */
+ apr_int64_t min_fresh_value; /* if positive, then set */
+ apr_int64_t s_maxage_value; /* if positive, then set */
+} cache_control_t;
+
+#endif /* CACHE_COMMON_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/expat.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/expat.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/expat.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/expat.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,1085 @@
+/*
+ __ __ _
+ ___\ \/ /_ __ __ _| |_
+ / _ \\ /| '_ \ / _` | __|
+ | __// \| |_) | (_| | |_
+ \___/_/\_\ .__/ \__,_|\__|
+ |_| XML parser
+
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
+ Copyright (c) 2000-2017 Expat development team
+ Licensed under the MIT license:
+
+ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
+ persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
+ following conditions:
+
+ The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+ THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
+ NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
+ DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
+ OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
+ USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef Expat_INCLUDED
+#define Expat_INCLUDED 1
+
+#ifdef __VMS
+/* 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3
+ 1234567890123456789012345678901 1234567890123456789012345678901 */
+#define XML_SetProcessingInstructionHandler XML_SetProcessingInstrHandler
+#define XML_SetUnparsedEntityDeclHandler XML_SetUnparsedEntDeclHandler
+#define XML_SetStartNamespaceDeclHandler XML_SetStartNamespcDeclHandler
+#define XML_SetExternalEntityRefHandlerArg XML_SetExternalEntRefHandlerArg
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "expat_external.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct XML_ParserStruct;
+typedef struct XML_ParserStruct *XML_Parser;
+
+typedef unsigned char XML_Bool;
+#define XML_TRUE ((XML_Bool) 1)
+#define XML_FALSE ((XML_Bool) 0)
+
+/* The XML_Status enum gives the possible return values for several
+ API functions. The preprocessor #defines are included so this
+ stanza can be added to code that still needs to support older
+ versions of Expat 1.95.x:
+
+ #ifndef XML_STATUS_OK
+ #define XML_STATUS_OK 1
+ #define XML_STATUS_ERROR 0
+ #endif
+
+ Otherwise, the #define hackery is quite ugly and would have been
+ dropped.
+*/
+enum XML_Status {
+ XML_STATUS_ERROR = 0,
+#define XML_STATUS_ERROR XML_STATUS_ERROR
+ XML_STATUS_OK = 1,
+#define XML_STATUS_OK XML_STATUS_OK
+ XML_STATUS_SUSPENDED = 2
+#define XML_STATUS_SUSPENDED XML_STATUS_SUSPENDED
+};
+
+enum XML_Error {
+ XML_ERROR_NONE,
+ XML_ERROR_NO_MEMORY,
+ XML_ERROR_SYNTAX,
+ XML_ERROR_NO_ELEMENTS,
+ XML_ERROR_INVALID_TOKEN,
+ XML_ERROR_UNCLOSED_TOKEN,
+ XML_ERROR_PARTIAL_CHAR,
+ XML_ERROR_TAG_MISMATCH,
+ XML_ERROR_DUPLICATE_ATTRIBUTE,
+ XML_ERROR_JUNK_AFTER_DOC_ELEMENT,
+ XML_ERROR_PARAM_ENTITY_REF,
+ XML_ERROR_UNDEFINED_ENTITY,
+ XML_ERROR_RECURSIVE_ENTITY_REF,
+ XML_ERROR_ASYNC_ENTITY,
+ XML_ERROR_BAD_CHAR_REF,
+ XML_ERROR_BINARY_ENTITY_REF,
+ XML_ERROR_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNAL_ENTITY_REF,
+ XML_ERROR_MISPLACED_XML_PI,
+ XML_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ENCODING,
+ XML_ERROR_INCORRECT_ENCODING,
+ XML_ERROR_UNCLOSED_CDATA_SECTION,
+ XML_ERROR_EXTERNAL_ENTITY_HANDLING,
+ XML_ERROR_NOT_STANDALONE,
+ XML_ERROR_UNEXPECTED_STATE,
+ XML_ERROR_ENTITY_DECLARED_IN_PE,
+ XML_ERROR_FEATURE_REQUIRES_XML_DTD,
+ XML_ERROR_CANT_CHANGE_FEATURE_ONCE_PARSING,
+ /* Added in 1.95.7. */
+ XML_ERROR_UNBOUND_PREFIX,
+ /* Added in 1.95.8. */
+ XML_ERROR_UNDECLARING_PREFIX,
+ XML_ERROR_INCOMPLETE_PE,
+ XML_ERROR_XML_DECL,
+ XML_ERROR_TEXT_DECL,
+ XML_ERROR_PUBLICID,
+ XML_ERROR_SUSPENDED,
+ XML_ERROR_NOT_SUSPENDED,
+ XML_ERROR_ABORTED,
+ XML_ERROR_FINISHED,
+ XML_ERROR_SUSPEND_PE,
+ /* Added in 2.0. */
+ XML_ERROR_RESERVED_PREFIX_XML,
+ XML_ERROR_RESERVED_PREFIX_XMLNS,
+ XML_ERROR_RESERVED_NAMESPACE_URI,
+ /* Added in 2.2.1. */
+ XML_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+};
+
+enum XML_Content_Type {
+ XML_CTYPE_EMPTY = 1,
+ XML_CTYPE_ANY,
+ XML_CTYPE_MIXED,
+ XML_CTYPE_NAME,
+ XML_CTYPE_CHOICE,
+ XML_CTYPE_SEQ
+};
+
+enum XML_Content_Quant {
+ XML_CQUANT_NONE,
+ XML_CQUANT_OPT,
+ XML_CQUANT_REP,
+ XML_CQUANT_PLUS
+};
+
+/* If type == XML_CTYPE_EMPTY or XML_CTYPE_ANY, then quant will be
+ XML_CQUANT_NONE, and the other fields will be zero or NULL.
+ If type == XML_CTYPE_MIXED, then quant will be NONE or REP and
+ numchildren will contain number of elements that may be mixed in
+ and children point to an array of XML_Content cells that will be
+ all of XML_CTYPE_NAME type with no quantification.
+
+ If type == XML_CTYPE_NAME, then the name points to the name, and
+ the numchildren field will be zero and children will be NULL. The
+ quant fields indicates any quantifiers placed on the name.
+
+ CHOICE and SEQ will have name NULL, the number of children in
+ numchildren and children will point, recursively, to an array
+ of XML_Content cells.
+
+ The EMPTY, ANY, and MIXED types will only occur at top level.
+*/
+
+typedef struct XML_cp XML_Content;
+
+struct XML_cp {
+ enum XML_Content_Type type;
+ enum XML_Content_Quant quant;
+ XML_Char * name;
+ unsigned int numchildren;
+ XML_Content * children;
+};
+
+
+/* This is called for an element declaration. See above for
+ description of the model argument. It's the caller's responsibility
+ to free model when finished with it.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_ElementDeclHandler) (void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *name,
+ XML_Content *model);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetElementDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_ElementDeclHandler eldecl);
+
+/* The Attlist declaration handler is called for *each* attribute. So
+ a single Attlist declaration with multiple attributes declared will
+ generate multiple calls to this handler. The "default" parameter
+ may be NULL in the case of the "#IMPLIED" or "#REQUIRED"
+ keyword. The "isrequired" parameter will be true and the default
+ value will be NULL in the case of "#REQUIRED". If "isrequired" is
+ true and default is non-NULL, then this is a "#FIXED" default.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_AttlistDeclHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *elname,
+ const XML_Char *attname,
+ const XML_Char *att_type,
+ const XML_Char *dflt,
+ int isrequired);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetAttlistDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_AttlistDeclHandler attdecl);
+
+/* The XML declaration handler is called for *both* XML declarations
+ and text declarations. The way to distinguish is that the version
+ parameter will be NULL for text declarations. The encoding
+ parameter may be NULL for XML declarations. The standalone
+ parameter will be -1, 0, or 1 indicating respectively that there
+ was no standalone parameter in the declaration, that it was given
+ as no, or that it was given as yes.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_XmlDeclHandler) (void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *version,
+ const XML_Char *encoding,
+ int standalone);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetXmlDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_XmlDeclHandler xmldecl);
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ void *(*malloc_fcn)(size_t size);
+ void *(*realloc_fcn)(void *ptr, size_t size);
+ void (*free_fcn)(void *ptr);
+} XML_Memory_Handling_Suite;
+
+/* Constructs a new parser; encoding is the encoding specified by the
+ external protocol or NULL if there is none specified.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Parser)
+XML_ParserCreate(const XML_Char *encoding);
+
+/* Constructs a new parser and namespace processor. Element type
+ names and attribute names that belong to a namespace will be
+ expanded; unprefixed attribute names are never expanded; unprefixed
+ element type names are expanded only if there is a default
+ namespace. The expanded name is the concatenation of the namespace
+ URI, the namespace separator character, and the local part of the
+ name. If the namespace separator is '\0' then the namespace URI
+ and the local part will be concatenated without any separator.
+ It is a programming error to use the separator '\0' with namespace
+ triplets (see XML_SetReturnNSTriplet).
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Parser)
+XML_ParserCreateNS(const XML_Char *encoding, XML_Char namespaceSeparator);
+
+
+/* Constructs a new parser using the memory management suite referred to
+ by memsuite. If memsuite is NULL, then use the standard library memory
+ suite. If namespaceSeparator is non-NULL it creates a parser with
+ namespace processing as described above. The character pointed at
+ will serve as the namespace separator.
+
+ All further memory operations used for the created parser will come from
+ the given suite.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Parser)
+XML_ParserCreate_MM(const XML_Char *encoding,
+ const XML_Memory_Handling_Suite *memsuite,
+ const XML_Char *namespaceSeparator);
+
+/* Prepare a parser object to be re-used. This is particularly
+ valuable when memory allocation overhead is disproportionately high,
+ such as when a large number of small documnents need to be parsed.
+ All handlers are cleared from the parser, except for the
+ unknownEncodingHandler. The parser's external state is re-initialized
+ except for the values of ns and ns_triplets.
+
+ Added in Expat 1.95.3.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Bool)
+XML_ParserReset(XML_Parser parser, const XML_Char *encoding);
+
+/* atts is array of name/value pairs, terminated by 0;
+ names and values are 0 terminated.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_StartElementHandler) (void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *name,
+ const XML_Char **atts);
+
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_EndElementHandler) (void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *name);
+
+
+/* s is not 0 terminated. */
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_CharacterDataHandler) (void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *s,
+ int len);
+
+/* target and data are 0 terminated */
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_ProcessingInstructionHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *target,
+ const XML_Char *data);
+
+/* data is 0 terminated */
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_CommentHandler) (void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *data);
+
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_StartCdataSectionHandler) (void *userData);
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_EndCdataSectionHandler) (void *userData);
+
+/* This is called for any characters in the XML document for which
+ there is no applicable handler. This includes both characters that
+ are part of markup which is of a kind that is not reported
+ (comments, markup declarations), or characters that are part of a
+ construct which could be reported but for which no handler has been
+ supplied. The characters are passed exactly as they were in the XML
+ document except that they will be encoded in UTF-8 or UTF-16.
+ Line boundaries are not normalized. Note that a byte order mark
+ character is not passed to the default handler. There are no
+ guarantees about how characters are divided between calls to the
+ default handler: for example, a comment might be split between
+ multiple calls.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_DefaultHandler) (void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *s,
+ int len);
+
+/* This is called for the start of the DOCTYPE declaration, before
+ any DTD or internal subset is parsed.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_StartDoctypeDeclHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *doctypeName,
+ const XML_Char *sysid,
+ const XML_Char *pubid,
+ int has_internal_subset);
+
+/* This is called for the start of the DOCTYPE declaration when the
+ closing > is encountered, but after processing any external
+ subset.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_EndDoctypeDeclHandler)(void *userData);
+
+/* This is called for entity declarations. The is_parameter_entity
+ argument will be non-zero if the entity is a parameter entity, zero
+ otherwise.
+
+ For internal entities (<!ENTITY foo "bar">), value will
+ be non-NULL and systemId, publicID, and notationName will be NULL.
+ The value string is NOT nul-terminated; the length is provided in
+ the value_length argument. Since it is legal to have zero-length
+ values, do not use this argument to test for internal entities.
+
+ For external entities, value will be NULL and systemId will be
+ non-NULL. The publicId argument will be NULL unless a public
+ identifier was provided. The notationName argument will have a
+ non-NULL value only for unparsed entity declarations.
+
+ Note that is_parameter_entity can't be changed to XML_Bool, since
+ that would break binary compatibility.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_EntityDeclHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *entityName,
+ int is_parameter_entity,
+ const XML_Char *value,
+ int value_length,
+ const XML_Char *base,
+ const XML_Char *systemId,
+ const XML_Char *publicId,
+ const XML_Char *notationName);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetEntityDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_EntityDeclHandler handler);
+
+/* OBSOLETE -- OBSOLETE -- OBSOLETE
+ This handler has been superseded by the EntityDeclHandler above.
+ It is provided here for backward compatibility.
+
+ This is called for a declaration of an unparsed (NDATA) entity.
+ The base argument is whatever was set by XML_SetBase. The
+ entityName, systemId and notationName arguments will never be
+ NULL. The other arguments may be.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_UnparsedEntityDeclHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *entityName,
+ const XML_Char *base,
+ const XML_Char *systemId,
+ const XML_Char *publicId,
+ const XML_Char *notationName);
+
+/* This is called for a declaration of notation. The base argument is
+ whatever was set by XML_SetBase. The notationName will never be
+ NULL. The other arguments can be.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_NotationDeclHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *notationName,
+ const XML_Char *base,
+ const XML_Char *systemId,
+ const XML_Char *publicId);
+
+/* When namespace processing is enabled, these are called once for
+ each namespace declaration. The call to the start and end element
+ handlers occur between the calls to the start and end namespace
+ declaration handlers. For an xmlns attribute, prefix will be
+ NULL. For an xmlns="" attribute, uri will be NULL.
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_StartNamespaceDeclHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *prefix,
+ const XML_Char *uri);
+
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_EndNamespaceDeclHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *prefix);
+
+/* This is called if the document is not standalone, that is, it has an
+ external subset or a reference to a parameter entity, but does not
+ have standalone="yes". If this handler returns XML_STATUS_ERROR,
+ then processing will not continue, and the parser will return a
+ XML_ERROR_NOT_STANDALONE error.
+ If parameter entity parsing is enabled, then in addition to the
+ conditions above this handler will only be called if the referenced
+ entity was actually read.
+*/
+typedef int (XMLCALL *XML_NotStandaloneHandler) (void *userData);
+
+/* This is called for a reference to an external parsed general
+ entity. The referenced entity is not automatically parsed. The
+ application can parse it immediately or later using
+ XML_ExternalEntityParserCreate.
+
+ The parser argument is the parser parsing the entity containing the
+ reference; it can be passed as the parser argument to
+ XML_ExternalEntityParserCreate. The systemId argument is the
+ system identifier as specified in the entity declaration; it will
+ not be NULL.
+
+ The base argument is the system identifier that should be used as
+ the base for resolving systemId if systemId was relative; this is
+ set by XML_SetBase; it may be NULL.
+
+ The publicId argument is the public identifier as specified in the
+ entity declaration, or NULL if none was specified; the whitespace
+ in the public identifier will have been normalized as required by
+ the XML spec.
+
+ The context argument specifies the parsing context in the format
+ expected by the context argument to XML_ExternalEntityParserCreate;
+ context is valid only until the handler returns, so if the
+ referenced entity is to be parsed later, it must be copied.
+ context is NULL only when the entity is a parameter entity.
+
+ The handler should return XML_STATUS_ERROR if processing should not
+ continue because of a fatal error in the handling of the external
+ entity. In this case the calling parser will return an
+ XML_ERROR_EXTERNAL_ENTITY_HANDLING error.
+
+ Note that unlike other handlers the first argument is the parser,
+ not userData.
+*/
+typedef int (XMLCALL *XML_ExternalEntityRefHandler) (
+ XML_Parser parser,
+ const XML_Char *context,
+ const XML_Char *base,
+ const XML_Char *systemId,
+ const XML_Char *publicId);
+
+/* This is called in two situations:
+ 1) An entity reference is encountered for which no declaration
+ has been read *and* this is not an error.
+ 2) An internal entity reference is read, but not expanded, because
+ XML_SetDefaultHandler has been called.
+ Note: skipped parameter entities in declarations and skipped general
+ entities in attribute values cannot be reported, because
+ the event would be out of sync with the reporting of the
+ declarations or attribute values
+*/
+typedef void (XMLCALL *XML_SkippedEntityHandler) (
+ void *userData,
+ const XML_Char *entityName,
+ int is_parameter_entity);
+
+/* This structure is filled in by the XML_UnknownEncodingHandler to
+ provide information to the parser about encodings that are unknown
+ to the parser.
+
+ The map[b] member gives information about byte sequences whose
+ first byte is b.
+
+ If map[b] is c where c is >= 0, then b by itself encodes the
+ Unicode scalar value c.
+
+ If map[b] is -1, then the byte sequence is malformed.
+
+ If map[b] is -n, where n >= 2, then b is the first byte of an
+ n-byte sequence that encodes a single Unicode scalar value.
+
+ The data member will be passed as the first argument to the convert
+ function.
+
+ The convert function is used to convert multibyte sequences; s will
+ point to a n-byte sequence where map[(unsigned char)*s] == -n. The
+ convert function must return the Unicode scalar value represented
+ by this byte sequence or -1 if the byte sequence is malformed.
+
+ The convert function may be NULL if the encoding is a single-byte
+ encoding, that is if map[b] >= -1 for all bytes b.
+
+ When the parser is finished with the encoding, then if release is
+ not NULL, it will call release passing it the data member; once
+ release has been called, the convert function will not be called
+ again.
+
+ Expat places certain restrictions on the encodings that are supported
+ using this mechanism.
+
+ 1. Every ASCII character that can appear in a well-formed XML document,
+ other than the characters
+
+ $@\^`{}~
+
+ must be represented by a single byte, and that byte must be the
+ same byte that represents that character in ASCII.
+
+ 2. No character may require more than 4 bytes to encode.
+
+ 3. All characters encoded must have Unicode scalar values <=
+ 0xFFFF, (i.e., characters that would be encoded by surrogates in
+ UTF-16 are not allowed). Note that this restriction doesn't
+ apply to the built-in support for UTF-8 and UTF-16.
+
+ 4. No Unicode character may be encoded by more than one distinct
+ sequence of bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ int map[256];
+ void *data;
+ int (XMLCALL *convert)(void *data, const char *s);
+ void (XMLCALL *release)(void *data);
+} XML_Encoding;
+
+/* This is called for an encoding that is unknown to the parser.
+
+ The encodingHandlerData argument is that which was passed as the
+ second argument to XML_SetUnknownEncodingHandler.
+
+ The name argument gives the name of the encoding as specified in
+ the encoding declaration.
+
+ If the callback can provide information about the encoding, it must
+ fill in the XML_Encoding structure, and return XML_STATUS_OK.
+ Otherwise it must return XML_STATUS_ERROR.
+
+ If info does not describe a suitable encoding, then the parser will
+ return an XML_UNKNOWN_ENCODING error.
+*/
+typedef int (XMLCALL *XML_UnknownEncodingHandler) (
+ void *encodingHandlerData,
+ const XML_Char *name,
+ XML_Encoding *info);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetElementHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_StartElementHandler start,
+ XML_EndElementHandler end);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetStartElementHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_StartElementHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetEndElementHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_EndElementHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetCharacterDataHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_CharacterDataHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetProcessingInstructionHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_ProcessingInstructionHandler handler);
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetCommentHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_CommentHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetCdataSectionHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_StartCdataSectionHandler start,
+ XML_EndCdataSectionHandler end);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetStartCdataSectionHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_StartCdataSectionHandler start);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetEndCdataSectionHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_EndCdataSectionHandler end);
+
+/* This sets the default handler and also inhibits expansion of
+ internal entities. These entity references will be passed to the
+ default handler, or to the skipped entity handler, if one is set.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetDefaultHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_DefaultHandler handler);
+
+/* This sets the default handler but does not inhibit expansion of
+ internal entities. The entity reference will not be passed to the
+ default handler.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetDefaultHandlerExpand(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_DefaultHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetDoctypeDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_StartDoctypeDeclHandler start,
+ XML_EndDoctypeDeclHandler end);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetStartDoctypeDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_StartDoctypeDeclHandler start);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetEndDoctypeDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_EndDoctypeDeclHandler end);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetUnparsedEntityDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_UnparsedEntityDeclHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetNotationDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_NotationDeclHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetNamespaceDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_StartNamespaceDeclHandler start,
+ XML_EndNamespaceDeclHandler end);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetStartNamespaceDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_StartNamespaceDeclHandler start);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetEndNamespaceDeclHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_EndNamespaceDeclHandler end);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetNotStandaloneHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_NotStandaloneHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetExternalEntityRefHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_ExternalEntityRefHandler handler);
+
+/* If a non-NULL value for arg is specified here, then it will be
+ passed as the first argument to the external entity ref handler
+ instead of the parser object.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetExternalEntityRefHandlerArg(XML_Parser parser,
+ void *arg);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetSkippedEntityHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_SkippedEntityHandler handler);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetUnknownEncodingHandler(XML_Parser parser,
+ XML_UnknownEncodingHandler handler,
+ void *encodingHandlerData);
+
+/* This can be called within a handler for a start element, end
+ element, processing instruction or character data. It causes the
+ corresponding markup to be passed to the default handler.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_DefaultCurrent(XML_Parser parser);
+
+/* If do_nst is non-zero, and namespace processing is in effect, and
+ a name has a prefix (i.e. an explicit namespace qualifier) then
+ that name is returned as a triplet in a single string separated by
+ the separator character specified when the parser was created: URI
+ + sep + local_name + sep + prefix.
+
+ If do_nst is zero, then namespace information is returned in the
+ default manner (URI + sep + local_name) whether or not the name
+ has a prefix.
+
+ Note: Calling XML_SetReturnNSTriplet after XML_Parse or
+ XML_ParseBuffer has no effect.
+*/
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetReturnNSTriplet(XML_Parser parser, int do_nst);
+
+/* This value is passed as the userData argument to callbacks. */
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_SetUserData(XML_Parser parser, void *userData);
+
+/* Returns the last value set by XML_SetUserData or NULL. */
+#define XML_GetUserData(parser) (*(void **)(parser))
+
+/* This is equivalent to supplying an encoding argument to
+ XML_ParserCreate. On success XML_SetEncoding returns non-zero,
+ zero otherwise.
+ Note: Calling XML_SetEncoding after XML_Parse or XML_ParseBuffer
+ has no effect and returns XML_STATUS_ERROR.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(enum XML_Status)
+XML_SetEncoding(XML_Parser parser, const XML_Char *encoding);
+
+/* If this function is called, then the parser will be passed as the
+ first argument to callbacks instead of userData. The userData will
+ still be accessible using XML_GetUserData.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_UseParserAsHandlerArg(XML_Parser parser);
+
+/* If useDTD == XML_TRUE is passed to this function, then the parser
+ will assume that there is an external subset, even if none is
+ specified in the document. In such a case the parser will call the
+ externalEntityRefHandler with a value of NULL for the systemId
+ argument (the publicId and context arguments will be NULL as well).
+ Note: For the purpose of checking WFC: Entity Declared, passing
+ useDTD == XML_TRUE will make the parser behave as if the document
+ had a DTD with an external subset.
+ Note: If this function is called, then this must be done before
+ the first call to XML_Parse or XML_ParseBuffer, since it will
+ have no effect after that. Returns
+ XML_ERROR_CANT_CHANGE_FEATURE_ONCE_PARSING.
+ Note: If the document does not have a DOCTYPE declaration at all,
+ then startDoctypeDeclHandler and endDoctypeDeclHandler will not
+ be called, despite an external subset being parsed.
+ Note: If XML_DTD is not defined when Expat is compiled, returns
+ XML_ERROR_FEATURE_REQUIRES_XML_DTD.
+ Note: If parser == NULL, returns XML_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(enum XML_Error)
+XML_UseForeignDTD(XML_Parser parser, XML_Bool useDTD);
+
+
+/* Sets the base to be used for resolving relative URIs in system
+ identifiers in declarations. Resolving relative identifiers is
+ left to the application: this value will be passed through as the
+ base argument to the XML_ExternalEntityRefHandler,
+ XML_NotationDeclHandler and XML_UnparsedEntityDeclHandler. The base
+ argument will be copied. Returns XML_STATUS_ERROR if out of memory,
+ XML_STATUS_OK otherwise.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(enum XML_Status)
+XML_SetBase(XML_Parser parser, const XML_Char *base);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(const XML_Char *)
+XML_GetBase(XML_Parser parser);
+
+/* Returns the number of the attribute/value pairs passed in last call
+ to the XML_StartElementHandler that were specified in the start-tag
+ rather than defaulted. Each attribute/value pair counts as 2; thus
+ this correspondds to an index into the atts array passed to the
+ XML_StartElementHandler. Returns -1 if parser == NULL.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(int)
+XML_GetSpecifiedAttributeCount(XML_Parser parser);
+
+/* Returns the index of the ID attribute passed in the last call to
+ XML_StartElementHandler, or -1 if there is no ID attribute or
+ parser == NULL. Each attribute/value pair counts as 2; thus this
+ correspondds to an index into the atts array passed to the
+ XML_StartElementHandler.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(int)
+XML_GetIdAttributeIndex(XML_Parser parser);
+
+#ifdef XML_ATTR_INFO
+/* Source file byte offsets for the start and end of attribute names and values.
+ The value indices are exclusive of surrounding quotes; thus in a UTF-8 source
+ file an attribute value of "blah" will yield:
+ info->valueEnd - info->valueStart = 4 bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ XML_Index nameStart; /* Offset to beginning of the attribute name. */
+ XML_Index nameEnd; /* Offset after the attribute name's last byte. */
+ XML_Index valueStart; /* Offset to beginning of the attribute value. */
+ XML_Index valueEnd; /* Offset after the attribute value's last byte. */
+} XML_AttrInfo;
+
+/* Returns an array of XML_AttrInfo structures for the attribute/value pairs
+ passed in last call to the XML_StartElementHandler that were specified
+ in the start-tag rather than defaulted. Each attribute/value pair counts
+ as 1; thus the number of entries in the array is
+ XML_GetSpecifiedAttributeCount(parser) / 2.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(const XML_AttrInfo *)
+XML_GetAttributeInfo(XML_Parser parser);
+#endif
+
+/* Parses some input. Returns XML_STATUS_ERROR if a fatal error is
+ detected. The last call to XML_Parse must have isFinal true; len
+ may be zero for this call (or any other).
+
+ Though the return values for these functions has always been
+ described as a Boolean value, the implementation, at least for the
+ 1.95.x series, has always returned exactly one of the XML_Status
+ values.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(enum XML_Status)
+XML_Parse(XML_Parser parser, const char *s, int len, int isFinal);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void *)
+XML_GetBuffer(XML_Parser parser, int len);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(enum XML_Status)
+XML_ParseBuffer(XML_Parser parser, int len, int isFinal);
+
+/* Stops parsing, causing XML_Parse() or XML_ParseBuffer() to return.
+ Must be called from within a call-back handler, except when aborting
+ (resumable = 0) an already suspended parser. Some call-backs may
+ still follow because they would otherwise get lost. Examples:
+ - endElementHandler() for empty elements when stopped in
+ startElementHandler(),
+ - endNameSpaceDeclHandler() when stopped in endElementHandler(),
+ and possibly others.
+
+ Can be called from most handlers, including DTD related call-backs,
+ except when parsing an external parameter entity and resumable != 0.
+ Returns XML_STATUS_OK when successful, XML_STATUS_ERROR otherwise.
+ Possible error codes:
+ - XML_ERROR_SUSPENDED: when suspending an already suspended parser.
+ - XML_ERROR_FINISHED: when the parser has already finished.
+ - XML_ERROR_SUSPEND_PE: when suspending while parsing an external PE.
+
+ When resumable != 0 (true) then parsing is suspended, that is,
+ XML_Parse() and XML_ParseBuffer() return XML_STATUS_SUSPENDED.
+ Otherwise, parsing is aborted, that is, XML_Parse() and XML_ParseBuffer()
+ return XML_STATUS_ERROR with error code XML_ERROR_ABORTED.
+
+ *Note*:
+ This will be applied to the current parser instance only, that is, if
+ there is a parent parser then it will continue parsing when the
+ externalEntityRefHandler() returns. It is up to the implementation of
+ the externalEntityRefHandler() to call XML_StopParser() on the parent
+ parser (recursively), if one wants to stop parsing altogether.
+
+ When suspended, parsing can be resumed by calling XML_ResumeParser().
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(enum XML_Status)
+XML_StopParser(XML_Parser parser, XML_Bool resumable);
+
+/* Resumes parsing after it has been suspended with XML_StopParser().
+ Must not be called from within a handler call-back. Returns same
+ status codes as XML_Parse() or XML_ParseBuffer().
+ Additional error code XML_ERROR_NOT_SUSPENDED possible.
+
+ *Note*:
+ This must be called on the most deeply nested child parser instance
+ first, and on its parent parser only after the child parser has finished,
+ to be applied recursively until the document entity's parser is restarted.
+ That is, the parent parser will not resume by itself and it is up to the
+ application to call XML_ResumeParser() on it at the appropriate moment.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(enum XML_Status)
+XML_ResumeParser(XML_Parser parser);
+
+enum XML_Parsing {
+ XML_INITIALIZED,
+ XML_PARSING,
+ XML_FINISHED,
+ XML_SUSPENDED
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ enum XML_Parsing parsing;
+ XML_Bool finalBuffer;
+} XML_ParsingStatus;
+
+/* Returns status of parser with respect to being initialized, parsing,
+ finished, or suspended and processing the final buffer.
+ XXX XML_Parse() and XML_ParseBuffer() should return XML_ParsingStatus,
+ XXX with XML_FINISHED_OK or XML_FINISHED_ERROR replacing XML_FINISHED
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_GetParsingStatus(XML_Parser parser, XML_ParsingStatus *status);
+
+/* Creates an XML_Parser object that can parse an external general
+ entity; context is a '\0'-terminated string specifying the parse
+ context; encoding is a '\0'-terminated string giving the name of
+ the externally specified encoding, or NULL if there is no
+ externally specified encoding. The context string consists of a
+ sequence of tokens separated by formfeeds (\f); a token consisting
+ of a name specifies that the general entity of the name is open; a
+ token of the form prefix=uri specifies the namespace for a
+ particular prefix; a token of the form =uri specifies the default
+ namespace. This can be called at any point after the first call to
+ an ExternalEntityRefHandler so longer as the parser has not yet
+ been freed. The new parser is completely independent and may
+ safely be used in a separate thread. The handlers and userData are
+ initialized from the parser argument. Returns NULL if out of memory.
+ Otherwise returns a new XML_Parser object.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Parser)
+XML_ExternalEntityParserCreate(XML_Parser parser,
+ const XML_Char *context,
+ const XML_Char *encoding);
+
+enum XML_ParamEntityParsing {
+ XML_PARAM_ENTITY_PARSING_NEVER,
+ XML_PARAM_ENTITY_PARSING_UNLESS_STANDALONE,
+ XML_PARAM_ENTITY_PARSING_ALWAYS
+};
+
+/* Controls parsing of parameter entities (including the external DTD
+ subset). If parsing of parameter entities is enabled, then
+ references to external parameter entities (including the external
+ DTD subset) will be passed to the handler set with
+ XML_SetExternalEntityRefHandler. The context passed will be 0.
+
+ Unlike external general entities, external parameter entities can
+ only be parsed synchronously. If the external parameter entity is
+ to be parsed, it must be parsed during the call to the external
+ entity ref handler: the complete sequence of
+ XML_ExternalEntityParserCreate, XML_Parse/XML_ParseBuffer and
+ XML_ParserFree calls must be made during this call. After
+ XML_ExternalEntityParserCreate has been called to create the parser
+ for the external parameter entity (context must be 0 for this
+ call), it is illegal to make any calls on the old parser until
+ XML_ParserFree has been called on the newly created parser.
+ If the library has been compiled without support for parameter
+ entity parsing (ie without XML_DTD being defined), then
+ XML_SetParamEntityParsing will return 0 if parsing of parameter
+ entities is requested; otherwise it will return non-zero.
+ Note: If XML_SetParamEntityParsing is called after XML_Parse or
+ XML_ParseBuffer, then it has no effect and will always return 0.
+ Note: If parser == NULL, the function will do nothing and return 0.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(int)
+XML_SetParamEntityParsing(XML_Parser parser,
+ enum XML_ParamEntityParsing parsing);
+
+/* Sets the hash salt to use for internal hash calculations.
+ Helps in preventing DoS attacks based on predicting hash
+ function behavior. This must be called before parsing is started.
+ Returns 1 if successful, 0 when called after parsing has started.
+ Note: If parser == NULL, the function will do nothing and return 0.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(int)
+XML_SetHashSalt(XML_Parser parser,
+ unsigned long hash_salt);
+
+/* If XML_Parse or XML_ParseBuffer have returned XML_STATUS_ERROR, then
+ XML_GetErrorCode returns information about the error.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(enum XML_Error)
+XML_GetErrorCode(XML_Parser parser);
+
+/* These functions return information about the current parse
+ location. They may be called from any callback called to report
+ some parse event; in this case the location is the location of the
+ first of the sequence of characters that generated the event. When
+ called from callbacks generated by declarations in the document
+ prologue, the location identified isn't as neatly defined, but will
+ be within the relevant markup. When called outside of the callback
+ functions, the position indicated will be just past the last parse
+ event (regardless of whether there was an associated callback).
+
+ They may also be called after returning from a call to XML_Parse
+ or XML_ParseBuffer. If the return value is XML_STATUS_ERROR then
+ the location is the location of the character at which the error
+ was detected; otherwise the location is the location of the last
+ parse event, as described above.
+
+ Note: XML_GetCurrentLineNumber and XML_GetCurrentColumnNumber
+ return 0 to indicate an error.
+ Note: XML_GetCurrentByteIndex returns -1 to indicate an error.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Size) XML_GetCurrentLineNumber(XML_Parser parser);
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Size) XML_GetCurrentColumnNumber(XML_Parser parser);
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Index) XML_GetCurrentByteIndex(XML_Parser parser);
+
+/* Return the number of bytes in the current event.
+ Returns 0 if the event is in an internal entity.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(int)
+XML_GetCurrentByteCount(XML_Parser parser);
+
+/* If XML_CONTEXT_BYTES is defined, returns the input buffer, sets
+ the integer pointed to by offset to the offset within this buffer
+ of the current parse position, and sets the integer pointed to by size
+ to the size of this buffer (the number of input bytes). Otherwise
+ returns a NULL pointer. Also returns a NULL pointer if a parse isn't
+ active.
+
+ NOTE: The character pointer returned should not be used outside
+ the handler that makes the call.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(const char *)
+XML_GetInputContext(XML_Parser parser,
+ int *offset,
+ int *size);
+
+/* For backwards compatibility with previous versions. */
+#define XML_GetErrorLineNumber XML_GetCurrentLineNumber
+#define XML_GetErrorColumnNumber XML_GetCurrentColumnNumber
+#define XML_GetErrorByteIndex XML_GetCurrentByteIndex
+
+/* Frees the content model passed to the element declaration handler */
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_FreeContentModel(XML_Parser parser, XML_Content *model);
+
+/* Exposing the memory handling functions used in Expat */
+XMLPARSEAPI(void *)
+XML_ATTR_MALLOC
+XML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(2)
+XML_MemMalloc(XML_Parser parser, size_t size);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void *)
+XML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(3)
+XML_MemRealloc(XML_Parser parser, void *ptr, size_t size);
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_MemFree(XML_Parser parser, void *ptr);
+
+/* Frees memory used by the parser. */
+XMLPARSEAPI(void)
+XML_ParserFree(XML_Parser parser);
+
+/* Returns a string describing the error. */
+XMLPARSEAPI(const XML_LChar *)
+XML_ErrorString(enum XML_Error code);
+
+/* Return a string containing the version number of this expat */
+XMLPARSEAPI(const XML_LChar *)
+XML_ExpatVersion(void);
+
+typedef struct {
+ int major;
+ int minor;
+ int micro;
+} XML_Expat_Version;
+
+/* Return an XML_Expat_Version structure containing numeric version
+ number information for this version of expat.
+*/
+XMLPARSEAPI(XML_Expat_Version)
+XML_ExpatVersionInfo(void);
+
+/* Added in Expat 1.95.5. */
+enum XML_FeatureEnum {
+ XML_FEATURE_END = 0,
+ XML_FEATURE_UNICODE,
+ XML_FEATURE_UNICODE_WCHAR_T,
+ XML_FEATURE_DTD,
+ XML_FEATURE_CONTEXT_BYTES,
+ XML_FEATURE_MIN_SIZE,
+ XML_FEATURE_SIZEOF_XML_CHAR,
+ XML_FEATURE_SIZEOF_XML_LCHAR,
+ XML_FEATURE_NS,
+ XML_FEATURE_LARGE_SIZE,
+ XML_FEATURE_ATTR_INFO
+ /* Additional features must be added to the end of this enum. */
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ enum XML_FeatureEnum feature;
+ const XML_LChar *name;
+ long int value;
+} XML_Feature;
+
+XMLPARSEAPI(const XML_Feature *)
+XML_GetFeatureList(void);
+
+
+/* Expat follows the semantic versioning convention.
+ See http://semver.org.
+*/
+#define XML_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define XML_MINOR_VERSION 2
+#define XML_MICRO_VERSION 6
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not Expat_INCLUDED */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/heartbeat.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/heartbeat.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/heartbeat.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/heartbeat.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file heartbeat.h
+ * @brief commun structures for mod_heartmonitor.c and mod_lbmethod_heartbeat.c
+ *
+ * @defgroup HEARTBEAT heartbeat
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEARTBEAT_H
+#define HEARTBEAT_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_time.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Worse Case: IPv4-Mapped IPv6 Address
+ * 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:FFFF:255.255.255.255
+ */
+#define MAXIPSIZE 46
+typedef struct hm_slot_server_t
+{
+ char ip[MAXIPSIZE];
+ int busy;
+ int ready;
+ apr_time_t seen;
+ int id;
+} hm_slot_server_t;
+
+/* default name of heartbeat data file, created in the configured
+ * runtime directory when mod_slotmem_shm is not available
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_HEARTBEAT_STORAGE "hb.dat"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HEARTBEAT_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_config.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_config.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_config.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_config.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,1416 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file http_config.h
+ * @brief Apache Configuration
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_CONFIG Configuration
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H
+#define APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "util_cfgtree.h"
+#include "ap_config.h"
+#include "apr_tables.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The central data structures around here...
+ */
+
+/* Command dispatch structures... */
+
+/**
+ * How the directives arguments should be parsed.
+ * @remark Note that for all of these except RAW_ARGS, the config routine is
+ * passed a freshly allocated string which can be modified or stored
+ * or whatever...
+ */
+enum cmd_how {
+ RAW_ARGS, /**< cmd_func parses command line itself */
+ TAKE1, /**< one argument only */
+ TAKE2, /**< two arguments only */
+ ITERATE, /**< one argument, occurring multiple times
+ * (e.g., IndexIgnore)
+ */
+ ITERATE2, /**< two arguments, 2nd occurs multiple times
+ * (e.g., AddIcon)
+ */
+ FLAG, /**< One of 'On' or 'Off' */
+ NO_ARGS, /**< No args at all, e.g. </Directory> */
+ TAKE12, /**< one or two arguments */
+ TAKE3, /**< three arguments only */
+ TAKE23, /**< two or three arguments */
+ TAKE123, /**< one, two or three arguments */
+ TAKE13, /**< one or three arguments */
+ TAKE_ARGV /**< an argc and argv are passed */
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure is passed to a command which is being invoked,
+ * to carry a large variety of miscellaneous data which is all of
+ * use to *somebody*...
+ */
+typedef struct cmd_parms_struct cmd_parms;
+
+#if defined(AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER) || defined(DOXYGEN)
+
+/**
+ * All the types of functions that can be used in directives
+ * @internal
+ */
+typedef union {
+ /** function to call for a no-args */
+ const char *(*no_args) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig);
+ /** function to call for a raw-args */
+ const char *(*raw_args) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig,
+ const char *args);
+ /** function to call for a argv/argc */
+ const char *(*take_argv) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig,
+ int argc, char *const argv[]);
+ /** function to call for a take1 */
+ const char *(*take1) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w);
+ /** function to call for a take2 */
+ const char *(*take2) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w,
+ const char *w2);
+ /** function to call for a take3 */
+ const char *(*take3) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w,
+ const char *w2, const char *w3);
+ /** function to call for a flag */
+ const char *(*flag) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, int on);
+} cmd_func;
+
+/** This configuration directive does not take any arguments */
+# define AP_NO_ARGS func.no_args
+/** This configuration directive will handle its own parsing of arguments*/
+# define AP_RAW_ARGS func.raw_args
+/** This configuration directive will handle its own parsing of arguments*/
+# define AP_TAKE_ARGV func.take_argv
+/** This configuration directive takes 1 argument*/
+# define AP_TAKE1 func.take1
+/** This configuration directive takes 2 arguments */
+# define AP_TAKE2 func.take2
+/** This configuration directive takes 3 arguments */
+# define AP_TAKE3 func.take3
+/** This configuration directive takes a flag (on/off) as a argument*/
+# define AP_FLAG func.flag
+
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive with no arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_NO_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .no_args=func }, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive with raw argument parsing */
+# define AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .raw_args=func }, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive with raw argument parsing */
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE_ARGV(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take_argv=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE_ARGV, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 1 argument */
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE1(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take1=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE1, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes multiple arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_ITERATE(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take1=func }, mconfig, where, ITERATE, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 2 arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE2, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 1 or 2 arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE12(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE12, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes multiple 2 arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_ITERATE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, ITERATE2, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 1 or 3 arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE13(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE13, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 2 or 3 arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE23(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE23, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 1 to 3 arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE123(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE123, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 3 arguments */
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE3(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE3, help }
+/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes a flag (on/off) argument */
+# define AP_INIT_FLAG(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, { .flag=func }, mconfig, where, FLAG, help }
+
+#else /* AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER */
+
+typedef const char *(*cmd_func) ();
+
+# define AP_NO_ARGS func
+# define AP_RAW_ARGS func
+# define AP_TAKE_ARGV func
+# define AP_TAKE1 func
+# define AP_TAKE2 func
+# define AP_TAKE3 func
+# define AP_FLAG func
+
+# define AP_INIT_NO_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
+# define AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE_ARGV(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE_ARGV, help }
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE1(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE1, help }
+# define AP_INIT_ITERATE(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, ITERATE, help }
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE2, help }
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE12(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE12, help }
+# define AP_INIT_ITERATE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, ITERATE2, help }
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE13(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE13, help }
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE23(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE23, help }
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE123(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE123, help }
+# define AP_INIT_TAKE3(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE3, help }
+# define AP_INIT_FLAG(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
+ { directive, func, mconfig, where, FLAG, help }
+
+#endif /* AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER */
+
+/**
+ * The command record structure. Modules can define a table of these
+ * to define the directives it will implement.
+ */
+typedef struct command_struct command_rec;
+struct command_struct {
+ /** Name of this command */
+ const char *name;
+ /** The function to be called when this directive is parsed */
+ cmd_func func;
+ /** Extra data, for functions which implement multiple commands... */
+ void *cmd_data;
+ /** What overrides need to be allowed to enable this command. */
+ int req_override;
+ /** What the command expects as arguments */
+ enum cmd_how args_how;
+
+ /** 'usage' message, in case of syntax errors */
+ const char *errmsg;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup ConfigDirectives Allowed locations for configuration directives.
+ *
+ * The allowed locations for a configuration directive are the union of
+ * those indicated by each set bit in the req_override mask.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define OR_NONE 0 /**< *.conf is not available anywhere in this override */
+#define OR_LIMIT 1 /**< *.conf inside <Directory> or <Location>
+ and .htaccess when AllowOverride Limit */
+#define OR_OPTIONS 2 /**< *.conf anywhere
+ and .htaccess when AllowOverride Options */
+#define OR_FILEINFO 4 /**< *.conf anywhere
+ and .htaccess when AllowOverride FileInfo */
+#define OR_AUTHCFG 8 /**< *.conf inside <Directory> or <Location>
+ and .htaccess when AllowOverride AuthConfig */
+#define OR_INDEXES 16 /**< *.conf anywhere
+ and .htaccess when AllowOverride Indexes */
+#define OR_UNSET 32 /**< bit to indicate that AllowOverride has not been set */
+#define ACCESS_CONF 64 /**< *.conf inside <Directory> or <Location> */
+#define RSRC_CONF 128 /**< *.conf outside <Directory> or <Location> */
+#define EXEC_ON_READ 256 /**< force directive to execute a command
+ which would modify the configuration (like including another
+ file, or IFModule */
+/* Flags to determine whether syntax errors in .htaccess should be
+ * treated as nonfatal (log and ignore errors)
+ */
+#define NONFATAL_OVERRIDE 512 /* Violation of AllowOverride rule */
+#define NONFATAL_UNKNOWN 1024 /* Unrecognised directive */
+#define NONFATAL_ALL (NONFATAL_OVERRIDE|NONFATAL_UNKNOWN)
+
+#define PROXY_CONF 2048 /**< *.conf inside <Proxy> only */
+
+/** this directive can be placed anywhere */
+#define OR_ALL (OR_LIMIT|OR_OPTIONS|OR_FILEINFO|OR_AUTHCFG|OR_INDEXES)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * This can be returned by a function if they don't wish to handle
+ * a command. Make it something not likely someone will actually use
+ * as an error code.
+ */
+#define DECLINE_CMD "\a\b"
+
+/** Common structure for reading of config files / passwd files etc. */
+typedef struct ap_configfile_t ap_configfile_t;
+struct ap_configfile_t {
+ /**< an apr_file_getc()-like function */
+ apr_status_t (*getch) (char *ch, void *param);
+ /**< an apr_file_gets()-like function */
+ apr_status_t (*getstr) (void *buf, apr_size_t bufsiz, void *param);
+ /**< a close handler function */
+ apr_status_t (*close) (void *param);
+ /**< the argument passed to getch/getstr/close */
+ void *param;
+ /**< the filename / description */
+ const char *name;
+ /**< current line number, starting at 1 */
+ unsigned line_number;
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure is passed to a command which is being invoked,
+ * to carry a large variety of miscellaneous data which is all of
+ * use to *somebody*...
+ */
+struct cmd_parms_struct {
+ /** Argument to command from cmd_table */
+ void *info;
+ /** Which allow-override bits are set */
+ int override;
+ /** Which allow-override-opts bits are set */
+ int override_opts;
+ /** Table of directives allowed per AllowOverrideList */
+ apr_table_t *override_list;
+ /** Which methods are <Limit>ed */
+ apr_int64_t limited;
+ /** methods which are limited */
+ apr_array_header_t *limited_xmethods;
+ /** methods which are xlimited */
+ ap_method_list_t *xlimited;
+
+ /** Config file structure. */
+ ap_configfile_t *config_file;
+ /** the directive specifying this command */
+ ap_directive_t *directive;
+
+ /** Pool to allocate new storage in */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+ /** Pool for scratch memory; persists during configuration, but
+ * wiped before the first request is served... */
+ apr_pool_t *temp_pool;
+ /** Server_rec being configured for */
+ server_rec *server;
+ /** If configuring for a directory, pathname of that directory.
+ * NOPE! That's what it meant previous to the existence of <Files>,
+ * <Location> and regex matching. Now the only usefulness that can be
+ * derived from this field is whether a command is being called in a
+ * server context (path == NULL) or being called in a dir context
+ * (path != NULL). */
+ char *path;
+ /** configuration command */
+ const command_rec *cmd;
+
+ /** per_dir_config vector passed to handle_command */
+ struct ap_conf_vector_t *context;
+ /** directive with syntax error */
+ const ap_directive_t *err_directive;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Flags associated with a module.
+ */
+#define AP_MODULE_FLAG_NONE (0)
+#define AP_MODULE_FLAG_ALWAYS_MERGE (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Module structures. Just about everything is dispatched through
+ * these, directly or indirectly (through the command and handler
+ * tables).
+ */
+typedef struct module_struct module;
+struct module_struct {
+ /** API version, *not* module version; check that module is
+ * compatible with this version of the server.
+ */
+ int version;
+ /** API minor version. Provides API feature milestones. Not checked
+ * during module init */
+ int minor_version;
+ /** Index to this modules structures in config vectors. */
+ int module_index;
+
+ /** The name of the module's C file */
+ const char *name;
+ /** The handle for the DSO. Internal use only */
+ void *dynamic_load_handle;
+
+ /** A pointer to the next module in the list
+ * @var module_struct *next
+ */
+ struct module_struct *next;
+
+ /** Magic Cookie to identify a module structure; It's mainly
+ * important for the DSO facility (see also mod_so). */
+ unsigned long magic;
+
+ /** Function to allow MPMs to re-write command line arguments. This
+ * hook is only available to MPMs.
+ * @param The process that the server is running in.
+ */
+ void (*rewrite_args) (process_rec *process);
+ /** Function to allow all modules to create per directory configuration
+ * structures.
+ * @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
+ * @param dir The directory currently being processed.
+ * @return The per-directory structure created
+ */
+ void *(*create_dir_config) (apr_pool_t *p, char *dir);
+ /** Function to allow all modules to merge the per directory configuration
+ * structures for two directories.
+ * @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
+ * @param base_conf The directory structure created for the parent directory.
+ * @param new_conf The directory structure currently being processed.
+ * @return The new per-directory structure created
+ */
+ void *(*merge_dir_config) (apr_pool_t *p, void *base_conf, void *new_conf);
+ /** Function to allow all modules to create per server configuration
+ * structures.
+ * @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
+ * @param s The server currently being processed.
+ * @return The per-server structure created
+ */
+ void *(*create_server_config) (apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s);
+ /** Function to allow all modules to merge the per server configuration
+ * structures for two servers.
+ * @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
+ * @param base_conf The directory structure created for the parent directory.
+ * @param new_conf The directory structure currently being processed.
+ * @return The new per-directory structure created
+ */
+ void *(*merge_server_config) (apr_pool_t *p, void *base_conf,
+ void *new_conf);
+
+ /** A command_rec table that describes all of the directives this module
+ * defines. */
+ const command_rec *cmds;
+
+ /** A hook to allow modules to hook other points in the request processing.
+ * In this function, modules should call the ap_hook_*() functions to
+ * register an interest in a specific step in processing the current
+ * request.
+ * @param p the pool to use for all allocations
+ */
+ void (*register_hooks) (apr_pool_t *p);
+
+ /** A bitmask of AP_MODULE_FLAG_* */
+ int flags;
+};
+
+/**
+ * The AP_MAYBE_UNUSED macro is used for variable declarations that
+ * might potentially exhibit "unused var" warnings on some compilers if
+ * left untreated.
+ * Since static intializers are not part of the C language (C89), making
+ * (void) usage is not possible. However many compiler have proprietary
+ * mechanism to suppress those warnings.
+ */
+#ifdef AP_MAYBE_UNUSED
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+# define AP_MAYBE_UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((unused))
+#elif defined(__LCLINT__)
+# define AP_MAYBE_UNUSED(x) /*@unused@*/ x
+#else
+# define AP_MAYBE_UNUSED(x) x
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The APLOG_USE_MODULE macro is used choose which module a file belongs to.
+ * This is necessary to allow per-module loglevel configuration.
+ *
+ * APLOG_USE_MODULE indirectly sets APLOG_MODULE_INDEX and APLOG_MARK.
+ *
+ * If a module should be backward compatible with versions before 2.3.6,
+ * APLOG_USE_MODULE needs to be enclosed in a ifdef APLOG_USE_MODULE block.
+ *
+ * @param foo name of the module symbol of the current module, without the
+ * trailing "_module" part
+ * @see APLOG_MARK
+ */
+#define APLOG_USE_MODULE(foo) \
+ extern module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA foo##_module; \
+ AP_MAYBE_UNUSED(static int * const aplog_module_index) = &(foo##_module.module_index)
+
+/**
+ * AP_DECLARE_MODULE is a convenience macro that combines a call of
+ * APLOG_USE_MODULE with the definition of the module symbol.
+ *
+ * If a module should be backward compatible with versions before 2.3.6,
+ * APLOG_USE_MODULE should be used explicitly instead of AP_DECLARE_MODULE.
+ */
+#define AP_DECLARE_MODULE(foo) \
+ APLOG_USE_MODULE(foo); \
+ module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA foo##_module
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup ModuleInit Module structure initializers
+ *
+ * Initializer for the first few module slots, which are only
+ * really set up once we start running. Note that the first two slots
+ * provide a version check; this should allow us to deal with changes to
+ * the API. The major number should reflect changes to the API handler table
+ * itself or removal of functionality. The minor number should reflect
+ * additions of functionality to the existing API. (the server can detect
+ * an old-format module, and either handle it back-compatibly, or at least
+ * signal an error). See src/include/ap_mmn.h for MMN version history.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** The one used in Apache 1.3, which will deliberately cause an error */
+#define STANDARD_MODULE_STUFF this_module_needs_to_be_ported_to_apache_2_0
+
+/** Use this in all standard modules */
+#define STANDARD20_MODULE_STUFF MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR, \
+ MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR, \
+ -1, \
+ __FILE__, \
+ NULL, \
+ NULL, \
+ MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE, \
+ NULL /* rewrite args spot */
+
+/** Use this only in MPMs */
+#define MPM20_MODULE_STUFF MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR, \
+ MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR, \
+ -1, \
+ __FILE__, \
+ NULL, \
+ NULL, \
+ MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE
+
+/** @} */
+
+/* CONFIGURATION VECTOR FUNCTIONS */
+
+/** configuration vector structure */
+typedef struct ap_conf_vector_t ap_conf_vector_t;
+
+/**
+ * Generic accessors for other modules to get at their own module-specific
+ * data
+ * @param cv The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
+ * usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
+ * @param m The module to get the data for.
+ * @return The module-specific data
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_get_module_config(const ap_conf_vector_t *cv,
+ const module *m);
+
+/**
+ * Generic accessors for other modules to set their own module-specific
+ * data
+ * @param cv The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
+ * usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
+ * @param m The module to set the data for.
+ * @param val The module-specific data to set
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_module_config(ap_conf_vector_t *cv, const module *m,
+ void *val);
+
+/**
+ * When module flags have been introduced, and a way to check this.
+ */
+#define AP_MODULE_FLAGS_MMN_MAJOR 20120211
+#define AP_MODULE_FLAGS_MMN_MINOR 70
+#define AP_MODULE_HAS_FLAGS(m) \
+ AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(AP_MODULE_FLAGS_MMN_MAJOR, \
+ AP_MODULE_FLAGS_MMN_MINOR)
+/**
+ * Generic accessor for the module's flags
+ * @param m The module to get the flags from.
+ * @return The module-specific flags
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_module_flags(const module *m);
+
+#if !defined(AP_DEBUG)
+
+#define ap_get_module_config(v,m) \
+ (((void **)(v))[(m)->module_index])
+#define ap_set_module_config(v,m,val) \
+ ((((void **)(v))[(m)->module_index]) = (val))
+
+#endif /* AP_DEBUG */
+
+
+/**
+ * Generic accessor for modules to get the module-specific loglevel
+ * @param s The server from which to get the loglevel.
+ * @param index The module_index of the module to get the loglevel for.
+ * @return The module-specific loglevel
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_server_module_loglevel(const server_rec *s, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Generic accessor for modules the module-specific loglevel
+ * @param c The connection from which to get the loglevel.
+ * @param index The module_index of the module to get the loglevel for.
+ * @return The module-specific loglevel
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_conn_module_loglevel(const conn_rec *c, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Generic accessor for modules the module-specific loglevel
+ * @param c The connection from which to get the loglevel.
+ * @param s The server from which to get the loglevel if c does not have a
+ * specific loglevel configuration.
+ * @param index The module_index of the module to get the loglevel for.
+ * @return The module-specific loglevel
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_conn_server_module_loglevel(const conn_rec *c,
+ const server_rec *s,
+ int index);
+
+/**
+ * Generic accessor for modules to get the module-specific loglevel
+ * @param r The request from which to get the loglevel.
+ * @param index The module_index of the module to get the loglevel for.
+ * @return The module-specific loglevel
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_request_module_loglevel(const request_rec *r, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Accessor to set module-specific loglevel
+ * @param p A pool
+ * @param l The ap_logconf struct to modify.
+ * @param index The module_index of the module to set the loglevel for.
+ * @param level The new log level
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_module_loglevel(apr_pool_t *p, struct ap_logconf *l,
+ int index, int level);
+
+#if !defined(AP_DEBUG)
+
+#define ap_get_conn_logconf(c) \
+ ((c)->log ? (c)->log : \
+ &(c)->base_server->log)
+
+#define ap_get_conn_server_logconf(c,s) \
+ ( ( (c)->log != &(c)->base_server->log && (c)->log != NULL ) ? \
+ (c)->log : \
+ &(s)->log )
+
+#define ap_get_request_logconf(r) \
+ ((r)->log ? (r)->log : \
+ (r)->connection->log ? (r)->connection->log : \
+ &(r)->server->log)
+
+#define ap_get_module_loglevel(l,i) \
+ (((i) < 0 || (l)->module_levels == NULL || (l)->module_levels[i] < 0) ? \
+ (l)->level : \
+ (l)->module_levels[i])
+
+#define ap_get_server_module_loglevel(s,i) \
+ (ap_get_module_loglevel(&(s)->log,i))
+
+#define ap_get_conn_module_loglevel(c,i) \
+ (ap_get_module_loglevel(ap_get_conn_logconf(c),i))
+
+#define ap_get_conn_server_module_loglevel(c,s,i) \
+ (ap_get_module_loglevel(ap_get_conn_server_logconf(c,s),i))
+
+#define ap_get_request_module_loglevel(r,i) \
+ (ap_get_module_loglevel(ap_get_request_logconf(r),i))
+
+#endif /* AP_DEBUG */
+
+/**
+ * Set all module-specific loglevels to val
+ * @param l The log config for which to set the loglevels.
+ * @param val the value to set all loglevels to
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_reset_module_loglevels(struct ap_logconf *l, int val);
+
+/**
+ * Generic command handling function for strings
+ * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
+ * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
+ * @param arg The argument to the directive
+ * @return An error string or NULL on success
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_string_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *struct_ptr,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Generic command handling function for integers
+ * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
+ * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
+ * @param arg The argument to the directive
+ * @return An error string or NULL on success
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_int_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *struct_ptr,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Parsing function for log level
+ * @param str The string to parse
+ * @param val The parsed log level
+ * @return An error string or NULL on success
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_parse_log_level(const char *str, int *val);
+
+/**
+ * Return true if the specified method is limited by being listed in
+ * a <Limit> container, or by *not* being listed in a <LimitExcept>
+ * container.
+ *
+ * @param method Pointer to a string specifying the method to check.
+ * @param cmd Pointer to the cmd_parms structure passed to the
+ * directive handler.
+ * @return 0 if the method is not limited in the current scope
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_is_limited(cmd_parms *cmd, const char *method);
+
+/**
+ * Generic command handling function for strings, always sets the value
+ * to a lowercase string
+ * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
+ * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
+ * @param arg The argument to the directive
+ * @return An error string or NULL on success
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_string_slot_lower(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *struct_ptr,
+ const char *arg);
+/**
+ * Generic command handling function for flags stored in an int
+ * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
+ * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
+ * @param arg The argument to the directive (either 1 or 0)
+ * @return An error string or NULL on success
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_flag_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *struct_ptr,
+ int arg);
+/**
+ * Generic command handling function for flags stored in a char
+ * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
+ * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
+ * @param arg The argument to the directive (either 1 or 0)
+ * @return An error string or NULL on success
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_flag_slot_char(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *struct_ptr,
+ int arg);
+/**
+ * Generic command handling function for files
+ * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
+ * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
+ * @param arg The argument to the directive
+ * @return An error string or NULL on success
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_file_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *struct_ptr,
+ const char *arg);
+/**
+ * Generic command handling function to respond with cmd->help as an error
+ * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
+ * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
+ * @param arg The argument to the directive
+ * @return The cmd->help value as the error string
+ * @note This allows simple declarations such as:
+ * @code
+ * AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS("Foo", ap_set_deprecated, NULL, OR_ALL,
+ * "The Foo directive is no longer supported, use Bar"),
+ * @endcode
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_deprecated(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *struct_ptr,
+ const char *arg);
+/**
+ * For modules which need to read config files, open logs, etc. this returns
+ * the canonical form of fname made absolute to ap_server_root.
+ * @param p pool to allocate data from
+ * @param fname The file name
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_server_root_relative(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);
+
+/**
+ * Compute the name of a run-time file (e.g., shared memory "file") relative
+ * to the appropriate run-time directory. Absolute paths are returned as-is.
+ * The run-time directory is configured via the DefaultRuntimeDir directive or
+ * at build time.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_runtime_dir_relative(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);
+
+/* Finally, the hook for dynamically loading modules in... */
+
+/**
+ * Add a module to the server
+ * @param m The module structure of the module to add
+ * @param p The pool of the same lifetime as the module
+ * @param s The module's symbol name (used for logging)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_add_module(module *m, apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Remove a module from the server. There are some caveats:
+ * when the module is removed, its slot is lost so all the current
+ * per-dir and per-server configurations are invalid. So we should
+ * only ever call this function when you are invalidating almost
+ * all our current data. I.e. when doing a restart.
+ * @param m the module structure of the module to remove
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_module(module *m);
+/**
+ * Add a module to the chained modules list and the list of loaded modules
+ * @param mod The module structure of the module to add
+ * @param p The pool with the same lifetime as the module
+ * @param s The module's symbol name (used for logging)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_add_loaded_module(module *mod, apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *s);
+/**
+ * Remove a module fromthe chained modules list and the list of loaded modules
+ * @param mod the module structure of the module to remove
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_loaded_module(module *mod);
+/**
+ * Find the name of the specified module
+ * @param m The module to get the name for
+ * @return the name of the module
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_find_module_name(module *m);
+/**
+ * Find the short name of the module identified by the specified module index
+ * @param module_index The module index to get the name for
+ * @return the name of the module, NULL if not found
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_find_module_short_name(int module_index);
+/**
+ * Find a module based on the name of the module
+ * @param name the name of the module
+ * @return the module structure if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(module *) ap_find_linked_module(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Open a ap_configfile_t as apr_file_t
+ * @param ret_cfg open ap_configfile_t struct pointer
+ * @param p The pool to allocate the structure from
+ * @param name the name of the file to open
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pcfg_openfile(ap_configfile_t **ret_cfg,
+ apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a ap_configfile_t handle with user defined functions and params
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param descr The name of the file
+ * @param param The argument passed to getch/getstr/close
+ * @param getc_func The getch function
+ * @param gets_func The getstr function
+ * @param close_func The close function
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_configfile_t *) ap_pcfg_open_custom(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *descr,
+ void *param,
+ apr_status_t (*getc_func) (char *ch, void *param),
+ apr_status_t (*gets_func) (void *buf, apr_size_t bufsiz, void *param),
+ apr_status_t (*close_func) (void *param));
+
+/**
+ * Read one line from open ap_configfile_t, strip leading and trailing
+ * whitespace, increase line number
+ * @param buf place to store the line read
+ * @param bufsize size of the buffer
+ * @param cfp File to read from
+ * @return error status, APR_ENOSPC if bufsize is too small for the line
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cfg_getline(char *buf, apr_size_t bufsize, ap_configfile_t *cfp);
+
+/**
+ * Read one char from open configfile_t, increase line number upon LF
+ * @param ch place to store the char read
+ * @param cfp The file to read from
+ * @return error status
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cfg_getc(char *ch, ap_configfile_t *cfp);
+
+/**
+ * Detach from open ap_configfile_t, calling the close handler
+ * @param cfp The file to close
+ * @return 1 on success, 0 on failure
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cfg_closefile(ap_configfile_t *cfp);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a return value from ap_cfg_getline or ap_cfg_getc to a user friendly
+ * string.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate the string from
+ * @param cfp The config file
+ * @param rc The return value to convert
+ * @return The error string, NULL if rc == APR_SUCCESS
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_pcfg_strerror(apr_pool_t *p, ap_configfile_t *cfp,
+ apr_status_t rc);
+
+/**
+ * Read all data between the current <foo> and the matching </foo>. All
+ * of this data is forgotten immediately.
+ * @param cmd The cmd_parms to pass to the directives inside the container
+ * @param directive The directive name to read until
+ * @return Error string on failure, NULL on success
+ * @note If cmd->pool == cmd->temp_pool, ap_soak_end_container() will assume
+ * .htaccess context and use a lower maximum line length.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_soak_end_container(cmd_parms *cmd, char *directive);
+
+/**
+ * Read all data between the current <foo> and the matching </foo> and build
+ * a config tree from it
+ * @param p pool to allocate from
+ * @param temp_pool Temporary pool to allocate from
+ * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all directives read
+ * @param current The current node in the tree
+ * @param curr_parent The current parent node
+ * @param orig_directive The directive to read until hit.
+ * @return Error string on failure, NULL on success
+ * @note If p == temp_pool, ap_build_cont_config() will assume .htaccess
+ * context and use a lower maximum line length.
+*/
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_build_cont_config(apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
+ cmd_parms *parms,
+ ap_directive_t **current,
+ ap_directive_t **curr_parent,
+ char *orig_directive);
+
+/**
+ * Build a config tree from a config file
+ * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all of the directives in the file
+ * @param conf_pool The pconf pool
+ * @param temp_pool The temporary pool
+ * @param conftree Place to store the root node of the config tree
+ * @return Error string on erro, NULL otherwise
+ * @note If conf_pool == temp_pool, ap_build_config() will assume .htaccess
+ * context and use a lower maximum line length.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_build_config(cmd_parms *parms,
+ apr_pool_t *conf_pool,
+ apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
+ ap_directive_t **conftree);
+
+/**
+ * Walk a config tree and setup the server's internal structures
+ * @param conftree The config tree to walk
+ * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all functions
+ * @param section_vector The per-section config vector.
+ * @return Error string on error, NULL otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_walk_config(ap_directive_t *conftree,
+ cmd_parms *parms,
+ ap_conf_vector_t *section_vector);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup ap_check_cmd_context Check command context
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * Check the context a command is used in.
+ * @param cmd The command to check
+ * @param forbidden Where the command is forbidden.
+ * @return Error string on error, NULL on success
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_check_cmd_context(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ unsigned forbidden);
+
+#define NOT_IN_VIRTUALHOST 0x01 /**< Forbidden in <VirtualHost> */
+#define NOT_IN_LIMIT 0x02 /**< Forbidden in <Limit> */
+#define NOT_IN_DIRECTORY 0x04 /**< Forbidden in <Directory> */
+#define NOT_IN_LOCATION 0x08 /**< Forbidden in <Location> */
+#define NOT_IN_FILES 0x10 /**< Forbidden in <Files> or <If>*/
+#define NOT_IN_HTACCESS 0x20 /**< Forbidden in .htaccess files */
+#define NOT_IN_PROXY 0x40 /**< Forbidden in <Proxy> */
+/** Forbidden in <Directory>/<Location>/<Files><If>*/
+#define NOT_IN_DIR_LOC_FILE (NOT_IN_DIRECTORY|NOT_IN_LOCATION|NOT_IN_FILES)
+/** Forbidden in <Directory>/<Location>/<Files><If><Proxy>*/
+#define NOT_IN_DIR_CONTEXT (NOT_IN_LIMIT|NOT_IN_DIR_LOC_FILE|NOT_IN_PROXY)
+/** Forbidden in <VirtualHost>/<Limit>/<Directory>/<Location>/<Files>/<If><Proxy>*/
+#define GLOBAL_ONLY (NOT_IN_VIRTUALHOST|NOT_IN_DIR_CONTEXT)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This structure is used to assign symbol names to module pointers
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ module *modp;
+} ap_module_symbol_t;
+
+/**
+ * The topmost module in the list
+ * @var module *ap_top_module
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_top_module;
+
+/**
+ * Array of all statically linked modules
+ * @var module *ap_prelinked_modules[]
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_prelinked_modules[];
+/**
+ * Array of all statically linked modulenames (symbols)
+ * @var ap_module_symbol_t ap_prelinked_module_symbols[]
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_module_symbol_t ap_prelinked_module_symbols[];
+/**
+ * Array of all preloaded modules
+ * @var module *ap_preloaded_modules[]
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_preloaded_modules[];
+/**
+ * Array of all loaded modules
+ * @var module **ap_loaded_modules
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module **ap_loaded_modules;
+
+/* For mod_so.c... */
+/** Run a single module's two create_config hooks
+ * @param p the pool to allocate from
+ * @param s The server to configure for.
+ * @param m The module to configure
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_single_module_configure(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s,
+ module *m);
+
+/* For http_main.c... */
+/**
+ * Add all of the prelinked modules into the loaded module list
+ * @param process The process that is currently running the server
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_setup_prelinked_modules(process_rec *process);
+
+/**
+ * Show the preloaded configuration directives, the help string explaining
+ * the directive arguments, in what module they are handled, and in
+ * what parts of the configuration they are allowed. Used for httpd -h.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_show_directives(void);
+
+/**
+ * Returns non-zero if a configuration directive of the given name has
+ * been registered by a module at the time of calling.
+ * @param p Pool for temporary allocations
+ * @param name Directive name
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_exists_directive(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Show the preloaded module names. Used for httpd -l.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_show_modules(void);
+
+/**
+ * Show the MPM name. Used in reporting modules such as mod_info to
+ * provide extra information to the user
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_show_mpm(void);
+
+/**
+ * Read all config files and setup the server
+ * @param process The process running the server
+ * @param temp_pool A pool to allocate temporary data from.
+ * @param config_name The name of the config file
+ * @param conftree Place to store the root of the config tree
+ * @return The setup server_rec list.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(server_rec *) ap_read_config(process_rec *process,
+ apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
+ const char *config_name,
+ ap_directive_t **conftree);
+
+/**
+ * Run all rewrite args hooks for loaded modules
+ * @param process The process currently running the server
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_run_rewrite_args(process_rec *process);
+
+/**
+ * Run the register hooks function for a specified module
+ * @param m The module to run the register hooks function fo
+ * @param p The pool valid for the lifetime of the module
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_register_hooks(module *m, apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Setup all virtual hosts
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param main_server The head of the server_rec list
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fixup_virtual_hosts(apr_pool_t *p,
+ server_rec *main_server);
+
+/**
+ * Reserve some modules slots for modules loaded by other means than
+ * EXEC_ON_READ directives.
+ * Relevant modules should call this in the pre_config stage.
+ * @param count The number of slots to reserve.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_reserve_module_slots(int count);
+
+/**
+ * Reserve some modules slots for modules loaded by a specific
+ * non-EXEC_ON_READ config directive.
+ * This counts how often the given directive is used in the config and calls
+ * ap_reserve_module_slots() accordingly.
+ * @param directive The name of the directive
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_reserve_module_slots_directive(const char *directive);
+
+/* For http_request.c... */
+
+/**
+ * Setup the config vector for a request_rec
+ * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
+ * @return The config vector
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_create_request_config(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Setup the config vector for per dir module configs
+ * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
+ * @return The config vector
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t *) ap_create_per_dir_config(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Run all of the modules merge per dir config functions
+ * @param p The pool to pass to the merge functions
+ * @param base The base directory config structure
+ * @param new_conf The new directory config structure
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_merge_per_dir_configs(apr_pool_t *p,
+ ap_conf_vector_t *base,
+ ap_conf_vector_t *new_conf);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new ap_logconf and make (deep) copy of old ap_logconf
+ * @param p The pool to alloc from
+ * @param old The ap_logconf to copy (may be NULL)
+ * @return The new ap_logconf struct
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(struct ap_logconf *) ap_new_log_config(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const struct ap_logconf *old);
+
+/**
+ * Merge old ap_logconf into new ap_logconf.
+ * old and new must have the same life time.
+ * @param old_conf The ap_logconf to merge from
+ * @param new_conf The ap_logconf to merge into
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_merge_log_config(const struct ap_logconf *old_conf,
+ struct ap_logconf *new_conf);
+
+/* For http_connection.c... */
+/**
+ * Setup the config vector for a connection_rec
+ * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
+ * @return The config vector
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_create_conn_config(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/* For http_core.c... (<Directory> command and virtual hosts) */
+
+/**
+ * parse an htaccess file
+ * @param result htaccess_result
+ * @param r The request currently being served
+ * @param override Which overrides are active
+ * @param override_opts Which allow-override-opts bits are set
+ * @param override_list Table of directives allowed for override
+ * @param path The path to the htaccess file
+ * @param access_name The list of possible names for .htaccess files
+ * int The status of the current request
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(int) ap_parse_htaccess(ap_conf_vector_t **result,
+ request_rec *r,
+ int override,
+ int override_opts,
+ apr_table_t *override_list,
+ const char *path,
+ const char *access_name);
+
+/**
+ * Setup a virtual host
+ * @param p The pool to allocate all memory from
+ * @param hostname The hostname of the virtual hsot
+ * @param main_server The main server for this Apache configuration
+ * @param ps Place to store the new server_rec
+ * return Error string on error, NULL on success
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(const char *) ap_init_virtual_host(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *hostname,
+ server_rec *main_server,
+ server_rec **ps);
+
+/**
+ * Process a config file for Apache
+ * @param s The server rec to use for the command parms
+ * @param fname The name of the config file
+ * @param conftree The root node of the created config tree
+ * @param p Pool for general allocation
+ * @param ptemp Pool for temporary allocation
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_process_resource_config(server_rec *s,
+ const char *fname,
+ ap_directive_t **conftree,
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp);
+
+/**
+ * Process all matching files as Apache configs
+ * @param s The server rec to use for the command parms
+ * @param fname The filename pattern of the config file
+ * @param conftree The root node of the created config tree
+ * @param p Pool for general allocation
+ * @param ptemp Pool for temporary allocation
+ * @param optional Whether a no-match wildcard is allowed
+ * @see apr_fnmatch for pattern handling
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_process_fnmatch_configs(server_rec *s,
+ const char *fname,
+ ap_directive_t **conftree,
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp,
+ int optional);
+
+/**
+ * Process all directives in the config tree
+ * @param s The server rec to use in the command parms
+ * @param conftree The config tree to process
+ * @param p The pool for general allocation
+ * @param ptemp The pool for temporary allocations
+ * @return OK if no problems
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_process_config_tree(server_rec *s,
+ ap_directive_t *conftree,
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp);
+
+/**
+ * Store data which will be retained across unload/load of modules
+ * @param key The unique key associated with this module's retained data
+ * @param size in bytes of the retained data (to be allocated)
+ * @return Address of new retained data structure, initially cleared
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_retained_data_create(const char *key, apr_size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve data which was stored by ap_retained_data_create()
+ * @param key The unique key associated with this module's retained data
+ * @return Address of previously retained data structure, or NULL if not yet saved
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_retained_data_get(const char *key);
+
+/* Module-method dispatchers, also for http_request.c */
+/**
+ * Run the handler phase of each module until a module accepts the
+ * responsibility of serving the request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The status of the current request
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(int) ap_invoke_handler(request_rec *r);
+
+/* for mod_perl */
+
+/**
+ * Find a given directive in a command_rec table
+ * @param name The directive to search for
+ * @param cmds The table to search
+ * @return The directive definition of the specified directive
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(const command_rec *) ap_find_command(const char *name,
+ const command_rec *cmds);
+
+/**
+ * Find a given directive in a list of modules.
+ * @param cmd_name The directive to search for
+ * @param mod Pointer to the first module in the linked list; will be set to
+ * the module providing cmd_name
+ * @return The directive definition of the specified directive.
+ * *mod will be changed to point to the module containing the
+ * directive.
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(const command_rec *) ap_find_command_in_modules(const char *cmd_name,
+ module **mod);
+
+/**
+ * Ask a module to create per-server and per-section (dir/loc/file) configs
+ * (if it hasn't happened already). The results are stored in the server's
+ * config, and the specified per-section config vector.
+ * @param server The server to operate upon.
+ * @param section_vector The per-section config vector.
+ * @param section Which section to create a config for.
+ * @param mod The module which is defining the config data.
+ * @param pconf A pool for all configuration allocations.
+ * @return The (new) per-section config data.
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void *) ap_set_config_vectors(server_rec *server,
+ ap_conf_vector_t *section_vector,
+ const char *section,
+ module *mod, apr_pool_t *pconf);
+
+ /* Hooks */
+
+/**
+ * Run the header parser functions for each module
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK or DECLINED
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,header_parser,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * Run the pre_config function for each module
+ * @param pconf The config pool
+ * @param plog The logging streams pool
+ * @param ptemp The temporary pool
+ * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp))
+
+/**
+ * Run the check_config function for each module
+ * @param pconf The config pool
+ * @param plog The logging streams pool
+ * @param ptemp The temporary pool
+ * @param s the server to operate upon
+ * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,check_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp, server_rec *s))
+
+/**
+ * Run the test_config function for each module; this hook is run
+ * only if the server was invoked to test the configuration syntax.
+ * @param pconf The config pool
+ * @param s The list of server_recs
+ * @note To avoid reordering problems due to different buffering, hook
+ * functions should only apr_file_*() to print to stdout/stderr and
+ * not simple printf()/fprintf().
+ *
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,test_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf, server_rec *s))
+
+/**
+ * Run the post_config function for each module
+ * @param pconf The config pool
+ * @param plog The logging streams pool
+ * @param ptemp The temporary pool
+ * @param s The list of server_recs
+ * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,post_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp,server_rec *s))
+
+/**
+ * Run the open_logs functions for each module
+ * @param pconf The config pool
+ * @param plog The logging streams pool
+ * @param ptemp The temporary pool
+ * @param s The list of server_recs
+ * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,open_logs,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp,server_rec *s))
+
+/**
+ * Run the child_init functions for each module
+ * @param pchild The child pool
+ * @param s The list of server_recs in this server
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,child_init,(apr_pool_t *pchild, server_rec *s))
+
+/**
+ * Run the handler functions for each module
+ * @param r The request_rec
+ * @remark non-wildcard handlers should HOOK_MIDDLE, wildcard HOOK_LAST
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,handler,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * Run the quick handler functions for each module. The quick_handler
+ * is run before any other requests hooks are called (location_walk,
+ * directory_walk, access checking, et. al.). This hook was added
+ * to provide a quick way to serve content from a URI keyed cache.
+ *
+ * @param r The request_rec
+ * @param lookup_uri Controls whether the caller actually wants content or not.
+ * lookup is set when the quick_handler is called out of
+ * ap_sub_req_lookup_uri()
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,quick_handler,(request_rec *r, int lookup_uri))
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the optional functions for each module.
+ * This is run immediately before the server starts. Optional functions should
+ * be registered during the hook registration phase.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,optional_fn_retrieve,(void))
+
+/**
+ * Allow modules to open htaccess files or perform operations before doing so
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param dir_name The directory for which the htaccess file should be opened
+ * @param access_name The filename for which the htaccess file should be opened
+ * @param conffile Where the pointer to the opened ap_configfile_t must be
+ * stored
+ * @param full_name Where the full file name of the htaccess file must be
+ * stored.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS on success,
+ * APR_ENOENT or APR_ENOTDIR if no htaccess file exists,
+ * AP_DECLINED to let later modules do the opening,
+ * any other error code on error.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t,open_htaccess,
+ (request_rec *r, const char *dir_name, const char *access_name,
+ ap_configfile_t **conffile, const char **full_name))
+
+/**
+ * Core internal function, use ap_run_open_htaccess() instead.
+ */
+apr_status_t ap_open_htaccess(request_rec *r, const char *dir_name,
+ const char *access_name, ap_configfile_t **conffile,
+ const char **full_name);
+
+/**
+ * A generic pool cleanup that will reset a pointer to NULL. For use with
+ * apr_pool_cleanup_register.
+ * @param data The address of the pointer
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_pool_cleanup_set_null(void *data);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_connection.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_connection.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_connection.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_connection.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file http_connection.h
+ * @brief Apache connection library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_CONNECTION Connection Library
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CONNECTION_H
+#define APACHE_HTTP_CONNECTION_H
+
+#include "apr_network_io.h"
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * This is the protocol module driver. This calls all of the
+ * pre-connection and connection hooks for all protocol modules.
+ * @param c The connection on which the request is read
+ * @param csd The mechanism on which this connection is to be read.
+ * Most times this will be a socket, but it is up to the module
+ * that accepts the request to determine the exact type.
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_process_connection(conn_rec *c, void *csd);
+
+/**
+ * Shutdown the connection for writing.
+ * @param c The connection to shutdown
+ * @param flush Whether or not to flush pending data before
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS or the underlying error
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_shutdown_conn(conn_rec *c, int flush);
+
+/**
+ * Flushes all remain data in the client send buffer
+ * @param c The connection to flush
+ * @remark calls ap_shutdown_conn(c, 1)
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_flush_conn(conn_rec *c);
+
+/**
+ * This function is responsible for the following cases:
+ * <pre>
+ * we now proceed to read from the client until we get EOF, or until
+ * MAX_SECS_TO_LINGER has passed. The reasons for doing this are
+ * documented in a draft:
+ *
+ * http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-http-connection-00.txt
+ *
+ * in a nutshell -- if we don't make this effort we risk causing
+ * TCP RST packets to be sent which can tear down a connection before
+ * all the response data has been sent to the client.
+ * </pre>
+ * @param c The connection we are closing
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_lingering_close(conn_rec *c);
+
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_prep_lingering_close(conn_rec *c);
+
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_start_lingering_close(conn_rec *c);
+
+/* Hooks */
+/**
+ * create_connection is a RUN_FIRST hook which allows modules to create
+ * connections. In general, you should not install filters with the
+ * create_connection hook. If you require vhost configuration information
+ * to make filter installation decisions, you must use the pre_connection
+ * or install_network_transport hook. This hook should close the connection
+ * if it encounters a fatal error condition.
+ *
+ * @param p The pool from which to allocate the connection record
+ * @param server The server record to create the connection too.
+ * @param csd The socket that has been accepted
+ * @param conn_id A unique identifier for this connection. The ID only
+ * needs to be unique at that time, not forever.
+ * @param sbh A handle to scoreboard information for this connection.
+ * @param alloc The bucket allocator to use for all bucket/brigade creations
+ * @return An allocated connection record or NULL.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(conn_rec *, create_connection,
+ (apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *server, apr_socket_t *csd,
+ long conn_id, void *sbh, apr_bucket_alloc_t *alloc))
+
+/**
+ * This hook gives protocol modules an opportunity to set everything up
+ * before calling the protocol handler. All pre-connection hooks are
+ * run until one returns something other than ok or decline
+ * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
+ * @param csd The mechanism on which this connection is to be read.
+ * Most times this will be a socket, but it is up to the module
+ * that accepts the request to determine the exact type.
+ * @return OK or DECLINED
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_connection,(conn_rec *c, void *csd))
+
+/**
+ * This hook implements different protocols. After a connection has been
+ * established, the protocol module must read and serve the request. This
+ * function does that for each protocol module. The first protocol module
+ * to handle the request is the last module run.
+ * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
+ * @return OK or DECLINED
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,process_connection,(conn_rec *c))
+
+/**
+ * This hook implements different protocols. Before a connection is closed,
+ * protocols might have to perform some housekeeping actions, such as
+ * sending one last goodbye packet. The connection is, unless some other
+ * error already happened before, still open and operational.
+ * All pre-close-connection hooks are run until one returns something
+ * other than ok or decline
+ * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
+ * @return OK or DECLINED
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_close_connection,(conn_rec *c))
+
+/** End Of Connection (EOC) bucket */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const apr_bucket_type_t ap_bucket_type_eoc;
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a bucket is an End Of Connection (EOC) bucket
+ * @param e The bucket to inspect
+ * @return true or false
+ */
+#define AP_BUCKET_IS_EOC(e) (e->type == &ap_bucket_type_eoc)
+
+/**
+ * Make the bucket passed in an End Of Connection (EOC) bucket
+ * @param b The bucket to make into an EOC bucket
+ * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eoc_make(apr_bucket *b);
+
+/**
+ * Create a bucket referring to an End Of Connection (EOC). This indicates
+ * that the connection will be closed.
+ * @param list The freelist from which this bucket should be allocated
+ * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eoc_create(apr_bucket_alloc_t *list);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_CONNECTION_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_core.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_core.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_core.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_core.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,1049 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file http_core.h
+ * @brief CORE HTTP Daemon
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_HTTPD Core HTTP Daemon
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H
+#define APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_hash.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+#include "util_filter.h"
+#include "ap_expr.h"
+#include "apr_tables.h"
+
+#include "http_config.h"
+
+#if APR_HAVE_STRUCT_RLIMIT
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ****************************************************************
+ *
+ * The most basic server code is encapsulated in a single module
+ * known as the core, which is just *barely* functional enough to
+ * serve documents, though not terribly well.
+ *
+ * Largely for NCSA back-compatibility reasons, the core needs to
+ * make pieces of its config structures available to other modules.
+ * The accessors are declared here, along with the interpretation
+ * of one of them (allow_options).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_HTTPD_ACESSORS Acessors
+ *
+ * @brief File/Directory Accessor directives
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** No directives */
+#define OPT_NONE 0
+/** Indexes directive */
+#define OPT_INDEXES 1
+/** SSI is enabled without exec= permission */
+#define OPT_INCLUDES 2
+/** FollowSymLinks directive */
+#define OPT_SYM_LINKS 4
+/** ExecCGI directive */
+#define OPT_EXECCGI 8
+/** directive unset */
+#define OPT_UNSET 16
+/** SSI exec= permission is permitted, iff OPT_INCLUDES is also set */
+#define OPT_INC_WITH_EXEC 32
+/** SymLinksIfOwnerMatch directive */
+#define OPT_SYM_OWNER 64
+/** MultiViews directive */
+#define OPT_MULTI 128
+/** All directives */
+#define OPT_ALL (OPT_INDEXES|OPT_INCLUDES|OPT_INC_WITH_EXEC|OPT_SYM_LINKS|OPT_EXECCGI)
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup get_remote_host Remote Host Resolution
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_HTTPD
+ * @{
+ */
+/** REMOTE_HOST returns the hostname, or NULL if the hostname
+ * lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according to the
+ * HostnameLookups setting.
+ */
+#define REMOTE_HOST (0)
+
+/** REMOTE_NAME returns the hostname, or the dotted quad if the
+ * hostname lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according
+ * to the HostnameLookups setting.
+ */
+#define REMOTE_NAME (1)
+
+/** REMOTE_NOLOOKUP is like REMOTE_NAME except that a DNS lookup is
+ * never forced.
+ */
+#define REMOTE_NOLOOKUP (2)
+
+/** REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV will always force a DNS lookup, and also force
+ * a double reverse lookup, regardless of the HostnameLookups
+ * setting. The result is the (double reverse checked) hostname,
+ * or NULL if any of the lookups fail.
+ */
+#define REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV (3)
+
+/** @} // get_remote_host */
+
+/** all of the requirements must be met */
+#define SATISFY_ALL 0
+/** any of the requirements must be met */
+#define SATISFY_ANY 1
+/** There are no applicable satisfy lines */
+#define SATISFY_NOSPEC 2
+
+/** Make sure we don't write less than 8000 bytes at any one time.
+ */
+#define AP_MIN_BYTES_TO_WRITE 8000
+
+/** default maximum of internal redirects */
+# define AP_DEFAULT_MAX_INTERNAL_REDIRECTS 10
+
+/** default maximum subrequest nesting level */
+# define AP_DEFAULT_MAX_SUBREQ_DEPTH 10
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the value of Options for this request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return the Options bitmask
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_allow_options(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the value of the AllowOverride for this request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return the overrides bitmask
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_allow_overrides(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the document root for this server
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @warning Don't use this! If your request went through a Userdir, or
+ * something like that, it'll screw you. But it's back-compatible...
+ * @return The document root
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_document_root(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Lookup the remote user agent's DNS name or IP address
+ * @ingroup get_remote_hostname
+ * @param req The current request
+ * @param type The type of lookup to perform. One of:
+ * <pre>
+ * REMOTE_HOST returns the hostname, or NULL if the hostname
+ * lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according to the
+ * HostnameLookups setting.
+ * REMOTE_NAME returns the hostname, or the dotted quad if the
+ * hostname lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according
+ * to the HostnameLookups setting.
+ * REMOTE_NOLOOKUP is like REMOTE_NAME except that a DNS lookup is
+ * never forced.
+ * REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV will always force a DNS lookup, and also force
+ * a double reverse lookup, regardless of the HostnameLookups
+ * setting. The result is the (double reverse checked)
+ * hostname, or NULL if any of the lookups fail.
+ * </pre>
+ * @param str_is_ip unless NULL is passed, this will be set to non-zero on
+ * output when an IP address string is returned
+ * @return The remote hostname (based on the request useragent_ip)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_useragent_host(request_rec *req, int type,
+ int *str_is_ip);
+
+/**
+ * Lookup the remote client's DNS name or IP address
+ * @ingroup get_remote_host
+ * @param conn The current connection
+ * @param dir_config The directory config vector from the request
+ * @param type The type of lookup to perform. One of:
+ * <pre>
+ * REMOTE_HOST returns the hostname, or NULL if the hostname
+ * lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according to the
+ * HostnameLookups setting.
+ * REMOTE_NAME returns the hostname, or the dotted quad if the
+ * hostname lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according
+ * to the HostnameLookups setting.
+ * REMOTE_NOLOOKUP is like REMOTE_NAME except that a DNS lookup is
+ * never forced.
+ * REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV will always force a DNS lookup, and also force
+ * a double reverse lookup, regardless of the HostnameLookups
+ * setting. The result is the (double reverse checked)
+ * hostname, or NULL if any of the lookups fail.
+ * </pre>
+ * @param str_is_ip unless NULL is passed, this will be set to non-zero on output when an IP address
+ * string is returned
+ * @return The remote hostname (based on the connection client_ip)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_remote_host(conn_rec *conn, void *dir_config, int type, int *str_is_ip);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the login name of the remote user. Undef if it could not be
+ * determined
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The user logged in to the client machine
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_remote_logname(request_rec *r);
+
+/* Used for constructing self-referencing URLs, and things like SERVER_PORT,
+ * and SERVER_NAME.
+ */
+/**
+ * build a fully qualified URL from the uri and information in the request rec
+ * @param p The pool to allocate the URL from
+ * @param uri The path to the requested file
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return A fully qualified URL
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_construct_url(apr_pool_t *p, const char *uri, request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current server name from the request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return the server name
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_name(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current server name from the request for the purposes
+ * of using in a URL. If the server name is an IPv6 literal
+ * address, it will be returned in URL format (e.g., "[fe80::1]").
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return the server name
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_name_for_url(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current server port
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The server's port
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_port_t) ap_get_server_port(const request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Return the limit on bytes in request msg body
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return the maximum number of bytes in the request msg body
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_off_t) ap_get_limit_req_body(const request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Return the limit on bytes in XML request msg body
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return the maximum number of bytes in XML request msg body
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_get_limit_xml_body(const request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Install a custom response handler for a given status
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param status The status for which the custom response should be used
+ * @param string The custom response. This can be a static string, a file
+ * or a URL
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_custom_response(request_rec *r, int status, const char *string);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the current request is beyond the configured max. number of redirects or subrequests
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return true (is exceeded) or false
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_recursion_limit_exceeded(const request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Check for a definition from the server command line
+ * @param name The define to check for
+ * @return 1 if defined, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_exists_config_define(const char *name);
+/* FIXME! See STATUS about how */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_core_translate(request_rec *r);
+
+/* Authentication stuff. This is one of the places where compatibility
+ * with the old config files *really* hurts; they don't discriminate at
+ * all between different authentication schemes, meaning that we need
+ * to maintain common state for all of them in the core, and make it
+ * available to the other modules through interfaces.
+ */
+
+/** @see require_line */
+typedef struct require_line require_line;
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure to keep track of authorization requirements
+*/
+struct require_line {
+ /** Where the require line is in the config file. */
+ apr_int64_t method_mask;
+ /** The complete string from the command line */
+ char *requirement;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the type of authorization required for this request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The authorization required
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_auth_type(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Return the current Authorization realm
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The current authorization realm
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_auth_name(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * How the requires lines must be met.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return How the requirements must be met. One of:
+ * <pre>
+ * SATISFY_ANY -- any of the requirements must be met.
+ * SATISFY_ALL -- all of the requirements must be met.
+ * SATISFY_NOSPEC -- There are no applicable satisfy lines
+ * </pre>
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_satisfies(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Core is also unlike other modules in being implemented in more than
+ * one file... so, data structures are declared here, even though most of
+ * the code that cares really is in http_core.c. Also, another accessor.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module core_module;
+
+/**
+ * Accessor for core_module's specific data. Equivalent to
+ * ap_get_module_config(cv, &core_module) but more efficient.
+ * @param cv The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
+ * usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
+ * @return The module-specific data
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_get_core_module_config(const ap_conf_vector_t *cv);
+
+/**
+ * Accessor to set core_module's specific data. Equivalent to
+ * ap_set_module_config(cv, &core_module, val) but more efficient.
+ * @param cv The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
+ * usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
+ * @param val The module-specific data to set
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_core_module_config(ap_conf_vector_t *cv, void *val);
+
+/** Get the socket from the core network filter. This should be used instead of
+ * accessing the core connection config directly.
+ * @param c The connection record
+ * @return The socket
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_socket_t *) ap_get_conn_socket(conn_rec *c);
+
+#ifndef AP_DEBUG
+#define AP_CORE_MODULE_INDEX 0
+#define ap_get_core_module_config(v) \
+ (((void **)(v))[AP_CORE_MODULE_INDEX])
+#define ap_set_core_module_config(v, val) \
+ ((((void **)(v))[AP_CORE_MODULE_INDEX]) = (val))
+#else
+#define AP_CORE_MODULE_INDEX (AP_DEBUG_ASSERT(core_module.module_index == 0), 0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief Per-request configuration
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ /** bucket brigade used by getline for look-ahead and
+ * ap_get_client_block for holding left-over request body */
+ struct apr_bucket_brigade *bb;
+
+ /** an array of per-request working data elements, accessed
+ * by ID using ap_get_request_note()
+ * (Use ap_register_request_note() during initialization
+ * to add elements)
+ */
+ void **notes;
+
+ /** Custom response strings registered via ap_custom_response(),
+ * or NULL; check per-dir config if nothing found here
+ */
+ char **response_code_strings; /* from ap_custom_response(), not from
+ * ErrorDocument
+ */
+
+ /** per-request document root of the server. This allows mass vhosting
+ * modules better compatibility with some scripts. Normally the
+ * context_* info should be used instead */
+ const char *document_root;
+
+ /*
+ * more fine-grained context information which is set by modules like
+ * mod_alias and mod_userdir
+ */
+ /** the context root directory on disk for the current resource,
+ * without trailing slash
+ */
+ const char *context_document_root;
+ /** the URI prefix that corresponds to the context_document_root directory,
+ * without trailing slash
+ */
+ const char *context_prefix;
+
+ /** There is a script processor installed on the output filter chain,
+ * so it needs the default_handler to deliver a (script) file into
+ * the chain so it can process it. Normally, default_handler only
+ * serves files on a GET request (assuming the file is actual content),
+ * since other methods are not content-retrieval. This flag overrides
+ * that behavior, stating that the "content" is actually a script and
+ * won't actually be delivered as the response for the non-GET method.
+ */
+ int deliver_script;
+
+ /** Should addition of charset= be suppressed for this request?
+ */
+ int suppress_charset;
+} core_request_config;
+
+/* Standard entries that are guaranteed to be accessible via
+ * ap_get_request_note() for each request (additional entries
+ * can be added with ap_register_request_note())
+ */
+#define AP_NOTE_DIRECTORY_WALK 0
+#define AP_NOTE_LOCATION_WALK 1
+#define AP_NOTE_FILE_WALK 2
+#define AP_NOTE_IF_WALK 3
+#define AP_NUM_STD_NOTES 4
+
+/**
+ * Reserve an element in the core_request_config->notes array
+ * for some application-specific data
+ * @return An integer key that can be passed to ap_get_request_note()
+ * during request processing to access this element for the
+ * current request.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_register_request_note(void);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a pointer to an element in the core_request_config->notes array
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param note_num A key for the element: either a value obtained from
+ * ap_register_request_note() or one of the predefined AP_NOTE_*
+ * values.
+ * @return NULL if the note_num is invalid, otherwise a pointer to the
+ * requested note element.
+ * @remark At the start of a request, each note element is NULL. The
+ * handle provided by ap_get_request_note() is a pointer-to-pointer
+ * so that the caller can point the element to some app-specific
+ * data structure. The caller should guarantee that any such
+ * structure will last as long as the request itself.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void **) ap_get_request_note(request_rec *r, apr_size_t note_num);
+
+
+typedef unsigned char allow_options_t;
+typedef unsigned int overrides_t;
+
+/*
+ * Bits of info that go into making an ETag for a file
+ * document. Why a long? Because char historically
+ * proved too short for Options, and int can be different
+ * sizes on different platforms.
+ */
+typedef unsigned long etag_components_t;
+
+#define ETAG_UNSET 0
+#define ETAG_NONE (1 << 0)
+#define ETAG_MTIME (1 << 1)
+#define ETAG_INODE (1 << 2)
+#define ETAG_SIZE (1 << 3)
+#define ETAG_ALL (ETAG_MTIME | ETAG_INODE | ETAG_SIZE)
+/* This is the default value used */
+#define ETAG_BACKWARD (ETAG_MTIME | ETAG_SIZE)
+
+/* Generic ON/OFF/UNSET for unsigned int foo :2 */
+#define AP_CORE_CONFIG_OFF (0)
+#define AP_CORE_CONFIG_ON (1)
+#define AP_CORE_CONFIG_UNSET (2)
+
+/* Generic merge of flag */
+#define AP_CORE_MERGE_FLAG(field, to, base, over) to->field = \
+ over->field != AP_CORE_CONFIG_UNSET \
+ ? over->field \
+ : base->field
+
+/**
+ * @brief Server Signature Enumeration
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ srv_sig_unset,
+ srv_sig_off,
+ srv_sig_on,
+ srv_sig_withmail
+} server_signature_e;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Per-directory configuration
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** path of the directory/regex/etc. see also d_is_fnmatch/absolute below */
+ char *d;
+ /** the number of slashes in d */
+ unsigned d_components;
+
+ /** If (opts & OPT_UNSET) then no absolute assignment to options has
+ * been made.
+ * invariant: (opts_add & opts_remove) == 0
+ * Which said another way means that the last relative (options + or -)
+ * assignment made to each bit is recorded in exactly one of opts_add
+ * or opts_remove.
+ */
+ allow_options_t opts;
+ allow_options_t opts_add;
+ allow_options_t opts_remove;
+ overrides_t override;
+ allow_options_t override_opts;
+
+ /* Used to be the custom response config. No longer used. */
+ char **response_code_strings; /* from ErrorDocument, not from
+ * ap_custom_response() */
+
+ /* Hostname resolution etc */
+#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_OFF 0
+#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_ON 1
+#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_DOUBLE 2
+#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_UNSET 3
+ unsigned int hostname_lookups : 4;
+
+ unsigned int content_md5 : 2; /* calculate Content-MD5? */
+
+#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_OFF (0)
+#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_ON (1)
+#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_DNS (2)
+#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_UNSET (3)
+ unsigned use_canonical_name : 2;
+
+ /* since is_fnmatch(conf->d) was being called so frequently in
+ * directory_walk() and its relatives, this field was created and
+ * is set to the result of that call.
+ */
+ unsigned d_is_fnmatch : 1;
+
+ /* should we force a charset on any outgoing parameterless content-type?
+ * if so, which charset?
+ */
+#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OFF (0)
+#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_ON (1)
+#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_UNSET (2)
+ unsigned add_default_charset : 2;
+ const char *add_default_charset_name;
+
+ /* System Resource Control */
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
+ struct rlimit *limit_cpu;
+#endif
+#if defined (RLIMIT_DATA) || defined (RLIMIT_VMEM) || defined(RLIMIT_AS)
+ struct rlimit *limit_mem;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
+ struct rlimit *limit_nproc;
+#endif
+ apr_off_t limit_req_body; /* limit on bytes in request msg body */
+ long limit_xml_body; /* limit on bytes in XML request msg body */
+
+ /* logging options */
+
+ server_signature_e server_signature;
+
+ /* Access control */
+ apr_array_header_t *sec_file;
+ apr_array_header_t *sec_if;
+ ap_regex_t *r;
+
+ const char *mime_type; /* forced with ForceType */
+ const char *handler; /* forced by something other than SetHandler */
+ const char *output_filters; /* forced with SetOutputFilters */
+ const char *input_filters; /* forced with SetInputFilters */
+ int accept_path_info; /* forced with AcceptPathInfo */
+
+ /*
+ * What attributes/data should be included in ETag generation?
+ */
+ etag_components_t etag_bits;
+ etag_components_t etag_add;
+ etag_components_t etag_remove;
+
+ /*
+ * Run-time performance tuning
+ */
+#define ENABLE_MMAP_OFF (0)
+#define ENABLE_MMAP_ON (1)
+#define ENABLE_MMAP_UNSET (2)
+ unsigned int enable_mmap : 2; /* whether files in this dir can be mmap'ed */
+
+#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_OFF (0)
+#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_ON (1)
+#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_UNSET (2)
+ unsigned int enable_sendfile : 2; /* files in this dir can be sendfile'ed */
+
+#define USE_CANONICAL_PHYS_PORT_OFF (0)
+#define USE_CANONICAL_PHYS_PORT_ON (1)
+#define USE_CANONICAL_PHYS_PORT_UNSET (2)
+ unsigned int use_canonical_phys_port : 2;
+
+ unsigned int allow_encoded_slashes : 1; /* URLs may contain %2f w/o being
+ * pitched indiscriminately */
+ unsigned int decode_encoded_slashes : 1; /* whether to decode encoded slashes in URLs */
+
+#define AP_CONDITION_IF 1
+#define AP_CONDITION_ELSE 2
+#define AP_CONDITION_ELSEIF (AP_CONDITION_ELSE|AP_CONDITION_IF)
+ unsigned int condition_ifelse : 2; /* is this an <If>, <ElseIf>, or <Else> */
+
+ ap_expr_info_t *condition; /* Conditionally merge <If> sections */
+
+ /** per-dir log config */
+ struct ap_logconf *log;
+
+ /** Table of directives allowed per AllowOverrideList */
+ apr_table_t *override_list;
+
+#define AP_MAXRANGES_UNSET -1
+#define AP_MAXRANGES_DEFAULT -2
+#define AP_MAXRANGES_UNLIMITED -3
+#define AP_MAXRANGES_NORANGES 0
+ /** Number of Ranges before returning HTTP_OK. **/
+ int max_ranges;
+ /** Max number of Range overlaps (merges) allowed **/
+ int max_overlaps;
+ /** Max number of Range reversals (eg: 200-300, 100-125) allowed **/
+ int max_reversals;
+
+ /** Named back references */
+ apr_array_header_t *refs;
+
+ /** Custom response config with expression support. The hash table
+ * contains compiled expressions keyed against the custom response
+ * code.
+ */
+ apr_hash_t *response_code_exprs;
+
+#define AP_CGI_PASS_AUTH_OFF (0)
+#define AP_CGI_PASS_AUTH_ON (1)
+#define AP_CGI_PASS_AUTH_UNSET (2)
+ /** CGIPassAuth: Whether HTTP authorization headers will be passed to
+ * scripts as CGI variables; affects all modules calling
+ * ap_add_common_vars(), as well as any others using this field as
+ * advice
+ */
+ unsigned int cgi_pass_auth : 2;
+ unsigned int qualify_redirect_url :2;
+ ap_expr_info_t *expr_handler; /* forced with SetHandler */
+
+ /** Table of rules for building CGI variables, NULL if none configured */
+ apr_hash_t *cgi_var_rules;
+} core_dir_config;
+
+/* macro to implement off by default behaviour */
+#define AP_SENDFILE_ENABLED(x) \
+ ((x) == ENABLE_SENDFILE_ON ? APR_SENDFILE_ENABLED : 0)
+
+/* Per-server core configuration */
+
+typedef struct {
+
+ char *gprof_dir;
+
+ /* Name translations --- we want the core to be able to do *something*
+ * so it's at least a minimally functional web server on its own (and
+ * can be tested that way). But let's keep it to the bare minimum:
+ */
+ const char *ap_document_root;
+
+ /* Access control */
+
+ char *access_name;
+ apr_array_header_t *sec_dir;
+ apr_array_header_t *sec_url;
+
+ /* recursion backstopper */
+ int redirect_limit; /* maximum number of internal redirects */
+ int subreq_limit; /* maximum nesting level of subrequests */
+
+ const char *protocol;
+ apr_table_t *accf_map;
+
+ /* array of ap_errorlog_format_item for error log format string */
+ apr_array_header_t *error_log_format;
+ /*
+ * two arrays of arrays of ap_errorlog_format_item for additional information
+ * logged to the error log once per connection/request
+ */
+ apr_array_header_t *error_log_conn;
+ apr_array_header_t *error_log_req;
+
+ /* TRACE control */
+#define AP_TRACE_UNSET -1
+#define AP_TRACE_DISABLE 0
+#define AP_TRACE_ENABLE 1
+#define AP_TRACE_EXTENDED 2
+ int trace_enable;
+#define AP_MERGE_TRAILERS_UNSET 0
+#define AP_MERGE_TRAILERS_ENABLE 1
+#define AP_MERGE_TRAILERS_DISABLE 2
+ int merge_trailers;
+
+ apr_array_header_t *protocols;
+ int protocols_honor_order;
+
+#define AP_HTTP09_UNSET 0
+#define AP_HTTP09_ENABLE 1
+#define AP_HTTP09_DISABLE 2
+ char http09_enable;
+
+#define AP_HTTP_CONFORMANCE_UNSET 0
+#define AP_HTTP_CONFORMANCE_UNSAFE 1
+#define AP_HTTP_CONFORMANCE_STRICT 2
+ char http_conformance;
+
+#define AP_HTTP_METHODS_UNSET 0
+#define AP_HTTP_METHODS_LENIENT 1
+#define AP_HTTP_METHODS_REGISTERED 2
+ char http_methods;
+
+} core_server_config;
+
+/* for AddOutputFiltersByType in core.c */
+void ap_add_output_filters_by_type(request_rec *r);
+
+/* for http_config.c */
+void ap_core_reorder_directories(apr_pool_t *, server_rec *);
+
+/* for mod_perl */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_per_dir_conf(server_rec *s, void *dir_config);
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_per_url_conf(server_rec *s, void *url_config);
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_file_conf(apr_pool_t *p, core_dir_config *conf, void *url_config);
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(const char *) ap_add_if_conf(apr_pool_t *p, core_dir_config *conf, void *url_config);
+AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_limit_section(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
+
+/* Core filters; not exported. */
+apr_status_t ap_core_input_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b,
+ ap_input_mode_t mode, apr_read_type_e block,
+ apr_off_t readbytes);
+apr_status_t ap_core_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
+
+
+AP_DECLARE(const char*) ap_get_server_protocol(server_rec* s);
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_server_protocol(server_rec* s, const char* proto);
+
+typedef struct core_output_filter_ctx core_output_filter_ctx_t;
+typedef struct core_filter_ctx core_ctx_t;
+
+typedef struct core_net_rec {
+ /** Connection to the client */
+ apr_socket_t *client_socket;
+
+ /** connection record */
+ conn_rec *c;
+
+ core_output_filter_ctx_t *out_ctx;
+ core_ctx_t *in_ctx;
+} core_net_rec;
+
+/**
+ * Insert the network bucket into the core input filter's input brigade.
+ * This hook is intended for MPMs or protocol modules that need to do special
+ * socket setup.
+ * @param c The connection
+ * @param bb The brigade to insert the bucket into
+ * @param socket The socket to put into a bucket
+ * @return AP_DECLINED if the current function does not handle this connection,
+ * APR_SUCCESS or an error otherwise.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t, insert_network_bucket,
+ (conn_rec *c, apr_bucket_brigade *bb, apr_socket_t *socket))
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Runtime status/management
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+ ap_mgmt_type_string,
+ ap_mgmt_type_long,
+ ap_mgmt_type_hash
+} ap_mgmt_type_e;
+
+typedef union {
+ const char *s_value;
+ long i_value;
+ apr_hash_t *h_value;
+} ap_mgmt_value;
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *description;
+ const char *name;
+ ap_mgmt_type_e vtype;
+ ap_mgmt_value v;
+} ap_mgmt_item_t;
+
+/* Handles for core filters */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_subreq_core_filter_handle;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_core_output_filter_handle;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_content_length_filter_handle;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_core_input_filter_handle;
+
+/**
+ * This hook provdes a way for modules to provide metrics/statistics about
+ * their operational status.
+ *
+ * @param p A pool to use to create entries in the hash table
+ * @param val The name of the parameter(s) that is wanted. This is
+ * tree-structured would be in the form ('*' is all the tree,
+ * 'module.*' all of the module , 'module.foo.*', or
+ * 'module.foo.bar' )
+ * @param ht The hash table to store the results. Keys are item names, and
+ * the values point to ap_mgmt_item_t structures.
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, get_mgmt_items,
+ (apr_pool_t *p, const char * val, apr_hash_t *ht))
+
+/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * I/O logging with mod_logio
+ */
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_logio_add_bytes_out,
+ (conn_rec *c, apr_off_t bytes));
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_logio_add_bytes_in,
+ (conn_rec *c, apr_off_t bytes));
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_off_t, ap_logio_get_last_bytes, (conn_rec *c));
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Error log formats
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The info structure passed to callback functions of errorlog handlers.
+ * Not all information is available in all contexts. In particular, all
+ * pointers may be NULL.
+ */
+typedef struct ap_errorlog_info {
+ /** current server_rec.
+ * Should be preferred over c->base_server and r->server
+ */
+ const server_rec *s;
+
+ /** current conn_rec.
+ * Should be preferred over r->connection
+ */
+ const conn_rec *c;
+
+ /** current request_rec. */
+ const request_rec *r;
+ /** r->main if r is a subrequest, otherwise equal to r */
+ const request_rec *rmain;
+
+ /** pool passed to ap_log_perror, NULL otherwise */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+
+ /** name of source file where the log message was produced, NULL if N/A. */
+ const char *file;
+ /** line number in the source file, 0 if N/A */
+ int line;
+
+ /** module index of module that produced the log message, APLOG_NO_MODULE if N/A. */
+ int module_index;
+ /** log level of error message (flags like APLOG_STARTUP have been removed), -1 if N/A */
+ int level;
+
+ /** apr error status related to the log message, 0 if no error */
+ apr_status_t status;
+
+ /** 1 if logging to syslog, 0 otherwise */
+ int using_syslog;
+ /** 1 if APLOG_STARTUP was set for the log message, 0 otherwise */
+ int startup;
+
+ /** message format */
+ const char *format;
+} ap_errorlog_info;
+
+/**
+ * callback function prototype for a external errorlog handler
+ * @note To avoid unbounded memory usage, these functions must not allocate
+ * memory from the server, connection, or request pools. If an errorlog
+ * handler absolutely needs a pool to pass to other functions, it must create
+ * and destroy a sub-pool.
+ */
+typedef int ap_errorlog_handler_fn_t(const ap_errorlog_info *info,
+ const char *arg, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+/**
+ * Register external errorlog handler
+ * @param p config pool to use
+ * @param tag the new format specifier (i.e. the letter after the %)
+ * @param handler the handler function
+ * @param flags flags (reserved, set to 0)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_register_errorlog_handler(apr_pool_t *p, char *tag,
+ ap_errorlog_handler_fn_t *handler,
+ int flags);
+
+typedef struct ap_errorlog_handler {
+ ap_errorlog_handler_fn_t *func;
+ int flags; /* for future extensions */
+} ap_errorlog_handler;
+
+ /** item starts a new field */
+#define AP_ERRORLOG_FLAG_FIELD_SEP 1
+ /** item is the actual error message */
+#define AP_ERRORLOG_FLAG_MESSAGE 2
+ /** skip whole line if item is zero-length */
+#define AP_ERRORLOG_FLAG_REQUIRED 4
+ /** log zero-length item as '-' */
+#define AP_ERRORLOG_FLAG_NULL_AS_HYPHEN 8
+
+typedef struct {
+ /** ap_errorlog_handler function */
+ ap_errorlog_handler_fn_t *func;
+ /** argument passed to item in {} */
+ const char *arg;
+ /** a combination of the AP_ERRORLOG_* flags */
+ unsigned int flags;
+ /** only log item if the message's log level is higher than this */
+ unsigned int min_loglevel;
+} ap_errorlog_format_item;
+
+/**
+ * hook method to log error messages
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @param info pointer to ap_errorlog_info struct which contains all
+ * the details
+ * @param errstr the (unformatted) message to log
+ * @warning Allocating from the usual pools (pool, info->c->pool, info->p->pool)
+ * must be avoided because it can cause memory leaks.
+ * Use a subpool if necessary.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void, error_log, (const ap_errorlog_info *info,
+ const char *errstr))
+
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_register_log_hooks(apr_pool_t *p);
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_register_config_hooks(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ident lookups with mod_ident
+ */
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(const char *, ap_ident_lookup,
+ (request_rec *r));
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * authorization values with mod_authz_core
+ */
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, authz_some_auth_required, (request_rec *r));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(const char *, authn_ap_auth_type, (request_rec *r));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(const char *, authn_ap_auth_name, (request_rec *r));
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * authorization values with mod_access_compat
+ */
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, access_compat_ap_satisfies, (request_rec *r));
+
+/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/** Query the server for some state information
+ * @param query_code Which information is requested
+ * @return the requested state information
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_state_query(int query_code);
+
+/*
+ * possible values for query_code in ap_state_query()
+ */
+
+ /** current status of the server */
+#define AP_SQ_MAIN_STATE 0
+ /** are we going to serve requests or are we just testing/dumping config */
+#define AP_SQ_RUN_MODE 1
+ /** generation of the top-level apache parent */
+#define AP_SQ_CONFIG_GEN 2
+
+/*
+ * return values for ap_state_query()
+ */
+
+ /** return value for unknown query_code */
+#define AP_SQ_NOT_SUPPORTED -1
+
+/* values returned for AP_SQ_MAIN_STATE */
+ /** before the config preflight */
+#define AP_SQ_MS_INITIAL_STARTUP 1
+ /** initial configuration run for setting up log config, etc. */
+#define AP_SQ_MS_CREATE_PRE_CONFIG 2
+ /** tearing down configuration */
+#define AP_SQ_MS_DESTROY_CONFIG 3
+ /** normal configuration run */
+#define AP_SQ_MS_CREATE_CONFIG 4
+ /** running the MPM */
+#define AP_SQ_MS_RUN_MPM 5
+ /** cleaning up for exit */
+#define AP_SQ_MS_EXITING 6
+
+/* values returned for AP_SQ_RUN_MODE */
+ /** command line not yet parsed */
+#define AP_SQ_RM_UNKNOWN 1
+ /** normal operation (server requests or signal server) */
+#define AP_SQ_RM_NORMAL 2
+ /** config test only */
+#define AP_SQ_RM_CONFIG_TEST 3
+ /** only dump some parts of the config */
+#define AP_SQ_RM_CONFIG_DUMP 4
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_log.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_log.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_log.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_log.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,836 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file http_log.h
+ * @brief Apache Logging library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_LOG Logging library
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H
+#define APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
+#include <syslog.h>
+
+#ifndef LOG_PRIMASK
+#define LOG_PRIMASK 7
+#endif
+
+#define APLOG_EMERG LOG_EMERG /* system is unusable */
+#define APLOG_ALERT LOG_ALERT /* action must be taken immediately */
+#define APLOG_CRIT LOG_CRIT /* critical conditions */
+#define APLOG_ERR LOG_ERR /* error conditions */
+#define APLOG_WARNING LOG_WARNING /* warning conditions */
+#define APLOG_NOTICE LOG_NOTICE /* normal but significant condition */
+#define APLOG_INFO LOG_INFO /* informational */
+#define APLOG_DEBUG LOG_DEBUG /* debug-level messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE1 (LOG_DEBUG + 1) /* trace-level 1 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE2 (LOG_DEBUG + 2) /* trace-level 2 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE3 (LOG_DEBUG + 3) /* trace-level 3 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE4 (LOG_DEBUG + 4) /* trace-level 4 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE5 (LOG_DEBUG + 5) /* trace-level 5 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE6 (LOG_DEBUG + 6) /* trace-level 6 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE7 (LOG_DEBUG + 7) /* trace-level 7 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE8 (LOG_DEBUG + 8) /* trace-level 8 messages */
+
+#define APLOG_LEVELMASK 15 /* mask off the level value */
+
+#else
+
+#define APLOG_EMERG 0 /* system is unusable */
+#define APLOG_ALERT 1 /* action must be taken immediately */
+#define APLOG_CRIT 2 /* critical conditions */
+#define APLOG_ERR 3 /* error conditions */
+#define APLOG_WARNING 4 /* warning conditions */
+#define APLOG_NOTICE 5 /* normal but significant condition */
+#define APLOG_INFO 6 /* informational */
+#define APLOG_DEBUG 7 /* debug-level messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE1 8 /* trace-level 1 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE2 9 /* trace-level 2 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE3 10 /* trace-level 3 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE4 11 /* trace-level 4 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE5 12 /* trace-level 5 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE6 13 /* trace-level 6 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE7 14 /* trace-level 7 messages */
+#define APLOG_TRACE8 15 /* trace-level 8 messages */
+
+#define APLOG_LEVELMASK 15 /* mask off the level value */
+
+#endif
+
+/* APLOG_NOERRNO is ignored and should not be used. It will be
+ * removed in a future release of Apache.
+ */
+#define APLOG_NOERRNO (APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1)
+
+/** Use APLOG_TOCLIENT on ap_log_rerror() to give content
+ * handlers the option of including the error text in the
+ * ErrorDocument sent back to the client. Setting APLOG_TOCLIENT
+ * will cause the error text to be saved in the request_rec->notes
+ * table, keyed to the string "error-notes", if and only if:
+ * - the severity level of the message is APLOG_WARNING or greater
+ * - there are no other "error-notes" set in request_rec->notes
+ * Once error-notes is set, it is up to the content handler to
+ * determine whether this text should be sent back to the client.
+ * Note: Client generated text streams sent back to the client MUST
+ * be escaped to prevent CSS attacks.
+ */
+#define APLOG_TOCLIENT ((APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1) * 2)
+
+/* normal but significant condition on startup, usually printed to stderr */
+#define APLOG_STARTUP ((APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1) * 4)
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_LOGLEVEL
+#define DEFAULT_LOGLEVEL APLOG_WARNING
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * APLOGNO() should be used at the start of the format string passed
+ * to ap_log_error() and friends. The argument must be a 5 digit decimal
+ * number. It creates a tag of the form "AH02182: "
+ * See docs/log-message-tags/README for details.
+ */
+#define APLOGNO(n) "AH" #n ": "
+
+/**
+ * APLOG_NO_MODULE may be passed as module_index to ap_log_error() and related
+ * functions if the module causing the log message is not known. Normally this
+ * should not be used directly. Use ::APLOG_MARK or ::APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * @see APLOG_MARK
+ * @see APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
+ * @see ap_log_error
+ */
+#define APLOG_NO_MODULE -1
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/**
+ * C++ modules must invoke ::APLOG_USE_MODULE or ::AP_DECLARE_MODULE in
+ * every file which uses ap_log_* before the first use of ::APLOG_MARK
+ * or ::APLOG_MODULE_INDEX.
+ * (C modules *should* do that as well, to enable module-specific log
+ * levels. C modules need not obey the ordering, though).
+ */
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+/**
+ * Constant to store module_index for the current file.
+ * Objects with static storage duration are set to NULL if not
+ * initialized explicitly. This means that if aplog_module_index
+ * is not initialized using the ::APLOG_USE_MODULE or the
+ * ::AP_DECLARE_MODULE macro, we can safely fall back to
+ * use ::APLOG_NO_MODULE. This variable will usually be optimized away.
+ */
+static int * const aplog_module_index;
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * APLOG_MODULE_INDEX contains the module_index of the current module if
+ * it has been set via the ::APLOG_USE_MODULE or ::AP_DECLARE_MODULE macro.
+ * Otherwise it contains ::APLOG_NO_MODULE (for example in unmodified httpd
+ * 2.2 modules).
+ *
+ * If ::APLOG_MARK is used in ap_log_error() and related functions,
+ * ::APLOG_MODULE_INDEX will be passed as module_index. In cases where
+ * ::APLOG_MARK cannot be used, ::APLOG_MODULE_INDEX should normally be passed
+ * as module_index.
+ *
+ * @see APLOG_MARK
+ * @see ap_log_error
+ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define APLOG_MODULE_INDEX (*aplog_module_index)
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+#define APLOG_MODULE_INDEX \
+ (aplog_module_index ? *aplog_module_index : APLOG_NO_MODULE)
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL can be defined to remove logging above some
+ * specified level at compile time.
+ *
+ * This requires a C99 compiler.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+#define APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL
+#endif
+#ifndef APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL
+#define APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(s,module_index,level) \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) || \
+ (s == NULL) || \
+ (ap_get_server_module_loglevel(s, module_index) \
+ >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) )
+#define APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,module_index,level) \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) || \
+ (ap_get_conn_module_loglevel(c, module_index) \
+ >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) )
+#define APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,s,module_index,level) \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) || \
+ (ap_get_conn_server_module_loglevel(c, s, module_index) \
+ >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) )
+#define APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r,module_index,level) \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) || \
+ (ap_get_request_module_loglevel(r, module_index) \
+ >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) )
+#else
+#define APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(s,module_index,level) \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL) && \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) || \
+ (s == NULL) || \
+ (ap_get_server_module_loglevel(s, module_index) \
+ >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) ) )
+#define APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,s,module_index,level) \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL) && \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) || \
+ (ap_get_conn_server_module_loglevel(c, s, module_index) \
+ >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) ) )
+#define APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,module_index,level) \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL) && \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) || \
+ (ap_get_conn_module_loglevel(c, module_index) \
+ >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) ) )
+#define APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r,module_index,level) \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL) && \
+ ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) || \
+ (ap_get_request_module_loglevel(r, module_index) \
+ >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) ) )
+#endif
+
+#define APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,level) \
+ APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX,level)
+#define APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,level) \
+ APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX,level)
+#define APLOG_CS_IS_LEVEL(c,s,level) \
+ APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,s,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX,level)
+#define APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,level) \
+ APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX,level)
+
+
+#define APLOGinfo(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_INFO)
+#define APLOGdebug(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_DEBUG)
+#define APLOGtrace1(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE1)
+#define APLOGtrace2(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE2)
+#define APLOGtrace3(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE3)
+#define APLOGtrace4(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE4)
+#define APLOGtrace5(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE5)
+#define APLOGtrace6(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE6)
+#define APLOGtrace7(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE7)
+#define APLOGtrace8(s) APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE8)
+
+#define APLOGrinfo(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_INFO)
+#define APLOGrdebug(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_DEBUG)
+#define APLOGrtrace1(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE1)
+#define APLOGrtrace2(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE2)
+#define APLOGrtrace3(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE3)
+#define APLOGrtrace4(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE4)
+#define APLOGrtrace5(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE5)
+#define APLOGrtrace6(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE6)
+#define APLOGrtrace7(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE7)
+#define APLOGrtrace8(r) APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE8)
+
+#define APLOGcinfo(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_INFO)
+#define APLOGcdebug(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_DEBUG)
+#define APLOGctrace1(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE1)
+#define APLOGctrace2(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE2)
+#define APLOGctrace3(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE3)
+#define APLOGctrace4(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE4)
+#define APLOGctrace5(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE5)
+#define APLOGctrace6(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE6)
+#define APLOGctrace7(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE7)
+#define APLOGctrace8(c) APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE8)
+
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_default_loglevel;
+
+/**
+ * APLOG_MARK is a convenience macro for use as the first three parameters in
+ * ap_log_error() and related functions, i.e. file, line, and module_index.
+ *
+ * The module_index parameter was introduced in version 2.3.6. Before that
+ * version, APLOG_MARK only replaced the file and line parameters.
+ * This means that APLOG_MARK can be used with ap_log_*error in all versions
+ * of Apache httpd.
+ *
+ * @see APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
+ * @see ap_log_error
+ * @see ap_log_cerror
+ * @see ap_log_rerror
+ * @see ap_log_cserror
+ */
+#define APLOG_MARK __FILE__,__LINE__,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
+
+/**
+ * Set up for logging to stderr.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_open_stderr_log(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Replace logging to stderr with logging to the given file.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ * @param file Name of the file to log stderr output
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_replace_stderr_log(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *file);
+
+/**
+ * Open the error log and replace stderr with it.
+ * @param pconf Not used
+ * @param plog The pool to allocate the logs from
+ * @param ptemp Pool used for temporary allocations
+ * @param s_main The main server
+ * @note ap_open_logs isn't expected to be used by modules, it is
+ * an internal core function
+ */
+int ap_open_logs(apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp, server_rec *s_main);
+
+/**
+ * Perform special processing for piped loggers in MPM child
+ * processes.
+ * @param p Not used
+ * @param s Not used
+ * @note ap_logs_child_init is not for use by modules; it is an
+ * internal core function
+ */
+void ap_logs_child_init(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s);
+
+/*
+ * The primary logging functions, ap_log_error, ap_log_rerror, ap_log_cerror,
+ * and ap_log_perror use a printf style format string to build the log message.
+ * It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from the network,
+ * such as the request-URI or request header fields, within the format
+ * string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a denial-of-service
+ * attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a simple format string
+ * like "%s", followed by the string containing the untrusted data.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_error() - log messages which are not related to a particular
+ * request or connection. This uses a printf-like format to log messages
+ * to the error_log.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param module_index The module_index of the module generating this message
+ * @param level The level of this error message
+ * @param status The status code from the previous command
+ * @param s The server on which we are logging
+ * @param fmt The format string
+ * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
+ * @note ap_log_error is implemented as a macro
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file and line
+ * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
+ * in preference to calling this function. Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
+ * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
+ * this function.
+ * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
+ * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
+ * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
+ * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
+ * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
+ * untrusted data.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_error(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status,
+ const server_rec *s, const char *fmt, ...);
+#else
+#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_error(...) ap_log_error__(__VA_ARGS__)
+/* need server_rec *sr = ... for the case if s is verbatim NULL */
+#define ap_log_error__(file, line, mi, level, status, s, ...) \
+ do { const server_rec *sr__ = s; if (APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(sr__, mi, level)) \
+ ap_log_error_(file, line, mi, level, status, sr__, __VA_ARGS__); \
+ } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_error ap_log_error_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_error_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status,
+ const server_rec *s, const char *fmt, ...)
+ __attribute__((format(printf,7,8)));
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_perror() - log messages which are not related to a particular
+ * request, connection, or virtual server. This uses a printf-like
+ * format to log messages to the error_log.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param module_index ignored dummy value for use by APLOG_MARK
+ * @param level The level of this error message
+ * @param status The status code from the previous command
+ * @param p The pool which we are logging for
+ * @param fmt The format string
+ * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
+ * @note ap_log_perror is implemented as a macro
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
+ * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
+ * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
+ * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
+ * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
+ * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
+ * untrusted data.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_perror(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status, apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *fmt, ...);
+#else
+#if defined(AP_HAVE_C99) && defined(APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL)
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_perror(...) ap_log_perror__(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ap_log_perror__(file, line, mi, level, status, p, ...) \
+ do { if ((level) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL ) \
+ ap_log_perror_(file, line, mi, level, status, p, \
+ __VA_ARGS__); } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_perror ap_log_perror_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_perror_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status, apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *fmt, ...)
+ __attribute__((format(printf,7,8)));
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_rerror() - log messages which are related to a particular
+ * request. This uses a printf-like format to log messages to the
+ * error_log.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param module_index The module_index of the module generating this message
+ * @param level The level of this error message
+ * @param status The status code from the previous command
+ * @param r The request which we are logging for
+ * @param fmt The format string
+ * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
+ * @note ap_log_rerror is implemented as a macro
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
+ * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
+ * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
+ * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
+ * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
+ * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
+ * untrusted data.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rerror(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status,
+ const request_rec *r, const char *fmt, ...);
+#else
+#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_rerror(...) ap_log_rerror__(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ap_log_rerror__(file, line, mi, level, status, r, ...) \
+ do { if (APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r, mi, level)) \
+ ap_log_rerror_(file, line, mi, level, status, r, __VA_ARGS__); \
+ } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_rerror ap_log_rerror_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rerror_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status,
+ const request_rec *r, const char *fmt, ...)
+ __attribute__((format(printf,7,8)));
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_cerror() - log messages which are related to a particular
+ * connection. This uses a printf-like format to log messages to the
+ * error_log.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param level The level of this error message
+ * @param module_index The module_index of the module generating this message
+ * @param status The status code from the previous command
+ * @param c The connection which we are logging for
+ * @param fmt The format string
+ * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
+ * @note ap_log_cerror is implemented as a macro
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
+ * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
+ * in preference to calling this function.
+ * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
+ * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
+ * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
+ * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
+ * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
+ * untrusted data.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cerror(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status,
+ const conn_rec *c, const char *fmt, ...);
+#else
+#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_cerror(...) ap_log_cerror__(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ap_log_cerror__(file, line, mi, level, status, c, ...) \
+ do { if (APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c, mi, level)) \
+ ap_log_cerror_(file, line, mi, level, status, c, __VA_ARGS__); \
+ } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_cerror ap_log_cerror_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cerror_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status,
+ const conn_rec *c, const char *fmt, ...)
+ __attribute__((format(printf,7,8)));
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_cserror() - log messages which are related to a particular
+ * connection and to a vhost other than c->base_server. This uses a
+ * printf-like format to log messages to the error_log.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param level The level of this error message
+ * @param module_index The module_index of the module generating this message
+ * @param status The status code from the previous command
+ * @param c The connection which we are logging for
+ * @param s The server which we are logging for
+ * @param fmt The format string
+ * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
+ * @note ap_log_cserror is implemented as a macro
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
+ * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
+ * in preference to calling this function. This function is mainly useful for
+ * modules like mod_ssl to use before the request_rec is created.
+ * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
+ * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
+ * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
+ * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
+ * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
+ * untrusted data.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cserror(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status,
+ const conn_rec *c, const server_rec *s,
+ const char *fmt, ...);
+#else
+#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_cserror(...) ap_log_cserror__(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ap_log_cserror__(file, line, mi, level, status, c, s, ...) \
+ do { if (APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c, s, mi, level)) \
+ ap_log_cserror_(file, line, mi, level, status, c, s, \
+ __VA_ARGS__); \
+ } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_cserror ap_log_cserror_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cserror_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, apr_status_t status,
+ const conn_rec *c, const server_rec *s,
+ const char *fmt, ...)
+ __attribute__((format(printf,8,9)));
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The buffer logging functions, ap_log_data, ap_log_rdata, ap_log_cdata,
+ * and ap_log_csdata log a buffer in printable and hex format. The exact
+ * format is controlled by processing flags, described next.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Processing flags for ap_log_data() et al
+ *
+ * AP_LOG_DATA_DEFAULT - default formatting, with printable chars and hex
+ * AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET - prefix each line with hex offset from the start
+ * of the buffer
+ */
+#define AP_LOG_DATA_DEFAULT 0
+#define AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET 1
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_data() - log buffers which are not related to a particular request
+ * or connection.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param module_index The module_index of the module logging this buffer
+ * @param level The log level
+ * @param s The server on which we are logging
+ * @param label A label for the buffer, to be logged preceding the buffer
+ * @param data The buffer to be logged
+ * @param len The length of the buffer
+ * @param flags Special processing flags like AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET
+ * @note ap_log_data is implemented as a macro.
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
+ * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rdata()
+ * in preference to calling this function. Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
+ * available, use that with ap_log_cdata() in preference to calling
+ * this function.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_data(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, const server_rec *s, const char *label,
+ const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
+#else
+#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_data(...) ap_log_data__(__VA_ARGS__)
+/* need server_rec *sr = ... for the case if s is verbatim NULL */
+#define ap_log_data__(file, line, mi, level, s, ...) \
+ do { const server_rec *sr__ = s; if (APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(sr__, mi, level)) \
+ ap_log_data_(file, line, mi, level, sr__, __VA_ARGS__); \
+ } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_data ap_log_data_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_data_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, const server_rec *s, const char *label,
+ const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_rdata() - log buffers which are related to a particular request.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param module_index The module_index of the module logging this buffer
+ * @param level The log level
+ * @param r The request which we are logging for
+ * @param label A label for the buffer, to be logged preceding the buffer
+ * @param data The buffer to be logged
+ * @param len The length of the buffer
+ * @param flags Special processing flags like AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET
+ * @note ap_log_rdata is implemented as a macro.
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
+ * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
+ * in preference to calling this function. Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
+ * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
+ * this function.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rdata(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, const request_rec *r, const char *label,
+ const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
+#else
+#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_rdata(...) ap_log_rdata__(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ap_log_rdata__(file, line, mi, level, r, ...) \
+ do { if (APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r, mi, level)) \
+ ap_log_rdata_(file, line, mi, level, r, __VA_ARGS__); \
+ } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_rdata ap_log_rdata_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rdata_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, const request_rec *r, const char *label,
+ const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_cdata() - log buffers which are related to a particular connection.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param module_index The module_index of the module logging this buffer
+ * @param level The log level
+ * @param c The connection which we are logging for
+ * @param label A label for the buffer, to be logged preceding the buffer
+ * @param data The buffer to be logged
+ * @param len The length of the buffer
+ * @param flags Special processing flags like AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET
+ * @note ap_log_cdata is implemented as a macro
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
+ * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
+ * in preference to calling this function. Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
+ * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
+ * this function.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cdata(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, const conn_rec *c, const char *label,
+ const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
+#else
+#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_cdata(...) ap_log_cdata__(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ap_log_cdata__(file, line, mi, level, c, ...) \
+ do { if (APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c, mi, level)) \
+ ap_log_cdata_(file, line, mi, level, c, __VA_ARGS__); \
+ } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_cdata ap_log_cdata_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cdata_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, const conn_rec *c, const char *label,
+ const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ap_log_csdata() - log buffers which are related to a particular connection
+ * and to a vhost other than c->base_server.
+ * @param file The file in which this function is called
+ * @param line The line number on which this function is called
+ * @param module_index The module_index of the module logging this buffer
+ * @param level The log level
+ * @param c The connection which we are logging for
+ * @param s The server which we are logging for
+ * @param label A label for the buffer, to be logged preceding the buffer
+ * @param data The buffer to be logged
+ * @param len The length of the buffer
+ * @param flags Special processing flags like AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET
+ * @note ap_log_csdata is implemented as a macro
+ * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
+ * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
+ * in preference to calling this function. Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
+ * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
+ * this function.
+ */
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_csdata(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, const conn_rec *c, const server_rec *s,
+ const char *label, const void *data,
+ apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
+#else
+#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
+/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
+#define ap_log_csdata(...) ap_log_csdata__(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ap_log_csdata__(file, line, mi, level, c, s, ...) \
+ do { if (APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c, s, mi, level)) \
+ ap_log_csdata_(file, line, mi, level, c, s, __VA_ARGS__); \
+ } while(0)
+#else
+#define ap_log_cdata ap_log_cdata_
+#endif
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_csdata_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
+ int level, const conn_rec *c, const server_rec *s,
+ const char *label, const void *data,
+ apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Convert stderr to the error log
+ * @param s The current server
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_error_log2stderr(server_rec *s);
+
+/**
+ * Log the command line used to start the server.
+ * @param p The pool to use for logging
+ * @param s The server_rec whose process's command line we want to log.
+ * The command line is logged to that server's error log.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_command_line(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s);
+
+/**
+ * Log common (various) MPM shared data at startup.
+ * @param s The server_rec of the error log we want to log to.
+ * Misc commonly logged data is logged to that server's error log.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_mpm_common(server_rec *s);
+
+/**
+ * Log the current pid of the parent process
+ * @param p The pool to use for processing
+ * @param fname The name of the file to log to. If the filename is not
+ * absolute then it is assumed to be relative to ServerRoot.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);
+
+/**
+ * Remove the pidfile.
+ * @param p The pool to use for processing
+ * @param fname The name of the pid file to remove. If the filename is not
+ * absolute then it is assumed to be relative to ServerRoot.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the pid from a pidfile.
+ * @param p The pool to use for processing
+ * @param filename The name of the file containing the pid. If the filename is not
+ * absolute then it is assumed to be relative to ServerRoot.
+ * @param mypid Pointer to pid_t (valid only if return APR_SUCCESS)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_read_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *filename, pid_t *mypid);
+
+/** @see piped_log */
+typedef struct piped_log piped_log;
+
+/**
+ * Open the piped log process
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ * @param program The program to run in the logging process
+ * @return The piped log structure
+ * @note The log program is invoked as @p APR_PROGRAM_ENV,
+ * @see ap_open_piped_log_ex to modify this behavior
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(piped_log *) ap_open_piped_log(apr_pool_t *p, const char *program);
+
+/**
+ * Open the piped log process specifying the execution choice for program
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ * @param program The program to run in the logging process
+ * @param cmdtype How to invoke program, e.g. APR_PROGRAM, APR_SHELLCMD_ENV, etc
+ * @return The piped log structure
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(piped_log *) ap_open_piped_log_ex(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *program,
+ apr_cmdtype_e cmdtype);
+
+/**
+ * Close the piped log and kill the logging process
+ * @param pl The piped log structure
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_close_piped_log(piped_log *pl);
+
+/**
+ * A function to return the read side of the piped log pipe
+ * @param pl The piped log structure
+ * @return The native file descriptor
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_file_t *) ap_piped_log_read_fd(piped_log *pl);
+
+/**
+ * A function to return the write side of the piped log pipe
+ * @param pl The piped log structure
+ * @return The native file descriptor
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_file_t *) ap_piped_log_write_fd(piped_log *pl);
+
+/**
+ * hook method to generate unique id for connection or request
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @param c the conn_rec of the connections
+ * @param r the request_req (may be NULL)
+ * @param id the place where to store the unique id
+ * @return OK or DECLINE
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, generate_log_id,
+ (const conn_rec *c, const request_rec *r, const char **id))
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_main.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_main.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_main.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_main.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file http_main.h
+ * @brief Command line options
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MAIN Command line options
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H
+#define APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+
+/** AP_SERVER_BASEARGS is the command argument list parsed by http_main.c
+ * in apr_getopt() format. Use this for default'ing args that the MPM
+ * can safely ignore and pass on from its rewrite_args() handler.
+ */
+#define AP_SERVER_BASEARGS "C:c:D:d:E:e:f:vVlLtTSMh?X"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** The name of the Apache executable */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_server_argv0;
+/** The global server's ServerRoot */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_server_root;
+/** The global server's DefaultRuntimeDir
+ * This is not usable directly in the general case; use
+ * ap_runtime_dir_relative() instead.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_runtime_dir;
+/** The global server's server_rec */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern server_rec *ap_server_conf;
+/** global pool, for access prior to creation of server_rec */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_pool_t *ap_pglobal;
+/** state of the server (startup, exiting, ...) */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_main_state;
+/** run mode (normal, config test, config dump, ...) */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_run_mode;
+/** run mode (normal, config test, config dump, ...) */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_config_generation;
+
+/* for -C, -c and -D switches */
+/** An array of all -C directives. These are processed before the server's
+ * config file */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_pre_read_config;
+/** An array of all -c directives. These are processed after the server's
+ * config file */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_post_read_config;
+/** An array of all -D defines on the command line. This allows people to
+ * effect the server based on command line options */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_config_defines;
+/** Available integer for using the -T switch */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_document_root_check;
+
+/**
+ * An optional function to send signal to server on presence of '-k'
+ * command line argument.
+ * @param status The exit status after sending signal
+ * @param pool Memory pool to allocate from
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ap_signal_server, (int *status, apr_pool_t *pool));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_protocol.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_protocol.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_protocol.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_protocol.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,1023 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file http_protocol.h
+ * @brief HTTP protocol handling
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_PROTO HTTP Protocol Handling
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H
+#define APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "apr_portable.h"
+#include "apr_mmap.h"
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+#include "util_filter.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to insert filters for the current error response
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,insert_error_filter,(request_rec *r))
+
+/** This is an optimization. We keep a record of the filter_rec that
+ * stores the old_write filter, so that we can avoid strcmp's later.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_old_write_func;
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for routines which either talk directly back to the user,
+ * or control the ones that eventually do.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read a request and fill in the fields.
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @return The new request_rec
+ */
+request_rec *ap_read_request(conn_rec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Read the mime-encoded headers.
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_mime_headers(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Optimized version of ap_get_mime_headers() that requires a
+ * temporary brigade to work with
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param bb temp brigade
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_mime_headers_core(request_rec *r,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+
+/* Finish up stuff after a request */
+
+/**
+ * Called at completion of sending the response. It sends the terminating
+ * protocol information.
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_finalize_request_protocol(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Send error back to client.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param recursive_error last arg indicates error status in case we get
+ * an error in the process of trying to deal with an ErrorDocument
+ * to handle some other error. In that case, we print the default
+ * report for the first thing that went wrong, and more briefly report
+ * on the problem with the ErrorDocument.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_send_error_response(request_rec *r, int recursive_error);
+
+/* Set last modified header line from the lastmod date of the associated file.
+ * Also, set content length.
+ *
+ * May return an error status, typically HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED (that when the
+ * permit_cache argument is set to one).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Set the content length for this request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param length The new content length
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_content_length(request_rec *r, apr_off_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Set the keepalive status for this request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return 1 if keepalive can be set, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_set_keepalive(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Return the latest rational time from a request/mtime pair. Mtime is
+ * returned unless it's in the future, in which case we return the current time.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param mtime The last modified time
+ * @return the latest rational time.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_time_t) ap_rationalize_mtime(request_rec *r, apr_time_t mtime);
+
+/**
+ * Build the content-type that should be sent to the client from the
+ * content-type specified. The following rules are followed:
+ * - if type is NULL or "", return NULL (do not set content-type).
+ * - if charset adding is disabled, stop processing and return type.
+ * - then, if there are no parameters on type, add the default charset
+ * - return type
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param type The content type
+ * @return The content-type
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_make_content_type(request_rec *r,
+ const char *type);
+
+/**
+ * Precompile metadata structures used by ap_make_content_type()
+ * @param pool The pool to use for allocations
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_setup_make_content_type(apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Construct an entity tag from the resource information. If it's a real
+ * file, build in some of the file characteristics.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param force_weak Force the entity tag to be weak - it could be modified
+ * again in as short an interval.
+ * @return The entity tag
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_etag(request_rec *r, int force_weak);
+
+/**
+ * Set the E-tag outgoing header
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_etag(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Set the last modified time for the file being sent
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_last_modified(request_rec *r);
+
+typedef enum {
+ AP_CONDITION_NONE,
+ AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH,
+ AP_CONDITION_WEAK,
+ AP_CONDITION_STRONG
+} ap_condition_e;
+
+/**
+ * Tests conditional request rules for the If-Match header.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param headers The response headers to check against
+ * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if the header is missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH
+ * if the header does not match, AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a strong
+ * match. Weak matches are not permitted for the If-Match header.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_match(request_rec *r,
+ apr_table_t *headers);
+
+/**
+ * Tests conditional request rules for the If-Unmodified-Since header.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param headers The response headers to check against
+ * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if the header is missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH
+ * if the header does not match, AP_CONDITION_WEAK if a weak match
+ * was present and allowed by RFC2616, AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a
+ * strong match.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_unmodified_since(request_rec *r,
+ apr_table_t *headers);
+
+/**
+ * Tests conditional request rules for the If-None-Match header.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param headers The response headers to check against
+ * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if the header is missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH
+ * if the header does not match, AP_CONDITION_WEAK if a weak match
+ * was present and allowed by RFC2616, AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a
+ * strong match.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_none_match(request_rec *r,
+ apr_table_t *headers);
+
+/**
+ * Tests conditional request rules for the If-Modified-Since header.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param headers The response headers to check against
+ * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if the header is missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH
+ * if the header does not match, AP_CONDITION_WEAK if a weak match
+ * was present and allowed by RFC2616, AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a
+ * strong match.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_modified_since(request_rec *r,
+ apr_table_t *headers);
+
+/**
+ * Tests conditional request rules for the If-Range header.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param headers The response headers to check against
+ * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if either the If-Range or Range header is
+ * missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH if the header does not match,
+ * AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a strong match. Weak matches are not
+ * permitted for the If-Range header.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_range(request_rec *r,
+ apr_table_t *headers);
+
+/**
+ * Implements condition GET rules for HTTP/1.1 specification. This function
+ * inspects the client headers and determines if the response fulfills
+ * the requirements specified.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK if the response fulfills the condition GET rules, some
+ * other status code otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_meets_conditions(request_rec *r);
+
+/* Other ways to send stuff at the client. All of these keep track
+ * of bytes_sent automatically. This indirection is intended to make
+ * it a little more painless to slide things like HTTP-NG packetization
+ * underneath the main body of the code later. In the meantime, it lets
+ * us centralize a bit of accounting (bytes_sent).
+ *
+ * These also return the number of bytes written by the call.
+ * They should only be called with a timeout registered, for obvious reaasons.
+ * (Ditto the send_header stuff).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Send an entire file to the client, using sendfile if supported by the
+ * current platform
+ * @param fd The file to send.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param offset Offset into the file to start sending.
+ * @param length Amount of data to send
+ * @param nbytes Amount of data actually sent
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_send_fd(apr_file_t *fd, request_rec *r, apr_off_t offset,
+ apr_size_t length, apr_size_t *nbytes);
+
+#if APR_HAS_MMAP
+/**
+ * Send an MMAP'ed file to the client
+ * @param mm The MMAP'ed file to send
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param offset The offset into the MMAP to start sending
+ * @param length The amount of data to send
+ * @return The number of bytes sent
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_send_mmap(apr_mmap_t *mm,
+ request_rec *r,
+ apr_size_t offset,
+ apr_size_t length);
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * Register a new request method, and return the offset that will be
+ * associated with that method.
+ *
+ * @param p The pool to create registered method numbers from.
+ * @param methname The name of the new method to register.
+ * @return An int value representing an offset into a bitmask.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_register(apr_pool_t *p, const char *methname);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the method_registry and allocate memory for it.
+ *
+ * @param p Pool to allocate memory for the registry from.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_registry_init(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience macro to ease with checking a mask
+ * against a method name.
+ */
+#define AP_METHOD_CHECK_ALLOWED(mask, methname) \
+ ((mask) & (AP_METHOD_BIT << ap_method_number_of((methname))))
+
+/**
+ * Create a new method list with the specified number of preallocated
+ * slots for extension methods.
+ *
+ * @param p Pointer to a pool in which the structure should be
+ * allocated.
+ * @param nelts Number of preallocated extension slots
+ * @return Pointer to the newly created structure.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_method_list_t *) ap_make_method_list(apr_pool_t *p, int nelts);
+
+
+/**
+ * Copy a method list
+ *
+ * @param dest List to copy to
+ * @param src List to copy from
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_copy_method_list(ap_method_list_t *dest,
+ ap_method_list_t *src);
+
+/**
+ * Search for an HTTP method name in an ap_method_list_t structure, and
+ * return true if found.
+ *
+ * @param method String containing the name of the method to check.
+ * @param l Pointer to a method list, such as r->allowed_methods.
+ * @return 1 if method is in the list, otherwise 0
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_in_list(ap_method_list_t *l, const char *method);
+
+/**
+ * Add an HTTP method name to an ap_method_list_t structure if it isn't
+ * already listed.
+ *
+ * @param method String containing the name of the method to check.
+ * @param l Pointer to a method list, such as r->allowed_methods.
+ * @return None.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_list_add(ap_method_list_t *l, const char *method);
+
+/**
+ * Remove an HTTP method name from an ap_method_list_t structure.
+ *
+ * @param l Pointer to a method list, such as r->allowed_methods.
+ * @param method String containing the name of the method to remove.
+ * @return None.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_list_remove(ap_method_list_t *l,
+ const char *method);
+
+/**
+ * Reset a method list to be completely empty.
+ *
+ * @param l Pointer to a method list, such as r->allowed_methods.
+ * @return None.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_clear_method_list(ap_method_list_t *l);
+
+/**
+ * Set the content type for this request (r->content_type).
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param ct The new content type
+ * @warning This function must be called to set r->content_type in order
+ * for the AddOutputFilterByType directive to work correctly.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_content_type(request_rec *r, const char *ct);
+
+/**
+ * Set the Accept-Ranges header for this response
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_accept_ranges(request_rec *r);
+
+
+/* Hmmm... could macrofy these for now, and maybe forever, though the
+ * definitions of the macros would get a whole lot hairier.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Output one character for this request
+ * @param c the character to output
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @return The number of bytes sent
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rputc(int c, request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Write a buffer for the current request
+ * @param buf The buffer to write
+ * @param nbyte The number of bytes to send from the buffer
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The number of bytes sent
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rwrite(const void *buf, int nbyte, request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Output a string for the current request
+ * @param str The string to output
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The number of bytes sent
+ * @note ap_rputs may be implemented as macro or inline function
+ */
+static APR_INLINE int ap_rputs(const char *str, request_rec *r)
+{
+ return ap_rwrite(str, (int)strlen(str), r);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Write an unspecified number of strings to the request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param ... The strings to write
+ * @return The number of bytes sent
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_rvputs(request_rec *r,...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+/**
+ * Output data to the client in a printf format
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param fmt The format string
+ * @param vlist The arguments to use to fill out the format string
+ * @return The number of bytes sent
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_vrprintf(request_rec *r, const char *fmt, va_list vlist);
+
+/**
+ * Output data to the client in a printf format
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param fmt The format string
+ * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out the format string
+ * @return The number of bytes sent
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_rprintf(request_rec *r, const char *fmt,...)
+ __attribute__((format(printf,2,3)));
+
+/**
+ * Flush all of the data for the current request to the client
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 if an error occurred
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rflush(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Index used in custom_responses array for a specific error code
+ * (only use outside protocol.c is in getting them configured).
+ * @param status HTTP status code
+ * @return The index of the response
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_index_of_response(int status);
+
+/**
+ * Return the Status-Line for a given status code (excluding the
+ * HTTP-Version field). If an invalid or unknown status code is
+ * passed, "500 Internal Server Error" will be returned.
+ * @param status The HTTP status code
+ * @return The Status-Line
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_status_line(int status);
+
+/* Reading a block of data from the client connection (e.g., POST arg) */
+
+/**
+ * Setup the client to allow Apache to read the request body.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param read_policy How the server should interpret a chunked
+ * transfer-encoding. One of: <pre>
+ * REQUEST_NO_BODY Send 413 error if message has any body
+ * REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR Send 411 error if body without Content-Length
+ * REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK If chunked, remove the chunks for me.
+ * </pre>
+ * @return either OK or an error code
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_setup_client_block(request_rec *r, int read_policy);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if the client has sent any data. This also sends a
+ * 100 Continue response to HTTP/1.1 clients, so modules should not be called
+ * until the module is ready to read content.
+ * @warning Never call this function more than once.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return 0 if there is no message to read, 1 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_should_client_block(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Call this in a loop. It will put data into a buffer and return the length
+ * of the input block
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param buffer The buffer in which to store the data
+ * @param bufsiz The size of the buffer
+ * @return Number of bytes inserted into the buffer. When done reading, 0
+ * if EOF, or -1 if there was an error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(long) ap_get_client_block(request_rec *r, char *buffer, apr_size_t bufsiz);
+
+/**
+ * Map specific APR codes returned by the filter stack to HTTP error
+ * codes, or the default status code provided. Use it as follows:
+ *
+ * return ap_map_http_request_error(rv, HTTP_BAD_REQUEST);
+ *
+ * If the filter has already handled the error, AP_FILTER_ERROR will
+ * be returned, which is cleanly passed through.
+ *
+ * These mappings imply that the filter stack is reading from the
+ * downstream client, the proxy will map these codes differently.
+ * @param rv APR status code
+ * @param status Default HTTP code should the APR code not be recognised
+ * @return Mapped HTTP status code
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_map_http_request_error(apr_status_t rv, int status);
+
+/**
+ * In HTTP/1.1, any method can have a body. However, most GET handlers
+ * wouldn't know what to do with a request body if they received one.
+ * This helper routine tests for and reads any message body in the request,
+ * simply discarding whatever it receives. We need to do this because
+ * failing to read the request body would cause it to be interpreted
+ * as the next request on a persistent connection.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return error status if request is malformed, OK otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_discard_request_body(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Setup the output headers so that the client knows how to authenticate
+ * itself the next time, if an authentication request failed.
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_auth_failure(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated @see ap_note_auth_failure
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_basic_auth_failure(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated @see ap_note_auth_failure
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_digest_auth_failure(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to add support for a specific auth type to
+ * ap_note_auth_failure
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @param auth_type the configured auth_type
+ * @return OK, DECLINED
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, note_auth_failure, (request_rec *r, const char *auth_type))
+
+/**
+ * Get the password from the request headers. This function has multiple side
+ * effects due to its prior use in the old authentication framework.
+ * ap_get_basic_auth_components() should be preferred.
+ *
+ * @deprecated @see ap_get_basic_auth_components
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param pw The password as set in the headers
+ * @return 0 (OK) if it set the 'pw' argument (and assured
+ * a correct value in r->user); otherwise it returns
+ * an error code, either HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR if things are
+ * really confused, HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED if no authentication at all
+ * seemed to be in use, or DECLINED if there was authentication but
+ * it wasn't Basic (in which case, the caller should presumably
+ * decline as well).
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_basic_auth_pw(request_rec *r, const char **pw);
+
+#define AP_GET_BASIC_AUTH_PW_NOTE "AP_GET_BASIC_AUTH_PW_NOTE"
+
+/**
+ * Get the username and/or password from the request's Basic authentication
+ * headers. Unlike ap_get_basic_auth_pw(), calling this function has no side
+ * effects on the passed request_rec.
+ *
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param username If not NULL, set to the username sent by the client
+ * @param password If not NULL, set to the password sent by the client
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if the credentials were successfully parsed and returned;
+ * APR_EINVAL if there was no authentication header sent or if the
+ * client was not using the Basic authentication scheme. username and
+ * password are unchanged on failure.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_get_basic_auth_components(const request_rec *r,
+ const char **username,
+ const char **password);
+
+/**
+ * parse_uri: break apart the uri
+ * @warning Side Effects:
+ * @li sets r->args to rest after '?' (or NULL if no '?')
+ * @li sets r->uri to request uri (without r->args part)
+ * @li sets r->hostname (if not set already) from request (scheme://host:port)
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param uri The uri to break apart
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_parse_uri(request_rec *r, const char *uri);
+
+#define AP_GETLINE_FOLD 1 /* Whether to merge continuation lines */
+#define AP_GETLINE_CRLF 2 /* Whether line ends must be in the form CR LF */
+#define AP_GETLINE_NOSPC_EOL 4 /* Whether to consume up to and including the
+ end of line on APR_ENOSPC */
+
+/**
+ * Get the next line of input for the request
+ * @param s The buffer into which to read the line
+ * @param n The size of the buffer
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param flags Bit flag of multiple parsing options
+ * AP_GETLINE_FOLD Whether to merge continuation lines
+ * AP_GETLINE_CRLF Whether line ends must be in the form CR LF
+ * @return The length of the line, if successful
+ * n, if the line is too big to fit in the buffer
+ * -1 for miscellaneous errors
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_getline(char *s, int n, request_rec *r, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get the next line of input for the request
+ *
+ * Note: on ASCII boxes, ap_rgetline is a macro which simply calls
+ * ap_rgetline_core to get the line of input.
+ *
+ * on EBCDIC boxes, ap_rgetline is a wrapper function which
+ * translates ASCII protocol lines to the local EBCDIC code page
+ * after getting the line of input.
+ *
+ * @param s Pointer to the pointer to the buffer into which the line
+ * should be read; if *s==NULL, a buffer of the necessary size
+ * to hold the data will be allocated from the request pool
+ * @param n The size of the buffer
+ * @param read The length of the line.
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param flags Bit flag of multiple parsing options
+ * AP_GETLINE_FOLD Whether to merge continuation lines
+ * AP_GETLINE_CRLF Whether line ends must be in the form CR LF
+ * @param bb Working brigade to use when reading buckets
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, if successful
+ * APR_ENOSPC, if the line is too big to fit in the buffer
+ * Other errors where appropriate
+ */
+#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_rgetline(char **s, apr_size_t n,
+ apr_size_t *read,
+ request_rec *r, int flags,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+#else /* ASCII box */
+#define ap_rgetline(s, n, read, r, fold, bb) \
+ ap_rgetline_core((s), (n), (read), (r), (fold), (bb))
+#endif
+
+/** @see ap_rgetline */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_rgetline_core(char **s, apr_size_t n,
+ apr_size_t *read,
+ request_rec *r, int flags,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+
+/**
+ * Get the method number associated with the given string, assumed to
+ * contain an HTTP method. Returns M_INVALID if not recognized.
+ * @param method A string containing a valid HTTP method
+ * @return The method number
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_number_of(const char *method);
+
+/**
+ * Get the method name associated with the given internal method
+ * number. Returns NULL if not recognized.
+ * @param p A pool to use for temporary allocations.
+ * @param methnum An integer value corresponding to an internal method number
+ * @return The name corresponding to the method number
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_method_name_of(apr_pool_t *p, int methnum);
+
+
+/* Hooks */
+/*
+ * pre_read_request --- run right before read_request_line(),
+ * and not run during any subrequests.
+ */
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to affect the request or connection immediately before
+ * the request has been read, and before any other phases have been processes.
+ * @param r The current request of the soon-to-be-read request
+ * @param c The connection
+ * @return None/void
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,pre_read_request,(request_rec *r, conn_rec *c))
+
+/*
+ * post_read_request --- run right after read_request or internal_redirect,
+ * and not run during any subrequests.
+ */
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to affect the request immediately after the request
+ * has been read, and before any other phases have been processes. This allows
+ * modules to make decisions based upon the input header fields
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK or DECLINED
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,post_read_request,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to perform any module-specific logging activities
+ * over and above the normal server things.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,log_transaction,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to retrieve the http scheme for a request. This
+ * allows Apache modules to easily extend the schemes that Apache understands
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The http scheme from the request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(const char *,http_scheme,(const request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * Return the default port from the current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The current port
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_port_t,default_port,(const request_rec *r))
+
+
+#define AP_PROTOCOL_HTTP1 "http/1.1"
+
+/**
+ * Determine the list of protocols available for a connection/request. This may
+ * be collected with or without any request sent, in which case the request is
+ * NULL. Or it may be triggered by the request received, e.g. through the
+ * "Upgrade" header.
+ *
+ * This hook will be run whenever protocols are being negotiated (ALPN as
+ * one example). It may also be invoked at other times, e.g. when the server
+ * wants to advertise protocols it is capable of switching to.
+ *
+ * The identifiers for protocols are taken from the TLS extension type ALPN:
+ * https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-extensiontype-values/tls-extensiontype-values.xml
+ *
+ * If no protocols are added to the proposals, the server not perform any
+ * switch. If the protocol selected from the proposals is the protocol
+ * already in place, also no protocol switch will be invoked.
+ *
+ * The client may already have announced the protocols it is willing to
+ * accept. These will then be listed as offers. This parameter may also
+ * be NULL, indicating that offers from the client are not known and
+ * the hooks should propose all protocols that are valid for the
+ * current connection/request.
+ *
+ * All hooks are run, unless one returns an error. Proposals may contain
+ * duplicates. The order in which proposals are added is usually ignored.
+ *
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param r The current request or NULL
+ * @param s The server/virtual host selected
+ * @param offers A list of protocol identifiers offered by the client or
+ * NULL to indicated that the hooks are free to propose
+ * @param proposals The list of protocol identifiers proposed by the hooks
+ * @return OK or DECLINED
+ * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
+ * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
+ * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
+ * API revision level.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,protocol_propose,(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
+ server_rec *s,
+ const apr_array_header_t *offers,
+ apr_array_header_t *proposals))
+
+/**
+ * Perform a protocol switch on the connection. The exact requirements for
+ * that depend on the protocol in place and the one switched to. The first
+ * protocol module to handle the switch is the last module run.
+ *
+ * For a connection level switch (r == NULL), the handler must on return
+ * leave the conn_rec in a state suitable for processing the switched
+ * protocol, e.g. correct filters in place.
+ *
+ * For a request triggered switch (r != NULL), the protocol switch is done
+ * before the response is sent out. When switching from "http/1.1" via Upgrade
+ * header, the 101 intermediate response will have been sent. The
+ * hook needs then to process the connection until it can be closed. Which
+ * the server will enforce on hook return.
+ * Any error the hook might encounter must already be sent by the hook itself
+ * to the client in whatever form the new protocol requires.
+ *
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param r The current request or NULL
+ * @param s The server/virtual host selected
+ * @param choices A list of protocol identifiers, normally the clients whishes
+ * @param proposals the list of protocol identifiers proposed by the hooks
+ * @return OK or DECLINED
+ * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
+ * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
+ * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
+ * API revision level.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,protocol_switch,(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
+ server_rec *s,
+ const char *protocol))
+
+/**
+ * Return the protocol used on the connection. Modules implementing
+ * protocol switching must register here and return the correct protocol
+ * identifier for connections they switched.
+ *
+ * To find out the protocol for the current connection, better call
+ * @see ap_get_protocol which internally uses this hook.
+ *
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @return The identifier of the protocol in place or NULL
+ * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
+ * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
+ * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
+ * API revision level.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(const char *,protocol_get,(const conn_rec *c))
+
+/**
+ * Get the protocols that the connection and optional request may
+ * upgrade to - besides the protocol currently active on the connection. These
+ * values may be used to announce to a client what choices it has.
+ *
+ * If report_all == 0, only protocols more preferable than the one currently
+ * being used, are reported. Otherwise, all available protocols beside the
+ * current one are being reported.
+ *
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param r The current request or NULL
+ * @param s The server/virtual host selected or NULL
+ * @param report_all include also protocols less preferred than the current one
+ * @param pupgrades on return, possible protocols to upgrade to in descending order
+ * of preference. Maybe NULL if none are available.
+ * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
+ * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
+ * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
+ * API revision level.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_get_protocol_upgrades(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
+ server_rec *s, int report_all,
+ const apr_array_header_t **pupgrades);
+
+/**
+ * Select a protocol for the given connection and optional request. Will return
+ * the protocol identifier selected which may be the protocol already in place
+ * on the connection. The selected protocol will be NULL if non of the given
+ * choices could be agreed upon (e.g. no proposal as made).
+ *
+ * A special case is where the choices itself is NULL (instead of empty). In
+ * this case there are no restrictions imposed on protocol selection.
+ *
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param r The current request or NULL
+ * @param s The server/virtual host selected
+ * @param choices A list of protocol identifiers, normally the clients whishes
+ * @return The selected protocol or NULL if no protocol could be agreed upon
+ * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
+ * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
+ * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
+ * API revision level.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_select_protocol(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
+ server_rec *s,
+ const apr_array_header_t *choices);
+
+/**
+ * Perform the actual protocol switch. The protocol given must have been
+ * selected before on the very same connection and request pair.
+ *
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param r The current request or NULL
+ * @param s The server/virtual host selected
+ * @param protocol the protocol to switch to
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS, if caller may continue processing as usual
+ * APR_EOF, if caller needs to stop processing the connection
+ * APR_EINVAL, if the protocol is already in place
+ * APR_NOTIMPL, if no module performed the switch
+ * Other errors where appropriate
+ * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
+ * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
+ * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
+ * API revision level.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_switch_protocol(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
+ server_rec *s,
+ const char *protocol);
+
+/**
+ * Call the protocol_get hook to determine the protocol currently in use
+ * for the given connection.
+ *
+ * Unless another protocol has been switch to, will default to
+ * @see AP_PROTOCOL_HTTP1 and modules implementing a new protocol must
+ * report a switched connection via the protocol_get hook.
+ *
+ * @param c The connection to determine the protocol for
+ * @return the protocol in use, never NULL
+ * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
+ * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
+ * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
+ * API revision level.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_protocol(conn_rec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given protocol is an allowed choice on the given
+ * combination of connection, request and server.
+ *
+ * When server is NULL, it is taken from request_rec, unless
+ * request_rec is NULL. Then it is taken from the connection base
+ * server.
+ *
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param r The current request or NULL
+ * @param s The server/virtual host selected or NULL
+ * @param protocol the protocol to switch to
+ * @return != 0 iff protocol is allowed
+ * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
+ * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
+ * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
+ * API revision level.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_allowed_protocol(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
+ server_rec *s, const char *protocol);
+
+/** @see ap_bucket_type_error */
+typedef struct ap_bucket_error ap_bucket_error;
+
+/**
+ * @struct ap_bucket_error
+ * @brief A bucket referring to an HTTP error
+ *
+ * This bucket can be passed down the filter stack to indicate that an
+ * HTTP error occurred while running a filter. In order for this bucket
+ * to be used successfully, it MUST be sent as the first bucket in the
+ * first brigade to be sent from a given filter.
+ */
+struct ap_bucket_error {
+ /** Number of buckets using this memory */
+ apr_bucket_refcount refcount;
+ /** The error code */
+ int status;
+ /** The error string */
+ const char *data;
+};
+
+/** @see ap_bucket_type_error */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const apr_bucket_type_t ap_bucket_type_error;
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a bucket is an error bucket
+ * @param e The bucket to inspect
+ * @return true or false
+ */
+#define AP_BUCKET_IS_ERROR(e) (e->type == &ap_bucket_type_error)
+
+/**
+ * Make the bucket passed in an error bucket
+ * @param b The bucket to make into an error bucket
+ * @param error The HTTP error code to put in the bucket.
+ * @param buf An optional error string to put in the bucket.
+ * @param p A pool to allocate out of.
+ * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_error_make(apr_bucket *b, int error,
+ const char *buf, apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Create a bucket referring to an HTTP error.
+ * @param error The HTTP error code to put in the bucket.
+ * @param buf An optional error string to put in the bucket.
+ * @param p A pool to allocate the error string out of.
+ * @param list The bucket allocator from which to allocate the bucket
+ * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_error_create(int error, const char *buf,
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_bucket_alloc_t *list);
+
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_byterange_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_http_header_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_content_length_filter(ap_filter_t *,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *);
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_old_write_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
+
+/**
+ * Sett up the protocol fields for subsidiary requests
+ * @param rnew New Sub Request
+ * @param r current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_sub_req_protocol(request_rec *rnew, const request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * A wrapup function to keep the internal accounting straight.
+ * Indicates that there is no more content coming.
+ * @param sub_r Subrequest that is now compete
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_finalize_sub_req_protocol(request_rec *sub_r);
+
+/**
+ * Send an interim (HTTP 1xx) response immediately.
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param send_headers Whether to send&clear headers in r->headers_out
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_send_interim_response(request_rec *r, int send_headers);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_request.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_request.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_request.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_request.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file http_request.h
+ * @brief Apache Request library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_REQ Apache Request Processing
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*
+ * request.c is the code which handles the main line of request
+ * processing, once a request has been read in (finding the right per-
+ * directory configuration, building it if necessary, and calling all
+ * the module dispatch functions in the right order).
+ *
+ * The pieces here which are public to the modules, allow them to learn
+ * how the server would handle some other file or URI, or perhaps even
+ * direct the server to serve that other file instead of the one the
+ * client requested directly.
+ *
+ * There are two ways to do that. The first is the sub_request mechanism,
+ * which handles looking up files and URIs as adjuncts to some other
+ * request (e.g., directory entries for multiviews and directory listings);
+ * the lookup functions stop short of actually running the request, but
+ * (e.g., for includes), a module may call for the request to be run
+ * by calling run_sub_req. The space allocated to create sub_reqs can be
+ * reclaimed by calling destroy_sub_req --- be sure to copy anything you care
+ * about which was allocated in its apr_pool_t elsewhere before doing this.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H
+#define APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H
+
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+#include "util_filter.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define AP_SUBREQ_NO_ARGS 0
+#define AP_SUBREQ_MERGE_ARGS 1
+
+/**
+ * An internal handler used by the ap_process_request, all subrequest mechanisms
+ * and the redirect mechanism.
+ * @param r The request, subrequest or internal redirect to pre-process
+ * @return The return code for the request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_process_request_internal(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Create a subrequest from the given URI. This subrequest can be
+ * inspected to find information about the requested URI
+ * @param new_uri The URI to lookup
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use. If this is
+ * NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
+ * @return The new request record
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_uri(const char *new_uri,
+ const request_rec *r,
+ ap_filter_t *next_filter);
+
+/**
+ * Create a subrequest for the given file. This subrequest can be
+ * inspected to find information about the requested file
+ * @param new_file The file to lookup
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use. If this is
+ * NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
+ * @return The new request record
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_file(const char *new_file,
+ const request_rec *r,
+ ap_filter_t *next_filter);
+/**
+ * Create a subrequest for the given apr_dir_read result. This subrequest
+ * can be inspected to find information about the requested file
+ * @param finfo The apr_dir_read result to lookup
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param subtype What type of subrequest to perform, one of;
+ * <PRE>
+ * AP_SUBREQ_NO_ARGS ignore r->args and r->path_info
+ * AP_SUBREQ_MERGE_ARGS merge r->args and r->path_info
+ * </PRE>
+ * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use. If this is
+ * NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
+ * @return The new request record
+ * @note The apr_dir_read flags value APR_FINFO_MIN|APR_FINFO_NAME flag is the
+ * minimum recommended query if the results will be passed to apr_dir_read.
+ * The file info passed must include the name, and must have the same relative
+ * directory as the current request.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_dirent(const apr_finfo_t *finfo,
+ const request_rec *r,
+ int subtype,
+ ap_filter_t *next_filter);
+/**
+ * Create a subrequest for the given URI using a specific method. This
+ * subrequest can be inspected to find information about the requested URI
+ * @param method The method to use in the new subrequest
+ * @param new_uri The URI to lookup
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use. If this is
+ * NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
+ * @return The new request record
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_method_uri(const char *method,
+ const char *new_uri,
+ const request_rec *r,
+ ap_filter_t *next_filter);
+/**
+ * An output filter to strip EOS buckets from sub-requests. This always
+ * has to be inserted at the end of a sub-requests filter stack.
+ * @param f The current filter
+ * @param bb The brigade to filter
+ * @return status code
+ */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_sub_req_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+
+/**
+ * Run the handler for the subrequest
+ * @param r The subrequest to run
+ * @return The return code for the subrequest
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_run_sub_req(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Free the memory associated with a subrequest
+ * @param r The subrequest to finish
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_destroy_sub_req(request_rec *r);
+
+/*
+ * Then there's the case that you want some other request to be served
+ * as the top-level request INSTEAD of what the client requested directly.
+ * If so, call this from a handler, and then immediately return OK.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Redirect the current request to some other uri
+ * @param new_uri The URI to replace the current request with
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_redirect(const char *new_uri, request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * This function is designed for things like actions or CGI scripts, when
+ * using AddHandler, and you want to preserve the content type across
+ * an internal redirect.
+ * @param new_uri The URI to replace the current request with.
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_redirect_handler(const char *new_uri, request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Redirect the current request to a sub_req, merging the pools
+ * @param sub_req A subrequest created from this request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @note the sub_req's pool will be merged into r's pool, be very careful
+ * not to destroy this subrequest, it will be destroyed with the main request!
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_fast_redirect(request_rec *sub_req, request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Can be used within any handler to determine if any authentication
+ * is required for the current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return 1 if authentication is required, 0 otherwise
+ * @bug Behavior changed in 2.4.x refactoring, API no longer usable
+ * @deprecated @see ap_some_authn_required()
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_some_auth_required(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_REQ_AUTH Access Control for Sub-Requests and
+ * Internal Redirects
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_REQ
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI 0 /**< Run access control hooks on all
+ internal requests with URIs
+ distinct from that of initial
+ request */
+#define AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF 1 /**< Run access control hooks only on
+ internal requests with
+ configurations distinct from
+ that of initial request */
+#define AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_MASK 0x000F /**< mask to extract internal request
+ processing mode */
+
+/**
+ * Clear flag which determines when access control hooks will be run for
+ * internal requests.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_clear_auth_internal(void);
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether access control hooks will be run for all internal
+ * requests with URIs distinct from that of the initial request, or only
+ * those for which different configurations apply than those which applied
+ * to the initial request. To accommodate legacy external modules which
+ * may expect access control hooks to be run for all internal requests
+ * with distinct URIs, this is the default behaviour unless all access
+ * control hooks and authentication and authorization providers are
+ * registered with AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF.
+ * @param ptemp Pool used for temporary allocations
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_setup_auth_internal(apr_pool_t *ptemp);
+
+/**
+ * Register an authentication or authorization provider with the global
+ * provider pool.
+ * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
+ * @param provider_group The group to store the provider in
+ * @param provider_name The name for this provider
+ * @param provider_version The version for this provider
+ * @param provider Opaque structure for this provider
+ * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
+ * AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_register_auth_provider(apr_pool_t *pool,
+ const char *provider_group,
+ const char *provider_name,
+ const char *provider_version,
+ const void *provider,
+ int type);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/* Optional functions coming from mod_authn_core and mod_authz_core
+ * that list all registered authn/z providers.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_array_header_t *, authn_ap_list_provider_names,
+ (apr_pool_t *ptemp));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_array_header_t *, authz_ap_list_provider_names,
+ (apr_pool_t *ptemp));
+
+/**
+ * Determine if the current request is the main request or a subrequest
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return 1 if this is the main request, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_initial_req(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Function to set the r->mtime field to the specified value if it's later
+ * than what's already there.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param dependency_mtime Time to set the mtime to
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_mtime(request_rec *r, apr_time_t dependency_mtime);
+
+/**
+ * Add one or more methods to the list permitted to access the resource.
+ * Usually executed by the content handler before the response header is
+ * sent, but sometimes invoked at an earlier phase if a module knows it
+ * can set the list authoritatively. Note that the methods are ADDED
+ * to any already permitted unless the reset flag is non-zero. The
+ * list is used to generate the Allow response header field when it
+ * is needed.
+ * @param r The pointer to the request identifying the resource.
+ * @param reset Boolean flag indicating whether this list should
+ * completely replace any current settings.
+ * @param ... A NULL-terminated list of strings, each identifying a
+ * method name to add.
+ * @return None.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_allow_methods(request_rec *r, int reset, ...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+/**
+ * Add one or more methods to the list permitted to access the resource.
+ * Usually executed by the content handler before the response header is
+ * sent, but sometimes invoked at an earlier phase if a module knows it
+ * can set the list authoritatively. Note that the methods are ADDED
+ * to any already permitted unless the reset flag is non-zero. The
+ * list is used to generate the Allow response header field when it
+ * is needed.
+ * @param r The pointer to the request identifying the resource.
+ * @param reset Boolean flag indicating whether this list should
+ * completely replace any current settings.
+ * @param ... A list of method identifiers, from the "M_" series
+ * defined in httpd.h, terminated with a value of -1
+ * (e.g., "M_GET, M_POST, M_OPTIONS, -1")
+ * @return None.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_allow_standard_methods(request_rec *r, int reset, ...);
+
+#define MERGE_ALLOW 0
+#define REPLACE_ALLOW 1
+
+/**
+ * Process a top-level request from a client, and synchronously write
+ * the response to the client
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_process_request(request_rec *r);
+
+/* For post-processing after a handler has finished with a request.
+ * (Commonly used after it was suspended)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_process_request_after_handler(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Process a top-level request from a client, allowing some or all of
+ * the response to remain buffered in the core output filter for later,
+ * asynchronous write completion
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+void ap_process_async_request(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Kill the current request
+ * @param type Why the request is dieing
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_die(int type, request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a connection is still established and has data available,
+ * optionnaly consuming blank lines ([CR]LF).
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param bb The brigade to filter
+ * @param max_blank_lines Max number of blank lines to consume, or zero
+ * to consider them as data (single read).
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS: connection established with data available,
+ * APR_EAGAIN: connection established and empty,
+ * APR_NOTFOUND: too much blank lines,
+ * APR_E*: connection/general error.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_check_pipeline(conn_rec *c, apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ unsigned int max_blank_lines);
+
+/* Hooks */
+
+/**
+ * Gives modules a chance to create their request_config entry when the
+ * request is created.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,create_request,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook allow modules an opportunity to translate the URI into an
+ * actual filename. If no modules do anything special, the server's default
+ * rules will be followed.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,translate_name,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook allow modules to set the per_dir_config based on their own
+ * context (such as "<Proxy>" sections) and responds to contextless requests
+ * such as TRACE that need no security or filesystem mapping.
+ * based on the filesystem.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return DONE (or HTTP_) if this contextless request was just fulfilled
+ * (such as TRACE), OK if this is not a file, and DECLINED if this is a file.
+ * The core map_to_storage (HOOK_RUN_REALLY_LAST) will directory_walk
+ * and file_walk the r->filename.
+ *
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,map_to_storage,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook is used to analyze the request headers, authenticate the user,
+ * and set the user information in the request record (r->user and
+ * r->ap_auth_type). This hook is only run when Apache determines that
+ * authentication/authorization is required for this resource (as determined
+ * by the 'Require' directive). It runs after the access_checker hook, and
+ * before the auth_checker hook. This hook should be registered with
+ * ap_hook_check_authn().
+ *
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @see ap_hook_check_authn
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,check_user_id,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * Allows modules to perform module-specific fixing of header fields. This
+ * is invoked just before any content-handler
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,fixups,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This routine is called to determine and/or set the various document type
+ * information bits, like Content-type (via r->content_type), language, et
+ * cetera.
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,type_checker,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook is used to apply additional access control to this resource.
+ * It runs *before* a user is authenticated, so this hook is really to
+ * apply additional restrictions independent of a user. It also runs
+ * independent of 'Require' directive usage. This hook should be registered
+ * with ap_hook_check_access().
+ *
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @see ap_hook_check_access
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,access_checker,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook is used to apply additional access control and/or bypass
+ * authentication for this resource. It runs *before* a user is authenticated,
+ * but after the auth_checker hook.
+ * This hook should be registered with ap_hook_check_access_ex().
+ *
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @return OK (allow acces), DECLINED (let later modules decide),
+ * or HTTP_... (deny access)
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @see ap_hook_check_access_ex
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,access_checker_ex,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook is used to check to see if the resource being requested
+ * is available for the authenticated user (r->user and r->ap_auth_type).
+ * It runs after the access_checker and check_user_id hooks. Note that
+ * it will *only* be called if Apache determines that access control has
+ * been applied to this resource (through a 'Require' directive). This
+ * hook should be registered with ap_hook_check_authz().
+ *
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @see ap_hook_check_authz
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,auth_checker,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * Register a hook function that will apply additional access control to
+ * the current request.
+ * @param pf An access_checker hook function
+ * @param aszPre A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
+ * hooks should precede this one
+ * @param aszSucc A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
+ * hooks should succeed this one
+ * @param nOrder An integer determining order before honouring aszPre and
+ * aszSucc (for example, HOOK_MIDDLE)
+ * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
+ * AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_hook_check_access(ap_HOOK_access_checker_t *pf,
+ const char * const *aszPre,
+ const char * const *aszSucc,
+ int nOrder, int type);
+
+/**
+ * Register a hook function that will apply additional access control
+ * and/or bypass authentication for the current request.
+ * @param pf An access_checker_ex hook function
+ * @param aszPre A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
+ * hooks should precede this one
+ * @param aszSucc A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
+ * hooks should succeed this one
+ * @param nOrder An integer determining order before honouring aszPre and
+ * aszSucc (for example, HOOK_MIDDLE)
+ * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
+ * AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_hook_check_access_ex(ap_HOOK_access_checker_ex_t *pf,
+ const char * const *aszPre,
+ const char * const *aszSucc,
+ int nOrder, int type);
+
+
+/**
+ * Register a hook function that will analyze the request headers,
+ * authenticate the user, and set the user information in the request record.
+ * @param pf A check_user_id hook function
+ * @param aszPre A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
+ * hooks should precede this one
+ * @param aszSucc A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
+ * hooks should succeed this one
+ * @param nOrder An integer determining order before honouring aszPre and
+ * aszSucc (for example, HOOK_MIDDLE)
+ * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
+ * AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_hook_check_authn(ap_HOOK_check_user_id_t *pf,
+ const char * const *aszPre,
+ const char * const *aszSucc,
+ int nOrder, int type);
+
+/**
+ * Register a hook function that determine if the resource being requested
+ * is available for the currently authenticated user.
+ * @param pf An auth_checker hook function
+ * @param aszPre A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
+ * hooks should precede this one
+ * @param aszSucc A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
+ * hooks should succeed this one
+ * @param nOrder An integer determining order before honouring aszPre and
+ * aszSucc (for example, HOOK_MIDDLE)
+ * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
+ * AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_hook_check_authz(ap_HOOK_auth_checker_t *pf,
+ const char * const *aszPre,
+ const char * const *aszSucc,
+ int nOrder, int type);
+
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to insert filters for the current request
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,insert_filter,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to affect the request immediately after the
+ * per-directory configuration for the request has been generated.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK (allow acces), DECLINED (let later modules decide),
+ * or HTTP_... (deny access)
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,post_perdir_config,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook allows a module to force authn to be required when
+ * processing a request.
+ * This hook should be registered with ap_hook_force_authn().
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return OK (force authn), DECLINED (let later modules decide)
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,force_authn,(request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * This hook allows modules to handle/emulate the apr_stat() calls
+ * needed for directory walk.
+ * @param finfo where to put the stat data
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param wanted APR_FINFO_* flags to pass to apr_stat()
+ * @return apr_status_t or AP_DECLINED (let later modules decide)
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t,dirwalk_stat,(apr_finfo_t *finfo, request_rec *r, apr_int32_t wanted))
+
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_location_walk(request_rec *r);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_directory_walk(request_rec *r);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_file_walk(request_rec *r);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_if_walk(request_rec *r);
+
+/** End Of REQUEST (EOR) bucket */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const apr_bucket_type_t ap_bucket_type_eor;
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a bucket is an End Of REQUEST (EOR) bucket
+ * @param e The bucket to inspect
+ * @return true or false
+ */
+#define AP_BUCKET_IS_EOR(e) (e->type == &ap_bucket_type_eor)
+
+/**
+ * Make the bucket passed in an End Of REQUEST (EOR) bucket
+ * @param b The bucket to make into an EOR bucket
+ * @param r The request to destroy when this bucket is destroyed
+ * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eor_make(apr_bucket *b, request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Create a bucket referring to an End Of REQUEST (EOR). This bucket
+ * holds a pointer to the request_rec, so that the request can be
+ * destroyed right after all of the output has been sent to the client.
+ *
+ * @param list The freelist from which this bucket should be allocated
+ * @param r The request to destroy when this bucket is destroyed
+ * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eor_create(apr_bucket_alloc_t *list,
+ request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Can be used within any handler to determine if any authentication
+ * is required for the current request. Note that if used with an
+ * access_checker hook, an access_checker_ex hook or an authz provider; the
+ * caller should take steps to avoid a loop since this function is
+ * implemented by calling these hooks.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return TRUE if authentication is required, FALSE otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_some_authn_required(request_rec *r);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_vhost.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_vhost.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_vhost.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/http_vhost.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file http_vhost.h
+ * @brief Virtual Host package
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_VHOST Virtual Host Package
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H
+#define APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * called before any config is read
+ * @param p Pool to allocate out of
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_init_vhost_config(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * called after the config has been read to compile the tables needed to do
+ * the run-time vhost lookups
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ * @param main_server The start of the virtual host list
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fini_vhost_config(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *main_server);
+
+/**
+ * handle addresses in "<VirtualHost>" statement
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ * @param hostname The hostname in the VirtualHost statement
+ * @param s The list of Virtual Hosts.
+ */
+const char *ap_parse_vhost_addrs(apr_pool_t *p, const char *hostname, server_rec *s);
+
+/**
+ * handle NameVirtualHost directive
+ * @param cmd Command Parameters structure
+ * @param dummy NOT USED
+ * @param arg a host of the form "<address>[:port]"
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *)ap_set_name_virtual_host(cmd_parms *cmd,
+ void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Callback function for every Name Based Virtual Host.
+ * @param baton Opaque user object
+ * @param conn The current Connection
+ * @param s The current Server
+ * @see ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn
+ * @return 0 on success, any non-zero return will stop the iteration.
+ */
+typedef int(*ap_vhost_iterate_conn_cb)(void* baton, conn_rec* conn, server_rec* s);
+
+/**
+ * For every virtual host on this connection, call func_cb.
+ * @param conn The current connection
+ * @param func_cb Function called for every Name Based Virtual Host for this
+ * connection.
+ * @param baton Opaque object passed to func_cb.
+ * @return The return value from func_cb.
+ * @note If func_cb returns non-zero, the function will return at this point,
+ * and not continue iterating the virtual hosts.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn(conn_rec *conn,
+ ap_vhost_iterate_conn_cb func_cb,
+ void* baton);
+
+/**
+ * given an ip address only, give our best guess as to what vhost it is
+ * @param conn The current connection
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_vhost_given_ip(conn_rec *conn);
+
+/**
+ * ap_update_vhost_given_ip is never enough, and this is always called after
+ * the headers have been read. It may change r->server.
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_vhost_from_headers(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Match the host in the header with the hostname of the server for this
+ * request.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param host The hostname in the headers
+ * @param port The port from the headers
+ * @return return 1 if the host:port matches any of the aliases of r->server,
+ * return 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_matches_request_vhost(request_rec *r, const char *host,
+ apr_port_t port);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/httpd.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/httpd.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/httpd.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/httpd.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,2409 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file httpd.h
+ * @brief HTTP Daemon routines
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE Apache HTTP Server
+ *
+ * Top level group of which all other groups are a member
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_MODS Loadable modules
+ * Top level group for modules
+ * @defgroup APACHE_OS Operating System Specific
+ * @defgroup APACHE_INTERNAL Internal interfaces
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE Core routines
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_DAEMON HTTP Daemon Routine
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_HTTPD_H
+#define APACHE_HTTPD_H
+
+/* XXX - We need to push more stuff to other .h files, or even .c files, to
+ * make this file smaller
+ */
+
+/* Headers in which EVERYONE has an interest... */
+#include "ap_config.h"
+#include "ap_mmn.h"
+
+#include "ap_release.h"
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_general.h"
+#include "apr_tables.h"
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_time.h"
+#include "apr_network_io.h"
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+#include "apr_poll.h"
+#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
+
+#include "os.h"
+
+#include "ap_regex.h"
+
+#if APR_HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Note: apr_uri.h is also included, see below */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----------------------------- config dir ------------------------------ */
+
+/** Define this to be the default server home dir. Most things later in this
+ * file with a relative pathname will have this added.
+ */
+#ifndef HTTPD_ROOT
+#ifdef OS2
+/** Set default for OS/2 file system */
+#define HTTPD_ROOT "/os2httpd"
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+/** Set default for Windows file system */
+#define HTTPD_ROOT "/apache"
+#elif defined (NETWARE)
+/** Set the default for NetWare */
+#define HTTPD_ROOT "/apache"
+#else
+/** Set for all other OSs */
+#define HTTPD_ROOT "/usr/local/apache"
+#endif
+#endif /* HTTPD_ROOT */
+
+/*
+ * --------- You shouldn't have to edit anything below this line ----------
+ *
+ * Any modifications to any defaults not defined above should be done in the
+ * respective configuration file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Default location of documents. Can be overridden by the DocumentRoot
+ * directive.
+ */
+#ifndef DOCUMENT_LOCATION
+#ifdef OS2
+/* Set default for OS/2 file system */
+#define DOCUMENT_LOCATION HTTPD_ROOT "/docs"
+#else
+/* Set default for non OS/2 file system */
+#define DOCUMENT_LOCATION HTTPD_ROOT "/htdocs"
+#endif
+#endif /* DOCUMENT_LOCATION */
+
+/** Maximum number of dynamically loaded modules */
+#ifndef DYNAMIC_MODULE_LIMIT
+#define DYNAMIC_MODULE_LIMIT 256
+#endif
+
+/** Default administrator's address */
+#define DEFAULT_ADMIN "[no address given]"
+
+/** The name of the log files */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_ERRORLOG
+#if defined(OS2) || defined(WIN32)
+#define DEFAULT_ERRORLOG "logs/error.log"
+#else
+#define DEFAULT_ERRORLOG "logs/error_log"
+#endif
+#endif /* DEFAULT_ERRORLOG */
+
+/** Define this to be what your per-directory security files are called */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME
+#ifdef OS2
+/* Set default for OS/2 file system */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME "htaccess"
+#else
+#define DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME ".htaccess"
+#endif
+#endif /* DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME */
+
+/** The name of the server config file */
+#ifndef SERVER_CONFIG_FILE
+#define SERVER_CONFIG_FILE "conf/httpd.conf"
+#endif
+
+/** The default path for CGI scripts if none is currently set */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_PATH
+#define DEFAULT_PATH "/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/bsd:/usr/local/bin"
+#endif
+
+/** The path to the suExec wrapper, can be overridden in Configuration */
+#ifndef SUEXEC_BIN
+#define SUEXEC_BIN HTTPD_ROOT "/bin/suexec"
+#endif
+
+/** The timeout for waiting for messages */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
+#define DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 60
+#endif
+
+/** The timeout for waiting for keepalive timeout until next request */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_TIMEOUT
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_TIMEOUT 5
+#endif
+
+/** The number of requests to entertain per connection */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE 100
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Limits on the size of various request items. These limits primarily
+ * exist to prevent simple denial-of-service attacks on a server based
+ * on misuse of the protocol. The recommended values will depend on the
+ * nature of the server resources -- CGI scripts and database backends
+ * might require large values, but most servers could get by with much
+ * smaller limits than we use below. The request message body size can
+ * be limited by the per-dir config directive LimitRequestBody.
+ *
+ * Internal buffer sizes are two bytes more than the DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE
+ * and DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE below, which explains the 8190.
+ * These two limits can be lowered or raised by the server config
+ * directives LimitRequestLine and LimitRequestFieldsize, respectively.
+ *
+ * DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS can be modified or disabled (set = 0) by
+ * the server config directive LimitRequestFields.
+ */
+
+/** default limit on bytes in Request-Line (Method+URI+HTTP-version) */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE
+#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE 8190
+#endif
+/** default limit on bytes in any one header field */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE
+#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE 8190
+#endif
+/** default limit on number of request header fields */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS
+#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS 100
+#endif
+/** default/hard limit on number of leading/trailing empty lines */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_BLANK_LINES
+#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_BLANK_LINES 10
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The default default character set name to add if AddDefaultCharset is
+ * enabled. Overridden with AddDefaultCharsetName.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAME "iso-8859-1"
+
+/** default HTTP Server protocol */
+#define AP_SERVER_PROTOCOL "HTTP/1.1"
+
+
+/* ------------------ stuff that modules are allowed to look at ----------- */
+
+/** Define this to be what your HTML directory content files are called */
+#ifndef AP_DEFAULT_INDEX
+#define AP_DEFAULT_INDEX "index.html"
+#endif
+
+/** The name of the MIME types file */
+#ifndef AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE
+#define AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE "conf/mime.types"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Define the HTML doctype strings centrally.
+ */
+/** HTML 2.0 Doctype */
+#define DOCTYPE_HTML_2_0 "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//IETF//" \
+ "DTD HTML 2.0//EN\">\n"
+/** HTML 3.2 Doctype */
+#define DOCTYPE_HTML_3_2 "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
+ "DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN\">\n"
+/** HTML 4.0 Strict Doctype */
+#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0S "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
+ "DTD HTML 4.0//EN\"\n" \
+ "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd\">\n"
+/** HTML 4.0 Transitional Doctype */
+#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0T "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
+ "DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" \
+ "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd\">\n"
+/** HTML 4.0 Frameset Doctype */
+#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0F "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
+ "DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN\"\n" \
+ "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/frameset.dtd\">\n"
+/** XHTML 1.0 Strict Doctype */
+#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0S "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
+ "DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\"\n" \
+ "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
+ "xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n"
+/** XHTML 1.0 Transitional Doctype */
+#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0T "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
+ "DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" \
+ "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
+ "xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">\n"
+/** XHTML 1.0 Frameset Doctype */
+#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0F "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
+ "DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//EN\"\n" \
+ "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
+ "xhtml1-frameset.dtd\">"
+
+/** Internal representation for a HTTP protocol number, e.g., HTTP/1.1 */
+#define HTTP_VERSION(major,minor) (1000*(major)+(minor))
+/** Major part of HTTP protocol */
+#define HTTP_VERSION_MAJOR(number) ((number)/1000)
+/** Minor part of HTTP protocol */
+#define HTTP_VERSION_MINOR(number) ((number)%1000)
+
+/* -------------- Port number for server running standalone --------------- */
+
+/** default HTTP Port */
+#define DEFAULT_HTTP_PORT 80
+/** default HTTPS Port */
+#define DEFAULT_HTTPS_PORT 443
+/**
+ * Check whether @a port is the default port for the request @a r.
+ * @param port The port number
+ * @param r The request
+ * @see #ap_default_port
+ */
+#define ap_is_default_port(port,r) ((port) == ap_default_port(r))
+/**
+ * Get the default port for a request (which depends on the scheme).
+ * @param r The request
+ */
+#define ap_default_port(r) ap_run_default_port(r)
+/**
+ * Get the scheme for a request.
+ * @param r The request
+ */
+#define ap_http_scheme(r) ap_run_http_scheme(r)
+
+/** The default string length */
+#define MAX_STRING_LEN HUGE_STRING_LEN
+
+/** The length of a Huge string */
+#define HUGE_STRING_LEN 8192
+
+/** The size of the server's internal read-write buffers */
+#define AP_IOBUFSIZE 8192
+
+/** The max number of regex captures that can be expanded by ap_pregsub */
+#define AP_MAX_REG_MATCH 10
+
+/**
+ * APR_HAS_LARGE_FILES introduces the problem of spliting sendfile into
+ * multiple buckets, no greater than MAX(apr_size_t), and more granular
+ * than that in case the brigade code/filters attempt to read it directly.
+ * ### 16mb is an invention, no idea if it is reasonable.
+ */
+#define AP_MAX_SENDFILE 16777216 /* 2^24 */
+
+/**
+ * MPM child process exit status values
+ * The MPM parent process may check the status to see if special
+ * error handling is required.
+ */
+/** a normal exit */
+#define APEXIT_OK 0x0
+/** A fatal error arising during the server's init sequence */
+#define APEXIT_INIT 0x2
+/** The child died during its init sequence */
+#define APEXIT_CHILDINIT 0x3
+/**
+ * The child exited due to a resource shortage.
+ * The parent should limit the rate of forking until
+ * the situation is resolved.
+ */
+#define APEXIT_CHILDSICK 0x7
+/**
+ * A fatal error, resulting in the whole server aborting.
+ * If a child exits with this error, the parent process
+ * considers this a server-wide fatal error and aborts.
+ */
+#define APEXIT_CHILDFATAL 0xf
+
+#ifndef AP_DECLARE
+/**
+ * Stuff marked #AP_DECLARE is part of the API, and intended for use
+ * by modules. Its purpose is to allow us to add attributes that
+ * particular platforms or compilers require to every exported function.
+ */
+# define AP_DECLARE(type) type
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AP_DECLARE_NONSTD
+/**
+ * Stuff marked #AP_DECLARE_NONSTD is part of the API, and intended for
+ * use by modules. The difference between #AP_DECLARE and
+ * #AP_DECLARE_NONSTD is that the latter is required for any functions
+ * which use varargs or are used via indirect function call. This
+ * is to accommodate the two calling conventions in windows dlls.
+ */
+# define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#endif
+#ifndef AP_DECLARE_DATA
+# define AP_DECLARE_DATA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE
+# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type) type
+#endif
+#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD
+# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#endif
+#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
+# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @internal
+ * modules should not use functions marked AP_CORE_DECLARE
+ */
+#ifndef AP_CORE_DECLARE
+# define AP_CORE_DECLARE AP_DECLARE
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @internal
+ * modules should not use functions marked AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD
+# define AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD AP_DECLARE_NONSTD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APACHE_APR_STATUS_T HTTPD specific values of apr_status_t
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AP_START_USERERR (APR_OS_START_USERERR + 2000)
+#define AP_USERERR_LEN 1000
+
+/** The function declines to handle the request */
+#define AP_DECLINED (AP_START_USERERR + 0)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @brief The numeric version information is broken out into fields within this
+ * structure.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ int major; /**< major number */
+ int minor; /**< minor number */
+ int patch; /**< patch number */
+ const char *add_string; /**< additional string like "-dev" */
+} ap_version_t;
+
+/**
+ * Return httpd's version information in a numeric form.
+ *
+ * @param version Pointer to a version structure for returning the version
+ * information.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_server_revision(ap_version_t *version);
+
+/**
+ * Get the server banner in a form suitable for sending over the
+ * network, with the level of information controlled by the
+ * ServerTokens directive.
+ * @return The server banner
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_banner(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the server description in a form suitable for local displays,
+ * status reports, or logging. This includes the detailed server
+ * version and information about some modules. It is not affected
+ * by the ServerTokens directive.
+ * @return The server description
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_description(void);
+
+/**
+ * Add a component to the server description and banner strings
+ * @param pconf The pool to allocate the component from
+ * @param component The string to add
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_version_component(apr_pool_t *pconf, const char *component);
+
+/**
+ * Get the date a time that the server was built
+ * @return The server build time string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_built(void);
+
+/* non-HTTP status codes returned by hooks */
+
+#define OK 0 /**< Module has handled this stage. */
+#define DECLINED -1 /**< Module declines to handle */
+#define DONE -2 /**< Module has served the response completely
+ * - it's safe to die() with no more output
+ */
+#define SUSPENDED -3 /**< Module will handle the remainder of the request.
+ * The core will never invoke the request again, */
+
+/** Returned by the bottom-most filter if no data was written.
+ * @see ap_pass_brigade(). */
+#define AP_NOBODY_WROTE -100
+/** Returned by the bottom-most filter if no data was read.
+ * @see ap_get_brigade(). */
+#define AP_NOBODY_READ -101
+/** Returned by any filter if the filter chain encounters an error
+ * and has already dealt with the error response.
+ */
+#define AP_FILTER_ERROR -102
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup HTTP_Status HTTP Status Codes
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * The size of the static status_lines array in http_protocol.c for
+ * storing all of the potential response status-lines (a sparse table).
+ * When adding a new code here add it to status_lines as well.
+ * A future version should dynamically generate the apr_table_t at startup.
+ */
+#define RESPONSE_CODES 103
+
+#define HTTP_CONTINUE 100
+#define HTTP_SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS 101
+#define HTTP_PROCESSING 102
+#define HTTP_OK 200
+#define HTTP_CREATED 201
+#define HTTP_ACCEPTED 202
+#define HTTP_NON_AUTHORITATIVE 203
+#define HTTP_NO_CONTENT 204
+#define HTTP_RESET_CONTENT 205
+#define HTTP_PARTIAL_CONTENT 206
+#define HTTP_MULTI_STATUS 207
+#define HTTP_ALREADY_REPORTED 208
+#define HTTP_IM_USED 226
+#define HTTP_MULTIPLE_CHOICES 300
+#define HTTP_MOVED_PERMANENTLY 301
+#define HTTP_MOVED_TEMPORARILY 302
+#define HTTP_SEE_OTHER 303
+#define HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED 304
+#define HTTP_USE_PROXY 305
+#define HTTP_TEMPORARY_REDIRECT 307
+#define HTTP_PERMANENT_REDIRECT 308
+#define HTTP_BAD_REQUEST 400
+#define HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED 401
+#define HTTP_PAYMENT_REQUIRED 402
+#define HTTP_FORBIDDEN 403
+#define HTTP_NOT_FOUND 404
+#define HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED 405
+#define HTTP_NOT_ACCEPTABLE 406
+#define HTTP_PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED 407
+#define HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT 408
+#define HTTP_CONFLICT 409
+#define HTTP_GONE 410
+#define HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED 411
+#define HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED 412
+#define HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE 413
+#define HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE 414
+#define HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE 415
+#define HTTP_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE 416
+#define HTTP_EXPECTATION_FAILED 417
+#define HTTP_MISDIRECTED_REQUEST 421
+#define HTTP_UNPROCESSABLE_ENTITY 422
+#define HTTP_LOCKED 423
+#define HTTP_FAILED_DEPENDENCY 424
+#define HTTP_UPGRADE_REQUIRED 426
+#define HTTP_PRECONDITION_REQUIRED 428
+#define HTTP_TOO_MANY_REQUESTS 429
+#define HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_FIELDS_TOO_LARGE 431
+#define HTTP_UNAVAILABLE_FOR_LEGAL_REASONS 451
+#define HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR 500
+#define HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 501
+#define HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY 502
+#define HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE 503
+#define HTTP_GATEWAY_TIME_OUT 504
+#define HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED 505
+#define HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES 506
+#define HTTP_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE 507
+#define HTTP_LOOP_DETECTED 508
+#define HTTP_NOT_EXTENDED 510
+#define HTTP_NETWORK_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED 511
+
+/** is the status code informational */
+#define ap_is_HTTP_INFO(x) (((x) >= 100)&&((x) < 200))
+/** is the status code OK ?*/
+#define ap_is_HTTP_SUCCESS(x) (((x) >= 200)&&((x) < 300))
+/** is the status code a redirect */
+#define ap_is_HTTP_REDIRECT(x) (((x) >= 300)&&((x) < 400))
+/** is the status code a error (client or server) */
+#define ap_is_HTTP_ERROR(x) (((x) >= 400)&&((x) < 600))
+/** is the status code a client error */
+#define ap_is_HTTP_CLIENT_ERROR(x) (((x) >= 400)&&((x) < 500))
+/** is the status code a server error */
+#define ap_is_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR(x) (((x) >= 500)&&((x) < 600))
+/** is the status code a (potentially) valid response code? */
+#define ap_is_HTTP_VALID_RESPONSE(x) (((x) >= 100)&&((x) < 600))
+
+/** should the status code drop the connection */
+#define ap_status_drops_connection(x) \
+ (((x) == HTTP_BAD_REQUEST) || \
+ ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT) || \
+ ((x) == HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED) || \
+ ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE) || \
+ ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE) || \
+ ((x) == HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR) || \
+ ((x) == HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE) || \
+ ((x) == HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED))
+
+/** does the status imply header only response (i.e. never w/ a body)? */
+#define AP_STATUS_IS_HEADER_ONLY(x) ((x) == HTTP_NO_CONTENT || \
+ (x) == HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED)
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup Methods List of Methods recognized by the server
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_DAEMON
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @brief Methods recognized (but not necessarily handled) by the server.
+ *
+ * These constants are used in bit shifting masks of size int, so it is
+ * unsafe to have more methods than bits in an int. HEAD == M_GET.
+ * This list must be tracked by the list in http_protocol.c in routine
+ * ap_method_name_of().
+ *
+ */
+
+#define M_GET 0 /** RFC 2616: HTTP */
+#define M_PUT 1 /* : */
+#define M_POST 2
+#define M_DELETE 3
+#define M_CONNECT 4
+#define M_OPTIONS 5
+#define M_TRACE 6 /** RFC 2616: HTTP */
+#define M_PATCH 7 /** no rfc(!) ### remove this one? */
+#define M_PROPFIND 8 /** RFC 2518: WebDAV */
+#define M_PROPPATCH 9 /* : */
+#define M_MKCOL 10
+#define M_COPY 11
+#define M_MOVE 12
+#define M_LOCK 13
+#define M_UNLOCK 14 /** RFC 2518: WebDAV */
+#define M_VERSION_CONTROL 15 /** RFC 3253: WebDAV Versioning */
+#define M_CHECKOUT 16 /* : */
+#define M_UNCHECKOUT 17
+#define M_CHECKIN 18
+#define M_UPDATE 19
+#define M_LABEL 20
+#define M_REPORT 21
+#define M_MKWORKSPACE 22
+#define M_MKACTIVITY 23
+#define M_BASELINE_CONTROL 24
+#define M_MERGE 25
+#define M_INVALID 26 /** no valid method */
+
+/**
+ * METHODS needs to be equal to the number of bits
+ * we are using for limit masks.
+ */
+#define METHODS 64
+
+/**
+ * The method mask bit to shift for anding with a bitmask.
+ */
+#define AP_METHOD_BIT ((apr_int64_t)1)
+/** @} */
+
+
+/** @see ap_method_list_t */
+typedef struct ap_method_list_t ap_method_list_t;
+
+/**
+ * @struct ap_method_list_t
+ * @brief Structure for handling HTTP methods.
+ *
+ * Methods known to the server are accessed via a bitmask shortcut;
+ * extension methods are handled by an array.
+ */
+struct ap_method_list_t {
+ /** The bitmask used for known methods */
+ apr_int64_t method_mask;
+ /** the array used for extension methods */
+ apr_array_header_t *method_list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup module_magic Module Magic mime types
+ * @{
+ */
+/** Magic for mod_cgi[d] */
+#define CGI_MAGIC_TYPE "application/x-httpd-cgi"
+/** Magic for mod_include */
+#define INCLUDES_MAGIC_TYPE "text/x-server-parsed-html"
+/** Magic for mod_include */
+#define INCLUDES_MAGIC_TYPE3 "text/x-server-parsed-html3"
+/** Magic for mod_dir */
+#define DIR_MAGIC_TYPE "httpd/unix-directory"
+/** Default for r->handler if no content-type set by type_checker */
+#define AP_DEFAULT_HANDLER_NAME ""
+#define AP_IS_DEFAULT_HANDLER_NAME(x) (*x == '\0')
+
+/** @} */
+/* Just in case your linefeed isn't the one the other end is expecting. */
+#if !APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
+/** linefeed */
+#define LF 10
+/** carrige return */
+#define CR 13
+/** carrige return /Line Feed Combo */
+#define CRLF "\015\012"
+#else /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
+/* For platforms using the EBCDIC charset, the transition ASCII->EBCDIC is done
+ * in the buff package (bread/bputs/bwrite). Everywhere else, we use
+ * "native EBCDIC" CR and NL characters. These are therefore
+ * defined as
+ * '\r' and '\n'.
+ */
+#define CR '\r'
+#define LF '\n'
+#define CRLF "\r\n"
+#endif /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
+/** Useful for common code with either platform charset. */
+#define CRLF_ASCII "\015\012"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup values_request_rec_body Possible values for request_rec.read_body
+ * @{
+ * Possible values for request_rec.read_body (set by handling module):
+ */
+
+/** Send 413 error if message has any body */
+#define REQUEST_NO_BODY 0
+/** Send 411 error if body without Content-Length */
+#define REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR 1
+/** If chunked, remove the chunks for me. */
+#define REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK 2
+/** @} // values_request_rec_body */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup values_request_rec_used_path_info Possible values for request_rec.used_path_info
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_DAEMON
+ * @{
+ * Possible values for request_rec.used_path_info:
+ */
+
+/** Accept the path_info from the request */
+#define AP_REQ_ACCEPT_PATH_INFO 0
+/** Return a 404 error if path_info was given */
+#define AP_REQ_REJECT_PATH_INFO 1
+/** Module may chose to use the given path_info */
+#define AP_REQ_DEFAULT_PATH_INFO 2
+
+/** @} // values_request_rec_used_path_info */
+
+
+/*
+ * Things which may vary per file-lookup WITHIN a request ---
+ * e.g., state of MIME config. Basically, the name of an object, info
+ * about the object, and any other info we may ahve which may need to
+ * change as we go poking around looking for it (e.g., overridden by
+ * .htaccess files).
+ *
+ * Note how the default state of almost all these things is properly
+ * zero, so that allocating it with pcalloc does the right thing without
+ * a whole lot of hairy initialization... so long as we are willing to
+ * make the (fairly) portable assumption that the bit pattern of a NULL
+ * pointer is, in fact, zero.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This represents the result of calling htaccess; these are cached for
+ * each request.
+ */
+struct htaccess_result {
+ /** the directory to which this applies */
+ const char *dir;
+ /** the overrides allowed for the .htaccess file */
+ int override;
+ /** the override options allowed for the .htaccess file */
+ int override_opts;
+ /** Table of allowed directives for override */
+ apr_table_t *override_list;
+ /** the configuration directives */
+ struct ap_conf_vector_t *htaccess;
+ /** the next one, or NULL if no more; N.B. never change this */
+ const struct htaccess_result *next;
+};
+
+/* The following four types define a hierarchy of activities, so that
+ * given a request_rec r you can write r->connection->server->process
+ * to get to the process_rec. While this reduces substantially the
+ * number of arguments that various hooks require beware that in
+ * threaded versions of the server you must consider multiplexing
+ * issues. */
+
+
+/** A structure that represents one process */
+typedef struct process_rec process_rec;
+/** A structure that represents a virtual server */
+typedef struct server_rec server_rec;
+/** A structure that represents one connection */
+typedef struct conn_rec conn_rec;
+/** A structure that represents the current request */
+typedef struct request_rec request_rec;
+/** A structure that represents the status of the current connection */
+typedef struct conn_state_t conn_state_t;
+
+/* ### would be nice to not include this from httpd.h ... */
+/* This comes after we have defined the request_rec type */
+#include "apr_uri.h"
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure that represents one process
+ */
+struct process_rec {
+ /** Global pool. Cleared upon normal exit */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+ /** Configuration pool. Cleared upon restart */
+ apr_pool_t *pconf;
+ /** The program name used to execute the program */
+ const char *short_name;
+ /** The command line arguments */
+ const char * const *argv;
+ /** Number of command line arguments passed to the program */
+ int argc;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure that represents the current request
+ */
+struct request_rec {
+ /** The pool associated with the request */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+ /** The connection to the client */
+ conn_rec *connection;
+ /** The virtual host for this request */
+ server_rec *server;
+
+ /** Pointer to the redirected request if this is an external redirect */
+ request_rec *next;
+ /** Pointer to the previous request if this is an internal redirect */
+ request_rec *prev;
+
+ /** Pointer to the main request if this is a sub-request
+ * (see http_request.h) */
+ request_rec *main;
+
+ /* Info about the request itself... we begin with stuff that only
+ * protocol.c should ever touch...
+ */
+ /** First line of request */
+ char *the_request;
+ /** HTTP/0.9, "simple" request (e.g. GET /foo\n w/no headers) */
+ int assbackwards;
+ /** A proxy request (calculated during post_read_request/translate_name)
+ * possible values PROXYREQ_NONE, PROXYREQ_PROXY, PROXYREQ_REVERSE,
+ * PROXYREQ_RESPONSE
+ */
+ int proxyreq;
+ /** HEAD request, as opposed to GET */
+ int header_only;
+ /** Protocol version number of protocol; 1.1 = 1001 */
+ int proto_num;
+ /** Protocol string, as given to us, or HTTP/0.9 */
+ char *protocol;
+ /** Host, as set by full URI or Host: */
+ const char *hostname;
+
+ /** Time when the request started */
+ apr_time_t request_time;
+
+ /** Status line, if set by script */
+ const char *status_line;
+ /** Status line */
+ int status;
+
+ /* Request method, two ways; also, protocol, etc.. Outside of protocol.c,
+ * look, but don't touch.
+ */
+
+ /** M_GET, M_POST, etc. */
+ int method_number;
+ /** Request method (eg. GET, HEAD, POST, etc.) */
+ const char *method;
+
+ /**
+ * 'allowed' is a bitvector of the allowed methods.
+ *
+ * A handler must ensure that the request method is one that
+ * it is capable of handling. Generally modules should DECLINE
+ * any request methods they do not handle. Prior to aborting the
+ * handler like this the handler should set r->allowed to the list
+ * of methods that it is willing to handle. This bitvector is used
+ * to construct the "Allow:" header required for OPTIONS requests,
+ * and HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED and HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED status codes.
+ *
+ * Since the default_handler deals with OPTIONS, all modules can
+ * usually decline to deal with OPTIONS. TRACE is always allowed,
+ * modules don't need to set it explicitly.
+ *
+ * Since the default_handler will always handle a GET, a
+ * module which does *not* implement GET should probably return
+ * HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED. Unfortunately this means that a Script GET
+ * handler can't be installed by mod_actions.
+ */
+ apr_int64_t allowed;
+ /** Array of extension methods */
+ apr_array_header_t *allowed_xmethods;
+ /** List of allowed methods */
+ ap_method_list_t *allowed_methods;
+
+ /** byte count in stream is for body */
+ apr_off_t sent_bodyct;
+ /** body byte count, for easy access */
+ apr_off_t bytes_sent;
+ /** Last modified time of the requested resource */
+ apr_time_t mtime;
+
+ /* HTTP/1.1 connection-level features */
+
+ /** The Range: header */
+ const char *range;
+ /** The "real" content length */
+ apr_off_t clength;
+ /** sending chunked transfer-coding */
+ int chunked;
+
+ /** Method for reading the request body
+ * (eg. REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR, REQUEST_NO_BODY,
+ * REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK, etc...) */
+ int read_body;
+ /** reading chunked transfer-coding */
+ int read_chunked;
+ /** is client waiting for a 100 response? */
+ unsigned expecting_100;
+ /** The optional kept body of the request. */
+ apr_bucket_brigade *kept_body;
+ /** For ap_body_to_table(): parsed body */
+ /* XXX: ap_body_to_table has been removed. Remove body_table too or
+ * XXX: keep it to reintroduce ap_body_to_table without major bump? */
+ apr_table_t *body_table;
+ /** Remaining bytes left to read from the request body */
+ apr_off_t remaining;
+ /** Number of bytes that have been read from the request body */
+ apr_off_t read_length;
+
+ /* MIME header environments, in and out. Also, an array containing
+ * environment variables to be passed to subprocesses, so people can
+ * write modules to add to that environment.
+ *
+ * The difference between headers_out and err_headers_out is that the
+ * latter are printed even on error, and persist across internal redirects
+ * (so the headers printed for ErrorDocument handlers will have them).
+ *
+ * The 'notes' apr_table_t is for notes from one module to another, with no
+ * other set purpose in mind...
+ */
+
+ /** MIME header environment from the request */
+ apr_table_t *headers_in;
+ /** MIME header environment for the response */
+ apr_table_t *headers_out;
+ /** MIME header environment for the response, printed even on errors and
+ * persist across internal redirects */
+ apr_table_t *err_headers_out;
+ /** Array of environment variables to be used for sub processes */
+ apr_table_t *subprocess_env;
+ /** Notes from one module to another */
+ apr_table_t *notes;
+
+ /* content_type, handler, content_encoding, and all content_languages
+ * MUST be lowercased strings. They may be pointers to static strings;
+ * they should not be modified in place.
+ */
+ /** The content-type for the current request */
+ const char *content_type; /* Break these out --- we dispatch on 'em */
+ /** The handler string that we use to call a handler function */
+ const char *handler; /* What we *really* dispatch on */
+
+ /** How to encode the data */
+ const char *content_encoding;
+ /** Array of strings representing the content languages */
+ apr_array_header_t *content_languages;
+
+ /** variant list validator (if negotiated) */
+ char *vlist_validator;
+
+ /** If an authentication check was made, this gets set to the user name. */
+ char *user;
+ /** If an authentication check was made, this gets set to the auth type. */
+ char *ap_auth_type;
+
+ /* What object is being requested (either directly, or via include
+ * or content-negotiation mapping).
+ */
+
+ /** The URI without any parsing performed */
+ char *unparsed_uri;
+ /** The path portion of the URI, or "/" if no path provided */
+ char *uri;
+ /** The filename on disk corresponding to this response */
+ char *filename;
+ /** The true filename stored in the filesystem, as in the true alpha case
+ * and alias correction, e.g. "Image.jpeg" not "IMAGE$1.JPE" on Windows.
+ * The core map_to_storage canonicalizes r->filename when they mismatch */
+ char *canonical_filename;
+ /** The PATH_INFO extracted from this request */
+ char *path_info;
+ /** The QUERY_ARGS extracted from this request */
+ char *args;
+
+ /**
+ * Flag for the handler to accept or reject path_info on
+ * the current request. All modules should respect the
+ * AP_REQ_ACCEPT_PATH_INFO and AP_REQ_REJECT_PATH_INFO
+ * values, while AP_REQ_DEFAULT_PATH_INFO indicates they
+ * may follow existing conventions. This is set to the
+ * user's preference upon HOOK_VERY_FIRST of the fixups.
+ */
+ int used_path_info;
+
+ /** A flag to determine if the eos bucket has been sent yet */
+ int eos_sent;
+
+ /* Various other config info which may change with .htaccess files
+ * These are config vectors, with one void* pointer for each module
+ * (the thing pointed to being the module's business).
+ */
+
+ /** Options set in config files, etc. */
+ struct ap_conf_vector_t *per_dir_config;
+ /** Notes on *this* request */
+ struct ap_conf_vector_t *request_config;
+
+ /** Optional request log level configuration. Will usually point
+ * to a server or per_dir config, i.e. must be copied before
+ * modifying */
+ const struct ap_logconf *log;
+
+ /** Id to identify request in access and error log. Set when the first
+ * error log entry for this request is generated.
+ */
+ const char *log_id;
+
+ /**
+ * A linked list of the .htaccess configuration directives
+ * accessed by this request.
+ * N.B. always add to the head of the list, _never_ to the end.
+ * that way, a sub request's list can (temporarily) point to a parent's list
+ */
+ const struct htaccess_result *htaccess;
+
+ /** A list of output filters to be used for this request */
+ struct ap_filter_t *output_filters;
+ /** A list of input filters to be used for this request */
+ struct ap_filter_t *input_filters;
+
+ /** A list of protocol level output filters to be used for this
+ * request */
+ struct ap_filter_t *proto_output_filters;
+ /** A list of protocol level input filters to be used for this
+ * request */
+ struct ap_filter_t *proto_input_filters;
+
+ /** This response can not be cached */
+ int no_cache;
+ /** There is no local copy of this response */
+ int no_local_copy;
+
+ /** Mutex protect callbacks registered with ap_mpm_register_timed_callback
+ * from being run before the original handler finishes running
+ */
+ apr_thread_mutex_t *invoke_mtx;
+
+ /** A struct containing the components of URI */
+ apr_uri_t parsed_uri;
+ /** finfo.protection (st_mode) set to zero if no such file */
+ apr_finfo_t finfo;
+
+ /** remote address information from conn_rec, can be overridden if
+ * necessary by a module.
+ * This is the address that originated the request.
+ */
+ apr_sockaddr_t *useragent_addr;
+ char *useragent_ip;
+
+ /** MIME trailer environment from the request */
+ apr_table_t *trailers_in;
+ /** MIME trailer environment from the response */
+ apr_table_t *trailers_out;
+
+ /** Originator's DNS name, if known. NULL if DNS hasn't been checked,
+ * "" if it has and no address was found. N.B. Only access this though
+ * ap_get_useragent_host() */
+ char *useragent_host;
+ /** have we done double-reverse DNS? -1 yes/failure, 0 not yet,
+ * 1 yes/success
+ */
+ int double_reverse;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup ProxyReq Proxy request types
+ *
+ * Possible values of request_rec->proxyreq. A request could be normal,
+ * proxied or reverse proxied. Normally proxied and reverse proxied are
+ * grouped together as just "proxied", but sometimes it's necessary to
+ * tell the difference between the two, such as for authentication.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PROXYREQ_NONE 0 /**< No proxy */
+#define PROXYREQ_PROXY 1 /**< Standard proxy */
+#define PROXYREQ_REVERSE 2 /**< Reverse proxy */
+#define PROXYREQ_RESPONSE 3 /**< Origin response */
+
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of connection keepalive options
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ AP_CONN_UNKNOWN,
+ AP_CONN_CLOSE,
+ AP_CONN_KEEPALIVE
+} ap_conn_keepalive_e;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Structure to store things which are per connection
+ */
+struct conn_rec {
+ /** Pool associated with this connection */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+ /** Physical vhost this conn came in on */
+ server_rec *base_server;
+ /** used by http_vhost.c */
+ void *vhost_lookup_data;
+
+ /* Information about the connection itself */
+ /** local address */
+ apr_sockaddr_t *local_addr;
+ /** remote address; this is the end-point of the next hop, for the address
+ * of the request creator, see useragent_addr in request_rec
+ */
+ apr_sockaddr_t *client_addr;
+
+ /** Client's IP address; this is the end-point of the next hop, for the
+ * IP of the request creator, see useragent_ip in request_rec
+ */
+ char *client_ip;
+ /** Client's DNS name, if known. NULL if DNS hasn't been checked,
+ * "" if it has and no address was found. N.B. Only access this though
+ * get_remote_host() */
+ char *remote_host;
+ /** Only ever set if doing rfc1413 lookups. N.B. Only access this through
+ * get_remote_logname() */
+ char *remote_logname;
+
+ /** server IP address */
+ char *local_ip;
+ /** used for ap_get_server_name when UseCanonicalName is set to DNS
+ * (ignores setting of HostnameLookups) */
+ char *local_host;
+
+ /** ID of this connection; unique at any point in time */
+ long id;
+ /** Config vector containing pointers to connections per-server
+ * config structures. */
+ struct ap_conf_vector_t *conn_config;
+ /** Notes on *this* connection: send note from one module to
+ * another. must remain valid for all requests on this conn */
+ apr_table_t *notes;
+ /** A list of input filters to be used for this connection */
+ struct ap_filter_t *input_filters;
+ /** A list of output filters to be used for this connection */
+ struct ap_filter_t *output_filters;
+ /** handle to scoreboard information for this connection */
+ void *sbh;
+ /** The bucket allocator to use for all bucket/brigade creations */
+ struct apr_bucket_alloc_t *bucket_alloc;
+ /** The current state of this connection; may be NULL if not used by MPM */
+ conn_state_t *cs;
+ /** Is there data pending in the input filters? */
+ int data_in_input_filters;
+ /** Is there data pending in the output filters? */
+ int data_in_output_filters;
+
+ /** Are there any filters that clogg/buffer the input stream, breaking
+ * the event mpm.
+ */
+ unsigned int clogging_input_filters:1;
+
+ /** have we done double-reverse DNS? -1 yes/failure, 0 not yet,
+ * 1 yes/success */
+ signed int double_reverse:2;
+
+ /** Are we still talking? */
+ unsigned aborted;
+
+ /** Are we going to keep the connection alive for another request?
+ * @see ap_conn_keepalive_e */
+ ap_conn_keepalive_e keepalive;
+
+ /** How many times have we used it? */
+ int keepalives;
+
+ /** Optional connection log level configuration. May point to a server or
+ * per_dir config, i.e. must be copied before modifying */
+ const struct ap_logconf *log;
+
+ /** Id to identify this connection in error log. Set when the first
+ * error log entry for this connection is generated.
+ */
+ const char *log_id;
+
+
+ /** This points to the current thread being used to process this request,
+ * over the lifetime of a request, the value may change. Users of the connection
+ * record should not rely upon it staying the same between calls that involve
+ * the MPM.
+ */
+#if APR_HAS_THREADS
+ apr_thread_t *current_thread;
+#endif
+
+ /** The "real" master connection. NULL if I am the master. */
+ conn_rec *master;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Enumeration of connection states
+ * The two states CONN_STATE_LINGER_NORMAL and CONN_STATE_LINGER_SHORT may
+ * only be set by the MPM. Use CONN_STATE_LINGER outside of the MPM.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ CONN_STATE_CHECK_REQUEST_LINE_READABLE,
+ CONN_STATE_READ_REQUEST_LINE,
+ CONN_STATE_HANDLER,
+ CONN_STATE_WRITE_COMPLETION,
+ CONN_STATE_SUSPENDED,
+ CONN_STATE_LINGER, /* connection may be closed with lingering */
+ CONN_STATE_LINGER_NORMAL, /* MPM has started lingering close with normal timeout */
+ CONN_STATE_LINGER_SHORT, /* MPM has started lingering close with short timeout */
+
+ CONN_STATE_NUM /* Number of states (keep/kept last) */
+} conn_state_e;
+
+typedef enum {
+ CONN_SENSE_DEFAULT,
+ CONN_SENSE_WANT_READ, /* next event must be read */
+ CONN_SENSE_WANT_WRITE /* next event must be write */
+} conn_sense_e;
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure to contain connection state information
+ */
+struct conn_state_t {
+ /** Current state of the connection */
+ conn_state_e state;
+ /** Whether to read instead of write, or write instead of read */
+ conn_sense_e sense;
+};
+
+/* Per-vhost config... */
+
+/**
+ * The address 255.255.255.255, when used as a virtualhost address,
+ * will become the "default" server when the ip doesn't match other vhosts.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_VHOST_ADDR 0xfffffffful
+
+
+/**
+ * @struct server_addr_rec
+ * @brief A structure to be used for Per-vhost config
+ */
+typedef struct server_addr_rec server_addr_rec;
+struct server_addr_rec {
+ /** The next server in the list */
+ server_addr_rec *next;
+ /** The name given in "<VirtualHost>" */
+ char *virthost;
+ /** The bound address, for this server */
+ apr_sockaddr_t *host_addr;
+ /** The bound port, for this server */
+ apr_port_t host_port;
+};
+
+struct ap_logconf {
+ /** The per-module log levels */
+ signed char *module_levels;
+
+ /** The log level for this server */
+ int level;
+};
+/**
+ * @brief A structure to store information for each virtual server
+ */
+struct server_rec {
+ /** The process this server is running in */
+ process_rec *process;
+ /** The next server in the list */
+ server_rec *next;
+
+ /* Log files --- note that transfer log is now in the modules... */
+
+ /** The name of the error log */
+ char *error_fname;
+ /** A file descriptor that references the error log */
+ apr_file_t *error_log;
+ /** The log level configuration */
+ struct ap_logconf log;
+
+ /* Module-specific configuration for server, and defaults... */
+
+ /** Config vector containing pointers to modules' per-server config
+ * structures. */
+ struct ap_conf_vector_t *module_config;
+ /** MIME type info, etc., before we start checking per-directory info */
+ struct ap_conf_vector_t *lookup_defaults;
+
+ /** The name of the server */
+ const char *defn_name;
+ /** The line of the config file that the server was defined on */
+ unsigned defn_line_number;
+ /** true if this is the virtual server */
+ char is_virtual;
+
+
+ /* Information for redirects */
+
+ /** for redirects, etc. */
+ apr_port_t port;
+ /** The server request scheme for redirect responses */
+ const char *server_scheme;
+
+ /* Contact information */
+
+ /** The admin's contact information */
+ char *server_admin;
+ /** The server hostname */
+ char *server_hostname;
+
+ /* Transaction handling */
+
+ /** I haven't got a clue */
+ server_addr_rec *addrs;
+ /** Timeout, as an apr interval, before we give up */
+ apr_interval_time_t timeout;
+ /** The apr interval we will wait for another request */
+ apr_interval_time_t keep_alive_timeout;
+ /** Maximum requests per connection */
+ int keep_alive_max;
+ /** Use persistent connections? */
+ int keep_alive;
+
+ /** Normal names for ServerAlias servers */
+ apr_array_header_t *names;
+ /** Wildcarded names for ServerAlias servers */
+ apr_array_header_t *wild_names;
+
+ /** Pathname for ServerPath */
+ const char *path;
+ /** Length of path */
+ int pathlen;
+
+ /** limit on size of the HTTP request line */
+ int limit_req_line;
+ /** limit on size of any request header field */
+ int limit_req_fieldsize;
+ /** limit on number of request header fields */
+ int limit_req_fields;
+
+ /** Opaque storage location */
+ void *context;
+
+ /** Whether the keepalive timeout is explicit (1) or
+ * inherited (0) from the base server (either first
+ * server on the same IP:port or main server) */
+ unsigned int keep_alive_timeout_set:1;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @struct ap_sload_t
+ * @brief A structure to hold server load params
+ */
+typedef struct ap_sload_t ap_sload_t;
+struct ap_sload_t {
+ /* percentage of process/threads ready/idle (0->100)*/
+ int idle;
+ /* percentage of process/threads busy (0->100) */
+ int busy;
+ /* total bytes served */
+ apr_off_t bytes_served;
+ /* total access count */
+ unsigned long access_count;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @struct ap_loadavg_t
+ * @brief A structure to hold various server loadavg
+ */
+typedef struct ap_loadavg_t ap_loadavg_t;
+struct ap_loadavg_t {
+ /* current loadavg, ala getloadavg() */
+ float loadavg;
+ /* 5 min loadavg */
+ float loadavg5;
+ /* 15 min loadavg */
+ float loadavg15;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get the context_document_root for a request. This is a generalization of
+ * the document root, which is too limited in the presence of mappers like
+ * mod_userdir and mod_alias. The context_document_root is the directory
+ * on disk that maps to the context_prefix URI prefix.
+ * @param r The request
+ * @note For resources that do not map to the file system or for very complex
+ * mappings, this information may still be wrong.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_context_document_root(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Get the context_prefix for a request. The context_prefix URI prefix
+ * maps to the context_document_root on disk.
+ * @param r The request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_context_prefix(request_rec *r);
+
+/** Set context_prefix and context_document_root for a request.
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param prefix the URI prefix, without trailing slash
+ * @param document_root the corresponding directory on disk, without trailing
+ * slash
+ * @note If one of prefix of document_root is NULL, the corrsponding
+ * property will not be changed.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_context_info(request_rec *r, const char *prefix,
+ const char *document_root);
+
+/** Set per-request document root. This is for mass virtual hosting modules
+ * that want to provide the correct DOCUMENT_ROOT value to scripts.
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param document_root the document root for the request.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_document_root(request_rec *r, const char *document_root);
+
+/**
+ * Examine a field value (such as a media-/content-type) string and return
+ * it sans any parameters; e.g., strip off any ';charset=foo' and the like.
+ * @param p Pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param intype The field to examine
+ * @return A copy of the field minus any parameters
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_field_noparam(apr_pool_t *p, const char *intype);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a time from an integer into a string in a specified format
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param t The time to convert
+ * @param fmt The format to use for the conversion
+ * @param gmt Convert the time for GMT?
+ * @return The string that represents the specified time
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_ht_time(apr_pool_t *p, apr_time_t t, const char *fmt, int gmt);
+
+/* String handling. The *_nc variants allow you to use non-const char **s as
+ arguments (unfortunately C won't automatically convert a char ** to a const
+ char **) */
+
+/**
+ * Get the characters until the first occurrence of a specified character
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param line The string to get the characters from
+ * @param stop The character to stop at
+ * @return A copy of the characters up to the first stop character
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line, char stop);
+
+/**
+ * Get the characters until the first occurrence of a specified character
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param line The string to get the characters from
+ * @param stop The character to stop at
+ * @return A copy of the characters up to the first stop character
+ * @note This is the same as ap_getword(), except it doesn't use const char **.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line, char stop);
+
+/**
+ * Get the first word from a given string. A word is defined as all characters
+ * up to the first whitespace.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param line The string to traverse
+ * @return The first word in the line
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_white(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line);
+
+/**
+ * Get the first word from a given string. A word is defined as all characters
+ * up to the first whitespace.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param line The string to traverse
+ * @return The first word in the line
+ * @note The same as ap_getword_white(), except it doesn't use const char**
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_white_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line);
+
+/**
+ * Get all characters from the first occurrence of @a stop to the first "\0"
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param line The line to traverse
+ * @param stop The character to start at
+ * @return A copy of all characters after the first occurrence of the specified
+ * character
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nulls(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line,
+ char stop);
+
+/**
+ * Get all characters from the first occurrence of @a stop to the first "\0"
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param line The line to traverse
+ * @param stop The character to start at
+ * @return A copy of all characters after the first occurrence of the specified
+ * character
+ * @note The same as ap_getword_nulls(), except it doesn't use const char **.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nulls_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line, char stop);
+
+/**
+ * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The line to traverse
+ * @return A copy of the string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line);
+
+/**
+ * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The line to traverse
+ * @return A copy of the string
+ * @note The same as ap_getword_conf(), except it doesn't use const char **.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line);
+
+/**
+ * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting,
+ * with {...} supported as well as "..." and '...'
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The line to traverse
+ * @return A copy of the string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf2(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line);
+
+/**
+ * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting,
+ * with {...} supported as well as "..." and '...'
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The line to traverse
+ * @return A copy of the string
+ * @note The same as ap_getword_conf2(), except it doesn't use const char **.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf2_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line);
+
+/**
+ * Check a string for any config define or environment variable construct
+ * and replace each of them by the value of that variable, if it exists.
+ * The default syntax of the constructs is ${ENV} but can be changed by
+ * setting the define::* config defines. If the variable does not exist,
+ * leave the ${ENV} construct alone but print a warning.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param word The string to check
+ * @return The string with the replaced environment variables
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_resolve_env(apr_pool_t *p, const char * word);
+
+/**
+ * Size an HTTP header field list item, as separated by a comma.
+ * @param field The field to size
+ * @param len The length of the field
+ * @return The return value is a pointer to the beginning of the non-empty
+ * list item within the original string (or NULL if there is none) and the
+ * address of field is shifted to the next non-comma, non-whitespace
+ * character. len is the length of the item excluding any beginning whitespace.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_size_list_item(const char **field, int *len);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve an HTTP header field list item, as separated by a comma,
+ * while stripping insignificant whitespace and lowercasing anything not in
+ * a quoted string or comment.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param field The field to retrieve
+ * @return The return value is a new string containing the converted list
+ * item (or NULL if none) and the address pointed to by field is
+ * shifted to the next non-comma, non-whitespace.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_get_list_item(apr_pool_t *p, const char **field);
+
+/**
+ * Find an item in canonical form (lowercase, no extra spaces) within
+ * an HTTP field value list.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The field value list to search
+ * @param tok The token to search for
+ * @return 1 if found, 0 if not found.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_list_item(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);
+
+/**
+ * Do a weak ETag comparison within an HTTP field value list.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The field value list to search
+ * @param tok The token to search for
+ * @return 1 if found, 0 if not found.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_etag_weak(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);
+
+/**
+ * Do a strong ETag comparison within an HTTP field value list.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The field value list to search
+ * @param tok The token to search for
+ * @return 1 if found, 0 if not found.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_etag_strong(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);
+
+/* Scan a string for field content chars, as defined by RFC7230 section 3.2
+ * including VCHAR/obs-text, as well as HT and SP
+ * @param ptr The string to scan
+ * @return A pointer to the first (non-HT) ASCII ctrl character.
+ * @note lws and trailing whitespace are scanned, the caller is responsible
+ * for trimming leading and trailing whitespace
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_scan_http_field_content(const char *ptr);
+
+/* Scan a string for token characters, as defined by RFC7230 section 3.2.6
+ * @param ptr The string to scan
+ * @return A pointer to the first non-token character.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_scan_http_token(const char *ptr);
+
+/* Scan a string for visible ASCII (0x21-0x7E) or obstext (0x80+)
+ * and return a pointer to the first SP/CTL/NUL character encountered.
+ * @param ptr The string to scan
+ * @return A pointer to the first SP/CTL character.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_scan_vchar_obstext(const char *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve an array of tokens in the format "1#token" defined in RFC2616. Only
+ * accepts ',' as a delimiter, does not accept quoted strings, and errors on
+ * any separator.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param tok The line to read tokens from
+ * @param tokens Pointer to an array of tokens. If not NULL, must be an array
+ * of char*, otherwise it will be allocated on @a p when a token is found
+ * @param skip_invalid If true, when an invalid separator is encountered, it
+ * will be ignored.
+ * @return NULL on success, an error string otherwise.
+ * @remark *tokens may be NULL on output if NULL in input and no token is found
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_parse_token_list_strict(apr_pool_t *p, const char *tok,
+ apr_array_header_t **tokens,
+ int skip_invalid);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a token, spacing over it and adjusting the pointer to
+ * the first non-white byte afterwards. Note that these tokens
+ * are delimited by semis and commas and can also be delimited
+ * by whitespace at the caller's option.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param accept_line The line to retrieve the token from (adjusted afterwards)
+ * @param accept_white Is it delimited by whitespace
+ * @return the token
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_get_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char **accept_line, int accept_white);
+
+/**
+ * Find http tokens, see the definition of token from RFC2068
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The line to find the token
+ * @param tok The token to find
+ * @return 1 if the token is found, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);
+
+/**
+ * find http tokens from the end of the line
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param line The line to find the token
+ * @param tok The token to find
+ * @return 1 if the token is found, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_last_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);
+
+/**
+ * Check for an Absolute URI syntax
+ * @param u The string to check
+ * @return 1 if URI, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_url(const char *u);
+
+/**
+ * Unescape a string
+ * @param url The string to unescape
+ * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_all(char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Unescape a URL
+ * @param url The url to unescape
+ * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_url(char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Unescape a URL, but leaving %2f (slashes) escaped
+ * @param url The url to unescape
+ * @param decode_slashes Whether or not slashes should be decoded
+ * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_url_keep2f(char *url, int decode_slashes);
+
+/**
+ * Unescape an application/x-www-form-urlencoded string
+ * @param query The query to unescape
+ * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_urlencoded(char *query);
+
+/**
+ * Convert all double slashes to single slashes
+ * @param name The string to convert
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_no2slash(char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Remove all ./ and xx/../ substrings from a file name. Also remove
+ * any leading ../ or /../ substrings.
+ * @param name the file name to parse
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_getparents(char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Escape a path segment, as defined in RFC 1808
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param s The path to convert
+ * @return The converted URL
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_path_segment(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Escape a path segment, as defined in RFC 1808, to a preallocated buffer.
+ * @param c The preallocated buffer to write to
+ * @param s The path to convert
+ * @return The converted URL (c)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_path_segment_buffer(char *c, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * convert an OS path to a URL in an OS dependent way.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param path The path to convert
+ * @param partial if set, assume that the path will be appended to something
+ * with a '/' in it (and thus does not prefix "./")
+ * @return The converted URL
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_os_escape_path(apr_pool_t *p, const char *path, int partial);
+
+/** @see ap_os_escape_path */
+#define ap_escape_uri(ppool,path) ap_os_escape_path(ppool,path,1)
+
+/**
+ * Escape a string as application/x-www-form-urlencoded
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param s The path to convert
+ * @return The converted URL
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_urlencoded(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Escape a string as application/x-www-form-urlencoded, to a preallocated buffer
+ * @param c The preallocated buffer to write to
+ * @param s The path to convert
+ * @return The converted URL (c)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_urlencoded_buffer(char *c, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Escape an html string
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param s The html to escape
+ * @return The escaped string
+ */
+#define ap_escape_html(p,s) ap_escape_html2(p,s,0)
+/**
+ * Escape an html string
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param s The html to escape
+ * @param toasc Whether to escape all non-ASCII chars to \&\#nnn;
+ * @return The escaped string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_html2(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s, int toasc);
+
+/**
+ * Escape a string for logging
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param str The string to escape
+ * @return The escaped string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_logitem(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Escape a string for logging into the error log (without a pool)
+ * @param dest The buffer to write to
+ * @param source The string to escape
+ * @param buflen The buffer size for the escaped string (including "\0")
+ * @return The len of the escaped string (always < maxlen)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_escape_errorlog_item(char *dest, const char *source,
+ apr_size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * Construct a full hostname
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param hostname The hostname of the server
+ * @param port The port the server is running on
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @return The server's hostname
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_construct_server(apr_pool_t *p, const char *hostname,
+ apr_port_t port, const request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Escape a shell command
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param s The command to escape
+ * @return The escaped shell command
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_shell_cmd(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Count the number of directories in a path
+ * @param path The path to count
+ * @return The number of directories
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_count_dirs(const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Copy at most @a n leading directories of @a s into @a d. @a d
+ * should be at least as large as @a s plus 1 extra byte
+ *
+ * @param d The location to copy to
+ * @param s The location to copy from
+ * @param n The number of directories to copy
+ * @return value is the ever useful pointer to the trailing "\0" of d
+ * @note on platforms with drive letters, n = 0 returns the "/" root,
+ * whereas n = 1 returns the "d:/" root. On all other platforms, n = 0
+ * returns the empty string. */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_dirstr_prefix(char *d, const char *s, int n);
+
+/**
+ * Return the parent directory name (including trailing /) of the file
+ * @a s
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param s The file to get the parent of
+ * @return A copy of the file's parent directory
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_dirstr_parent(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Given a directory and filename, create a single path from them. This
+ * function is smart enough to ensure that there is a single '/' between the
+ * directory and file names
+ * @param a The pool to allocate from
+ * @param dir The directory name
+ * @param f The filename
+ * @return A copy of the full path
+ * @note Never consider using this function if you are dealing with filesystem
+ * names that need to remain canonical, unless you are merging an apr_dir_read
+ * path and returned filename. Otherwise, the result is not canonical.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_full_path(apr_pool_t *a, const char *dir, const char *f);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the given path has an absolute path.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param dir The directory name
+ * @note The converse is not necessarily true, some OS's (Win32/OS2/Netware) have
+ * multiple forms of absolute paths. This only reports if the path is absolute
+ * in a canonical sense.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_os_is_path_absolute(apr_pool_t *p, const char *dir);
+
+/**
+ * Does the provided string contain wildcard characters? This is useful
+ * for determining if the string should be passed to strcmp_match or to strcmp.
+ * The only wildcard characters recognized are '?' and '*'
+ * @param str The string to check
+ * @return 1 if the string has wildcards, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_matchexp(const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a string matches a pattern containing the wildcards '?' or '*'
+ * @param str The string to check
+ * @param expected The pattern to match against
+ * @return 0 if the two strings match, 1 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_strcmp_match(const char *str, const char *expected);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a string matches a pattern containing the wildcards '?' or '*',
+ * ignoring case
+ * @param str The string to check
+ * @param expected The pattern to match against
+ * @return 0 if the two strings match, 1 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_strcasecmp_match(const char *str, const char *expected);
+
+/**
+ * Find the first occurrence of the substring s2 in s1, regardless of case
+ * @param s1 The string to search
+ * @param s2 The substring to search for
+ * @return A pointer to the beginning of the substring
+ * @remark See apr_strmatch() for a faster alternative
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strcasestr(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to the location inside of bigstring immediately after prefix
+ * @param bigstring The input string
+ * @param prefix The prefix to strip away
+ * @return A pointer relative to bigstring after prefix
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_stripprefix(const char *bigstring,
+ const char *prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Decode a base64 encoded string into memory allocated from a pool
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param bufcoded The encoded string
+ * @return The decoded string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pbase64decode(apr_pool_t *p, const char *bufcoded);
+
+/**
+ * Encode a string into memory allocated from a pool in base 64 format
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param string The plaintext string
+ * @return The encoded string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pbase64encode(apr_pool_t *p, char *string);
+
+/**
+ * Compile a regular expression to be used later. The regex is freed when
+ * the pool is destroyed.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param pattern the regular expression to compile
+ * @param cflags The bitwise or of one or more of the following:
+ * @li REG_EXTENDED - Use POSIX extended Regular Expressions
+ * @li REG_ICASE - Ignore case
+ * @li REG_NOSUB - Support for substring addressing of matches
+ * not required
+ * @li REG_NEWLINE - Match-any-character operators don't match new-line
+ * @return The compiled regular expression
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_regex_t *) ap_pregcomp(apr_pool_t *p, const char *pattern,
+ int cflags);
+
+/**
+ * Free the memory associated with a compiled regular expression
+ * @param p The pool the regex was allocated from
+ * @param reg The regular expression to free
+ * @note This function is only necessary if the regex should be cleaned
+ * up before the pool
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_pregfree(apr_pool_t *p, ap_regex_t *reg);
+
+/**
+ * After performing a successful regex match, you may use this function to
+ * perform a series of string substitutions based on subexpressions that were
+ * matched during the call to ap_regexec. This function is limited to
+ * result strings of 64K. Consider using ap_pregsub_ex() instead.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param input An arbitrary string containing $1 through $9. These are
+ * replaced with the corresponding matched sub-expressions
+ * @param source The string that was originally matched to the regex
+ * @param nmatch the nmatch returned from ap_pregex
+ * @param pmatch the pmatch array returned from ap_pregex
+ * @return The substituted string, or NULL on error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pregsub(apr_pool_t *p, const char *input,
+ const char *source, apr_size_t nmatch,
+ ap_regmatch_t pmatch[]);
+
+/**
+ * After performing a successful regex match, you may use this function to
+ * perform a series of string substitutions based on subexpressions that were
+ * matched during the call to ap_regexec
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param result where to store the result, will be set to NULL on error
+ * @param input An arbitrary string containing $1 through $9. These are
+ * replaced with the corresponding matched sub-expressions
+ * @param source The string that was originally matched to the regex
+ * @param nmatch the nmatch returned from ap_pregex
+ * @param pmatch the pmatch array returned from ap_pregex
+ * @param maxlen the maximum string length to return, 0 for unlimited
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if successful, APR_ENOMEM or other error code otherwise.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pregsub_ex(apr_pool_t *p, char **result,
+ const char *input, const char *source,
+ apr_size_t nmatch,
+ ap_regmatch_t pmatch[],
+ apr_size_t maxlen);
+
+/**
+ * We want to downcase the type/subtype for comparison purposes
+ * but nothing else because ;parameter=foo values are case sensitive.
+ * @param s The content-type to convert to lowercase
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_content_type_tolower(char *s);
+
+/**
+ * convert a string to all lowercase
+ * @param s The string to convert to lowercase
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_str_tolower(char *s);
+
+/**
+ * convert a string to all uppercase
+ * @param s The string to convert to uppercase
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_str_toupper(char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Search a string from left to right for the first occurrence of a
+ * specific character
+ * @param str The string to search
+ * @param c The character to search for
+ * @return The index of the first occurrence of c in str
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_ind(const char *str, char c); /* Sigh... */
+
+/**
+ * Search a string from right to left for the first occurrence of a
+ * specific character
+ * @param str The string to search
+ * @param c The character to search for
+ * @return The index of the first occurrence of c in str
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rind(const char *str, char c);
+
+/**
+ * Given a string, replace any bare " with \\" .
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param instring The string to search for "
+ * @return A copy of the string with escaped quotes
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_quotes(apr_pool_t *p, const char *instring);
+
+/**
+ * Given a string, append the PID deliminated by delim.
+ * Usually used to create a pid-appended filepath name
+ * (eg: /a/b/foo -> /a/b/foo.6726). A function, and not
+ * a macro, to avoid unistd.h dependency
+ * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
+ * @param string The string to append the PID to
+ * @param delim The string to use to deliminate the string from the PID
+ * @return A copy of the string with the PID appended
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_append_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *string,
+ const char *delim);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a given timeout parameter string into an apr_interval_time_t value.
+ * The unit of the time interval is given as postfix string to the numeric
+ * string. Currently the following units are understood:
+ *
+ * ms : milliseconds
+ * s : seconds
+ * mi[n] : minutes
+ * h : hours
+ *
+ * If no unit is contained in the given timeout parameter the default_time_unit
+ * will be used instead.
+ * @param timeout_parameter The string containing the timeout parameter.
+ * @param timeout The timeout value to be returned.
+ * @param default_time_unit The default time unit to use if none is specified
+ * in timeout_parameter.
+ * @return Status value indicating whether the parsing was successful or not.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_timeout_parameter_parse(
+ const char *timeout_parameter,
+ apr_interval_time_t *timeout,
+ const char *default_time_unit);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a request has a request body or not.
+ *
+ * @param r the request_rec of the request
+ * @return truth value
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_request_has_body(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Cleanup a string (mainly to be filesystem safe)
+ * We only allow '_' and alphanumeric chars. Non-printable
+ * map to 'x' and all others map to '_'
+ *
+ * @param p pool to use to allocate dest
+ * @param src string to clean up
+ * @param dest cleaned up, allocated string
+ * @return Status value indicating whether the cleaning was successful or not.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pstr2_alnum(apr_pool_t *p, const char *src,
+ const char **dest);
+
+/**
+ * Cleanup a string (mainly to be filesystem safe)
+ * We only allow '_' and alphanumeric chars. Non-printable
+ * map to 'x' and all others map to '_'
+ *
+ * @param src string to clean up
+ * @param dest cleaned up, pre-allocated string
+ * @return Status value indicating whether the cleaning was successful or not.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_str2_alnum(const char *src, char *dest);
+
+/**
+ * Structure to store the contents of an HTTP form of the type
+ * application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
+ *
+ * Currently it contains the name as a char* of maximum length
+ * HUGE_STRING_LEN, and a value in the form of a bucket brigade
+ * of arbitrary length.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ apr_bucket_brigade *value;
+} ap_form_pair_t;
+
+/**
+ * Read the body and parse any form found, which must be of the
+ * type application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
+ * @param r request containing POSTed form data
+ * @param f filter
+ * @param ptr returned array of ap_form_pair_t
+ * @param num max num of params or -1 for unlimited
+ * @param size max size allowed for parsed data
+ * @return OK or HTTP error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_parse_form_data(request_rec *r, struct ap_filter_t *f,
+ apr_array_header_t **ptr,
+ apr_size_t num, apr_size_t size);
+
+/* Misc system hackery */
+/**
+ * Given the name of an object in the file system determine if it is a directory
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param name The name of the object to check
+ * @return 1 if it is a directory, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_rdirectory(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Given the name of an object in the file system determine if it is a directory - this version is symlink aware
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param name The name of the object to check
+ * @return 1 if it is a directory, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_directory(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);
+
+#ifdef _OSD_POSIX
+extern int os_init_job_environment(server_rec *s, const char *user_name, int one_process);
+#endif /* _OSD_POSIX */
+
+/**
+ * Determine the local host name for the current machine
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @return A copy of the local host name
+ */
+char *ap_get_local_host(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Log an assertion to the error log
+ * @param szExp The assertion that failed
+ * @param szFile The file the assertion is in
+ * @param nLine The line the assertion is defined on
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_assert(const char *szExp, const char *szFile, int nLine)
+ __attribute__((noreturn));
+
+/**
+ * @internal Internal Assert function
+ */
+#define ap_assert(exp) ((exp) ? (void)0 : ap_log_assert(#exp,__FILE__,__LINE__))
+
+/**
+ * Redefine assert() to something more useful for an Apache...
+ *
+ * Use ap_assert() if the condition should always be checked.
+ * Use AP_DEBUG_ASSERT() if the condition should only be checked when AP_DEBUG
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#ifdef AP_DEBUG
+#define AP_DEBUG_ASSERT(exp) ap_assert(exp)
+#else
+#define AP_DEBUG_ASSERT(exp) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup stopsignal Flags which indicate places where the server should stop for debugging.
+ * @{
+ * A set of flags which indicate places where the server should raise(SIGSTOP).
+ * This is useful for debugging, because you can then attach to that process
+ * with gdb and continue. This is important in cases where one_process
+ * debugging isn't possible.
+ */
+/** stop on a Detach */
+#define SIGSTOP_DETACH 1
+/** stop making a child process */
+#define SIGSTOP_MAKE_CHILD 2
+/** stop spawning a child process */
+#define SIGSTOP_SPAWN_CHILD 4
+/** stop spawning a child process with a piped log */
+#define SIGSTOP_PIPED_LOG_SPAWN 8
+/** stop spawning a CGI child process */
+#define SIGSTOP_CGI_CHILD 16
+
+/** Macro to get GDB started */
+#ifdef DEBUG_SIGSTOP
+extern int raise_sigstop_flags;
+#define RAISE_SIGSTOP(x) do { \
+ if (raise_sigstop_flags & SIGSTOP_##x) raise(SIGSTOP);\
+ } while (0)
+#else
+#define RAISE_SIGSTOP(x)
+#endif
+/** @} */
+/**
+ * Get HTML describing the address and (optionally) admin of the server.
+ * @param prefix Text which is prepended to the return value
+ * @param r The request_rec
+ * @return HTML describing the server, allocated in @a r's pool.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_psignature(const char *prefix, request_rec *r);
+
+ /* The C library has functions that allow const to be silently dropped ...
+ these macros detect the drop in maintainer mode, but use the native
+ methods for normal builds
+
+ Note that on some platforms (e.g., AIX with gcc, Solaris with gcc), string.h needs
+ to be included before the macros are defined or compilation will fail.
+ */
+#include <string.h>
+
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strchr(char *s, int c);
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strchr_c(const char *s, int c);
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strrchr(char *s, int c);
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strrchr_c(const char *s, int c);
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strstr(char *s, const char *c);
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strstr_c(const char *s, const char *c);
+
+#ifdef AP_DEBUG
+
+#undef strchr
+# define strchr(s, c) ap_strchr(s,c)
+#undef strrchr
+# define strrchr(s, c) ap_strrchr(s,c)
+#undef strstr
+# define strstr(s, c) ap_strstr(s,c)
+
+#else
+
+/** use this instead of strchr */
+# define ap_strchr(s, c) strchr(s, c)
+/** use this instead of strchr */
+# define ap_strchr_c(s, c) strchr(s, c)
+/** use this instead of strrchr */
+# define ap_strrchr(s, c) strrchr(s, c)
+/** use this instead of strrchr */
+# define ap_strrchr_c(s, c) strrchr(s, c)
+/** use this instead of strrstr*/
+# define ap_strstr(s, c) strstr(s, c)
+/** use this instead of strrstr*/
+# define ap_strstr_c(s, c) strstr(s, c)
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Generate pseudo random bytes.
+ * This is a convenience interface to apr_random. It is cheaper but less
+ * secure than apr_generate_random_bytes().
+ * @param buf where to store the bytes
+ * @param size number of bytes to generate
+ * @note ap_random_insecure_bytes() is thread-safe, it uses a mutex on
+ * threaded MPMs.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_random_insecure_bytes(void *buf, apr_size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Get a pseudo random number in a range.
+ * @param min low end of range
+ * @param max high end of range
+ * @return a number in the range
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_uint32_t) ap_random_pick(apr_uint32_t min, apr_uint32_t max);
+
+/**
+ * Abort with a error message signifying out of memory
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_abort_on_oom(void) __attribute__((noreturn));
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper for malloc() that calls ap_abort_on_oom() if out of memory
+ * @param size size of the memory block
+ * @return pointer to the allocated memory
+ * @note ap_malloc may be implemented as a macro
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_malloc(size_t size)
+ __attribute__((malloc))
+ AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(1);
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper for calloc() that calls ap_abort_on_oom() if out of memory
+ * @param nelem number of elements to allocate memory for
+ * @param size size of a single element
+ * @return pointer to the allocated memory
+ * @note ap_calloc may be implemented as a macro
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_calloc(size_t nelem, size_t size)
+ __attribute__((malloc))
+ AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE2(1,2);
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper for realloc() that calls ap_abort_on_oom() if out of memory
+ * @param ptr pointer to the old memory block (or NULL)
+ * @param size new size of the memory block
+ * @return pointer to the reallocated memory
+ * @note ap_realloc may be implemented as a macro
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
+ AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(2);
+
+/**
+ * Get server load params
+ * @param ld struct to populate: -1 in fields means error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_sload(ap_sload_t *ld);
+
+/**
+ * Get server load averages (ala getloadavg)
+ * @param ld struct to populate: -1 in fields means error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_loadavg(ap_loadavg_t *ld);
+
+/**
+ * Convert binary data into a hex string
+ * @param src pointer to the data
+ * @param srclen length of the data
+ * @param dest pointer to buffer of length (2 * srclen + 1). The resulting
+ * string will be NUL-terminated.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_bin2hex(const void *src, apr_size_t srclen, char *dest);
+
+/**
+ * Short function to execute a command and return the first line of
+ * output minus \r \n. Useful for "obscuring" passwords via exec calls
+ * @param p the pool to allocate from
+ * @param cmd the command to execute
+ * @param argv the arguments to pass to the cmd
+ * @return ptr to characters or NULL on any error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_get_exec_line(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *cmd,
+ const char * const *argv);
+
+#define AP_NORESTART APR_OS_START_USEERR + 1
+
+/**
+ * Get the first index of the string in the array or -1 if not found. Start
+ * searching a start.
+ * @param array The array the check
+ * @param s The string to find
+ * @param start Start index for search. If start is out of bounds (negative or
+ equal to array length or greater), -1 will be returned.
+ * @return index of string in array or -1
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_array_str_index(const apr_array_header_t *array,
+ const char *s,
+ int start);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the string is member of the given array by strcmp.
+ * @param array The array the check
+ * @param s The string to find
+ * @return !=0 iff string is member of array (via strcmp)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_array_str_contains(const apr_array_header_t *array,
+ const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Perform a case-insensitive comparison of two strings @a str1 and @a str2,
+ * treating upper and lower case values of the 26 standard C/POSIX alphabetic
+ * characters as equivalent. Extended latin characters outside of this set
+ * are treated as unique octets, irrespective of the current locale.
+ *
+ * Returns in integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0,
+ * according to whether @a str1 is considered greater than, equal to,
+ * or less than @a str2.
+ *
+ * @note Same code as apr_cstr_casecmp, which arrives in APR 1.6
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cstr_casecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+
+/**
+ * Perform a case-insensitive comparison of two strings @a str1 and @a str2,
+ * treating upper and lower case values of the 26 standard C/POSIX alphabetic
+ * characters as equivalent. Extended latin characters outside of this set
+ * are treated as unique octets, irrespective of the current locale.
+ *
+ * Returns in integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0,
+ * according to whether @a str1 is considered greater than, equal to,
+ * or less than @a str2.
+ *
+ * @note Same code as apr_cstr_casecmpn, which arrives in APR 1.6
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cstr_casecmpn(const char *s1, const char *s2, apr_size_t n);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_HTTPD_H */
+
+/** @} //APACHE Daemon */
+/** @} //APACHE Core */
+/** @} //APACHE super group */
+
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_auth.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_auth.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_auth.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_auth.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_auth.h
+ * @brief Authentication and Authorization Extension for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_AUTH mod_auth
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_MOD_AUTH_H
+#define APACHE_MOD_AUTH_H
+
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_hash.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define AUTHN_PROVIDER_GROUP "authn"
+#define AUTHZ_PROVIDER_GROUP "authz"
+#define AUTHN_PROVIDER_VERSION "0"
+#define AUTHZ_PROVIDER_VERSION "0"
+#define AUTHN_DEFAULT_PROVIDER "file"
+
+#define AUTHN_PROVIDER_NAME_NOTE "authn_provider_name"
+#define AUTHZ_PROVIDER_NAME_NOTE "authz_provider_name"
+
+#define AUTHN_PREFIX "AUTHENTICATE_"
+#define AUTHZ_PREFIX "AUTHORIZE_"
+
+/** all of the requirements must be met */
+#ifndef SATISFY_ALL
+#define SATISFY_ALL 0
+#endif
+/** any of the requirements must be met */
+#ifndef SATISFY_ANY
+#define SATISFY_ANY 1
+#endif
+/** There are no applicable satisfy lines */
+#ifndef SATISFY_NOSPEC
+#define SATISFY_NOSPEC 2
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ AUTH_DENIED,
+ AUTH_GRANTED,
+ AUTH_USER_FOUND,
+ AUTH_USER_NOT_FOUND,
+ AUTH_GENERAL_ERROR
+} authn_status;
+
+typedef enum {
+ AUTHZ_DENIED,
+ AUTHZ_GRANTED,
+ AUTHZ_NEUTRAL,
+ AUTHZ_GENERAL_ERROR,
+ AUTHZ_DENIED_NO_USER /* denied because r->user == NULL */
+} authz_status;
+
+typedef struct {
+ /* Given a username and password, expected to return AUTH_GRANTED
+ * if we can validate this user/password combination.
+ */
+ authn_status (*check_password)(request_rec *r, const char *user,
+ const char *password);
+
+ /* Given a user and realm, expected to return AUTH_USER_FOUND if we
+ * can find a md5 hash of 'user:realm:password'
+ */
+ authn_status (*get_realm_hash)(request_rec *r, const char *user,
+ const char *realm, char **rethash);
+} authn_provider;
+
+/* A linked-list of authn providers. */
+typedef struct authn_provider_list authn_provider_list;
+
+struct authn_provider_list {
+ const char *provider_name;
+ const authn_provider *provider;
+ authn_provider_list *next;
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ /* Given a request_rec, expected to return AUTHZ_GRANTED
+ * if we can authorize user access.
+ * @param r the request record
+ * @param require_line the argument to the authz provider
+ * @param parsed_require_line the value set by parse_require_line(), if any
+ */
+ authz_status (*check_authorization)(request_rec *r,
+ const char *require_line,
+ const void *parsed_require_line);
+
+ /** Check the syntax of a require line and optionally cache the parsed
+ * line. This function may be NULL.
+ * @param cmd the config directive
+ * @param require_line the argument to the authz provider
+ * @param parsed_require_line place to store parsed require_line for use by provider
+ * @return Error message or NULL on success
+ */
+ const char *(*parse_require_line)(cmd_parms *cmd, const char *require_line,
+ const void **parsed_require_line);
+} authz_provider;
+
+/* ap_authn_cache_store: Optional function for authn providers
+ * to enable cacheing their lookups with mod_authn_cache
+ * @param r The request rec
+ * @param module Module identifier
+ * @param user User name to authenticate
+ * @param realm Digest authn realm (NULL for basic authn)
+ * @param data The value looked up by the authn provider, to cache
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_authn_cache_store,
+ (request_rec*, const char*, const char*,
+ const char*, const char*));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cache.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cache.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cache.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cache.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_cache.h
+ * @brief Main include file for the Apache Transparent Cache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_CACHE mod_cache
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef MOD_CACHE_H
+#define MOD_CACHE_H
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "apr_date.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+#include "apr_hooks.h"
+
+#include "cache_common.h"
+
+/* Create a set of CACHE_DECLARE(type), CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
+ * CACHE_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
+ */
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#define CACHE_DECLARE(type) type
+#define CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define CACHE_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(CACHE_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define CACHE_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define CACHE_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(CACHE_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define CACHE_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define CACHE_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define CACHE_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define CACHE_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+
+/* cache info information */
+typedef struct cache_info cache_info;
+struct cache_info {
+ /**
+ * the original time corresponding to the 'Date:' header of the request
+ * served
+ */
+ apr_time_t date;
+ /** a time when the cached entity is due to expire */
+ apr_time_t expire;
+ /** r->request_time from the same request */
+ apr_time_t request_time;
+ /** apr_time_now() at the time the entity was actually cached */
+ apr_time_t response_time;
+ /**
+ * HTTP status code of the cached entity. Though not necessarily the
+ * status code finally issued to the request.
+ */
+ int status;
+ /* cached cache-control */
+ cache_control_t control;
+};
+
+/* cache handle information */
+typedef struct cache_object cache_object_t;
+struct cache_object {
+ const char *key;
+ cache_object_t *next;
+ cache_info info;
+ /* Opaque portion (specific to the implementation) of the cache object */
+ void *vobj;
+};
+
+typedef struct cache_handle cache_handle_t;
+struct cache_handle {
+ cache_object_t *cache_obj;
+ apr_table_t *req_hdrs; /* cached request headers */
+ apr_table_t *resp_hdrs; /* cached response headers */
+};
+
+#define CACHE_PROVIDER_GROUP "cache"
+
+typedef struct {
+ int (*remove_entity) (cache_handle_t *h);
+ apr_status_t (*store_headers)(cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r, cache_info *i);
+ apr_status_t (*store_body)(cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *in,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *out);
+ apr_status_t (*recall_headers) (cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r);
+ apr_status_t (*recall_body) (cache_handle_t *h, apr_pool_t *p, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+ int (*create_entity) (cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r,
+ const char *urlkey, apr_off_t len, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+ int (*open_entity) (cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r,
+ const char *urlkey);
+ int (*remove_url) (cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r);
+ apr_status_t (*commit_entity)(cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r);
+ apr_status_t (*invalidate_entity)(cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r);
+} cache_provider;
+
+typedef enum {
+ AP_CACHE_HIT,
+ AP_CACHE_REVALIDATE,
+ AP_CACHE_MISS,
+ AP_CACHE_INVALIDATE
+} ap_cache_status_e;
+
+#define AP_CACHE_HIT_ENV "cache-hit"
+#define AP_CACHE_REVALIDATE_ENV "cache-revalidate"
+#define AP_CACHE_MISS_ENV "cache-miss"
+#define AP_CACHE_INVALIDATE_ENV "cache-invalidate"
+#define AP_CACHE_STATUS_ENV "cache-status"
+
+
+/* cache_util.c */
+/* do a HTTP/1.1 age calculation */
+CACHE_DECLARE(apr_time_t) ap_cache_current_age(cache_info *info, const apr_time_t age_value,
+ apr_time_t now);
+
+CACHE_DECLARE(apr_time_t) ap_cache_hex2usec(const char *x);
+CACHE_DECLARE(void) ap_cache_usec2hex(apr_time_t j, char *y);
+CACHE_DECLARE(char *) ap_cache_generate_name(apr_pool_t *p, int dirlevels,
+ int dirlength,
+ const char *name);
+CACHE_DECLARE(const char *)ap_cache_tokstr(apr_pool_t *p, const char *list, const char **str);
+
+/* Create a new table consisting of those elements from an
+ * headers table that are allowed to be stored in a cache.
+ */
+CACHE_DECLARE(apr_table_t *)ap_cache_cacheable_headers(apr_pool_t *pool,
+ apr_table_t *t,
+ server_rec *s);
+
+/* Create a new table consisting of those elements from an input
+ * headers table that are allowed to be stored in a cache.
+ */
+CACHE_DECLARE(apr_table_t *)ap_cache_cacheable_headers_in(request_rec *r);
+
+/* Create a new table consisting of those elements from an output
+ * headers table that are allowed to be stored in a cache;
+ * ensure there is a content type and capture any errors.
+ */
+CACHE_DECLARE(apr_table_t *)ap_cache_cacheable_headers_out(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the Cache-Control and Pragma headers in one go, marking
+ * which tokens appear within the header. Populate the structure
+ * passed in.
+ */
+int ap_cache_control(request_rec *r, cache_control_t *cc, const char *cc_header,
+ const char *pragma_header, apr_table_t *headers);
+
+
+/* hooks */
+
+/**
+ * Cache status hook.
+ * This hook is called as soon as the cache has made a decision as to whether
+ * an entity should be served from cache (hit), should be served from cache
+ * after a successful validation (revalidate), or served from the backend
+ * and potentially cached (miss).
+ *
+ * A basic implementation of this hook exists in mod_cache which writes this
+ * information to the subprocess environment, and optionally to request
+ * headers. Further implementations may add hooks as appropriate to perform
+ * more advanced processing, or to store statistics about the cache behaviour.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(cache, CACHE, int, cache_status, (cache_handle_t *h,
+ request_rec *r, apr_table_t *headers, ap_cache_status_e status,
+ const char *reason))
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t,
+ ap_cache_generate_key,
+ (request_rec *r, apr_pool_t*p, const char **key));
+
+
+#endif /*MOD_CACHE_H*/
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cgi.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cgi.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cgi.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_cgi.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_cgi.h
+ * @brief CGI Script Execution Extension Module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_CGI mod_cgi
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOD_CGI_H
+#define _MOD_CGI_H 1
+
+#include "mod_include.h"
+
+typedef enum {RUN_AS_SSI, RUN_AS_CGI} prog_types;
+
+typedef struct {
+ apr_int32_t in_pipe;
+ apr_int32_t out_pipe;
+ apr_int32_t err_pipe;
+ int process_cgi;
+ apr_cmdtype_e cmd_type;
+ apr_int32_t detached;
+ prog_types prog_type;
+ apr_bucket_brigade **bb;
+ include_ctx_t *ctx;
+ ap_filter_t *next;
+ apr_int32_t addrspace;
+} cgi_exec_info_t;
+
+/**
+ * Registerable optional function to override CGI behavior;
+ * Reprocess the command and arguments to execute the given CGI script.
+ * @param cmd Pointer to the command to execute (may be overridden)
+ * @param argv Pointer to the arguments to pass (may be overridden)
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param p The pool to allocate correct cmd/argv elements within.
+ * @param e_info pass e_info.cmd_type (Set to APR_SHELLCMD or APR_PROGRAM on entry)
+ and e_info.detached (Should the child start in detached state?)
+ * @remark This callback may be registered by the os-specific module
+ * to correct the command and arguments for apr_proc_create invocation
+ * on a given os. mod_cgi will call the function if registered.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_cgi_build_command,
+ (const char **cmd, const char ***argv,
+ request_rec *r, apr_pool_t *p,
+ cgi_exec_info_t *e_info));
+
+#endif /* _MOD_CGI_H */
+/** @} */
+
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_core.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_core.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_core.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_core.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_core.h
+ * @brief mod_core private header file
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_CORE mod_core
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef MOD_CORE_H
+#define MOD_CORE_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "util_filter.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Handles for core filters */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_http_input_filter_handle;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_http_header_filter_handle;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_chunk_filter_handle;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_http_outerror_filter_handle;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_byterange_filter_handle;
+
+/*
+ * These (input) filters are internal to the mod_core operation.
+ */
+apr_status_t ap_http_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b,
+ ap_input_mode_t mode, apr_read_type_e block,
+ apr_off_t readbytes);
+
+/* HTTP/1.1 chunked transfer encoding filter. */
+apr_status_t ap_http_chunk_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
+
+/* Filter to handle any error buckets on output */
+apr_status_t ap_http_outerror_filter(ap_filter_t *f,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *b);
+
+char *ap_response_code_string(request_rec *r, int error_index);
+
+/**
+ * Send the minimal part of an HTTP response header.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param bb The brigade to add the header to.
+ * @warning Modules should be very careful about using this, and should
+ * the default behavior. Much of the HTTP/1.1 implementation
+ * correctness depends on the full headers.
+ * @fn void ap_basic_http_header(request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *bb)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_basic_http_header(request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+
+/**
+ * Send an appropriate response to an http TRACE request.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @note returns DONE or the HTTP status error if it handles the TRACE,
+ * or DECLINED if the request was not for TRACE.
+ * request method was not TRACE.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_send_http_trace(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Send an appropriate response to an http OPTIONS request.
+ * @param r The current request
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_send_http_options(request_rec *r);
+
+/* Used for multipart/byteranges boundary string */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_multipart_boundary;
+
+/* Init RNG at startup */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_init_rng(apr_pool_t *p);
+/* Update RNG state in parent after fork */
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_random_parent_after_fork(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !MOD_CORE_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dav.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dav.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dav.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dav.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,2553 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_dav.h
+ * @brief DAV extension module for Apache 2.0.*
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_DAV mod_dav
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOD_DAV_H_
+#define _MOD_DAV_H_
+
+#include "apr_hooks.h"
+#include "apr_hash.h"
+#include "apr_dbm.h"
+#include "apr_tables.h"
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "util_filter.h"
+#include "util_xml.h"
+
+#include <limits.h> /* for INT_MAX */
+#include <time.h> /* for time_t */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#define DAV_VERSION AP_SERVER_BASEREVISION
+
+#define DAV_XML_HEADER "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>"
+#define DAV_XML_CONTENT_TYPE "text/xml; charset=\"utf-8\""
+
+#define DAV_READ_BLOCKSIZE 2048 /* used for reading input blocks */
+
+#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_1 "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN\">\n<html><head>\n<title>"
+#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_2 "</title>\n</head><body>\n<h1>"
+#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_3 "</h1>\n<p>"
+#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_4 "</p>\n"
+#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_5 "</body></html>\n"
+
+#define DAV_DO_COPY 0
+#define DAV_DO_MOVE 1
+
+
+#if 1
+#define DAV_DEBUG 1
+#define DEBUG_CR "\n"
+#define DBG0(f) ap_log_error(APLOG_MARK, \
+ APLOG_ERR, 0, NULL, (f))
+#define DBG1(f,a1) ap_log_error(APLOG_MARK, \
+ APLOG_ERR, 0, NULL, f, a1)
+#define DBG2(f,a1,a2) ap_log_error(APLOG_MARK, \
+ APLOG_ERR, 0, NULL, f, a1, a2)
+#define DBG3(f,a1,a2,a3) ap_log_error(APLOG_MARK, \
+ APLOG_ERR, 0, NULL, f, a1, a2, a3)
+#else
+#undef DAV_DEBUG
+#define DEBUG_CR ""
+#endif
+
+#define DAV_INFINITY INT_MAX /* for the Depth: header */
+
+/* Create a set of DAV_DECLARE(type), DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
+ * DAV_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
+ */
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#define DAV_DECLARE(type) type
+#define DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define DAV_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(DAV_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define DAV_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define DAV_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(DAV_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define DAV_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define DAV_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define DAV_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define DAV_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** ERROR MANAGEMENT
+*/
+
+/*
+** dav_error structure.
+**
+** In most cases, mod_dav uses a pointer to a dav_error structure. If the
+** pointer is NULL, then no error has occurred.
+**
+** In certain cases, a dav_error structure is directly used. In these cases,
+** a status value of 0 means that an error has not occurred.
+**
+** Note: this implies that status != 0 whenever an error occurs.
+**
+** The desc field is optional (it may be NULL). When NULL, it typically
+** implies that Apache has a proper description for the specified status.
+*/
+typedef struct dav_error {
+ int status; /* suggested HTTP status (0 for no error) */
+ int error_id; /* DAV-specific error ID */
+ const char *desc; /* DAV:responsedescription and error log */
+
+ apr_status_t aprerr; /* APR error if any, or 0/APR_SUCCESS */
+
+ const char *namespace; /* [optional] namespace of error */
+ const char *tagname; /* name of error-tag */
+
+ struct dav_error *prev; /* previous error (in stack) */
+
+ const char *childtags; /* error-tag may have children */
+
+} dav_error;
+
+/*
+** Create a new error structure. save_errno will be filled with the current
+** errno value.
+*/
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_new_error(apr_pool_t *p, int status,
+ int error_id, apr_status_t aprerr,
+ const char *desc);
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new error structure with tagname and (optional) namespace;
+** namespace may be NULL, which means "DAV:".
+*/
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_new_error_tag(apr_pool_t *p, int status,
+ int error_id, apr_status_t aprerr,
+ const char *desc,
+ const char *namespace,
+ const char *tagname);
+
+
+/*
+** Push a new error description onto the stack of errors.
+**
+** This function is used to provide an additional description to an existing
+** error.
+**
+** <status> should contain the caller's view of what the current status is,
+** given the underlying error. If it doesn't have a better idea, then the
+** caller should pass prev->status.
+**
+** <error_id> can specify a new error_id since the topmost description has
+** changed.
+*/
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_push_error(apr_pool_t *p, int status, int error_id,
+ const char *desc, dav_error *prev);
+
+
+/*
+** Join two errors together.
+**
+** This function is used to add a new error stack onto an existing error so
+** that subsequent errors can be reported after the first error. It returns
+** the correct error stack to use so that the caller can blindly call it
+** without checking that both dest and src are not NULL.
+**
+** <dest> is the error stack that the error will be added to.
+**
+** <src> is the error stack that will be appended.
+*/
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_join_error(dav_error* dest, dav_error* src);
+
+typedef struct dav_response dav_response;
+
+/*
+** dav_handle_err()
+**
+** Handle the standard error processing. <err> must be non-NULL.
+**
+** <response> is set by the following:
+** - dav_validate_request()
+** - dav_add_lock()
+** - repos_hooks->remove_resource
+** - repos_hooks->move_resource
+** - repos_hooks->copy_resource
+** - vsn_hooks->update
+*/
+DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_handle_err(request_rec *r, dav_error *err,
+ dav_response *response);
+
+/* error ID values... */
+
+/* IF: header errors */
+#define DAV_ERR_IF_PARSE 100 /* general parsing error */
+#define DAV_ERR_IF_MULTIPLE_NOT 101 /* multiple "Not" found */
+#define DAV_ERR_IF_UNK_CHAR 102 /* unknown char in header */
+#define DAV_ERR_IF_ABSENT 103 /* no locktokens given */
+#define DAV_ERR_IF_TAGGED 104 /* in parsing tagged-list */
+#define DAV_ERR_IF_UNCLOSED_PAREN 105 /* in no-tagged-list */
+
+/* Prop DB errors */
+#define DAV_ERR_PROP_BAD_MAJOR 200 /* major version was wrong */
+#define DAV_ERR_PROP_READONLY 201 /* prop is read-only */
+#define DAV_ERR_PROP_NO_DATABASE 202 /* writable db not avail */
+#define DAV_ERR_PROP_NOT_FOUND 203 /* prop not found */
+#define DAV_ERR_PROP_BAD_LOCKDB 204 /* could not open lockdb */
+#define DAV_ERR_PROP_OPENING 205 /* problem opening propdb */
+#define DAV_ERR_PROP_EXEC 206 /* problem exec'ing patch */
+
+/* Predefined DB errors */
+/* ### any to define?? */
+
+/* Predefined locking system errors */
+#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_OPENDB 400 /* could not open lockdb */
+#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_NO_DB 401 /* no database defined */
+#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_CORRUPT_DB 402 /* DB is corrupt */
+#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_UNK_STATE_TOKEN 403 /* unknown State-token */
+#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_PARSE_TOKEN 404 /* bad opaquelocktoken */
+#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_SAVE_LOCK 405 /* err saving locks */
+
+/*
+** Some comments on Error ID values:
+**
+** The numbers do not necessarily need to be unique. Uniqueness simply means
+** that two errors that have not been predefined above can be distinguished
+** from each other. At the moment, mod_dav does not use this distinguishing
+** feature, but it could be used in the future to collapse <response> elements
+** into groups based on the error ID (and associated responsedescription).
+**
+** If a compute_desc is provided, then the error ID should be unique within
+** the context of the compute_desc function (so the function can figure out
+** what to filled into the desc).
+**
+** Basically, subsystems can ignore defining new error ID values if they want
+** to. The subsystems *do* need to return the predefined errors when
+** appropriate, so that mod_dav can figure out what to do. Subsystems can
+** simply leave the error ID field unfilled (zero) if there isn't an error
+** that must be placed there.
+*/
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** HOOK STRUCTURES
+**
+** These are here for forward-declaration purposes. For more info, see
+** the section title "HOOK HANDLING" for more information, plus each
+** structure definition.
+*/
+
+/* forward-declare this structure */
+typedef struct dav_hooks_propdb dav_hooks_propdb;
+typedef struct dav_hooks_locks dav_hooks_locks;
+typedef struct dav_hooks_vsn dav_hooks_vsn;
+typedef struct dav_hooks_repository dav_hooks_repository;
+typedef struct dav_hooks_liveprop dav_hooks_liveprop;
+typedef struct dav_hooks_binding dav_hooks_binding;
+typedef struct dav_hooks_search dav_hooks_search;
+
+/* ### deprecated name */
+typedef dav_hooks_propdb dav_hooks_db;
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** RESOURCE HANDLING
+*/
+
+/*
+** Resource Types:
+** The base protocol defines only file and collection resources.
+** The versioning protocol defines several additional resource types
+** to represent artifacts of a version control system.
+**
+** This enumeration identifies the type of URL used to identify the
+** resource. Since the same resource may have more than one type of
+** URL which can identify it, dav_resource_type cannot be used
+** alone to determine the type of the resource; attributes of the
+** dav_resource object must also be consulted.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+ DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
+
+ DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_REGULAR, /* file or collection; could be
+ * unversioned, or version selector,
+ * or baseline selector */
+
+ DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_VERSION, /* version or baseline URL */
+
+ DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_HISTORY, /* version or baseline history URL */
+
+ DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_WORKING, /* working resource URL */
+
+ DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_WORKSPACE, /* workspace URL */
+
+ DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_ACTIVITY, /* activity URL */
+
+ DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_PRIVATE /* repository-private type */
+
+} dav_resource_type;
+
+/*
+** Opaque, repository-specific information for a resource.
+*/
+typedef struct dav_resource_private dav_resource_private;
+
+/*
+** Resource descriptor, generated by a repository provider.
+**
+** Note: the lock-null state is not explicitly represented here,
+** since it may be expensive to compute. Use dav_get_resource_state()
+** to determine whether a non-existent resource is a lock-null resource.
+**
+** A quick explanation of how the flags can apply to different resources:
+**
+** unversioned file or collection:
+** type = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_REGULAR
+** exists = ? (1 if exists)
+** collection = ? (1 if collection)
+** versioned = 0
+** baselined = 0
+** working = 0
+**
+** version-controlled resource or configuration:
+** type = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_REGULAR
+** exists = 1
+** collection = ? (1 if collection)
+** versioned = 1
+** baselined = ? (1 if configuration)
+** working = ? (1 if checked out)
+**
+** version/baseline history:
+** type = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_HISTORY
+** exists = 1
+** collection = 0
+** versioned = 0
+** baselined = 0
+** working = 0
+**
+** version/baseline:
+** type = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_VERSION
+** exists = 1
+** collection = ? (1 if collection)
+** versioned = 1
+** baselined = ? (1 if baseline)
+** working = 0
+**
+** working resource:
+** type = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_WORKING
+** exists = 1
+** collection = ? (1 if collection)
+** versioned = 1
+** baselined = 0
+** working = 1
+**
+** workspace:
+** type = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_WORKSPACE
+** exists = ? (1 if exists)
+** collection = 1
+** versioned = ? (1 if version-controlled)
+** baselined = ? (1 if baseline-controlled)
+** working = ? (1 if checked out)
+**
+** activity:
+** type = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_ACTIVITY
+** exists = ? (1 if exists)
+** collection = 0
+** versioned = 0
+** baselined = 0
+** working = 0
+*/
+typedef struct dav_resource {
+ dav_resource_type type;
+
+ int exists; /* 0 => null resource */
+
+ int collection; /* 0 => file; can be 1 for
+ * REGULAR, VERSION, and WORKING resources,
+ * and is always 1 for WORKSPACE */
+
+ int versioned; /* 0 => unversioned; can be 1 for
+ * REGULAR and WORKSPACE resources,
+ * and is always 1 for VERSION and WORKING */
+
+ int baselined; /* 0 => not baselined; can be 1 for
+ * REGULAR, VERSION, and WORKSPACE resources;
+ * versioned == 1 when baselined == 1 */
+
+ int working; /* 0 => not checked out; can be 1 for
+ * REGULAR and WORKSPACE resources,
+ * and is always 1 for WORKING */
+
+ const char *uri; /* the URI for this resource;
+ * currently has an ABI flaw where sometimes it is
+ * assumed to be encoded and sometimes not */
+
+ dav_resource_private *info; /* the provider's private info */
+
+ const dav_hooks_repository *hooks; /* hooks used for this resource */
+
+ /* When allocating items related specifically to this resource, the
+ following pool should be used. Its lifetime will be at least as
+ long as the dav_resource structure. */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+
+} dav_resource;
+
+/*
+** Lock token type. Lock providers define the details of a lock token.
+** However, all providers are expected to at least be able to parse
+** the "opaquelocktoken" scheme, which is represented by a uuid_t.
+*/
+typedef struct dav_locktoken dav_locktoken;
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** BUFFER HANDLING
+**
+** These buffers are used as a lightweight buffer reuse mechanism. Apache
+** provides sub-pool creation and destruction to much the same effect, but
+** the sub-pools are a bit more general and heavyweight than these buffers.
+*/
+
+/* buffer for reuse; can grow to accommodate needed size */
+typedef struct
+{
+ apr_size_t alloc_len; /* how much has been allocated */
+ apr_size_t cur_len; /* how much is currently being used */
+ char *buf; /* buffer contents */
+} dav_buffer;
+#define DAV_BUFFER_MINSIZE 256 /* minimum size for buffer */
+#define DAV_BUFFER_PAD 64 /* amount of pad when growing */
+
+/* set the cur_len to the given size and ensure space is available */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_set_bufsize(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
+ apr_size_t size);
+
+/* initialize a buffer and copy the specified (null-term'd) string into it */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_buffer_init(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
+ const char *str);
+
+/* check that the buffer can accommodate <extra_needed> more bytes */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_check_bufsize(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
+ apr_size_t extra_needed);
+
+/* append a string to the end of the buffer, adjust length */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_buffer_append(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
+ const char *str);
+
+/* place a string on the end of the buffer, do NOT adjust length */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_buffer_place(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
+ const char *str);
+
+/* place some memory on the end of a buffer; do NOT adjust length */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_buffer_place_mem(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
+ const void *mem, apr_size_t amt,
+ apr_size_t pad);
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** HANDY UTILITIES
+*/
+
+/* contains results from one of the getprop functions */
+typedef struct
+{
+ apr_text * propstats; /* <propstat> element text */
+ apr_text * xmlns; /* namespace decls for <response> elem */
+} dav_get_props_result;
+
+/* holds the contents of a <response> element */
+struct dav_response
+{
+ const char *href; /* always */
+ const char *desc; /* optional description at <response> level */
+
+ /* use status if propresult.propstats is NULL. */
+ dav_get_props_result propresult;
+
+ int status;
+
+ struct dav_response *next;
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ request_rec *rnew; /* new subrequest */
+ dav_error err; /* potential error response */
+} dav_lookup_result;
+
+
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_lookup_result) dav_lookup_uri(const char *uri, request_rec *r,
+ int must_be_absolute);
+
+/* defines type of property info a provider is to return */
+typedef enum {
+ DAV_PROP_INSERT_NOTDEF, /* property is defined by this provider,
+ but nothing was inserted because the
+ (live) property is not defined for this
+ resource (it may be present as a dead
+ property). */
+ DAV_PROP_INSERT_NOTSUPP, /* property is recognized by this provider,
+ but it is not supported, and cannot be
+ treated as a dead property */
+ DAV_PROP_INSERT_NAME, /* a property name (empty elem) was
+ inserted into the text block */
+ DAV_PROP_INSERT_VALUE, /* a property name/value pair was inserted
+ into the text block */
+ DAV_PROP_INSERT_SUPPORTED /* a supported live property was added to
+ the text block as a
+ <DAV:supported-live-property> element */
+} dav_prop_insert;
+
+/* ### this stuff is private to dav/fs/repos.c; move it... */
+/* format a time string (buf must be at least DAV_TIMEBUF_SIZE chars) */
+#define DAV_STYLE_ISO8601 1
+#define DAV_STYLE_RFC822 2
+#define DAV_TIMEBUF_SIZE 30
+
+/* Write a complete RESPONSE object out as a <DAV:response> xml
+ * element. Data is sent into brigade BB, which is auto-flushed into
+ * the output filter stack for request R. Use POOL for any temporary
+ * allocations.
+ *
+ * [Presumably the <multistatus> tag has already been written; this
+ * routine is shared by dav_send_multistatus and dav_stream_response.]
+ */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_send_one_response(dav_response *response,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ request_rec *r,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/* Factorized helper function: prep request_rec R for a multistatus
+ * response and write <multistatus> tag into BB, destined for
+ * R->output_filters. Use xml NAMESPACES in initial tag, if
+ * non-NULL.
+ */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_begin_multistatus(apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ request_rec *r, int status,
+ apr_array_header_t *namespaces);
+
+/* Finish a multistatus response started by dav_begin_multistatus: */
+DAV_DECLARE(apr_status_t) dav_finish_multistatus(request_rec *r,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+
+/* Send a multistatus response */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_send_multistatus(request_rec *r, int status,
+ dav_response *first,
+ apr_array_header_t *namespaces);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(apr_text *) dav_failed_proppatch(apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_array_header_t *prop_ctx);
+DAV_DECLARE(apr_text *) dav_success_proppatch(apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_array_header_t *prop_ctx);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_get_depth(request_rec *r, int def_depth);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_validate_root(const apr_xml_doc *doc,
+ const char *tagname);
+DAV_DECLARE(apr_xml_elem *) dav_find_child(const apr_xml_elem *elem,
+ const char *tagname);
+
+/* gather up all the CDATA into a single string */
+DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_xml_get_cdata(const apr_xml_elem *elem, apr_pool_t *pool,
+ int strip_white);
+
+/*
+** XML namespace handling
+**
+** This structure tracks namespace declarations (xmlns:prefix="URI").
+** It maintains a one-to-many relationship of URIs-to-prefixes. In other
+** words, one URI may be defined by many prefixes, but any specific
+** prefix will specify only one URI.
+**
+** Prefixes using the "g###" pattern can be generated automatically if
+** the caller does not have specific prefix requirements.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+ apr_hash_t *uri_prefix; /* map URIs to an available prefix */
+ apr_hash_t *prefix_uri; /* map all prefixes to their URIs */
+ int count; /* counter for "g###" prefixes */
+} dav_xmlns_info;
+
+/* create an empty dav_xmlns_info structure */
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_xmlns_info *) dav_xmlns_create(apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/* add a specific prefix/URI pair. the prefix/uri should have a lifetime
+ at least that of xmlns->pool */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_xmlns_add(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
+ const char *prefix, const char *uri);
+
+/* add a URI (if not present); any prefix is acceptable and is returned.
+ the uri should have a lifetime at least that xmlns->pool */
+DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_xmlns_add_uri(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
+ const char *uri);
+
+/* return the URI for a specified prefix (or NULL if the prefix is unknown) */
+DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_xmlns_get_uri(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
+ const char *prefix);
+
+/* return an available prefix for a specified URI (or NULL if the URI
+ is unknown) */
+DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_xmlns_get_prefix(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
+ const char *uri);
+
+/* generate xmlns declarations (appending into the given text) */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_xmlns_generate(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
+ apr_text_header *phdr);
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** DAV PLUGINS
+*/
+
+/* ### docco ... */
+
+/*
+** dav_provider
+**
+** This structure wraps up all of the hooks that a mod_dav provider can
+** supply. The provider MUST supply <repos> and <propdb>. The rest are
+** optional and should contain NULL if that feature is not supplied.
+**
+** Note that a provider cannot pick and choose portions from various
+** underlying implementations (which was theoretically possible in
+** mod_dav 1.0). There are too many dependencies between a dav_resource
+** (defined by <repos>) and the other functionality.
+**
+** Live properties are not part of the dav_provider structure because they
+** are handled through the APR_HOOK interface (to allow for multiple liveprop
+** providers). The core always provides some properties, and then a given
+** provider will add more properties.
+**
+** Some providers may need to associate a context with the dav_provider
+** structure -- the ctx field is available for storing this context. Just
+** leave it NULL if it isn't required.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ const dav_hooks_repository *repos;
+ const dav_hooks_propdb *propdb;
+ const dav_hooks_locks *locks;
+ const dav_hooks_vsn *vsn;
+ const dav_hooks_binding *binding;
+ const dav_hooks_search *search;
+
+ void *ctx;
+} dav_provider;
+
+/*
+** gather_propsets: gather all live property propset-URIs
+**
+** The hook implementor should push one or more URIs into the specified
+** array. These URIs are returned in the DAV: header to let clients know
+** what sets of live properties are supported by the installation. mod_dav
+** will place open/close angle brackets around each value (much like
+** a Coded-URL); quotes and brackets should not be in the value.
+**
+** Example: http://apache.org/dav/props/
+**
+** (of course, use your own domain to ensure a unique value)
+*/
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, void, gather_propsets,
+ (apr_array_header_t *uris))
+
+/*
+** find_liveprop: find a live property, returning a non-zero, unique,
+** opaque identifier.
+**
+** If the hook implementor determines the specified URI/name refers to
+** one of its properties, then it should fill in HOOKS and return a
+** non-zero value. The returned value is the "property ID" and will
+** be passed to the various liveprop hook functions.
+**
+** Return 0 if the property is not defined by the hook implementor.
+*/
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, int, find_liveprop,
+ (const dav_resource *resource,
+ const char *ns_uri, const char *name,
+ const dav_hooks_liveprop **hooks))
+
+/*
+** insert_all_liveprops: insert all (known) live property names/values.
+**
+** The hook implementor should append XML text to PHDR, containing liveprop
+** names. If INSVALUE is true, then the property values should also be
+** inserted into the output XML stream.
+**
+** The liveprop provider should insert *all* known and *defined* live
+** properties on the specified resource. If a particular liveprop is
+** not defined for this resource, then it should not be inserted.
+*/
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, void, insert_all_liveprops,
+ (request_rec *r, const dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_prop_insert what, apr_text_header *phdr))
+
+DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_locks *) dav_get_lock_hooks(request_rec *r);
+DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_propdb *) dav_get_propdb_hooks(request_rec *r);
+DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_vsn *) dav_get_vsn_hooks(request_rec *r);
+DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_binding *) dav_get_binding_hooks(request_rec *r);
+DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_search *) dav_get_search_hooks(request_rec *r);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_register_provider(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name,
+ const dav_provider *hooks);
+DAV_DECLARE(const dav_provider *) dav_lookup_provider(const char *name);
+DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_get_provider_name(request_rec *r);
+
+
+/* ### deprecated */
+#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_PROPDB(r) dav_get_propdb_hooks(r)
+#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_LOCKS(r) dav_get_lock_hooks(r)
+#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_VSN(r) dav_get_vsn_hooks(r)
+#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_BINDING(r) dav_get_binding_hooks(r)
+#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_SEARCH(r) dav_get_search_hooks(r)
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** IF HEADER PROCESSING
+**
+** Here is the definition of the If: header from RFC 2518, S9.4:
+**
+** If = "If" ":" (1*No-tag-list | 1*Tagged-list)
+** No-tag-list = List
+** Tagged-list = Resource 1*List
+** Resource = Coded-URL
+** List = "(" 1*(["Not"](State-token | "[" entity-tag "]")) ")"
+** State-token = Coded-URL
+** Coded-URL = "<" absoluteURI ">" ; absoluteURI from RFC 2616
+**
+** List corresponds to dav_if_state_list. No-tag-list corresponds to
+** dav_if_header with uri==NULL. Tagged-list corresponds to a sequence of
+** dav_if_header structures with (duplicate) uri==Resource -- one
+** dav_if_header per state_list. A second Tagged-list will start a new
+** sequence of dav_if_header structures with the new URI.
+**
+** A summary of the semantics, mapped into our structures:
+** - Chained dav_if_headers: OR
+** - Chained dav_if_state_lists: AND
+** - NULL uri matches all resources
+*/
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ dav_if_etag,
+ dav_if_opaquelock,
+ dav_if_unknown /* the "unknown" state type; always matches false. */
+} dav_if_state_type;
+
+typedef struct dav_if_state_list
+{
+ dav_if_state_type type;
+
+ int condition;
+#define DAV_IF_COND_NORMAL 0
+#define DAV_IF_COND_NOT 1 /* "Not" was applied */
+
+ const char *etag;
+ dav_locktoken *locktoken;
+
+ struct dav_if_state_list *next;
+} dav_if_state_list;
+
+typedef struct dav_if_header
+{
+ const char *uri;
+ apr_size_t uri_len;
+ struct dav_if_state_list *state;
+ struct dav_if_header *next;
+
+ int dummy_header; /* used internally by the lock/etag validation */
+} dav_if_header;
+
+typedef struct dav_locktoken_list
+{
+ dav_locktoken *locktoken;
+ struct dav_locktoken_list *next;
+} dav_locktoken_list;
+
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_get_locktoken_list(request_rec *r,
+ dav_locktoken_list **ltl);
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** LIVE PROPERTY HANDLING
+*/
+
+/* opaque type for PROPPATCH rollback information */
+typedef struct dav_liveprop_rollback dav_liveprop_rollback;
+
+struct dav_hooks_liveprop
+{
+ /*
+ ** Insert property information into a text block. The property to
+ ** insert is identified by the propid value. The information to insert
+ ** is identified by the "what" argument, as follows:
+ ** DAV_PROP_INSERT_NAME
+ ** property name, as an empty XML element
+ ** DAV_PROP_INSERT_VALUE
+ ** property name/value, as an XML element
+ ** DAV_PROP_INSERT_SUPPORTED
+ ** if the property is defined on the resource, then
+ ** a DAV:supported-live-property element, as defined
+ ** by the DeltaV extensions to RFC2518.
+ **
+ ** Providers should return DAV_PROP_INSERT_NOTDEF if the property is
+ ** known and not defined for this resource, so should be handled as a
+ ** dead property. If a provider recognizes, but does not support, a
+ ** property, and does not want it handled as a dead property, it should
+ ** return DAV_PROP_INSERT_NOTSUPP.
+ **
+ ** Returns one of DAV_PROP_INSERT_* based on what happened.
+ **
+ ** ### we may need more context... ie. the lock database
+ */
+ dav_prop_insert (*insert_prop)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ int propid, dav_prop_insert what,
+ apr_text_header *phdr);
+
+ /*
+ ** Determine whether a given property is writable.
+ **
+ ** ### we may want a different semantic. i.e. maybe it should be
+ ** ### "can we write <value> into this property?"
+ **
+ ** Returns 1 if the live property can be written, 0 if read-only.
+ */
+ int (*is_writable)(const dav_resource *resource, int propid);
+
+ /*
+ ** This member defines the set of namespace URIs that the provider
+ ** uses for its properties. When insert_all is called, it will be
+ ** passed a list of integers that map from indices into this list
+ ** to namespace IDs for output generation.
+ **
+ ** The last entry in this list should be a NULL value (sentinel).
+ */
+ const char * const * namespace_uris;
+
+ /*
+ ** ### this is not the final design. we want an open-ended way for
+ ** ### liveprop providers to attach *new* properties. To this end,
+ ** ### we'll have a "give me a list of the props you define", a way
+ ** ### to check for a prop's existence, a way to validate a set/remove
+ ** ### of a prop, and a way to execute/commit/rollback that change.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ ** Validate that the live property can be assigned a value, and that
+ ** the provided value is valid.
+ **
+ ** elem will point to the XML element that names the property. For
+ ** example:
+ ** <lp1:executable>T</lp1:executable>
+ **
+ ** The provider can access the cdata fields and the child elements
+ ** to extract the relevant pieces.
+ **
+ ** operation is one of DAV_PROP_OP_SET or _DELETE.
+ **
+ ** The provider may return a value in *context which will be passed
+ ** to each of the exec/commit/rollback functions. For example, this
+ ** may contain an internal value which has been processed from the
+ ** input element.
+ **
+ ** The provider must set defer_to_dead to true (non-zero) or false.
+ ** If true, then the set/remove is deferred to the dead property
+ ** database. Note: it will be set to zero on entry.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*patch_validate)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ const apr_xml_elem *elem,
+ int operation,
+ void **context,
+ int *defer_to_dead);
+
+ /* ### doc... */
+ dav_error * (*patch_exec)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ const apr_xml_elem *elem,
+ int operation,
+ void *context,
+ dav_liveprop_rollback **rollback_ctx);
+
+ /* ### doc... */
+ void (*patch_commit)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ int operation,
+ void *context,
+ dav_liveprop_rollback *rollback_ctx);
+
+ /* ### doc... */
+ dav_error * (*patch_rollback)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ int operation,
+ void *context,
+ dav_liveprop_rollback *rollback_ctx);
+
+ /*
+ ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
+ ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
+ */
+ void *ctx;
+};
+
+/*
+** dav_liveprop_spec: specify a live property
+**
+** This structure is used as a standard way to determine if a particular
+** property is a live property. Its use is not part of the mandated liveprop
+** interface, but can be used by liveprop providers in conjunction with the
+** utility routines below.
+**
+** spec->name == NULL is the defined end-sentinel for a list of specs.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ int ns; /* provider-local namespace index */
+ const char *name; /* name of the property */
+
+ int propid; /* provider-local property ID */
+
+ int is_writable; /* is the property writable? */
+
+} dav_liveprop_spec;
+
+/*
+** dav_liveprop_group: specify a group of liveprops
+**
+** This structure specifies a group of live properties, their namespaces,
+** and how to handle them.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ const dav_liveprop_spec *specs;
+ const char * const *namespace_uris;
+ const dav_hooks_liveprop *hooks;
+
+} dav_liveprop_group;
+
+/* ### docco */
+DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_do_find_liveprop(const char *ns_uri, const char *name,
+ const dav_liveprop_group *group,
+ const dav_hooks_liveprop **hooks);
+
+/* ### docco */
+DAV_DECLARE(long) dav_get_liveprop_info(int propid,
+ const dav_liveprop_group *group,
+ const dav_liveprop_spec **info);
+
+/* ### docco */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_register_liveprop_group(apr_pool_t *pool,
+ const dav_liveprop_group *group);
+
+/* ### docco */
+DAV_DECLARE(long) dav_get_liveprop_ns_index(const char *uri);
+
+/* ### docco */
+DAV_DECLARE(long) dav_get_liveprop_ns_count(void);
+
+/* ### docco */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_add_all_liveprop_xmlns(apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_text_header *phdr);
+
+/*
+** The following three functions are part of mod_dav's internal handling
+** for the core WebDAV properties. They are not part of mod_dav's API.
+*/
+DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) dav_core_find_liveprop(
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ const char *ns_uri,
+ const char *name,
+ const dav_hooks_liveprop **hooks);
+DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_core_insert_all_liveprops(
+ request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_prop_insert what,
+ apr_text_header *phdr);
+DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_core_register_uris(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+
+/*
+** Standard WebDAV Property Identifiers
+**
+** A live property provider does not need to use these; they are simply
+** provided for convenience.
+**
+** Property identifiers need to be unique within a given provider, but not
+** *across* providers (note: this uniqueness constraint was different in
+** older versions of mod_dav).
+**
+** The identifiers start at 20000 to make it easier for providers to avoid
+** conflicts with the standard properties. The properties are arranged
+** alphabetically, and may be reordered from time to time (as properties
+** are introduced).
+**
+** NOTE: there is no problem with reordering (e.g. binary compat) since the
+** identifiers are only used within a given provider, which would pick up
+** the entire set of changes upon a recompile.
+*/
+enum {
+ DAV_PROPID_BEGIN = 20000,
+
+ /* Standard WebDAV properties (RFC 2518) */
+ DAV_PROPID_creationdate,
+ DAV_PROPID_displayname,
+ DAV_PROPID_getcontentlanguage,
+ DAV_PROPID_getcontentlength,
+ DAV_PROPID_getcontenttype,
+ DAV_PROPID_getetag,
+ DAV_PROPID_getlastmodified,
+ DAV_PROPID_lockdiscovery,
+ DAV_PROPID_resourcetype,
+ DAV_PROPID_source,
+ DAV_PROPID_supportedlock,
+
+ /* DeltaV properties (from the I-D (#14)) */
+ DAV_PROPID_activity_checkout_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_activity_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_activity_version_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_auto_merge_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_auto_version,
+ DAV_PROPID_baseline_collection,
+ DAV_PROPID_baseline_controlled_collection,
+ DAV_PROPID_baseline_controlled_collection_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_checked_in,
+ DAV_PROPID_checked_out,
+ DAV_PROPID_checkin_fork,
+ DAV_PROPID_checkout_fork,
+ DAV_PROPID_checkout_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_comment,
+ DAV_PROPID_creator_displayname,
+ DAV_PROPID_current_activity_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_current_workspace_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_default_variant,
+ DAV_PROPID_eclipsed_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_label_name_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_merge_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_precursor_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_predecessor_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_root_version,
+ DAV_PROPID_subactivity_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_subbaseline_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_successor_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_supported_method_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_supported_live_property_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_supported_report_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_unreserved,
+ DAV_PROPID_variant_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_version_controlled_binding_set,
+ DAV_PROPID_version_controlled_configuration,
+ DAV_PROPID_version_history,
+ DAV_PROPID_version_name,
+ DAV_PROPID_workspace,
+ DAV_PROPID_workspace_checkout_set,
+
+ DAV_PROPID_END
+};
+
+/*
+** Property Identifier Registration
+**
+** At the moment, mod_dav requires live property providers to ensure that
+** each property returned has a unique value. For now, this is done through
+** central registration (there are no known providers other than the default,
+** so this remains manageable).
+**
+** WARNING: the TEST ranges should never be "shipped".
+*/
+#define DAV_PROPID_CORE 10000 /* ..10099. defined by mod_dav */
+#define DAV_PROPID_FS 10100 /* ..10299.
+ mod_dav filesystem provider. */
+#define DAV_PROPID_TEST1 10300 /* ..10399 */
+#define DAV_PROPID_TEST2 10400 /* ..10499 */
+#define DAV_PROPID_TEST3 10500 /* ..10599 */
+/* Next: 10600 */
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** DATABASE FUNCTIONS
+*/
+
+typedef struct dav_db dav_db;
+typedef struct dav_namespace_map dav_namespace_map;
+typedef struct dav_deadprop_rollback dav_deadprop_rollback;
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *ns; /* "" signals "no namespace" */
+ const char *name;
+} dav_prop_name;
+
+/* hook functions to enable pluggable databases */
+struct dav_hooks_propdb
+{
+ dav_error * (*open)(apr_pool_t *p, const dav_resource *resource, int ro,
+ dav_db **pdb);
+ void (*close)(dav_db *db);
+
+ /*
+ ** In bulk, define any namespaces that the values and their name
+ ** elements may need.
+ **
+ ** Note: sometimes mod_dav will defer calling this until output_value
+ ** returns found==1. If the output process needs the dav_xmlns_info
+ ** filled for its work, then it will need to fill it on demand rather
+ ** than depending upon this hook to fill in the structure.
+ **
+ ** Note: this will *always* be called during an output sequence. Thus,
+ ** the provider may rely solely on using this to fill the xmlns info.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*define_namespaces)(dav_db *db, dav_xmlns_info *xi);
+
+ /*
+ ** Output the value from the database (i.e. add an element name and
+ ** the value into *phdr). Set *found based on whether the name/value
+ ** was found in the propdb.
+ **
+ ** Note: it is NOT an error for the key/value pair to not exist.
+ **
+ ** The dav_xmlns_info passed to define_namespaces() is also passed to
+ ** each output_value() call so that namespaces can be added on-demand.
+ ** It can also be used to look up prefixes or URIs during the output
+ ** process.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*output_value)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name,
+ dav_xmlns_info *xi,
+ apr_text_header *phdr, int *found);
+
+ /*
+ ** Build a mapping from "global" namespaces (stored in apr_xml_*)
+ ** into provider-local namespace identifiers.
+ **
+ ** This mapping should be done once per set of namespaces, and the
+ ** resulting mapping should be passed into the store() hook function.
+ **
+ ** Note: usually, there is just a single document/namespaces for all
+ ** elements passed. However, the generality of creating multiple
+ ** mappings and passing them to store() is provided here.
+ **
+ ** Note: this is only in preparation for a series of store() calls.
+ ** As a result, the propdb must be open for read/write access when
+ ** this function is called.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*map_namespaces)(dav_db *db,
+ const apr_array_header_t *namespaces,
+ dav_namespace_map **mapping);
+
+ /*
+ ** Store a property value for a given name. The value->combined field
+ ** MUST be set for this call.
+ **
+ ** ### WARNING: current providers will quote the text within ELEM.
+ ** ### this implies you can call this function only once with a given
+ ** ### element structure (a second time will quote it again).
+ */
+ dav_error * (*store)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name,
+ const apr_xml_elem *elem,
+ dav_namespace_map *mapping);
+
+ /* remove a given property */
+ dav_error * (*remove)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name);
+
+ /* returns 1 if the record specified by "key" exists; 0 otherwise */
+ int (*exists)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name);
+
+ /*
+ ** Iterate over the property names in the database.
+ **
+ ** iter->name.ns == iter->name.name == NULL when there are no more names.
+ **
+ ** Note: only one iteration may occur over the propdb at a time.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*first_name)(dav_db *db, dav_prop_name *pname);
+ dav_error * (*next_name)(dav_db *db, dav_prop_name *pname);
+
+ /*
+ ** Rollback support: get rollback context, and apply it.
+ **
+ ** struct dav_deadprop_rollback is a provider-private structure; it
+ ** should remember the name, and the name's old value (or the fact that
+ ** the value was not present, and should be deleted if a rollback occurs).
+ */
+ dav_error * (*get_rollback)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name,
+ dav_deadprop_rollback **prollback);
+ dav_error * (*apply_rollback)(dav_db *db,
+ dav_deadprop_rollback *rollback);
+
+ /*
+ ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
+ ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
+ */
+ void *ctx;
+};
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** LOCK FUNCTIONS
+*/
+
+/* Used to represent a Timeout header of "Infinity" */
+#define DAV_TIMEOUT_INFINITE 0
+
+DAV_DECLARE(time_t) dav_get_timeout(request_rec *r);
+
+/*
+** Opaque, provider-specific information for a lock database.
+*/
+typedef struct dav_lockdb_private dav_lockdb_private;
+
+/*
+** Opaque, provider-specific information for a lock record.
+*/
+typedef struct dav_lock_private dav_lock_private;
+
+/*
+** Lock database type. Lock providers are urged to implement a "lazy" open, so
+** doing an "open" is cheap until something is actually needed from the DB.
+*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ const dav_hooks_locks *hooks; /* the hooks used for this lockdb */
+ int ro; /* was it opened readonly? */
+
+ dav_lockdb_private *info;
+
+} dav_lockdb;
+
+typedef enum {
+ DAV_LOCKSCOPE_UNKNOWN,
+ DAV_LOCKSCOPE_EXCLUSIVE,
+ DAV_LOCKSCOPE_SHARED
+} dav_lock_scope;
+
+typedef enum {
+ DAV_LOCKTYPE_UNKNOWN,
+ DAV_LOCKTYPE_WRITE
+} dav_lock_type;
+
+typedef enum {
+ DAV_LOCKREC_DIRECT, /* lock asserted on this resource */
+ DAV_LOCKREC_INDIRECT, /* lock inherited from a parent */
+ DAV_LOCKREC_INDIRECT_PARTIAL /* most info is not filled in */
+} dav_lock_rectype;
+
+/*
+** dav_lock: hold information about a lock on a resource.
+**
+** This structure is used for both direct and indirect locks. A direct lock
+** is a lock applied to a specific resource by the client. An indirect lock
+** is one that is inherited from a parent resource by virtue of a non-zero
+** Depth: header when the lock was applied.
+**
+** mod_dav records both types of locks in the lock database, managing their
+** addition/removal as resources are moved about the namespace.
+**
+** Note that the lockdb is free to marshal this structure in any form that
+** it likes.
+**
+** For a "partial" lock, the <rectype> and <locktoken> fields must be filled
+** in. All other (user) fields should be zeroed. The lock provider will
+** usually fill in the <info> field, and the <next> field may be used to
+** construct a list of partial locks.
+**
+** The lock provider MUST use the info field to store a value such that a
+** dav_lock structure can locate itself in the underlying lock database.
+** This requirement is needed for refreshing: when an indirect dav_lock is
+** refreshed, its reference to the direct lock does not specify the direct's
+** resource, so the only way to locate the (refreshed, direct) lock in the
+** database is to use the info field.
+**
+** Note that <is_locknull> only refers to the resource where this lock was
+** found.
+** ### hrm. that says the abstraction is wrong. is_locknull may disappear.
+*/
+typedef struct dav_lock
+{
+ dav_lock_rectype rectype; /* type of lock record */
+ int is_locknull; /* lock establishes a locknull resource */
+
+ /* ### put the resource in here? */
+
+ dav_lock_scope scope; /* scope of the lock */
+ dav_lock_type type; /* type of lock */
+ int depth; /* depth of the lock */
+ time_t timeout; /* when the lock will timeout */
+
+ const dav_locktoken *locktoken; /* the token that was issued */
+
+ const char *owner; /* (XML) owner of the lock */
+ const char *auth_user; /* auth'd username owning lock */
+
+ dav_lock_private *info; /* private to the lockdb */
+
+ struct dav_lock *next; /* for managing a list of locks */
+} dav_lock;
+
+/* Property-related public lock functions */
+DAV_DECLARE(const char *)dav_lock_get_activelock(request_rec *r,
+ dav_lock *locks,
+ dav_buffer *pbuf);
+
+/* LockDB-related public lock functions */
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_lock_parse_lockinfo(request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resrouce,
+ dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const apr_xml_doc *doc,
+ dav_lock **lock_request);
+DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_unlock(request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ const dav_locktoken *locktoken);
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_add_lock(request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_lockdb *lockdb, dav_lock *request,
+ dav_response **response);
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_notify_created(request_rec *r,
+ dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ int resource_state,
+ int depth);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_lock_query(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_lock **locks);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_validate_request(request_rec *r,
+ dav_resource *resource,
+ int depth,
+ dav_locktoken *locktoken,
+ dav_response **response,
+ int flags,
+ dav_lockdb *lockdb);
+/*
+** flags:
+** 0x0F -- reserved for <dav_lock_scope> values
+**
+** other flags, detailed below
+*/
+#define DAV_VALIDATE_RESOURCE 0x0010 /* validate just the resource */
+#define DAV_VALIDATE_PARENT 0x0020 /* validate resource AND its parent */
+#define DAV_VALIDATE_ADD_LD 0x0040 /* add DAV:lockdiscovery into
+ the 424 DAV:response */
+#define DAV_VALIDATE_USE_424 0x0080 /* return 424 status, not 207 */
+#define DAV_VALIDATE_IS_PARENT 0x0100 /* for internal use */
+#define DAV_VALIDATE_NO_MODIFY 0x0200 /* resource is not being modified
+ so allow even if lock token
+ is not provided */
+
+/* Lock-null related public lock functions */
+DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_get_resource_state(request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resource);
+
+/* Lock provider hooks. Locking is optional, so there may be no
+ * lock provider for a given repository.
+ */
+struct dav_hooks_locks
+{
+ /* Return the supportedlock property for a resource */
+ const char * (*get_supportedlock)(
+ const dav_resource *resource
+ );
+
+ /* Parse a lock token URI, returning a lock token object allocated
+ * in the given pool.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*parse_locktoken)(
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *char_token,
+ dav_locktoken **locktoken_p
+ );
+
+ /* Format a lock token object into a URI string, allocated in
+ * the given pool.
+ *
+ * Always returns non-NULL.
+ */
+ const char * (*format_locktoken)(
+ apr_pool_t *p,
+ const dav_locktoken *locktoken
+ );
+
+ /* Compare two lock tokens.
+ *
+ * Result < 0 => lt1 < lt2
+ * Result == 0 => lt1 == lt2
+ * Result > 0 => lt1 > lt2
+ */
+ int (*compare_locktoken)(
+ const dav_locktoken *lt1,
+ const dav_locktoken *lt2
+ );
+
+ /* Open the provider's lock database.
+ *
+ * The provider may or may not use a "real" database for locks
+ * (a lock could be an attribute on a resource, for example).
+ *
+ * The provider may choose to use the value of the DAVLockDB directive
+ * (as returned by dav_get_lockdb_path()) to decide where to place
+ * any storage it may need.
+ *
+ * The request storage pool should be associated with the lockdb,
+ * so it can be used in subsequent operations.
+ *
+ * If ro != 0, only readonly operations will be performed.
+ * If force == 0, the open can be "lazy"; no subsequent locking operations
+ * may occur.
+ * If force != 0, locking operations will definitely occur.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*open_lockdb)(
+ request_rec *r,
+ int ro,
+ int force,
+ dav_lockdb **lockdb
+ );
+
+ /* Indicates completion of locking operations */
+ void (*close_lockdb)(
+ dav_lockdb *lockdb
+ );
+
+ /* Take a resource out of the lock-null state. */
+ dav_error * (*remove_locknull_state)(
+ dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource
+ );
+
+ /*
+ ** Create a (direct) lock structure for the given resource. A locktoken
+ ** will be created.
+ **
+ ** The lock provider may store private information into lock->info.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*create_lock)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_lock **lock);
+
+ /*
+ ** Get the locks associated with the specified resource.
+ **
+ ** If resolve_locks is true (non-zero), then any indirect locks are
+ ** resolved to their actual, direct lock (i.e. the reference to followed
+ ** to the original lock).
+ **
+ ** The locks, if any, are returned as a linked list in no particular
+ ** order. If no locks are present, then *locks will be NULL.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*get_locks)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ int calltype,
+ dav_lock **locks);
+
+#define DAV_GETLOCKS_RESOLVED 0 /* resolve indirects to directs */
+#define DAV_GETLOCKS_PARTIAL 1 /* leave indirects partially filled */
+#define DAV_GETLOCKS_COMPLETE 2 /* fill out indirect locks */
+
+ /*
+ ** Find a particular lock on a resource (specified by its locktoken).
+ **
+ ** *lock will be set to NULL if the lock is not found.
+ **
+ ** Note that the provider can optimize the unmarshalling -- only one
+ ** lock (or none) must be constructed and returned.
+ **
+ ** If partial_ok is true (non-zero), then an indirect lock can be
+ ** partially filled in. Otherwise, another lookup is done and the
+ ** lock structure will be filled out as a DAV_LOCKREC_INDIRECT.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*find_lock)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ const dav_locktoken *locktoken,
+ int partial_ok,
+ dav_lock **lock);
+
+ /*
+ ** Quick test to see if the resource has *any* locks on it.
+ **
+ ** This is typically used to determine if a non-existent resource
+ ** has a lock and is (therefore) a locknull resource.
+ **
+ ** WARNING: this function may return TRUE even when timed-out locks
+ ** exist (i.e. it may not perform timeout checks).
+ */
+ dav_error * (*has_locks)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ int *locks_present);
+
+ /*
+ ** Append the specified lock(s) to the set of locks on this resource.
+ **
+ ** If "make_indirect" is true (non-zero), then the specified lock(s)
+ ** should be converted to an indirect lock (if it is a direct lock)
+ ** before appending. Note that the conversion to an indirect lock does
+ ** not alter the passed-in lock -- the change is internal the
+ ** append_locks function.
+ **
+ ** Multiple locks are specified using the lock->next links.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*append_locks)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ int make_indirect,
+ const dav_lock *lock);
+
+ /*
+ ** Remove any lock that has the specified locktoken.
+ **
+ ** If locktoken == NULL, then ALL locks are removed.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*remove_lock)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ const dav_locktoken *locktoken);
+
+ /*
+ ** Refresh all locks, found on the specified resource, which has a
+ ** locktoken in the provided list.
+ **
+ ** If the lock is indirect, then the direct lock is referenced and
+ ** refreshed.
+ **
+ ** Each lock that is updated is returned in the <locks> argument.
+ ** Note that the locks will be fully resolved.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*refresh_locks)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ const dav_locktoken_list *ltl,
+ time_t new_time,
+ dav_lock **locks);
+
+ /*
+ ** Look up the resource associated with a particular locktoken.
+ **
+ ** The search begins at the specified <start_resource> and the lock
+ ** specified by <locktoken>.
+ **
+ ** If the resource/token specifies an indirect lock, then the direct
+ ** lock will be looked up, and THAT resource will be returned. In other
+ ** words, this function always returns the resource where a particular
+ ** lock (token) was asserted.
+ **
+ ** NOTE: this function pointer is allowed to be NULL, indicating that
+ ** the provider does not support this type of functionality. The
+ ** caller should then traverse up the repository hierarchy looking
+ ** for the resource defining a lock with this locktoken.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*lookup_resource)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_locktoken *locktoken,
+ const dav_resource *start_resource,
+ const dav_resource **resource);
+
+ /*
+ ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
+ ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
+ */
+ void *ctx;
+};
+
+/* what types of resources can be discovered by dav_get_resource_state() */
+#define DAV_RESOURCE_LOCK_NULL 10 /* resource lock-null */
+#define DAV_RESOURCE_NULL 11 /* resource null */
+#define DAV_RESOURCE_EXISTS 12 /* resource exists */
+#define DAV_RESOURCE_ERROR 13 /* an error occurred */
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** PROPERTY HANDLING
+*/
+
+typedef struct dav_propdb dav_propdb;
+
+
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_open_propdb(
+ request_rec *r,
+ dav_lockdb *lockdb,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ int ro,
+ apr_array_header_t *ns_xlate,
+ dav_propdb **propdb);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_close_propdb(dav_propdb *db);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_get_props_result) dav_get_props(
+ dav_propdb *db,
+ apr_xml_doc *doc);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_get_props_result) dav_get_allprops(
+ dav_propdb *db,
+ dav_prop_insert what);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_get_liveprop_supported(
+ dav_propdb *propdb,
+ const char *ns_uri,
+ const char *propname,
+ apr_text_header *body);
+
+/*
+** 3-phase property modification.
+**
+** 1) validate props. readable? unlocked? ACLs allow access?
+** 2) execute operation (set/delete)
+** 3) commit or rollback
+**
+** ### eventually, auth must be available. a ref to the request_rec (which
+** ### contains the auth info) should be in the shared context struct.
+**
+** Each function may alter the error values and information contained within
+** the context record. This should be done as an "increasing" level of
+** error, rather than overwriting any previous error.
+**
+** Note that commit() cannot generate errors. It should simply free the
+** rollback information.
+**
+** rollback() may generate additional errors because the rollback operation
+** can sometimes fail(!).
+**
+** The caller should allocate an array of these, one per operation. It should
+** be zero-initialized, then the db, operation, and prop fields should be
+** filled in before calling dav_prop_validate. Note that the set/delete
+** operations are order-dependent. For a given (logical) context, the same
+** pointer must be passed to each phase.
+**
+** error_type is an internal value, but will have the same numeric value
+** for each possible "desc" value. This allows the caller to group the
+** descriptions via the error_type variable, rather than through string
+** comparisons. Note that "status" does not provide enough granularity to
+** differentiate/group the "desc" values.
+**
+** Note that the propdb will maintain some (global) context across all
+** of the property change contexts. This implies that you can have only
+** one open transaction per propdb.
+*/
+typedef struct dav_prop_ctx
+{
+ dav_propdb *propdb;
+
+ apr_xml_elem *prop; /* property to affect */
+
+ int operation;
+#define DAV_PROP_OP_SET 1 /* set a property value */
+#define DAV_PROP_OP_DELETE 2 /* delete a prop value */
+/* ### add a GET? */
+
+ /* private items to the propdb */
+ int is_liveprop;
+ void *liveprop_ctx;
+ struct dav_rollback_item *rollback; /* optional rollback info */
+
+ dav_error *err; /* error (if any) */
+
+ /* private to mod_dav.c */
+ request_rec *r;
+
+} dav_prop_ctx;
+
+DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_prop_validate(dav_prop_ctx *ctx);
+DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_prop_exec(dav_prop_ctx *ctx);
+DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_prop_commit(dav_prop_ctx *ctx);
+DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_prop_rollback(dav_prop_ctx *ctx);
+
+#define DAV_PROP_CTX_HAS_ERR(dpc) ((dpc).err && (dpc).err->status >= 300)
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** WALKER STRUCTURE
+*/
+
+enum {
+ DAV_CALLTYPE_MEMBER = 1, /* called for a member resource */
+ DAV_CALLTYPE_COLLECTION, /* called for a collection */
+ DAV_CALLTYPE_LOCKNULL /* called for a locknull resource */
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ /* the client-provided context */
+ void *walk_ctx;
+
+ /* pool to use for allocations in the callback */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+
+ /* the current resource */
+ const dav_resource *resource;
+
+ /* OUTPUT: add responses to this */
+ dav_response *response;
+
+} dav_walk_resource;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int walk_type;
+#define DAV_WALKTYPE_AUTH 0x0001 /* limit to authorized files */
+#define DAV_WALKTYPE_NORMAL 0x0002 /* walk normal files */
+#define DAV_WALKTYPE_LOCKNULL 0x0004 /* walk locknull resources */
+
+ /* callback function and a client context for the walk */
+ dav_error * (*func)(dav_walk_resource *wres, int calltype);
+ void *walk_ctx;
+
+ /* what pool to use for allocations needed by walk logic */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+
+ /* beginning root of the walk */
+ const dav_resource *root;
+
+ /* lock database to enable walking LOCKNULL resources */
+ dav_lockdb *lockdb;
+
+} dav_walk_params;
+
+/* directory tree walking context */
+typedef struct dav_walker_ctx
+{
+ /* input: */
+ dav_walk_params w;
+
+
+ /* ### client data... phasing out this big glom */
+
+ /* this brigade buffers data being sent to r->output_filters */
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb;
+
+ /* a scratch pool, used to stream responses and iteratively cleared. */
+ apr_pool_t *scratchpool;
+
+ request_rec *r; /* original request */
+
+ /* for PROPFIND operations */
+ apr_xml_doc *doc;
+ int propfind_type;
+#define DAV_PROPFIND_IS_ALLPROP 1
+#define DAV_PROPFIND_IS_PROPNAME 2
+#define DAV_PROPFIND_IS_PROP 3
+
+ apr_text *propstat_404; /* (cached) propstat giving a 404 error */
+
+ const dav_if_header *if_header; /* for validation */
+ const dav_locktoken *locktoken; /* for UNLOCK */
+ const dav_lock *lock; /* for LOCK */
+ int skip_root; /* for dav_inherit_locks() */
+
+ int flags;
+
+ dav_buffer work_buf; /* for dav_validate_request() */
+
+} dav_walker_ctx;
+
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_add_response(dav_walk_resource *wres,
+ int status,
+ dav_get_props_result *propstats);
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** "STREAM" STRUCTURE
+**
+** mod_dav uses this abstraction for interacting with the repository
+** while fetching/storing resources. mod_dav views resources as a stream
+** of bytes.
+**
+** Note that the structure is opaque -- it is private to the repository
+** that created the stream in the repository's "open" function.
+**
+** ### THIS STUFF IS GOING AWAY ... GET/read requests are handled by
+** ### having the provider jam stuff straight into the filter stack.
+** ### this is only left for handling PUT/write requests.
+*/
+
+typedef struct dav_stream dav_stream;
+
+typedef enum {
+ DAV_MODE_WRITE_TRUNC, /* truncate and open for writing */
+ DAV_MODE_WRITE_SEEKABLE /* open for writing; random access */
+} dav_stream_mode;
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** REPOSITORY FUNCTIONS
+*/
+
+/* Repository provider hooks */
+struct dav_hooks_repository
+{
+ /* Flag for whether repository requires special GET handling.
+ * If resources in the repository are not visible in the
+ * filesystem location which URLs map to, then special handling
+ * is required to first fetch a resource from the repository,
+ * respond to the GET request, then free the resource copy.
+ */
+ int handle_get;
+
+ /* Get a resource descriptor for the URI in a request. A descriptor
+ * should always be returned even if the resource does not exist. This
+ * repository has been identified as handling the resource given by
+ * the URI, so an answer must be given. If there is a problem with the
+ * URI or accessing the resource or whatever, then an error should be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * root_dir:
+ * the root of the directory for which this repository is configured.
+ *
+ * label:
+ * if a Label: header is present (and allowed), this is the label
+ * to use to identify a version resource from the resource's
+ * corresponding version history. Otherwise, it will be NULL.
+ *
+ * use_checked_in:
+ * use the DAV:checked-in property of the resource identified by the
+ * Request-URI to identify and return a version resource
+ *
+ * The provider may associate the request storage pool with the resource
+ * (in the resource->pool field), to use in other operations on that
+ * resource.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*get_resource)(
+ request_rec *r,
+ const char *root_dir,
+ const char *label,
+ int use_checked_in,
+ dav_resource **resource
+ );
+
+ /* Get a resource descriptor for the parent of the given resource.
+ * The resources need not exist. NULL is returned if the resource
+ * is the root collection.
+ *
+ * An error should be returned only if there is a fatal error in
+ * fetching information about the parent resource.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*get_parent_resource)(
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_resource **parent_resource
+ );
+
+ /* Determine whether two resource descriptors refer to the same resource.
+ *
+ * Result != 0 => the resources are the same.
+ */
+ int (*is_same_resource)(
+ const dav_resource *res1,
+ const dav_resource *res2
+ );
+
+ /* Determine whether one resource is a parent (immediate or otherwise)
+ * of another.
+ *
+ * Result != 0 => res1 is a parent of res2.
+ */
+ int (*is_parent_resource)(
+ const dav_resource *res1,
+ const dav_resource *res2
+ );
+
+ /*
+ ** Open a stream for this resource, using the specified mode. The
+ ** stream will be returned in *stream.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*open_stream)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_stream_mode mode,
+ dav_stream **stream);
+
+ /*
+ ** Close the specified stream.
+ **
+ ** mod_dav will (ideally) make sure to call this. For safety purposes,
+ ** a provider should (ideally) register a cleanup function with the
+ ** request pool to get this closed and cleaned up.
+ **
+ ** Note the possibility of an error from the close -- it is entirely
+ ** feasible that the close does a "commit" of some kind, which can
+ ** produce an error.
+ **
+ ** commit should be TRUE (non-zero) or FALSE (0) if the stream was
+ ** opened for writing. This flag states whether to retain the file
+ ** or not.
+ ** Note: the commit flag is ignored for streams opened for reading.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*close_stream)(dav_stream *stream, int commit);
+
+ /*
+ ** Write data to the stream.
+ **
+ ** All of the bytes must be written, or an error should be returned.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*write_stream)(dav_stream *stream,
+ const void *buf, apr_size_t bufsize);
+
+ /*
+ ** Seek to an absolute position in the stream. This is used to support
+ ** Content-Range in a GET/PUT.
+ **
+ ** NOTE: if this function is NULL (which is allowed), then any
+ ** operations using Content-Range will be refused.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*seek_stream)(dav_stream *stream, apr_off_t abs_position);
+
+ /*
+ ** If a GET is processed using a stream (open_stream, read_stream)
+ ** rather than via a sub-request (on get_pathname), then this function
+ ** is used to provide the repository with a way to set the headers
+ ** in the response.
+ **
+ ** This function may be called without a following deliver(), to
+ ** handle a HEAD request.
+ **
+ ** This may be NULL if handle_get is FALSE.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*set_headers)(request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /*
+ ** The provider should deliver the resource into the specified filter.
+ ** Basically, this is the response to the GET method.
+ **
+ ** Note that this is called for all resources, including collections.
+ ** The provider should determine what has content to deliver or not.
+ **
+ ** set_headers will be called prior to this function, allowing the
+ ** provider to set the appropriate response headers.
+ **
+ ** This may be NULL if handle_get is FALSE.
+ ** ### maybe toss handle_get and just use this function as the marker
+ */
+ dav_error * (*deliver)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ ap_filter_t *output);
+
+ /* Create a collection resource. The resource must not already exist.
+ *
+ * Result == NULL if the collection was created successfully. Also, the
+ * resource object is updated to reflect that the resource exists, and
+ * is a collection.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*create_collection)(
+ dav_resource *resource
+ );
+
+ /* Copy one resource to another. The destination may exist, if it is
+ * versioned.
+ * Handles both files and collections. Properties are copied as well.
+ * If the destination exists and is versioned, the provider must update
+ * the destination to have identical content to the source,
+ * recursively for collections.
+ * The depth argument is ignored for a file, and can be either 0 or
+ * DAV_INFINITY for a collection.
+ * If an error occurs in a child resource, then the return value is
+ * non-NULL, and *response is set to a multistatus response.
+ * If the copy is successful, the dst resource object is
+ * updated to reflect that the resource exists.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*copy_resource)(
+ const dav_resource *src,
+ dav_resource *dst,
+ int depth,
+ dav_response **response
+ );
+
+ /* Move one resource to another. The destination must not exist.
+ * Handles both files and collections. Properties are moved as well.
+ * If an error occurs in a child resource, then the return value is
+ * non-NULL, and *response is set to a multistatus response.
+ * If the move is successful, the src and dst resource objects are
+ * updated to reflect that the source no longer exists, and the
+ * destination does.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*move_resource)(
+ dav_resource *src,
+ dav_resource *dst,
+ dav_response **response
+ );
+
+ /* Remove a resource. Handles both files and collections.
+ * Removes any associated properties as well.
+ * If an error occurs in a child resource, then the return value is
+ * non-NULL, and *response is set to a multistatus response.
+ * If the delete is successful, the resource object is updated to
+ * reflect that the resource no longer exists.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*remove_resource)(
+ dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_response **response
+ );
+
+ /* Walk a resource hierarchy.
+ *
+ * Iterates over the resource hierarchy specified by params->root.
+ * Control of the walk and the callback are specified by 'params'.
+ *
+ * An error may be returned. *response will contain multistatus
+ * responses (if any) suitable for the body of the error. It is also
+ * possible to return NULL, yet still have multistatus responses.
+ * In this case, typically the caller should return a 207 (Multistatus)
+ * and the responses (in the body) as the HTTP response.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*walk)(const dav_walk_params *params, int depth,
+ dav_response **response);
+
+ /* Get the entity tag for a resource */
+ const char * (*getetag)(const dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /*
+ ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
+ ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
+ */
+ void *ctx;
+
+ /* Get the request rec for a resource */
+ request_rec * (*get_request_rec)(const dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /* Get the pathname for a resource */
+ const char * (*get_pathname)(const dav_resource *resource);
+};
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** VERSIONING FUNCTIONS
+*/
+
+
+/* dav_add_vary_header
+ *
+ * If there were any headers in the request which require a Vary header
+ * in the response, add it.
+ */
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_add_vary_header(request_rec *in_req,
+ request_rec *out_req,
+ const dav_resource *resource);
+
+/*
+** Flags specifying auto-versioning behavior, returned by
+** the auto_versionable hook. The value returned depends
+** on both the state of the resource and the value of the
+** DAV:auto-versioning property for the resource.
+**
+** If the resource does not exist (null or lock-null),
+** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_ALWAYS causes creation of a new version-controlled resource
+**
+** If the resource is checked in,
+** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_ALWAYS causes it to be checked out always,
+** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_LOCKED causes it to be checked out only when locked
+**
+** If the resource is checked out,
+** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_ALWAYS causes it to be checked in always,
+** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_LOCKED causes it to be checked in when unlocked
+** (note: a provider should allow auto-checkin only for resources which
+** were automatically checked out)
+**
+** In all cases, DAV_AUTO_VERSION_NEVER results in no auto-versioning behavior.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+ DAV_AUTO_VERSION_NEVER,
+ DAV_AUTO_VERSION_ALWAYS,
+ DAV_AUTO_VERSION_LOCKED
+} dav_auto_version;
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to record what auto-versioning operations
+** were done to make a resource writable, so that they can be undone
+** at the end of a request.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ int resource_versioned; /* 1 => resource was auto-version-controlled */
+ int resource_checkedout; /* 1 => resource was auto-checked-out */
+ int parent_checkedout; /* 1 => parent was auto-checked-out */
+ dav_resource *parent_resource; /* parent resource, if it was needed */
+} dav_auto_version_info;
+
+/* Ensure that a resource is writable. If there is no versioning
+ * provider, then this is essentially a no-op. Versioning repositories
+ * require explicit resource creation and checkout before they can
+ * be written to. If a new resource is to be created, or an existing
+ * resource deleted, the parent collection must be checked out as well.
+ *
+ * Set the parent_only flag to only make the parent collection writable.
+ * Otherwise, both parent and child are made writable as needed. If the
+ * child does not exist, then a new versioned resource is created and
+ * checked out.
+ *
+ * If auto-versioning is not enabled for a versioned resource, then an error is
+ * returned, since the resource cannot be modified.
+ *
+ * The dav_auto_version_info structure is filled in with enough information
+ * to restore both parent and child resources to the state they were in
+ * before the auto-versioning operations occurred.
+ */
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_auto_checkout(
+ request_rec *r,
+ dav_resource *resource,
+ int parent_only,
+ dav_auto_version_info *av_info);
+
+/* Revert the writability of resources back to what they were
+ * before they were modified. If undo == 0, then the resource
+ * modifications are maintained (i.e. they are checked in).
+ * If undo != 0, then resource modifications are discarded
+ * (i.e. they are unchecked out).
+ *
+ * Set the unlock flag to indicate that the resource is about
+ * to be unlocked; it will be checked in if the resource
+ * auto-versioning property indicates it should be. In this case,
+ * av_info is ignored, so it can be NULL.
+ *
+ * The resource argument may be NULL if only the parent resource
+ * was checked out (i.e. the parent_only was != 0 in the
+ * dav_auto_checkout call).
+ */
+DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_auto_checkin(
+ request_rec *r,
+ dav_resource *resource,
+ int undo,
+ int unlock,
+ dav_auto_version_info *av_info);
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to describe available reports
+**
+** "nmspace" should be valid XML and URL-quoted. mod_dav will place
+** double-quotes around it and use it in an xmlns declaration.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ const char *nmspace; /* namespace of the XML report element */
+ const char *name; /* element name for the XML report */
+} dav_report_elem;
+
+
+/* Versioning provider hooks */
+struct dav_hooks_vsn
+{
+ /*
+ ** MANDATORY HOOKS
+ ** The following hooks are mandatory for all versioning providers;
+ ** they define the functionality needed to implement "core" versioning.
+ */
+
+ /* Return supported versioning options.
+ * Each dav_text item in the list will be returned as a separate
+ * DAV header. Providers are advised to limit the length of an
+ * individual text item to 63 characters, to conform to the limit
+ * used by MS Web Folders.
+ */
+ void (*get_vsn_options)(apr_pool_t *p, apr_text_header *phdr);
+
+ /* Get the value of a specific option for an OPTIONS request.
+ * The option being requested is given by the parsed XML
+ * element object "elem". The value of the option should be
+ * appended to the "option" text object.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*get_option)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ const apr_xml_elem *elem,
+ apr_text_header *option);
+
+ /* Determine whether a non-versioned (or non-existent) resource
+ * is versionable. Returns != 0 if resource can be versioned.
+ */
+ int (*versionable)(const dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /* Determine whether auto-versioning is enabled for a resource
+ * (which may not exist, or may not be versioned). If the resource
+ * is a checked-out resource, the provider must only enable
+ * auto-checkin if the resource was automatically checked out.
+ *
+ * The value returned depends on both the state of the resource
+ * and the value of its DAV:auto-version property. See the description
+ * of the dav_auto_version enumeration above for the details.
+ */
+ dav_auto_version (*auto_versionable)(const dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /* Put a resource under version control. If the resource already
+ * exists unversioned, then it becomes the initial version of the
+ * new version history, and it is replaced by a version selector
+ * which targets the new version.
+ *
+ * If the resource does not exist, then a new version-controlled
+ * resource is created which either targets an existing version (if the
+ * "target" argument is not NULL), or the initial, empty version
+ * in a new history resource (if the "target" argument is NULL).
+ *
+ * If successful, the resource object state is updated appropriately
+ * (that is, changed to refer to the new version-controlled resource).
+ */
+ dav_error * (*vsn_control)(dav_resource *resource,
+ const char *target);
+
+ /* Checkout a resource. If successful, the resource
+ * object state is updated appropriately.
+ *
+ * The auto_checkout flag will be set if this checkout is being
+ * done automatically, as part of some method which modifies
+ * the resource. The provider must remember that the resource
+ * was automatically checked out, so it can determine whether it
+ * can be automatically checked in. (Auto-checkin should only be
+ * enabled for resources which were automatically checked out.)
+ *
+ * If the working resource has a different URL from the
+ * target resource, a dav_resource descriptor is returned
+ * for the new working resource. Otherwise, the original
+ * resource descriptor will refer to the working resource.
+ * The working_resource argument can be NULL if the caller
+ * is not interested in the working resource.
+ *
+ * If the client has specified DAV:unreserved or DAV:fork-ok in the
+ * checkout request, then the corresponding flags are set. If
+ * DAV:activity-set has been specified, then create_activity is set
+ * if DAV:new was specified; otherwise, the DAV:href elements' CDATA
+ * (the actual href text) is passed in the "activities" array (each
+ * element of the array is a const char *). activities will be NULL
+ * no DAV:activity-set was provided or when create_activity is set.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*checkout)(dav_resource *resource,
+ int auto_checkout,
+ int is_unreserved, int is_fork_ok,
+ int create_activity,
+ apr_array_header_t *activities,
+ dav_resource **working_resource);
+
+ /* Uncheckout a checked-out resource. If successful, the resource
+ * object state is updated appropriately.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*uncheckout)(dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /* Checkin a checked-out resource. If successful, the resource
+ * object state is updated appropriately, and the
+ * version_resource descriptor will refer to the new version.
+ * The version_resource argument can be NULL if the caller
+ * is not interested in the new version resource.
+ *
+ * If the client has specified DAV:keep-checked-out in the checkin
+ * request, then the keep_checked_out flag is set. The provider
+ * should create a new version, but keep the resource in the
+ * checked-out state.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*checkin)(dav_resource *resource,
+ int keep_checked_out,
+ dav_resource **version_resource);
+
+ /*
+ ** Return the set of reports available at this resource.
+ **
+ ** An array of report elements should be returned, with an end-marker
+ ** element containing namespace==NULL. The value of the
+ ** DAV:supported-report-set property will be constructed and
+ ** returned.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*avail_reports)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ const dav_report_elem **reports);
+
+ /*
+ ** Determine whether a Label header can be used
+ ** with a particular report. The dav_xml_doc structure
+ ** contains the parsed report request body.
+ ** Returns 0 if the Label header is not allowed.
+ */
+ int (*report_label_header_allowed)(const apr_xml_doc *doc);
+
+ /*
+ ** Generate a report on a resource. Since a provider is free
+ ** to define its own reports, and the value of request headers
+ ** may affect the interpretation of a report, the request record
+ ** must be passed to this routine.
+ **
+ ** The dav_xml_doc structure contains the parsed report request
+ ** body. The report response should be generated into the specified
+ ** output filter.
+ **
+ ** If an error occurs, and a response has not yet been generated,
+ ** then an error can be returned from this function. mod_dav will
+ ** construct an appropriate error response. Once some output has
+ ** been placed into the filter, however, the provider should not
+ ** return an error -- there is no way that mod_dav can deliver it
+ ** properly.
+ **
+ ** ### maybe we need a way to signal an error anyways, and then
+ ** ### apache can abort the connection?
+ */
+ dav_error * (*deliver_report)(request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ const apr_xml_doc *doc,
+ ap_filter_t *output);
+
+ /*
+ ** OPTIONAL HOOKS
+ ** The following hooks are optional; if not defined, then the
+ ** corresponding protocol methods will be unsupported.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ ** Set the state of a checked-in version-controlled resource.
+ **
+ ** If the request specified a version, the version resource
+ ** represents that version. If the request specified a label,
+ ** then "version" is NULL, and "label" is the label.
+ **
+ ** The depth argument is ignored for a file, and can be 0, 1, or
+ ** DAV_INFINITY for a collection. The depth argument only applies
+ ** with a label, not a version.
+ **
+ ** If an error occurs in a child resource, then the return value is
+ ** non-NULL, and *response is set to a multistatus response.
+ **
+ ** This hook is optional; if not defined, then the UPDATE method
+ ** will not be supported.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*update)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ const dav_resource *version,
+ const char *label,
+ int depth,
+ dav_response **response);
+
+ /*
+ ** Add a label to a version. The resource is either a specific
+ ** version, or a version selector, in which case the label should
+ ** be added to the current target of the version selector. The
+ ** version selector cannot be checked out.
+ **
+ ** If replace != 0, any existing label by the same name is
+ ** effectively deleted first. Otherwise, it is an error to
+ ** attempt to add a label which already exists on some version
+ ** of the same history resource.
+ **
+ ** This hook is optional; if not defined, then the LABEL method
+ ** will not be supported. If it is defined, then the remove_label
+ ** hook must be defined also.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*add_label)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ const char *label,
+ int replace);
+
+ /*
+ ** Remove a label from a version. The resource is either a specific
+ ** version, or a version selector, in which case the label should
+ ** be added to the current target of the version selector. The
+ ** version selector cannot be checked out.
+ **
+ ** It is an error if no such label exists on the specified version.
+ **
+ ** This hook is optional, but if defined, the add_label hook
+ ** must be defined also.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*remove_label)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ const char *label);
+
+ /*
+ ** Determine whether a null resource can be created as a workspace.
+ ** The provider may restrict workspaces to certain locations.
+ ** Returns 0 if the resource cannot be a workspace.
+ **
+ ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support workspaces,
+ ** it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+ int (*can_be_workspace)(const dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /*
+ ** Create a workspace resource. The resource must not already
+ ** exist. Any <DAV:mkworkspace> element is passed to the provider
+ ** in the "doc" structure; it may be empty.
+ **
+ ** If workspace creation is successful, the state of the resource
+ ** object is updated appropriately.
+ **
+ ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support workspaces,
+ ** it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*make_workspace)(dav_resource *resource,
+ apr_xml_doc *doc);
+
+ /*
+ ** Determine whether a null resource can be created as an activity.
+ ** The provider may restrict activities to certain locations.
+ ** Returns 0 if the resource cannot be an activity.
+ **
+ ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support activities,
+ ** it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+ int (*can_be_activity)(const dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /*
+ ** Create an activity resource. The resource must not already
+ ** exist.
+ **
+ ** If activity creation is successful, the state of the resource
+ ** object is updated appropriately.
+ **
+ ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support activities,
+ ** it should be set to NULL.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*make_activity)(dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /*
+ ** Merge a resource (tree) into target resource (tree).
+ **
+ ** ### more doc...
+ **
+ ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support merging,
+ ** then this should be set to NULL.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*merge)(dav_resource *target, dav_resource *source,
+ int no_auto_merge, int no_checkout,
+ apr_xml_elem *prop_elem,
+ ap_filter_t *output);
+
+ /*
+ ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
+ ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
+ */
+ void *ctx;
+};
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** BINDING FUNCTIONS
+*/
+
+/* binding provider hooks */
+struct dav_hooks_binding {
+
+ /* Determine whether a resource can be the target of a binding.
+ * Returns 0 if the resource cannot be a binding target.
+ */
+ int (*is_bindable)(const dav_resource *resource);
+
+ /* Create a binding to a resource.
+ * The resource argument is the target of the binding;
+ * the binding argument must be a resource which does not already
+ * exist.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*bind_resource)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ dav_resource *binding);
+
+ /*
+ ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
+ ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
+ */
+ void *ctx;
+
+};
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** SEARCH(DASL) FUNCTIONS
+*/
+
+/* search provider hooks */
+struct dav_hooks_search {
+ /* Set header for a OPTION method
+ * An error may be returned.
+ * To set a hadder, this function might call
+ * apr_table_setn(r->headers_out, "DASL", dasl_optin1);
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ * DASL: <DAV:basicsearch>
+ * DASL: <http://foo.bar.com/syntax1>
+ * DASL: <http://akuma.com/syntax2>
+ */
+ dav_error * (*set_option_head)(request_rec *r);
+
+ /* Search resources
+ * An error may be returned. *response will contain multistatus
+ * responses (if any) suitable for the body of the error. It is also
+ * possible to return NULL, yet still have multistatus responses.
+ * In this case, typically the caller should return a 207 (Multistatus)
+ * and the responses (in the body) as the HTTP response.
+ */
+ dav_error * (*search_resource)(request_rec *r,
+ dav_response **response);
+
+ /*
+ ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
+ ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
+ */
+ void *ctx;
+
+};
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** MISCELLANEOUS STUFF
+*/
+
+typedef struct {
+ int propid; /* live property ID */
+ const dav_hooks_liveprop *provider; /* the provider defining this prop */
+} dav_elem_private;
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** DAV OPTIONS
+*/
+#define DAV_OPTIONS_EXTENSION_GROUP "dav_options"
+
+typedef struct dav_options_provider
+{
+ dav_error* (*dav_header)(request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ apr_text_header *phdr);
+
+ dav_error* (*dav_method)(request_rec *r,
+ const dav_resource *resource,
+ apr_text_header *phdr);
+
+ void *ctx;
+} dav_options_provider;
+
+extern DAV_DECLARE(const dav_options_provider *) dav_get_options_providers(const char *name);
+
+extern DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_options_provider_register(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *name,
+ const dav_options_provider *provider);
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** DAV RESOURCE TYPE HOOKS
+*/
+
+typedef struct dav_resource_type_provider
+{
+ int (*get_resource_type)(const dav_resource *resource,
+ const char **name,
+ const char **uri);
+} dav_resource_type_provider;
+
+#define DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_GROUP "dav_resource_type"
+
+DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_resource_type_provider_register(apr_pool_t *p,
+ const char *name,
+ const dav_resource_type_provider *provider);
+
+DAV_DECLARE(const dav_resource_type_provider *) dav_get_resource_type_providers(const char *name);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MOD_DAV_H_ */
+/** @} */
+
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dbd.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dbd.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dbd.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_dbd.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_dbd.h
+ * @brief Database Access Extension Module for Apache
+ *
+ * Overview of what this is and does:
+ * http://www.apache.org/~niq/dbd.html
+ * or
+ * http://apache.webthing.com/database/
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_DBD mod_dbd
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef DBD_H
+#define DBD_H
+
+/* Create a set of DBD_DECLARE(type), DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
+ * DBD_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
+ */
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#define DBD_DECLARE(type) type
+#define DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define DBD_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(DBD_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define DBD_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define DBD_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(DBD_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define DBD_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define DBD_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define DBD_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define DBD_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+
+#include <httpd.h>
+#include <apr_optional.h>
+#include <apr_hash.h>
+#include <apr_hooks.h>
+
+typedef struct {
+ server_rec *server;
+ const char *name;
+ const char *params;
+ int persist;
+#if APR_HAS_THREADS
+ int nmin;
+ int nkeep;
+ int nmax;
+ int exptime;
+ int set;
+#endif
+ apr_hash_t *queries;
+ apr_array_header_t *init_queries;
+} dbd_cfg_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ apr_dbd_t *handle;
+ const apr_dbd_driver_t *driver;
+ apr_hash_t *prepared;
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+} ap_dbd_t;
+
+/* Export functions to access the database */
+
+/* acquire a connection that MUST be explicitly closed.
+ * Returns NULL on error
+ */
+DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(ap_dbd_t*) ap_dbd_open(apr_pool_t*, server_rec*);
+
+/* release a connection acquired with ap_dbd_open */
+DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_dbd_close(server_rec*, ap_dbd_t*);
+
+/* acquire a connection that will have the lifetime of a request
+ * and MUST NOT be explicitly closed. Return NULL on error.
+ * This is the preferred function for most applications.
+ */
+DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(ap_dbd_t*) ap_dbd_acquire(request_rec*);
+
+/* acquire a connection that will have the lifetime of a connection
+ * and MUST NOT be explicitly closed. Return NULL on error.
+ * This is the preferred function for most applications.
+ */
+DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(ap_dbd_t*) ap_dbd_cacquire(conn_rec*);
+
+/* Prepare a statement for use by a client module during
+ * the server startup/configuration phase. Can't be called
+ * after the server has created its children (use apr_dbd_*).
+ */
+DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_dbd_prepare(server_rec*, const char*, const char*);
+
+/* Also export them as optional functions for modules that prefer it */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_dbd_t*, ap_dbd_open, (apr_pool_t*, server_rec*));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_dbd_close, (server_rec*, ap_dbd_t*));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_dbd_t*, ap_dbd_acquire, (request_rec*));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_dbd_t*, ap_dbd_cacquire, (conn_rec*));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_dbd_prepare, (server_rec*, const char*, const char*));
+
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dbd, DBD, apr_status_t, post_connect,
+ (apr_pool_t *, dbd_cfg_t *, ap_dbd_t *))
+
+#endif
+/** @} */
+
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_http2.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_http2.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_http2.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_http2.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MOD_HTTP2_H__
+#define __MOD_HTTP2_H__
+
+/** The http2_var_lookup() optional function retrieves HTTP2 environment
+ * variables. */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(char *,
+ http2_var_lookup, (apr_pool_t *, server_rec *,
+ conn_rec *, request_rec *, char *));
+
+/** An optional function which returns non-zero if the given connection
+ * or its master connection is using HTTP/2. */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,
+ http2_is_h2, (conn_rec *));
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * HTTP/2 request engines
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+struct apr_thread_cond_t;
+
+typedef struct h2_req_engine h2_req_engine;
+
+typedef void http2_output_consumed(void *ctx, conn_rec *c, apr_off_t consumed);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a h2_req_engine. The structure will be passed in but
+ * only the name and master are set. The function should initialize
+ * all fields.
+ * @param engine the allocated, partially filled structure
+ * @param r the first request to process, or NULL
+ */
+typedef apr_status_t http2_req_engine_init(h2_req_engine *engine,
+ const char *id,
+ const char *type,
+ apr_pool_t *pool,
+ apr_size_t req_buffer_size,
+ request_rec *r,
+ http2_output_consumed **pconsumed,
+ void **pbaton);
+
+/**
+ * Push a request to an engine with the specified name for further processing.
+ * If no such engine is available, einit is not NULL, einit is called
+ * with a new engine record and the caller is responsible for running the
+ * new engine instance.
+ * @param engine_type the type of the engine to add the request to
+ * @param r the request to push to an engine for processing
+ * @param einit an optional initialization callback for a new engine
+ * of the requested type, should no instance be available.
+ * By passing a non-NULL callback, the caller is willing
+ * to init and run a new engine itself.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS iff slave was successfully added to an engine
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t,
+ http2_req_engine_push, (const char *engine_type,
+ request_rec *r,
+ http2_req_engine_init *einit));
+
+/**
+ * Get a new request for processing in this engine.
+ * @param engine the engine which is done processing the slave
+ * @param block if call should block waiting for request to come
+ * @param capacity how many parallel requests are acceptable
+ * @param pr the request that needs processing or NULL
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if new request was assigned
+ * APR_EAGAIN if no new request is available
+ * APR_EOF if engine may shut down, as no more request will be scheduled
+ * APR_ECONNABORTED if the engine needs to shut down immediately
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t,
+ http2_req_engine_pull, (h2_req_engine *engine,
+ apr_read_type_e block,
+ int capacity,
+ request_rec **pr));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void,
+ http2_req_engine_done, (h2_req_engine *engine,
+ conn_rec *rconn,
+ apr_status_t status));
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void,
+ http2_get_num_workers, (server_rec *s,
+ int *minw, int *max));
+
+#endif
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_include.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_include.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_include.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_include.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_include.h
+ * @brief Server Side Include Filter Extension Module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_INCLUDE mod_include
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOD_INCLUDE_H
+#define _MOD_INCLUDE_H 1
+
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+
+/*
+ * Constants used for ap_ssi_get_tag_and_value's decode parameter
+ */
+#define SSI_VALUE_DECODED 1
+#define SSI_VALUE_RAW 0
+
+/*
+ * Constants used for ap_ssi_parse_string's leave_name parameter
+ */
+#define SSI_EXPAND_LEAVE_NAME 1
+#define SSI_EXPAND_DROP_NAME 0
+
+/*
+ * This macro creates a bucket which contains an error message and appends it
+ * to the current pass brigade
+ */
+#define SSI_CREATE_ERROR_BUCKET(ctx, f, bb) APR_BRIGADE_INSERT_TAIL((bb), \
+ apr_bucket_pool_create(apr_pstrdup((ctx)->pool, (ctx)->error_str), \
+ strlen((ctx)->error_str), (ctx)->pool, \
+ (f)->c->bucket_alloc))
+
+/*
+ * These constants are used to set or clear flag bits.
+ */
+#define SSI_FLAG_PRINTING (1<<0) /* Printing conditional lines. */
+#define SSI_FLAG_COND_TRUE (1<<1) /* Conditional eval'd to true. */
+#define SSI_FLAG_SIZE_IN_BYTES (1<<2) /* Sizes displayed in bytes. */
+#define SSI_FLAG_NO_EXEC (1<<3) /* No Exec in current context. */
+
+#define SSI_FLAG_SIZE_ABBREV (~(SSI_FLAG_SIZE_IN_BYTES))
+#define SSI_FLAG_CLEAR_PRINT_COND (~((SSI_FLAG_PRINTING) | \
+ (SSI_FLAG_COND_TRUE)))
+#define SSI_FLAG_CLEAR_PRINTING (~(SSI_FLAG_PRINTING))
+
+/*
+ * The public SSI context structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /* permanent pool, use this for creating bucket data */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+
+ /* temp pool; will be cleared after the execution of every directive */
+ apr_pool_t *dpool;
+
+ /* See the SSI_FLAG_XXXXX definitions. */
+ int flags;
+
+ /* nesting of *invisible* ifs */
+ int if_nesting_level;
+
+ /* if true, the current buffer will be passed down the filter chain before
+ * continuing with next input bucket and the variable will be reset to
+ * false.
+ */
+ int flush_now;
+
+ /* argument counter (of the current directive) */
+ unsigned argc;
+
+ /* currently configured error string */
+ const char *error_str;
+
+ /* currently configured time format */
+ const char *time_str;
+
+ /* the current request */
+ request_rec *r;
+
+ /* pointer to internal (non-public) data, don't touch */
+ struct ssi_internal_ctx *intern;
+
+} include_ctx_t;
+
+typedef apr_status_t (include_handler_fn_t)(include_ctx_t *, ap_filter_t *,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *);
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_ssi_get_tag_and_value,
+ (include_ctx_t *ctx, char **tag, char **tag_val,
+ int dodecode));
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(char*, ap_ssi_parse_string,
+ (include_ctx_t *ctx, const char *in, char *out,
+ apr_size_t length, int leave_name));
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_register_include_handler,
+ (char *tag, include_handler_fn_t *func));
+
+#endif /* MOD_INCLUDE */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_log_config.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_log_config.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_log_config.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_log_config.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_log_config.h
+ * @brief Logging Configuration Extension Module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_LOG_CONFIG mod_log_config
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "scoreboard.h"
+
+#ifndef _MOD_LOG_CONFIG_H
+#define _MOD_LOG_CONFIG_H 1
+
+/**
+ * callback function prototype for a external log handler
+ */
+typedef const char *ap_log_handler_fn_t(request_rec *r, char *a);
+
+/**
+ * callback function prototype for external writer initialization.
+ */
+typedef void *ap_log_writer_init(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s,
+ const char *name);
+/**
+ * callback which gets called where there is a log line to write.
+ */
+typedef apr_status_t ap_log_writer(
+ request_rec *r,
+ void *handle,
+ const char **portions,
+ int *lengths,
+ int nelts,
+ apr_size_t len);
+
+typedef struct ap_log_handler {
+ ap_log_handler_fn_t *func;
+ int want_orig_default;
+} ap_log_handler;
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_register_log_handler,
+ (apr_pool_t *p, char *tag, ap_log_handler_fn_t *func,
+ int def));
+/**
+ * you will need to set your init handler *BEFORE* the open_logs
+ * in mod_log_config gets executed
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_log_writer_init*, ap_log_set_writer_init,(ap_log_writer_init *func));
+/**
+ * you should probably set the writer at the same time (ie..before open_logs)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_log_writer*, ap_log_set_writer, (ap_log_writer* func));
+
+#endif /* MOD_LOG_CONFIG */
+/** @} */
+
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_proxy.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_proxy.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_proxy.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_proxy.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,1277 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MOD_PROXY_H
+#define MOD_PROXY_H
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_proxy.h
+ * @brief Proxy Extension Module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_PROXY mod_proxy
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "apr_hooks.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_lib.h"
+#include "apr_strings.h"
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+#include "apr_md5.h"
+#include "apr_network_io.h"
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_strings.h"
+#include "apr_uri.h"
+#include "apr_date.h"
+#include "apr_strmatch.h"
+#include "apr_fnmatch.h"
+#include "apr_reslist.h"
+#define APR_WANT_STRFUNC
+#include "apr_want.h"
+#include "apr_uuid.h"
+#include "util_mutex.h"
+#include "apr_global_mutex.h"
+#include "apr_thread_mutex.h"
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+#include "ap_config.h"
+#include "http_core.h"
+#include "http_protocol.h"
+#include "http_request.h"
+#include "http_vhost.h"
+#include "http_main.h"
+#include "http_log.h"
+#include "http_connection.h"
+#include "util_filter.h"
+#include "util_ebcdic.h"
+#include "ap_provider.h"
+#include "ap_slotmem.h"
+
+#if APR_HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+#if APR_HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#endif
+
+/* for proxy_canonenc() */
+enum enctype {
+ enc_path, enc_search, enc_user, enc_fpath, enc_parm
+};
+
+typedef enum {
+ NONE, TCP, OPTIONS, HEAD, GET, CPING, PROVIDER, EOT
+} hcmethod_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ hcmethod_t method;
+ char *name;
+ int implemented;
+} proxy_hcmethods_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned int bit;
+ char flag;
+ const char *name;
+} proxy_wstat_t;
+
+#define BALANCER_PREFIX "balancer://"
+
+#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
+#define CRLF "\r\n"
+#else /*APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC*/
+#define CRLF "\015\012"
+#endif /*APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC*/
+
+/* default Max-Forwards header setting */
+/* Set this to -1, which complies with RFC2616 by not setting
+ * max-forwards if the client didn't send it to us.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FORWARDS -1
+
+typedef struct proxy_balancer proxy_balancer;
+typedef struct proxy_worker proxy_worker;
+typedef struct proxy_conn_pool proxy_conn_pool;
+typedef struct proxy_balancer_method proxy_balancer_method;
+
+/* static information about a remote proxy */
+struct proxy_remote {
+ const char *scheme; /* the schemes handled by this proxy, or '*' */
+ const char *protocol; /* the scheme used to talk to this proxy */
+ const char *hostname; /* the hostname of this proxy */
+ ap_regex_t *regexp; /* compiled regex (if any) for the remote */
+ int use_regex; /* simple boolean. True if we have a regex pattern */
+ apr_port_t port; /* the port for this proxy */
+};
+
+#define PROXYPASS_NOCANON 0x01
+#define PROXYPASS_INTERPOLATE 0x02
+#define PROXYPASS_NOQUERY 0x04
+struct proxy_alias {
+ const char *real;
+ const char *fake;
+ ap_regex_t *regex;
+ unsigned int flags;
+ proxy_balancer *balancer; /* only valid for reverse-proxys */
+};
+
+struct dirconn_entry {
+ char *name;
+ struct in_addr addr, mask;
+ struct apr_sockaddr_t *hostaddr;
+ int (*matcher) (struct dirconn_entry * This, request_rec *r);
+};
+
+struct noproxy_entry {
+ const char *name;
+ struct apr_sockaddr_t *addr;
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ apr_array_header_t *proxies;
+ apr_array_header_t *sec_proxy;
+ apr_array_header_t *aliases;
+ apr_array_header_t *noproxies;
+ apr_array_header_t *dirconn;
+ apr_array_header_t *workers; /* non-balancer workers, eg ProxyPass http://example.com */
+ apr_array_header_t *balancers; /* list of balancers @ config time */
+ proxy_worker *forward; /* forward proxy worker */
+ proxy_worker *reverse; /* reverse "module-driven" proxy worker */
+ const char *domain; /* domain name to use in absence of a domain name in the request */
+ const char *id;
+ apr_pool_t *pool; /* Pool used for allocating this struct's elements */
+ int req; /* true if proxy requests are enabled */
+ int max_balancers; /* maximum number of allowed balancers */
+ int bgrowth; /* number of post-config balancers can added */
+ enum {
+ via_off,
+ via_on,
+ via_block,
+ via_full
+ } viaopt; /* how to deal with proxy Via: headers */
+ apr_size_t recv_buffer_size;
+ apr_size_t io_buffer_size;
+ long maxfwd;
+ apr_interval_time_t timeout;
+ enum {
+ bad_error,
+ bad_ignore,
+ bad_body
+ } badopt; /* how to deal with bad headers */
+ enum {
+ status_off,
+ status_on,
+ status_full
+ } proxy_status; /* Status display options */
+ apr_sockaddr_t *source_address;
+ apr_global_mutex_t *mutex; /* global lock, for pool, etc */
+ ap_slotmem_instance_t *bslot; /* balancers shm data - runtime */
+ ap_slotmem_provider_t *storage;
+
+ unsigned int req_set:1;
+ unsigned int viaopt_set:1;
+ unsigned int recv_buffer_size_set:1;
+ unsigned int io_buffer_size_set:1;
+ unsigned int maxfwd_set:1;
+ unsigned int timeout_set:1;
+ unsigned int badopt_set:1;
+ unsigned int proxy_status_set:1;
+ unsigned int source_address_set:1;
+ unsigned int bgrowth_set:1;
+ unsigned int bal_persist:1;
+ unsigned int inherit:1;
+ unsigned int inherit_set:1;
+ unsigned int ppinherit:1;
+ unsigned int ppinherit_set:1;
+} proxy_server_conf;
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *p; /* The path */
+ ap_regex_t *r; /* Is this a regex? */
+
+/* FIXME
+ * ProxyPassReverse and friends are documented as working inside
+ * <Location>. But in fact they never have done in the case of
+ * more than one <Location>, because the server_conf can't see it.
+ * We need to move them to the per-dir config.
+ * Discussed in February 2005:
+ * http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=apache-httpd-dev&m=110726027118798&w=2
+ */
+ apr_array_header_t *raliases;
+ apr_array_header_t* cookie_paths;
+ apr_array_header_t* cookie_domains;
+ signed char p_is_fnmatch; /* Is the path an fnmatch candidate? */
+ signed char interpolate_env;
+ struct proxy_alias *alias;
+
+ /**
+ * the following setting masks the error page
+ * returned from the 'proxied server' and just
+ * forwards the status code upwards.
+ * This allows the main server (us) to generate
+ * the error page, (so it will look like a error
+ * returned from the rest of the system
+ */
+ unsigned int error_override:1;
+ unsigned int preserve_host:1;
+ unsigned int preserve_host_set:1;
+ unsigned int error_override_set:1;
+ unsigned int alias_set:1;
+ unsigned int add_forwarded_headers:1;
+ unsigned int add_forwarded_headers_set:1;
+
+ /** Named back references */
+ apr_array_header_t *refs;
+
+} proxy_dir_conf;
+
+/* if we interpolate env vars per-request, we'll need a per-request
+ * copy of the reverse proxy config
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ apr_array_header_t *raliases;
+ apr_array_header_t* cookie_paths;
+ apr_array_header_t* cookie_domains;
+} proxy_req_conf;
+
+typedef struct {
+ conn_rec *connection;
+ request_rec *r; /* Request record of the backend request
+ * that is used over the backend connection. */
+ proxy_worker *worker; /* Connection pool this connection belongs to */
+ apr_pool_t *pool; /* Subpool for hostname and addr data */
+ const char *hostname;
+ apr_sockaddr_t *addr; /* Preparsed remote address info */
+ apr_pool_t *scpool; /* Subpool used for socket and connection data */
+ apr_socket_t *sock; /* Connection socket */
+ void *data; /* per scheme connection data */
+ void *forward; /* opaque forward proxy data */
+ apr_uint32_t flags; /* Connection flags */
+ apr_port_t port;
+ unsigned int is_ssl:1;
+ unsigned int close:1; /* Close 'this' connection */
+ unsigned int need_flush:1; /* Flag to decide whether we need to flush the
+ * filter chain or not */
+ unsigned int inreslist:1; /* connection in apr_reslist? */
+ const char *uds_path; /* Unix domain socket path */
+ const char *ssl_hostname;/* Hostname (SNI) in use by SSL connection */
+ apr_bucket_brigade *tmp_bb;/* Temporary brigade created with the connection
+ * and its scpool/bucket_alloc (NULL before),
+ * must be left cleaned when used (locally).
+ */
+} proxy_conn_rec;
+
+typedef struct {
+ float cache_completion; /* completion percentage */
+ int content_length; /* length of the content */
+} proxy_completion;
+
+/* Connection pool */
+struct proxy_conn_pool {
+ apr_pool_t *pool; /* The pool used in constructor and destructor calls */
+ apr_sockaddr_t *addr; /* Preparsed remote address info */
+ apr_reslist_t *res; /* Connection resource list */
+ proxy_conn_rec *conn; /* Single connection for prefork mpm */
+};
+
+/* worker status bits */
+/*
+ * NOTE: Keep up-to-date w/ proxy_wstat_tbl[]
+ * in mod_proxy.c !
+ */
+#define PROXY_WORKER_INITIALIZED 0x0001
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IGNORE_ERRORS 0x0002
+#define PROXY_WORKER_DRAIN 0x0004
+#define PROXY_WORKER_GENERIC 0x0008
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IN_SHUTDOWN 0x0010
+#define PROXY_WORKER_DISABLED 0x0020
+#define PROXY_WORKER_STOPPED 0x0040
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IN_ERROR 0x0080
+#define PROXY_WORKER_HOT_STANDBY 0x0100
+#define PROXY_WORKER_FREE 0x0200
+#define PROXY_WORKER_HC_FAIL 0x0400
+#define PROXY_WORKER_HOT_SPARE 0x0800
+
+/* worker status flags */
+#define PROXY_WORKER_INITIALIZED_FLAG 'O'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IGNORE_ERRORS_FLAG 'I'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_DRAIN_FLAG 'N'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_GENERIC_FLAG 'G'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IN_SHUTDOWN_FLAG 'U'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_DISABLED_FLAG 'D'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_STOPPED_FLAG 'S'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IN_ERROR_FLAG 'E'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_HOT_STANDBY_FLAG 'H'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_FREE_FLAG 'F'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_HC_FAIL_FLAG 'C'
+#define PROXY_WORKER_HOT_SPARE_FLAG 'R'
+
+#define PROXY_WORKER_NOT_USABLE_BITMAP ( PROXY_WORKER_IN_SHUTDOWN | \
+PROXY_WORKER_DISABLED | PROXY_WORKER_STOPPED | PROXY_WORKER_IN_ERROR | \
+PROXY_WORKER_HC_FAIL )
+
+/* NOTE: these check the shared status */
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_INITIALIZED(f) ( (f)->s->status & PROXY_WORKER_INITIALIZED )
+
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_STANDBY(f) ( (f)->s->status & PROXY_WORKER_HOT_STANDBY )
+
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_SPARE(f) ( (f)->s->status & PROXY_WORKER_HOT_SPARE )
+
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_USABLE(f) ( ( !( (f)->s->status & PROXY_WORKER_NOT_USABLE_BITMAP) ) && \
+ PROXY_WORKER_IS_INITIALIZED(f) )
+
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_DRAINING(f) ( (f)->s->status & PROXY_WORKER_DRAIN )
+
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_GENERIC(f) ( (f)->s->status & PROXY_WORKER_GENERIC )
+
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_HCFAILED(f) ( (f)->s->status & PROXY_WORKER_HC_FAIL )
+
+#define PROXY_WORKER_IS(f, b) ( (f)->s->status & (b) )
+
+/* default worker retry timeout in seconds */
+#define PROXY_WORKER_DEFAULT_RETRY 60
+
+/* Some max char string sizes, for shm fields */
+#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE 16
+#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE 64
+#define PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE
+#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_NAME_SIZE 96
+#define PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_NAME_SIZE PROXY_WORKER_MAX_NAME_SIZE
+#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE 64
+#define PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE PROXY_WORKER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE
+#define PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_STICKY_SIZE 64
+
+#define PROXY_RFC1035_HOSTNAME_SIZE 256
+
+/* RFC-1035 mentions limits of 255 for host-names and 253 for domain-names,
+ * dotted together(?) this would fit the below size (+ trailing NUL).
+ */
+#define PROXY_WORKER_RFC1035_NAME_SIZE 512
+
+#define PROXY_MAX_PROVIDER_NAME_SIZE 16
+
+#define PROXY_STRNCPY(dst, src) ap_proxy_strncpy((dst), (src), (sizeof(dst)))
+
+#define PROXY_COPY_CONF_PARAMS(w, c) \
+do { \
+(w)->s->timeout = (c)->timeout; \
+(w)->s->timeout_set = (c)->timeout_set; \
+(w)->s->recv_buffer_size = (c)->recv_buffer_size; \
+(w)->s->recv_buffer_size_set = (c)->recv_buffer_size_set; \
+(w)->s->io_buffer_size = (c)->io_buffer_size; \
+(w)->s->io_buffer_size_set = (c)->io_buffer_size_set; \
+} while (0)
+
+/* use 2 hashes */
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned int def;
+ unsigned int fnv;
+} proxy_hashes ;
+
+/* Runtime worker status information. Shared in scoreboard */
+/* The addition of member uds_path in 2.4.7 was an incompatible API change. */
+typedef struct {
+ char name[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
+ char scheme[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE]; /* scheme to use ajp|http|https */
+ char hostname[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE]; /* remote backend address (deprecated, use hostname_ex below) */
+ char route[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE]; /* balancing route */
+ char redirect[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE]; /* temporary balancing redirection route */
+ char flusher[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE]; /* flush provider used by mod_proxy_fdpass */
+ char uds_path[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_NAME_SIZE]; /* path to worker's unix domain socket if applicable */
+ int lbset; /* load balancer cluster set */
+ int retries; /* number of retries on this worker */
+ int lbstatus; /* Current lbstatus */
+ int lbfactor; /* dynamic lbfactor */
+ int min; /* Desired minimum number of available connections */
+ int smax; /* Soft maximum on the total number of connections */
+ int hmax; /* Hard maximum on the total number of connections */
+ int flush_wait; /* poll wait time in microseconds if flush_auto */
+ int index; /* shm array index */
+ proxy_hashes hash; /* hash of worker name */
+ unsigned int status; /* worker status bitfield */
+ enum {
+ flush_off,
+ flush_on,
+ flush_auto
+ } flush_packets; /* control AJP flushing */
+ apr_time_t updated; /* timestamp of last update for dynamic workers, or queue-time of HC workers */
+ apr_time_t error_time; /* time of the last error */
+ apr_interval_time_t ttl; /* maximum amount of time in seconds a connection
+ * may be available while exceeding the soft limit */
+ apr_interval_time_t retry; /* retry interval */
+ apr_interval_time_t timeout; /* connection timeout */
+ apr_interval_time_t acquire; /* acquire timeout when the maximum number of connections is exceeded */
+ apr_interval_time_t ping_timeout;
+ apr_interval_time_t conn_timeout;
+ apr_size_t recv_buffer_size;
+ apr_size_t io_buffer_size;
+ apr_size_t elected; /* Number of times the worker was elected */
+ apr_size_t busy; /* busyness factor */
+ apr_port_t port;
+ apr_off_t transferred;/* Number of bytes transferred to remote */
+ apr_off_t read; /* Number of bytes read from remote */
+ void *context; /* general purpose storage */
+ unsigned int keepalive:1;
+ unsigned int disablereuse:1;
+ unsigned int is_address_reusable:1;
+ unsigned int retry_set:1;
+ unsigned int timeout_set:1;
+ unsigned int acquire_set:1;
+ unsigned int ping_timeout_set:1;
+ unsigned int conn_timeout_set:1;
+ unsigned int recv_buffer_size_set:1;
+ unsigned int io_buffer_size_set:1;
+ unsigned int keepalive_set:1;
+ unsigned int disablereuse_set:1;
+ unsigned int was_malloced:1;
+ char hcuri[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE]; /* health check uri */
+ char hcexpr[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE]; /* name of condition expr for health check */
+ int passes; /* number of successes for check to pass */
+ int pcount; /* current count of passes */
+ int fails; /* number of failures for check to fail */
+ int fcount; /* current count of failures */
+ hcmethod_t method; /* method to use for health check */
+ apr_interval_time_t interval;
+ char upgrade[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE];/* upgrade protocol used by mod_proxy_wstunnel */
+ char hostname_ex[PROXY_RFC1035_HOSTNAME_SIZE]; /* RFC1035 compliant version of the remote backend address */
+ apr_size_t response_field_size; /* Size of proxy response buffer in bytes. */
+ unsigned int response_field_size_set:1;
+} proxy_worker_shared;
+
+#define ALIGNED_PROXY_WORKER_SHARED_SIZE (APR_ALIGN_DEFAULT(sizeof(proxy_worker_shared)))
+
+/* Worker configuration */
+struct proxy_worker {
+ proxy_hashes hash; /* hash of worker name */
+ unsigned int local_status; /* status of per-process worker */
+ proxy_conn_pool *cp; /* Connection pool to use */
+ proxy_worker_shared *s; /* Shared data */
+ proxy_balancer *balancer; /* which balancer am I in? */
+ apr_thread_mutex_t *tmutex; /* Thread lock for updating address cache */
+ void *context; /* general purpose storage */
+ ap_conf_vector_t *section_config; /* <Proxy>-section wherein defined */
+};
+
+/* default to health check every 30 seconds */
+#define HCHECK_WATHCHDOG_DEFAULT_INTERVAL (30)
+/* The watchdog runs every 2 seconds, which is also the minimal check */
+#define HCHECK_WATHCHDOG_INTERVAL (2)
+
+/*
+ * Time to wait (in microseconds) to find out if more data is currently
+ * available at the backend.
+ */
+#define PROXY_FLUSH_WAIT 10000
+
+typedef struct {
+ char sticky_path[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_STICKY_SIZE]; /* URL sticky session identifier */
+ char sticky[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_STICKY_SIZE]; /* sticky session identifier */
+ char lbpname[PROXY_MAX_PROVIDER_NAME_SIZE]; /* lbmethod provider name */
+ char nonce[APR_UUID_FORMATTED_LENGTH + 1];
+ char name[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
+ char sname[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
+ char vpath[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE];
+ char vhost[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE];
+ apr_interval_time_t timeout; /* Timeout for waiting on free connection */
+ apr_time_t wupdated; /* timestamp of last change to workers list */
+ int max_attempts; /* Number of attempts before failing */
+ int index; /* shm array index */
+ proxy_hashes hash;
+ unsigned int sticky_force:1; /* Disable failover for sticky sessions */
+ unsigned int scolonsep:1; /* true if ';' seps sticky session paths */
+ unsigned int max_attempts_set:1;
+ unsigned int was_malloced:1;
+ unsigned int need_reset:1;
+ unsigned int vhosted:1;
+ unsigned int inactive:1;
+ unsigned int forcerecovery:1;
+ char sticky_separator; /* separator for sessionid/route */
+ unsigned int forcerecovery_set:1;
+ unsigned int scolonsep_set:1;
+ unsigned int sticky_force_set:1;
+ unsigned int nonce_set:1;
+ unsigned int sticky_separator_set:1;
+} proxy_balancer_shared;
+
+#define ALIGNED_PROXY_BALANCER_SHARED_SIZE (APR_ALIGN_DEFAULT(sizeof(proxy_balancer_shared)))
+
+struct proxy_balancer {
+ apr_array_header_t *workers; /* initially configured workers */
+ apr_array_header_t *errstatuses; /* statuses to force members into error */
+ ap_slotmem_instance_t *wslot; /* worker shm data - runtime */
+ ap_slotmem_provider_t *storage;
+ int growth; /* number of post-config workers can added */
+ int max_workers; /* maximum number of allowed workers */
+ proxy_hashes hash;
+ apr_time_t wupdated; /* timestamp of last change to workers list */
+ proxy_balancer_method *lbmethod;
+ apr_global_mutex_t *gmutex; /* global lock for updating list of workers */
+ apr_thread_mutex_t *tmutex; /* Thread lock for updating shm */
+ proxy_server_conf *sconf;
+ void *context; /* general purpose storage */
+ proxy_balancer_shared *s; /* Shared data */
+ int failontimeout; /* Whether to mark a member in Err if IO timeout occurs */
+ unsigned int failontimeout_set:1;
+ unsigned int growth_set:1;
+ unsigned int lbmethod_set:1;
+ ap_conf_vector_t *section_config; /* <Proxy>-section wherein defined */
+};
+
+struct proxy_balancer_method {
+ const char *name; /* name of the load balancer method*/
+ proxy_worker *(*finder)(proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ request_rec *r);
+ void *context; /* general purpose storage */
+ apr_status_t (*reset)(proxy_balancer *balancer, server_rec *s);
+ apr_status_t (*age)(proxy_balancer *balancer, server_rec *s);
+ apr_status_t (*updatelbstatus)(proxy_balancer *balancer, proxy_worker *elected, server_rec *s);
+};
+
+#define PROXY_THREAD_LOCK(x) ( (x) && (x)->tmutex ? apr_thread_mutex_lock((x)->tmutex) : APR_SUCCESS)
+#define PROXY_THREAD_UNLOCK(x) ( (x) && (x)->tmutex ? apr_thread_mutex_unlock((x)->tmutex) : APR_SUCCESS)
+
+#define PROXY_GLOBAL_LOCK(x) ( (x) && (x)->gmutex ? apr_global_mutex_lock((x)->gmutex) : APR_SUCCESS)
+#define PROXY_GLOBAL_UNLOCK(x) ( (x) && (x)->gmutex ? apr_global_mutex_unlock((x)->gmutex) : APR_SUCCESS)
+
+/* hooks */
+
+/* Create a set of PROXY_DECLARE(type), PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
+ * PROXY_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
+ */
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#define PROXY_DECLARE(type) type
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(PROXY_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define PROXY_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(PROXY_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define PROXY_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define PROXY_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+
+/* Using PROXY_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_HOOK instead of
+ * APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK allows build/make_nw_export.awk
+ * to distinguish between hooks that implement
+ * proxy_hook_xx and proxy_hook_get_xx in mod_proxy.c and
+ * those which don't.
+ */
+#define PROXY_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_HOOK APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK
+
+/* These 2 are in mod_proxy.c */
+extern PROXY_DECLARE_DATA proxy_hcmethods_t proxy_hcmethods[];
+extern PROXY_DECLARE_DATA proxy_wstat_t proxy_wstat_tbl[];
+
+/* Following 4 from health check */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, hc_show_exprs, (request_rec *));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, hc_select_exprs, (request_rec *, const char *));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, hc_valid_expr, (request_rec *, const char *));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(const char *, set_worker_hc_param,
+ (apr_pool_t *, server_rec *, proxy_worker *,
+ const char *, const char *, void *));
+
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, section_post_config,
+ (apr_pool_t *p, apr_pool_t *plog,
+ apr_pool_t *ptemp, server_rec *s,
+ ap_conf_vector_t *section_config))
+
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, scheme_handler,
+ (request_rec *r, proxy_worker *worker,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf, char *url,
+ const char *proxyhost, apr_port_t proxyport))
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, canon_handler,
+ (request_rec *r, char *url))
+
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, create_req, (request_rec *r, request_rec *pr))
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, fixups, (request_rec *r))
+
+
+/**
+ * pre request hook.
+ * It will return the most suitable worker at the moment
+ * and corresponding balancer.
+ * The url is rewritten from balancer://cluster/uri to scheme://host:port/uri
+ * and then the scheme_handler is called.
+ *
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, pre_request, (proxy_worker **worker,
+ proxy_balancer **balancer,
+ request_rec *r,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf, char **url))
+/**
+ * post request hook.
+ * It is called after request for updating runtime balancer status.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, post_request, (proxy_worker *worker,
+ proxy_balancer *balancer, request_rec *r,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf))
+
+/**
+ * request status hook
+ * It is called after all proxy processing has been done. This gives other
+ * modules a chance to create default content on failure, for example
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, request_status,
+ (int *status, request_rec *r))
+
+/* proxy_util.c */
+
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_strncpy(char *dst, const char *src,
+ apr_size_t dlen);
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_hex2c(const char *x);
+PROXY_DECLARE(void) ap_proxy_c2hex(int ch, char *x);
+PROXY_DECLARE(char *)ap_proxy_canonenc(apr_pool_t *p, const char *x, int len, enum enctype t,
+ int forcedec, int proxyreq);
+PROXY_DECLARE(char *)ap_proxy_canon_netloc(apr_pool_t *p, char **const urlp, char **userp,
+ char **passwordp, char **hostp, apr_port_t *port);
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxyerror(request_rec *r, int statuscode, const char *message);
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_checkproxyblock(request_rec *r, proxy_server_conf *conf, apr_sockaddr_t *uri_addr);
+
+/** Test whether the hostname/address of the request are blocked by the ProxyBlock
+ * configuration.
+ * @param r request
+ * @param conf server configuration
+ * @param hostname hostname from request URI
+ * @param addr resolved address of hostname, or NULL if not known
+ * @return OK on success, or else an errro
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_checkproxyblock2(request_rec *r, proxy_server_conf *conf,
+ const char *hostname, apr_sockaddr_t *addr);
+
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_pre_http_request(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r);
+/* DEPRECATED (will be replaced with ap_proxy_connect_backend */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connect_to_backend(apr_socket_t **, const char *, apr_sockaddr_t *, const char *, proxy_server_conf *, request_rec *);
+/* DEPRECATED (will be replaced with ap_proxy_check_connection */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_ssl_connection_cleanup(proxy_conn_rec *conn,
+ request_rec *r);
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_ssl_enable(conn_rec *c);
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_ssl_disable(conn_rec *c);
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_ssl_engine(conn_rec *c,
+ ap_conf_vector_t *per_dir_config,
+ int enable);
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_conn_is_https(conn_rec *c);
+PROXY_DECLARE(const char *) ap_proxy_ssl_val(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s, conn_rec *c, request_rec *r, const char *var);
+
+/* Header mapping functions, and a typedef of their signature */
+PROXY_DECLARE(const char *) ap_proxy_location_reverse_map(request_rec *r, proxy_dir_conf *conf, const char *url);
+PROXY_DECLARE(const char *) ap_proxy_cookie_reverse_map(request_rec *r, proxy_dir_conf *conf, const char *str);
+
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+typedef const char *(*ap_proxy_header_reverse_map_fn)(request_rec *,
+ proxy_dir_conf *, const char *);
+#elif defined(PROXY_DECLARE_STATIC)
+typedef const char *(__stdcall *ap_proxy_header_reverse_map_fn)(request_rec *,
+ proxy_dir_conf *, const char *);
+#elif defined(PROXY_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+typedef __declspec(dllexport) const char *
+ (__stdcall *ap_proxy_header_reverse_map_fn)(request_rec *,
+ proxy_dir_conf *, const char *);
+#else
+typedef __declspec(dllimport) const char *
+ (__stdcall *ap_proxy_header_reverse_map_fn)(request_rec *,
+ proxy_dir_conf *, const char *);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Connection pool API */
+/**
+ * Return the user-land, UDS aware worker name
+ * @param p memory pool used for displaying worker name
+ * @param worker the worker
+ * @return name
+ */
+
+PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_worker_name(apr_pool_t *p,
+ proxy_worker *worker);
+
+/**
+ * Get the worker from proxy configuration
+ * @param p memory pool used for finding worker
+ * @param balancer the balancer that the worker belongs to
+ * @param conf current proxy server configuration
+ * @param url url to find the worker from
+ * @return proxy_worker or NULL if not found
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_worker *) ap_proxy_get_worker(apr_pool_t *p,
+ proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf,
+ const char *url);
+/**
+ * Define and Allocate space for the worker to proxy configuration
+ * @param p memory pool to allocate worker from
+ * @param worker the new worker
+ * @param balancer the balancer that the worker belongs to
+ * @param conf current proxy server configuration
+ * @param url url containing worker name
+ * @param do_malloc true if shared struct should be malloced
+ * @return error message or NULL if successful (*worker is new worker)
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_define_worker(apr_pool_t *p,
+ proxy_worker **worker,
+ proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf,
+ const char *url,
+ int do_malloc);
+
+/**
+ * Share a defined proxy worker via shm
+ * @param worker worker to be shared
+ * @param shm location of shared info
+ * @param i index into shm
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS or error code
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_share_worker(proxy_worker *worker,
+ proxy_worker_shared *shm,
+ int i);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the worker by setting up worker connection pool and mutex
+ * @param worker worker to initialize
+ * @param s current server record
+ * @param p memory pool used for mutex and connection pool
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS or error code
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_initialize_worker(proxy_worker *worker,
+ server_rec *s,
+ apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Verifies valid balancer name (eg: balancer://foo)
+ * @param name name to test
+ * @param i number of chars to test; 0 for all.
+ * @return true/false
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_valid_balancer_name(char *name, int i);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the balancer from proxy configuration
+ * @param p memory pool used for temporary storage while finding balancer
+ * @param conf current proxy server configuration
+ * @param url url to find the worker from; must have balancer:// prefix
+ * @param careactive true if we care if the balancer is active or not
+ * @return proxy_balancer or NULL if not found
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_balancer *) ap_proxy_get_balancer(apr_pool_t *p,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf,
+ const char *url,
+ int careactive);
+
+/**
+ * Update the balancer's vhost related fields
+ * @param p memory pool used for temporary storage while finding balancer
+ * @param balancer balancer to be updated
+ * @param url url to find vhost info
+ * @return error string or NULL if OK
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_update_balancer(apr_pool_t *p,
+ proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ const char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Define and Allocate space for the balancer to proxy configuration
+ * @param p memory pool to allocate balancer from
+ * @param balancer the new balancer
+ * @param conf current proxy server configuration
+ * @param url url containing balancer name
+ * @param alias alias/fake-path to this balancer
+ * @param do_malloc true if shared struct should be malloced
+ * @return error message or NULL if successful
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_define_balancer(apr_pool_t *p,
+ proxy_balancer **balancer,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf,
+ const char *url,
+ const char *alias,
+ int do_malloc);
+
+/**
+ * Share a defined proxy balancer via shm
+ * @param balancer balancer to be shared
+ * @param shm location of shared info
+ * @param i index into shm
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS or error code
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_share_balancer(proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ proxy_balancer_shared *shm,
+ int i);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the balancer as needed
+ * @param balancer balancer to initialize
+ * @param s current server record
+ * @param p memory pool used for mutex and connection pool
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS or error code
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_initialize_balancer(proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ server_rec *s,
+ apr_pool_t *p);
+
+typedef int (proxy_is_best_callback_fn_t)(proxy_worker *current, proxy_worker *prev_best, void *baton);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the best worker in a balancer for the current request
+ * @param balancer balancer for which to find the best worker
+ * @param r current request record
+ * @param is_best a callback function provide by the lbmethod
+ * that determines if the current worker is best
+ * @param baton an lbmethod-specific context pointer (baton)
+ * passed to the is_best callback
+ * @return the best worker to be used for the request
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_worker *) ap_proxy_balancer_get_best_worker(proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ request_rec *r,
+ proxy_is_best_callback_fn_t *is_best,
+ void *baton);
+/*
+ * Needed by the lb modules.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(proxy_worker *, proxy_balancer_get_best_worker,
+ (proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ request_rec *r,
+ proxy_is_best_callback_fn_t *is_best,
+ void *baton));
+
+/**
+ * Find the shm of the worker as needed
+ * @param storage slotmem provider
+ * @param slot slotmem instance
+ * @param worker worker to find
+ * @param index pointer to index within slotmem of worker
+ * @return pointer to shm of worker, or NULL
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_worker_shared *) ap_proxy_find_workershm(ap_slotmem_provider_t *storage,
+ ap_slotmem_instance_t *slot,
+ proxy_worker *worker,
+ unsigned int *index);
+
+/**
+ * Find the shm of the balancer as needed
+ * @param storage slotmem provider
+ * @param slot slotmem instance
+ * @param balancer balancer of shm to find
+ * @param index pointer to index within slotmem of balancer
+ * @return pointer to shm of balancer, or NULL
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_balancer_shared *) ap_proxy_find_balancershm(ap_slotmem_provider_t *storage,
+ ap_slotmem_instance_t *slot,
+ proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ unsigned int *index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the most suitable worker and/or balancer for the request
+ * @param worker worker used for processing request
+ * @param balancer balancer used for processing request
+ * @param r current request
+ * @param conf current proxy server configuration
+ * @param url request url that balancer can rewrite.
+ * @return OK or HTTP_XXX error
+ * @note It calls balancer pre_request hook if the url starts with balancer://
+ * The balancer then rewrites the url to particular worker, like http://host:port
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_pre_request(proxy_worker **worker,
+ proxy_balancer **balancer,
+ request_rec *r,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf,
+ char **url);
+/**
+ * Post request worker and balancer cleanup
+ * @param worker worker used for processing request
+ * @param balancer balancer used for processing request
+ * @param r current request
+ * @param conf current proxy server configuration
+ * @return OK or HTTP_XXX error
+ * @note Whenever the pre_request is called, the post_request has to be
+ * called too.
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_post_request(proxy_worker *worker,
+ proxy_balancer *balancer,
+ request_rec *r,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf);
+
+/**
+ * Determine backend hostname and port
+ * @param p memory pool used for processing
+ * @param r current request
+ * @param conf current proxy server configuration
+ * @param worker worker used for processing request
+ * @param conn proxy connection struct
+ * @param uri processed uri
+ * @param url request url
+ * @param proxyname are we connecting directly or via a proxy
+ * @param proxyport proxy host port
+ * @param server_portstr Via headers server port, must be non-NULL
+ * @param server_portstr_size size of the server_portstr buffer; must
+ * be at least one, even if the protocol doesn't use this
+ * @return OK or HTTP_XXX error
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_determine_connection(apr_pool_t *p, request_rec *r,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf,
+ proxy_worker *worker,
+ proxy_conn_rec *conn,
+ apr_uri_t *uri,
+ char **url,
+ const char *proxyname,
+ apr_port_t proxyport,
+ char *server_portstr,
+ int server_portstr_size);
+
+/**
+ * Mark a worker for retry
+ * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
+ * @param worker worker used for retrying
+ * @param s current server record
+ * @return OK if marked for retry, DECLINED otherwise
+ * @note The error status of the worker will cleared if the retry interval has
+ * elapsed since the last error.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ap_proxy_retry_worker,
+ (const char *proxy_function, proxy_worker *worker, server_rec *s));
+
+/**
+ * Acquire a connection from worker connection pool
+ * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
+ * @param conn acquired connection
+ * @param worker worker used for obtaining connection
+ * @param s current server record
+ * @return OK or HTTP_XXX error
+ * @note If the connection limit has been reached, the function will
+ * block until a connection becomes available or the timeout has
+ * elapsed.
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_acquire_connection(const char *proxy_function,
+ proxy_conn_rec **conn,
+ proxy_worker *worker,
+ server_rec *s);
+/**
+ * Release a connection back to worker connection pool
+ * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
+ * @param conn acquired connection
+ * @param s current server record
+ * @return OK or HTTP_XXX error
+ * @note The connection will be closed if conn->close_on_release is set
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_release_connection(const char *proxy_function,
+ proxy_conn_rec *conn,
+ server_rec *s);
+
+#define PROXY_CHECK_CONN_EMPTY (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Check a connection to the backend
+ * @param scheme calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
+ * @param conn acquired connection
+ * @param server current server record
+ * @param max_blank_lines how many blank lines to consume,
+ * or zero for none (considered data)
+ * @param flags PROXY_CHECK_* bitmask
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS: connection established,
+ * APR_ENOTEMPTY: connection established with data,
+ * APR_ENOSOCKET: not connected,
+ * APR_EINVAL: worker in error state (unusable),
+ * other: connection closed/aborted (remotely)
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_check_connection(const char *scheme,
+ proxy_conn_rec *conn,
+ server_rec *server,
+ unsigned max_blank_lines,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Make a connection to the backend
+ * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
+ * @param conn acquired connection
+ * @param worker connection worker
+ * @param s current server record
+ * @return OK or HTTP_XXX error
+ * @note In case the socket already exists for conn, just check the link
+ * status.
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connect_backend(const char *proxy_function,
+ proxy_conn_rec *conn,
+ proxy_worker *worker,
+ server_rec *s);
+
+/**
+ * Make a connection to a Unix Domain Socket (UDS) path
+ * @param sock UDS to connect
+ * @param uds_path UDS path to connect to
+ * @param p pool to make the sock addr
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS or error status
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_connect_uds(apr_socket_t *sock,
+ const char *uds_path,
+ apr_pool_t *p);
+/**
+ * Make a connection record for backend connection
+ * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
+ * @param conn acquired connection
+ * @param c client connection record (unused, deprecated)
+ * @param s current server record
+ * @return OK or HTTP_XXX error
+ * @note The function will return immediately if conn->connection
+ * is already set,
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connection_create(const char *proxy_function,
+ proxy_conn_rec *conn,
+ conn_rec *c, server_rec *s);
+
+/**
+ * Make a connection record for backend connection, using request dir config
+ * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
+ * @param conn acquired connection
+ * @param r current request record
+ * @return OK or HTTP_XXX error
+ * @note The function will return immediately if conn->connection
+ * is already set,
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connection_create_ex(const char *proxy_function,
+ proxy_conn_rec *conn,
+ request_rec *r);
+/**
+ * Determine if proxy connection can potentially be reused at the
+ * end of this request.
+ * @param conn proxy connection
+ * @return non-zero if reusable, 0 otherwise
+ * @note Even if this function returns non-zero, the connection may
+ * be subsequently marked for closure.
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connection_reusable(proxy_conn_rec *conn);
+
+/**
+ * Signal the upstream chain that the connection to the backend broke in the
+ * middle of the response. This is done by sending an error bucket with
+ * status HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY and an EOS bucket up the filter chain.
+ * @param r current request record of client request
+ * @param brigade The brigade that is sent through the output filter chain
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(void) ap_proxy_backend_broke(request_rec *r,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *brigade);
+
+/**
+ * Return a hash based on the passed string
+ * @param str string to produce hash from
+ * @param method hashing method to use
+ * @return hash as unsigned int
+ */
+
+typedef enum { PROXY_HASHFUNC_DEFAULT, PROXY_HASHFUNC_APR, PROXY_HASHFUNC_FNV } proxy_hash_t;
+
+PROXY_DECLARE(unsigned int) ap_proxy_hashfunc(const char *str, proxy_hash_t method);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set/unset the worker status bitfield depending on flag
+ * @param c flag
+ * @param set set or unset bit
+ * @param w worker to use
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if valid flag
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_set_wstatus(char c, int set, proxy_worker *w);
+
+
+/**
+ * Create readable representation of worker status bitfield
+ * @param p pool
+ * @param w worker to use
+ * @return string representation of status
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_parse_wstatus(apr_pool_t *p, proxy_worker *w);
+
+
+/**
+ * Sync balancer and workers based on any updates w/i shm
+ * @param b balancer to check/update member list of
+ * @param s server rec
+ * @param conf config
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all goes well
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_sync_balancer(proxy_balancer *b,
+ server_rec *s,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf);
+
+
+/**
+ * Find the matched alias for this request and setup for proxy handler
+ * @param r request
+ * @param ent proxy_alias record
+ * @param dconf per-dir config or NULL
+ * @return DECLINED, DONE or OK if matched
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_trans_match(request_rec *r,
+ struct proxy_alias *ent,
+ proxy_dir_conf *dconf);
+
+/**
+ * Create a HTTP request header brigade, old_cl_val and old_te_val as required.
+ * @param p pool
+ * @param header_brigade header brigade to use/fill
+ * @param r request
+ * @param p_conn proxy connection rec
+ * @param worker selected worker
+ * @param conf per-server proxy config
+ * @param uri uri
+ * @param url url
+ * @param server_portstr port as string
+ * @param old_cl_val stored old content-len val
+ * @param old_te_val stored old TE val
+ * @return OK or HTTP_EXPECTATION_FAILED
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_create_hdrbrgd(apr_pool_t *p,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *header_brigade,
+ request_rec *r,
+ proxy_conn_rec *p_conn,
+ proxy_worker *worker,
+ proxy_server_conf *conf,
+ apr_uri_t *uri,
+ char *url, char *server_portstr,
+ char **old_cl_val,
+ char **old_te_val);
+
+/**
+ * @param bucket_alloc bucket allocator
+ * @param r request
+ * @param p_conn proxy connection
+ * @param origin connection rec of origin
+ * @param bb brigade to send to origin
+ * @param flush flush
+ * @return status (OK)
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_pass_brigade(apr_bucket_alloc_t *bucket_alloc,
+ request_rec *r, proxy_conn_rec *p_conn,
+ conn_rec *origin, apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ int flush);
+
+/**
+ * Clear the headers referenced by the Connection header from the given
+ * table, and remove the Connection header.
+ * @param r request
+ * @param headers table of headers to clear
+ * @return 1 if "close" was present, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ap_proxy_clear_connection,
+ (request_rec *r, apr_table_t *headers));
+
+/**
+ * @param socket socket to test
+ * @return TRUE if socket is connected/active
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_is_socket_connected(apr_socket_t *socket);
+
+#define PROXY_LBMETHOD "proxylbmethod"
+
+/* The number of dynamic workers that can be added when reconfiguring.
+ * If this limit is reached you must stop and restart the server.
+ */
+#define PROXY_DYNAMIC_BALANCER_LIMIT 16
+
+/**
+ * Calculate maximum number of workers in scoreboard.
+ * @return number of workers to allocate in the scoreboard
+ */
+int ap_proxy_lb_workers(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the port number of a known scheme (eg: http -> 80).
+ * @param scheme scheme to test
+ * @return port number or 0 if unknown
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_port_t) ap_proxy_port_of_scheme(const char *scheme);
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of the health check method (eg: "OPTIONS").
+ * @param method method enum
+ * @return name of method
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE (const char *) ap_proxy_show_hcmethod(hcmethod_t method);
+
+/**
+ * Strip a unix domain socket (UDS) prefix from the input URL
+ * @param p pool to allocate result from
+ * @param url a URL potentially prefixed with a UDS path
+ * @return URL with the UDS prefix removed
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(const char *) ap_proxy_de_socketfy(apr_pool_t *p, const char *url);
+
+/*
+ * Transform buckets from one bucket allocator to another one by creating a
+ * transient bucket for each data bucket and let it use the data read from
+ * the old bucket. Metabuckets are transformed by just recreating them.
+ * Attention: Currently only the following bucket types are handled:
+ *
+ * All data buckets
+ * FLUSH
+ * EOS
+ *
+ * If an other bucket type is found its type is logged as a debug message
+ * and APR_EGENERAL is returned.
+ *
+ * @param r request_rec of the actual request. Used for logging purposes
+ * @param from the bucket brigade to take the buckets from
+ * @param to the bucket brigade to store the transformed buckets
+ * @return apr_status_t of the operation. Either APR_SUCCESS or
+ * APR_EGENERAL
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform(request_rec *r,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *from,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *to);
+
+/*
+ * Sends all data that can be read non blocking from the input filter chain of
+ * c_i and send it down the output filter chain of c_o. For reading it uses
+ * the bucket brigade bb_i which should be created from the bucket allocator
+ * associated with c_i. For sending through the output filter chain it uses
+ * the bucket brigade bb_o which should be created from the bucket allocator
+ * associated with c_o. In order to get the buckets from bb_i to bb_o
+ * ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform is used.
+ *
+ * @param r request_rec of the actual request. Used for logging purposes
+ * @param c_i inbound connection conn_rec
+ * @param c_o outbound connection conn_rec
+ * @param bb_i bucket brigade for pulling data from the inbound connection
+ * @param bb_o bucket brigade for sending data through the outbound connection
+ * @param name string for logging from where data was pulled
+ * @param sent if not NULL will be set to 1 if data was sent through c_o
+ * @param bsize maximum amount of data pulled in one iteration from c_i
+ * @param after if set flush data on c_o only once after the loop
+ * @return apr_status_t of the operation. Could be any error returned from
+ * either the input filter chain of c_i or the output filter chain
+ * of c_o. APR_EPIPE if the outgoing connection was aborted.
+ */
+PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_transfer_between_connections(
+ request_rec *r,
+ conn_rec *c_i,
+ conn_rec *c_o,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb_i,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb_o,
+ const char *name,
+ int *sent,
+ apr_off_t bsize,
+ int after);
+
+extern module PROXY_DECLARE_DATA proxy_module;
+
+#endif /*MOD_PROXY_H*/
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_request.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_request.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_request.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_request.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_request.h
+ * @brief mod_request private header file
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_REQUEST mod_request
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef MOD_REQUEST_H
+#define MOD_REQUEST_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "util_filter.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA request_module;
+
+#define KEEP_BODY_FILTER "KEEP_BODY"
+#define KEPT_BODY_FILTER "KEPT_BODY"
+
+/**
+ * Core per-directory configuration.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ apr_off_t keep_body;
+ int keep_body_set;
+} request_dir_conf;
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_request_insert_filter, (request_rec * r));
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_request_remove_filter, (request_rec * r));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !MOD_REQUEST_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_rewrite.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_rewrite.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_rewrite.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_rewrite.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_rewrite.h
+ * @brief Rewrite Extension module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_REWRITE mod_rewrite
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef MOD_REWRITE_H
+#define MOD_REWRITE_H 1
+
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+#define REWRITE_REDIRECT_HANDLER_NAME "redirect-handler"
+
+/* rewrite map function prototype */
+typedef char *(rewrite_mapfunc_t)(request_rec *r, char *key);
+
+/* optional function declaration */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_register_rewrite_mapfunc,
+ (char *name, rewrite_mapfunc_t *func));
+
+#endif /* MOD_REWRITE_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_so.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_so.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_so.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_so.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_so.h
+ * @brief Shared Object Loader Extension Module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_SO mod_so
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef MOD_SO_H
+#define MOD_SO_H 1
+
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+/* optional function declaration */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(module *, ap_find_loaded_module_symbol,
+ (server_rec *s, const char *modname));
+
+#endif /* MOD_SO_H */
+/** @} */
+
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_ssl.h
+ * @brief SSL extension module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_SSL mod_ssl
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MOD_SSL_H__
+#define __MOD_SSL_H__
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+
+/* Create a set of SSL_DECLARE(type), SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
+ * SSL_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
+ */
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#define SSL_DECLARE(type) type
+#define SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define SSL_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(SSL_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define SSL_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define SSL_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(SSL_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define SSL_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define SSL_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define SSL_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define SSL_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+
+/** The ssl_var_lookup() optional function retrieves SSL environment
+ * variables. */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(char *, ssl_var_lookup,
+ (apr_pool_t *, server_rec *,
+ conn_rec *, request_rec *,
+ char *));
+
+/** The ssl_ext_list() optional function attempts to build an array
+ * of all the values contained in the named X.509 extension. The
+ * returned array will be created in the supplied pool.
+ * The client certificate is used if peer is non-zero; the server
+ * certificate is used otherwise.
+ * Extension specifies the extensions to use as a string. This can be
+ * one of the "known" long or short names, or a numeric OID,
+ * e.g. "1.2.3.4", 'nsComment' and 'DN' are all valid.
+ * A pointer to an apr_array_header_t structure is returned if at
+ * least one matching extension is found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_array_header_t *, ssl_ext_list,
+ (apr_pool_t *p, conn_rec *c, int peer,
+ const char *extension));
+
+/** An optional function which returns non-zero if the given connection
+ * is using SSL/TLS. */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ssl_is_https, (conn_rec *));
+
+/** The ssl_proxy_enable() and ssl_engine_{set,disable}() optional
+ * functions are used by mod_proxy to enable use of SSL for outgoing
+ * connections. */
+
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ssl_proxy_enable, (conn_rec *));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ssl_engine_disable, (conn_rec *));
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ssl_engine_set, (conn_rec *,
+ ap_conf_vector_t *,
+ int proxy, int enable));
+
+#endif /* __MOD_SSL_H__ */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl_openssl.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl_openssl.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl_openssl.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_ssl_openssl.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_ssl_openssl.h
+ * @brief Interface to OpenSSL-specific APIs provided by mod_ssl
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_SSL mod_ssl_openssl
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MOD_SSL_OPENSSL_H__
+#define __MOD_SSL_OPENSSL_H__
+
+#include "mod_ssl.h"
+
+/* OpenSSL headers */
+
+#ifndef SSL_PRIVATE_H
+#include <openssl/opensslv.h>
+#if (OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER >= 0x10001000)
+/* must be defined before including ssl.h */
+#define OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+#endif
+#include <openssl/ssl.h>
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * init_server hook -- allow SSL_CTX-specific initialization to be performed by
+ * a module for each SSL-enabled server (one at a time)
+ * @param s SSL-enabled [virtual] server
+ * @param p pconf pool
+ * @param is_proxy 1 if this server supports backend connections
+ * over SSL/TLS, 0 if it supports client connections over SSL/TLS
+ * @param ctx OpenSSL SSL Context for the server
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, init_server,
+ (server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p, int is_proxy, SSL_CTX *ctx))
+
+/**
+ * pre_handshake hook
+ * @param c conn_rec for new connection from client or to backend server
+ * @param ssl OpenSSL SSL Connection for the client or backend server
+ * @param is_proxy 1 if this handshake is for a backend connection, 0 otherwise
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, pre_handshake,
+ (conn_rec *c, SSL *ssl, int is_proxy))
+
+/**
+ * proxy_post_handshake hook -- allow module to abort after successful
+ * handshake with backend server and subsequent peer checks
+ * @param c conn_rec for connection to backend server
+ * @param ssl OpenSSL SSL Connection for the client or backend server
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, proxy_post_handshake,
+ (conn_rec *c, SSL *ssl))
+
+#endif /* __MOD_SSL_OPENSSL_H__ */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_status.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_status.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_status.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_status.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_status.h
+ * @brief Status Report Extension Module to Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_STATUS mod_status
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef MOD_STATUS_H
+#define MOD_STATUS_H
+
+#include "ap_config.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+#define AP_STATUS_SHORT (0x1) /* short, non-HTML report requested */
+#define AP_STATUS_NOTABLE (0x2) /* HTML report without tables */
+#define AP_STATUS_EXTENDED (0x4) /* detailed report */
+
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#define STATUS_DECLARE(type) type
+#define STATUS_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define STATUS_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(STATUS_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define STATUS_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define STATUS_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define STATUS_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(STATUS_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define STATUS_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define STATUS_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define STATUS_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define STATUS_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define STATUS_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define STATUS_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+
+/* Optional hooks which can insert extra content into the mod_status
+ * output. FLAGS will be set to the bitwise OR of any of the
+ * AP_STATUS_* flags.
+ *
+ * Implementations of this hook should generate content using
+ * functions in the ap_rputs/ap_rprintf family; each hook should
+ * return OK or DECLINED. */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, STATUS, int, status_hook,
+ (request_rec *r, int flags))
+#endif
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_watchdog.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_watchdog.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_watchdog.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mod_watchdog.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MOD_WATCHDOG_H
+#define MOD_WATCHDOG_H
+
+/**
+ * @file mod_watchdog.h
+ * @brief Watchdog module for Apache
+ *
+ * @defgroup MOD_WATCHDOG mod_watchdog
+ * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+#include "http_log.h"
+#include "ap_provider.h"
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_strings.h"
+#include "apr_pools.h"
+#include "apr_shm.h"
+#include "apr_hash.h"
+#include "apr_hooks.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+#include "apr_file_io.h"
+#include "apr_time.h"
+#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
+#include "apr_global_mutex.h"
+#include "apr_thread_mutex.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default singleton watchdog instance name.
+ * Singleton watchdog is protected by mutex and
+ * guaranteed to be run inside a single child process
+ * at any time.
+ */
+#define AP_WATCHDOG_SINGLETON "_singleton_"
+
+/**
+ * Default watchdog instance name
+ */
+#define AP_WATCHDOG_DEFAULT "_default_"
+
+/**
+ * Default Watchdog interval
+ */
+#define AP_WD_TM_INTERVAL APR_TIME_C(1000000) /* 1 second */
+
+/**
+ * Watchdog thread timer resolution
+ */
+#define AP_WD_TM_SLICE APR_TIME_C(100000) /* 100 ms */
+
+/* State values for callback */
+#define AP_WATCHDOG_STATE_STARTING 1
+#define AP_WATCHDOG_STATE_RUNNING 2
+#define AP_WATCHDOG_STATE_STOPPING 3
+
+typedef struct ap_watchdog_t ap_watchdog_t;
+
+/* Create a set of AP_WD_DECLARE(type), AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
+ * AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
+ */
+#if !defined(AP_WD_DECLARE)
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE(type) type
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(AP_WD_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(AP_WD_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Callback function used for watchdog.
+ * @param state Watchdog state function. See @p AP_WATCHDOG_STATE_ .
+ * @param data is what was passed to @p ap_watchdog_register_callback function.
+ * @param pool Temporary callback pool destroyed after the call.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS to continue calling this callback.
+ */
+typedef apr_status_t ap_watchdog_callback_fn_t(int state, void *data,
+ apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Get watchdog instance.
+ * @param watchdog Storage for watchdog instance.
+ * @param name Watchdog name.
+ * @param parent Non-zero to get the parent process watchdog instance.
+ * @param singleton Non-zero to get the singleton watchdog instance.
+ * @param p The pool to use.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
+ * @remark Use @p AP_WATCHDOG_DEFAULT to get default watchdog instance.
+ * If separate watchdog thread is needed provide unique name
+ * and function will create a new watchdog instance.
+ * Note that default client process watchdog works in singleton mode.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_watchdog_get_instance,
+ (ap_watchdog_t **watchdog, const char *name, int parent,
+ int singleton, apr_pool_t *p));
+
+/**
+ * Register watchdog callback.
+ * @param watchdog Watchdog to use
+ * @param interval Interval on which the callback function will execute.
+ * @param callback The function to call on watchdog event.
+ * @param data The data to pass to the callback function.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well. APR_EEXIST if already registered.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_watchdog_register_callback,
+ (ap_watchdog_t *watchdog, apr_interval_time_t interval,
+ const void *data, ap_watchdog_callback_fn_t *callback));
+
+/**
+ * Update registered watchdog callback interval.
+ * @param w Watchdog to use
+ * @param interval New interval on which the callback function will execute.
+ * @param callback The function to call on watchdog event.
+ * @param data The data to pass to the callback function.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well. APR_EOF if callback was not found.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_watchdog_set_callback_interval,
+ (ap_watchdog_t *w, apr_interval_time_t interval,
+ const void *data, ap_watchdog_callback_fn_t *callback));
+
+/**
+ * Watchdog require hook.
+ * @param s The server record
+ * @param name Watchdog name.
+ * @param parent Non-zero to indicate the parent process watchdog mode.
+ * @param singleton Non-zero to indicate the singleton watchdog mode.
+ * @return OK to enable notifications from this watchdog, DECLINED otherwise.
+ * @remark This is called in post config phase for all watchdog instances
+ * that have no callbacks registered. Modules using this hook
+ * should ensure that their post_config hook is called after watchdog
+ * post_config.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, AP_WD, int, watchdog_need, (server_rec *s,
+ const char *name,
+ int parent, int singleton))
+
+
+/**
+ * Watchdog initialize hook.
+ * It is called after the watchdog thread is initialized.
+ * @param s The server record
+ * @param name Watchdog name.
+ * @param pool The pool used to create the watchdog.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, AP_WD, int, watchdog_init, (
+ server_rec *s,
+ const char *name,
+ apr_pool_t *pool))
+
+/**
+ * Watchdog terminate hook.
+ * It is called when the watchdog thread is terminated.
+ * @param s The server record
+ * @param name Watchdog name.
+ * @param pool The pool used to create the watchdog.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, AP_WD, int, watchdog_exit, (
+ server_rec *s,
+ const char *name,
+ apr_pool_t *pool))
+
+/**
+ * Fixed interval watchdog hook.
+ * It is called regularly on @p AP_WD_TM_INTERVAL interval.
+ * @param s The server record
+ * @param name Watchdog name.
+ * @param pool Temporary pool destroyed after the call.
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, AP_WD, int, watchdog_step, (
+ server_rec *s,
+ const char *name,
+ apr_pool_t *pool))
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MOD_WATCHDOG_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mpm_common.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mpm_common.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mpm_common.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/mpm_common.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/* The purpose of this file is to store the code that MOST mpm's will need
+ * this does not mean a function only goes into this file if every MPM needs
+ * it. It means that if a function is needed by more than one MPM, and
+ * future maintenance would be served by making the code common, then the
+ * function belongs here.
+ *
+ * This is going in src/main because it is not platform specific, it is
+ * specific to multi-process servers, but NOT to Unix. Which is why it
+ * does not belong in src/os/unix
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file mpm_common.h
+ * @brief Multi-Processing Modules functions
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_MPM Multi-Processing Modules
+ * @ingroup APACHE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H
+#define APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H
+
+#include "ap_config.h"
+#include "ap_mpm.h"
+#include "scoreboard.h"
+
+#if APR_HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H
+#include <netinet/tcp.h> /* for TCP_NODELAY */
+#endif
+
+#include "apr_proc_mutex.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The maximum length of the queue of pending connections, as defined
+ * by listen(2). Under some systems, it should be increased if you
+ * are experiencing a heavy TCP SYN flood attack.
+ *
+ * It defaults to 511 instead of 512 because some systems store it
+ * as an 8-bit datatype; 512 truncated to 8-bits is 0, while 511 is
+ * 255 when truncated.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_LISTENBACKLOG
+#define DEFAULT_LISTENBACKLOG 511
+#endif
+
+/* Signal used to gracefully restart */
+#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL SIGUSR1
+
+/* Signal used to gracefully restart (without SIG prefix) */
+#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_SHORT USR1
+
+/* Signal used to gracefully restart (as a quoted string) */
+#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STRING "SIGUSR1"
+
+/* Signal used to gracefully stop */
+#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STOP SIGWINCH
+
+/* Signal used to gracefully stop (without SIG prefix) */
+#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STOP_SHORT WINCH
+
+/* Signal used to gracefully stop (as a quoted string) */
+#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STOP_STRING "SIGWINCH"
+
+/**
+ * Callback function used for ap_reclaim_child_processes() and
+ * ap_relieve_child_processes(). The callback function will be
+ * called for each terminated child process.
+ */
+typedef void ap_reclaim_callback_fn_t(int childnum, pid_t pid,
+ ap_generation_t gen);
+
+#if (!defined(WIN32) && !defined(NETWARE)) || defined(DOXYGEN)
+/**
+ * Make sure all child processes that have been spawned by the parent process
+ * have died. This includes process registered as "other_children".
+ *
+ * @param terminate Either 1 or 0. If 1, send the child processes SIGTERM
+ * each time through the loop. If 0, give the process time to die
+ * on its own before signalling it.
+ * @param mpm_callback Callback invoked for each dead child process
+ *
+ * @note The MPM child processes which are reclaimed are those listed
+ * in the scoreboard as well as those currently registered via
+ * ap_register_extra_mpm_process().
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_reclaim_child_processes(int terminate,
+ ap_reclaim_callback_fn_t *mpm_callback);
+
+/**
+ * Catch any child processes that have been spawned by the parent process
+ * which have exited. This includes processes registered as "other_children".
+ *
+ * @param mpm_callback Callback invoked for each dead child process
+
+ * @note The MPM child processes which are relieved are those listed
+ * in the scoreboard as well as those currently registered via
+ * ap_register_extra_mpm_process().
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_relieve_child_processes(ap_reclaim_callback_fn_t *mpm_callback);
+
+/**
+ * Tell ap_reclaim_child_processes() and ap_relieve_child_processes() about
+ * an MPM child process which has no entry in the scoreboard.
+ * @param pid The process id of an MPM child process which should be
+ * reclaimed when ap_reclaim_child_processes() is called.
+ * @param gen The generation of this MPM child process.
+ *
+ * @note If an extra MPM child process terminates prior to calling
+ * ap_reclaim_child_processes(), remove it from the list of such processes
+ * by calling ap_unregister_extra_mpm_process().
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_register_extra_mpm_process(pid_t pid, ap_generation_t gen);
+
+/**
+ * Unregister an MPM child process which was previously registered by a
+ * call to ap_register_extra_mpm_process().
+ * @param pid The process id of an MPM child process which no longer needs to
+ * be reclaimed.
+ * @param old_gen Set to the server generation of the process, if found.
+ * @return 1 if the process was found and removed, 0 otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unregister_extra_mpm_process(pid_t pid, ap_generation_t *old_gen);
+
+/**
+ * Safely signal an MPM child process, if the process is in the
+ * current process group. Otherwise fail.
+ * @param pid the process id of a child process to signal
+ * @param sig the signal number to send
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if signal is sent, otherwise an error as per kill(3);
+ * APR_EINVAL is returned if passed either an invalid (< 1) pid, or if
+ * the pid is not in the current process group
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_safe_kill(pid_t pid, int sig);
+
+/**
+ * Log why a child died to the error log, if the child died without the
+ * parent signalling it.
+ * @param pid The child that has died
+ * @param why The return code of the child process
+ * @param status The status returned from ap_wait_or_timeout
+ * @return 0 on success, APEXIT_CHILDFATAL if MPM should terminate
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_process_child_status(apr_proc_t *pid, apr_exit_why_e why, int status);
+
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fatal_signal_setup(server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *in_pconf);
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fatal_signal_child_setup(server_rec *s);
+
+#endif /* (!WIN32 && !NETWARE) || DOXYGEN */
+
+/**
+ * Pool cleanup for end-generation hook implementation
+ * (core httpd function)
+ */
+apr_status_t ap_mpm_end_gen_helper(void *unused);
+
+/**
+ * Run the monitor hook (once every ten calls), determine if any child
+ * process has died and, if none died, sleep one second.
+ * @param status The return code if a process has died
+ * @param exitcode The returned exit status of the child, if a child process
+ * dies, or the signal that caused the child to die.
+ * @param ret The process id of the process that died
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ * @param s The server_rec to pass
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_wait_or_timeout(apr_exit_why_e *status, int *exitcode,
+ apr_proc_t *ret, apr_pool_t *p,
+ server_rec *s);
+
+#if defined(TCP_NODELAY)
+/**
+ * Turn off the nagle algorithm for the specified socket. The nagle algorithm
+ * says that we should delay sending partial packets in the hopes of getting
+ * more data. There are bad interactions between persistent connections and
+ * Nagle's algorithm that have severe performance penalties.
+ * @param s The socket to disable nagle for.
+ */
+void ap_sock_disable_nagle(apr_socket_t *s);
+#else
+#define ap_sock_disable_nagle(s) /* NOOP */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETPWNAM
+/**
+ * Convert a username to a numeric ID
+ * @param name The name to convert
+ * @return The user id corresponding to a name
+ * @fn uid_t ap_uname2id(const char *name)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(uid_t) ap_uname2id(const char *name);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGRNAM
+/**
+ * Convert a group name to a numeric ID
+ * @param name The name to convert
+ * @return The group id corresponding to a name
+ * @fn gid_t ap_gname2id(const char *name)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(gid_t) ap_gname2id(const char *name);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_INITGROUPS
+/**
+ * The initgroups() function initializes the group access list by reading the
+ * group database /etc/group and using all groups of which user is a member.
+ * The additional group basegid is also added to the list.
+ * @param name The user name - must be non-NULL
+ * @param basegid The basegid to add
+ * @return returns 0 on success
+ * @fn int initgroups(const char *name, gid_t basegid)
+ */
+int initgroups(const char *name, gid_t basegid);
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined(WIN32) && !defined(NETWARE)) || defined(DOXYGEN)
+
+typedef struct ap_pod_t ap_pod_t;
+
+struct ap_pod_t {
+ apr_file_t *pod_in;
+ apr_file_t *pod_out;
+ apr_pool_t *p;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Open the pipe-of-death. The pipe of death is used to tell all child
+ * processes that it is time to die gracefully.
+ * @param p The pool to use for allocating the pipe
+ * @param pod the pipe-of-death that is created.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_open(apr_pool_t *p, ap_pod_t **pod);
+
+/**
+ * Check the pipe to determine if the process has been signalled to die.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_check(ap_pod_t *pod);
+
+/**
+ * Close the pipe-of-death
+ *
+ * @param pod the pipe-of-death to close.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_close(ap_pod_t *pod);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to the pipe-of-death, signalling that one child process
+ * should die.
+ * @param pod the pipe-of-death to write to.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_signal(ap_pod_t *pod);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to the pipe-of-death, signalling that all child process
+ * should die.
+ * @param pod The pipe-of-death to write to.
+ * @param num The number of child processes to kill
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_mpm_pod_killpg(ap_pod_t *pod, int num);
+
+#define AP_MPM_PODX_RESTART_CHAR '$'
+#define AP_MPM_PODX_GRACEFUL_CHAR '!'
+
+typedef enum { AP_MPM_PODX_NORESTART, AP_MPM_PODX_RESTART, AP_MPM_PODX_GRACEFUL } ap_podx_restart_t;
+
+/**
+ * Open the extended pipe-of-death.
+ * @param p The pool to use for allocating the pipe
+ * @param pod The pipe-of-death that is created.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_podx_open(apr_pool_t *p, ap_pod_t **pod);
+
+/**
+ * Check the extended pipe to determine if the process has been signalled to die.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_mpm_podx_check(ap_pod_t *pod);
+
+/**
+ * Close the pipe-of-death
+ *
+ * @param pod The pipe-of-death to close.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_podx_close(ap_pod_t *pod);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to the extended pipe-of-death, signalling that one child process
+ * should die.
+ * @param pod the pipe-of-death to write to.
+ * @param graceful restart-type
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_podx_signal(ap_pod_t *pod,
+ ap_podx_restart_t graceful);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to the extended pipe-of-death, signalling that all child process
+ * should die.
+ * @param pod The pipe-of-death to write to.
+ * @param num The number of child processes to kill
+ * @param graceful restart-type
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_mpm_podx_killpg(ap_pod_t *pod, int num,
+ ap_podx_restart_t graceful);
+
+#endif /* (!WIN32 && !NETWARE) || DOXYGEN */
+
+/**
+ * Check that exactly one MPM is loaded
+ * Returns NULL if yes, error string if not.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_check_mpm(void);
+
+/*
+ * These data members are common to all mpms. Each new mpm
+ * should either use the appropriate ap_mpm_set_* function
+ * in their command table or create their own for custom or
+ * OS specific needs. These should work for most.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of requests each child thread or
+ * process handles before dying off
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_max_requests_per_child;
+const char *ap_mpm_set_max_requests(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * The filename used to store the process id.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_pid_fname;
+const char *ap_mpm_set_pidfile(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+void ap_mpm_dump_pidfile(apr_pool_t *p, apr_file_t *out);
+
+/*
+ * The directory that the server changes directory to dump core.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern char ap_coredump_dir[MAX_STRING_LEN];
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_coredumpdir_configured;
+const char *ap_mpm_set_coredumpdir(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Set the timeout period for a graceful shutdown.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_graceful_shutdown_timeout;
+AP_DECLARE(const char *)ap_mpm_set_graceful_shutdown(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+#define AP_GRACEFUL_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT_COMMAND \
+AP_INIT_TAKE1("GracefulShutdownTimeout", ap_mpm_set_graceful_shutdown, NULL, \
+ RSRC_CONF, "Maximum time in seconds to wait for child " \
+ "processes to complete transactions during shutdown")
+
+
+int ap_signal_server(int *, apr_pool_t *);
+void ap_mpm_rewrite_args(process_rec *);
+
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_uint32_t ap_max_mem_free;
+extern const char *ap_mpm_set_max_mem_free(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_size_t ap_thread_stacksize;
+extern const char *ap_mpm_set_thread_stacksize(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/* core's implementation of child_status hook */
+extern void ap_core_child_status(server_rec *s, pid_t pid, ap_generation_t gen,
+ int slot, mpm_child_status status);
+
+#if defined(AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK) && AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK
+extern const char *ap_mpm_set_exception_hook(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+#endif
+
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,monitor,(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s))
+
+/* register modules that undertake to manage system security */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_sys_privileges_handlers(int inc);
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, drop_privileges, (apr_pool_t * pchild, server_rec * s))
+
+/* implement the ap_mpm_query() function
+ * The MPM should return OK+APR_ENOTIMPL for any unimplemented query codes;
+ * modules which intercede for specific query codes should DECLINE for others.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, mpm_query, (int query_code, int *result, apr_status_t *rv))
+
+/* register the specified callback */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t, mpm_register_timed_callback,
+ (apr_time_t t, ap_mpm_callback_fn_t *cbfn, void *baton))
+
+/* get MPM name (e.g., "prefork" or "event") */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(const char *,mpm_get_name,(void))
+
+/**
+ * Notification that connection handling is suspending (disassociating from the
+ * current thread)
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param r The current request, or NULL if there is no active request
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @see ap_hook_resume_connection
+ * @note This hook is not implemented by MPMs like Prefork and Worker which
+ * handle all processing of a particular connection on the same thread.
+ * @note This hook will be called on the thread that was previously
+ * processing the connection.
+ * @note This hook is not called at the end of connection processing. This
+ * hook only notifies a module when processing of an active connection is
+ * suspended.
+ * @note Resumption and subsequent suspension of a connection solely to perform
+ * I/O by the MPM, with no execution of non-MPM code, may not necessarily result
+ * in a call to this hook.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void, suspend_connection,
+ (conn_rec *c, request_rec *r))
+
+/**
+ * Notification that connection handling is resuming (associating with a thread)
+ * @param c The current connection
+ * @param r The current request, or NULL if there is no active request
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @see ap_hook_suspend_connection
+ * @note This hook is not implemented by MPMs like Prefork and Worker which
+ * handle all processing of a particular connection on the same thread.
+ * @note This hook will be called on the thread that will resume processing
+ * the connection.
+ * @note This hook is not called at the beginning of connection processing.
+ * This hook only notifies a module when processing resumes for a
+ * previously-suspended connection.
+ * @note Resumption and subsequent suspension of a connection solely to perform
+ * I/O by the MPM, with no execution of non-MPM code, may not necessarily result
+ * in a call to this hook.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void, resume_connection,
+ (conn_rec *c, request_rec *r))
+
+/* mutex type string for accept mutex, if any; MPMs should use the
+ * same mutex type for ease of configuration
+ */
+#define AP_ACCEPT_MUTEX_TYPE "mpm-accept"
+
+/* internal pre-config logic for MPM-related settings, callable only from
+ * core's pre-config hook
+ */
+void mpm_common_pre_config(apr_pool_t *pconf);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/scoreboard.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/scoreboard.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/scoreboard.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/scoreboard.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file scoreboard.h
+ * @brief Apache scoreboard library
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H
+#define APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if APR_HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "ap_config.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
+#include "apr_portable.h"
+#include "apr_shm.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+
+/* Scoreboard file, if there is one */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_SCOREBOARD
+#define DEFAULT_SCOREBOARD "logs/apache_runtime_status"
+#endif
+
+/* Scoreboard info on a process is, for now, kept very brief ---
+ * just status value and pid (the latter so that the caretaker process
+ * can properly update the scoreboard when a process dies). We may want
+ * to eventually add a separate set of long_score structures which would
+ * give, for each process, the number of requests serviced, and info on
+ * the current, or most recent, request.
+ *
+ * Status values:
+ */
+
+#define SERVER_DEAD 0
+#define SERVER_STARTING 1 /* Server Starting up */
+#define SERVER_READY 2 /* Waiting for connection (or accept() lock) */
+#define SERVER_BUSY_READ 3 /* Reading a client request */
+#define SERVER_BUSY_WRITE 4 /* Processing a client request */
+#define SERVER_BUSY_KEEPALIVE 5 /* Waiting for more requests via keepalive */
+#define SERVER_BUSY_LOG 6 /* Logging the request */
+#define SERVER_BUSY_DNS 7 /* Looking up a hostname */
+#define SERVER_CLOSING 8 /* Closing the connection */
+#define SERVER_GRACEFUL 9 /* server is gracefully finishing request */
+#define SERVER_IDLE_KILL 10 /* Server is cleaning up idle children. */
+#define SERVER_NUM_STATUS 11 /* number of status settings */
+
+/* Type used for generation indicies. Startup and every restart cause a
+ * new generation of children to be spawned. Children within the same
+ * generation share the same configuration information -- pointers to stuff
+ * created at config time in the parent are valid across children. However,
+ * this can't work effectively with non-forked architectures. So while the
+ * arrays in the scoreboard never change between the parent and forked
+ * children, so they do not require shm storage, the contents of the shm
+ * may contain no pointers.
+ */
+typedef int ap_generation_t;
+
+/* Is the scoreboard shared between processes or not?
+ * Set by the MPM when the scoreboard is created.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ SB_NOT_SHARED = 1,
+ SB_SHARED = 2
+} ap_scoreboard_e;
+
+/* stuff which is worker specific */
+typedef struct worker_score worker_score;
+struct worker_score {
+#if APR_HAS_THREADS
+ apr_os_thread_t tid;
+#endif
+ int thread_num;
+ /* With some MPMs (e.g., worker), a worker_score can represent
+ * a thread in a terminating process which is no longer
+ * represented by the corresponding process_score. These MPMs
+ * should set pid and generation fields in the worker_score.
+ */
+ pid_t pid;
+ ap_generation_t generation;
+ unsigned char status;
+ unsigned short conn_count;
+ apr_off_t conn_bytes;
+ unsigned long access_count;
+ apr_off_t bytes_served;
+ unsigned long my_access_count;
+ apr_off_t my_bytes_served;
+ apr_time_t start_time;
+ apr_time_t stop_time;
+ apr_time_t last_used;
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+ struct tms times;
+#endif
+ char client[32]; /* DEPRECATED: Keep 'em small... */
+ char request[64]; /* We just want an idea... */
+ char vhost[32]; /* What virtual host is being accessed? */
+ char protocol[16]; /* What protocol is used on the connection? */
+ apr_time_t duration;
+ char client64[64];
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ int server_limit;
+ int thread_limit;
+ ap_generation_t running_generation; /* the generation of children which
+ * should still be serving requests.
+ */
+ apr_time_t restart_time;
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+ struct tms times;
+#endif
+} global_score;
+
+/* stuff which the parent generally writes and the children rarely read */
+typedef struct process_score process_score;
+struct process_score {
+ pid_t pid;
+ ap_generation_t generation; /* generation of this child */
+ char quiescing; /* the process whose pid is stored above is
+ * going down gracefully
+ */
+ char not_accepting; /* the process is busy and is not accepting more
+ * connections (for async MPMs)
+ */
+ apr_uint32_t connections; /* total connections (for async MPMs) */
+ apr_uint32_t write_completion; /* async connections doing write completion */
+ apr_uint32_t lingering_close; /* async connections in lingering close */
+ apr_uint32_t keep_alive; /* async connections in keep alive */
+ apr_uint32_t suspended; /* connections suspended by some module */
+ int bucket; /* Listener bucket used by this child */
+};
+
+/* Scoreboard is now in 'local' memory, since it isn't updated once created,
+ * even in forked architectures. Child created-processes (non-fork) will
+ * set up these indicies into the (possibly relocated) shmem records.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ global_score *global;
+ process_score *parent;
+ worker_score **servers;
+} scoreboard;
+
+typedef struct ap_sb_handle_t ap_sb_handle_t;
+
+/*
+ * Creation and deletion (internal)
+ */
+int ap_create_scoreboard(apr_pool_t *p, ap_scoreboard_e t);
+apr_status_t ap_cleanup_scoreboard(void *d);
+
+/*
+ * APIs for MPMs and other modules
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_exists_scoreboard_image(void);
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_increment_counts(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, request_rec *r);
+
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_reopen_scoreboard(apr_pool_t *p, apr_shm_t **shm, int detached);
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_init_scoreboard(void *shared_score);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_calc_scoreboard_size(void);
+
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_create_sb_handle(ap_sb_handle_t **new_sbh, apr_pool_t *p,
+ int child_num, int thread_num);
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_sb_handle(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh,
+ int child_num, int thread_num);
+
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_child_by_pid(apr_proc_t *pid);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status, request_rec *r);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_from_indexes(int child_num, int thread_num,
+ int status, request_rec *r);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_from_conn(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status, conn_rec *c);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_from_server(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status,
+ conn_rec *c, server_rec *s);
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_descr(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status, const char *descr);
+
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_time_process_request(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status);
+
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_global_status(void);
+
+AP_DECLARE(worker_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_worker(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh);
+
+/** Return a pointer to the worker_score for a given child, thread pair.
+ * @param child_num The child number.
+ * @param thread_num The thread number.
+ * @return A pointer to the worker_score structure.
+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated, use ap_copy_scoreboard_worker instead. */
+AP_DECLARE(worker_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_worker_from_indexes(int child_num,
+ int thread_num);
+
+/** Copy the contents of a worker scoreboard entry. The contents of
+ * the worker_score structure are copied verbatim into the dest
+ * structure.
+ * @param dest Output parameter.
+ * @param child_num The child number.
+ * @param thread_num The thread number.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_copy_scoreboard_worker(worker_score *dest,
+ int child_num, int thread_num);
+
+AP_DECLARE(process_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_process(int x);
+AP_DECLARE(global_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_global(void);
+
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern scoreboard *ap_scoreboard_image;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_scoreboard_fname;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_extended_status;
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_mod_status_reqtail;
+
+/*
+ * Command handlers [internal]
+ */
+const char *ap_set_scoreboard(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
+const char *ap_set_extended_status(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, int arg);
+const char *ap_set_reqtail(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, int arg);
+
+/* Hooks */
+/**
+ * Hook for post scoreboard creation, pre mpm.
+ * @param p Apache pool to allocate from.
+ * @param sb_type
+ * @ingroup hooks
+ * @return OK or DECLINE on success; anything else is a error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, pre_mpm, (apr_pool_t *p, ap_scoreboard_e sb_type))
+
+/* for time_process_request() in http_main.c */
+#define START_PREQUEST 1
+#define STOP_PREQUEST 2
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cfgtree.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cfgtree.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cfgtree.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cfgtree.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_cfgtree.h
+ * @brief Config Tree Package
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_CONFIG_TREE Config Tree Package
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_CONFIG
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_CONFTREE_H
+#define AP_CONFTREE_H
+
+#include "ap_config.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct ap_directive_t ap_directive_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Structure used to build the config tree.
+ *
+ * The config tree only stores
+ * the directives that will be active in the running server. Directives
+ * that contain other directions, such as <Directory ...> cause a sub-level
+ * to be created, where the included directives are stored. The closing
+ * directive (</Directory>) is not stored in the tree.
+ */
+struct ap_directive_t {
+ /** The current directive */
+ const char *directive;
+ /** The arguments for the current directive, stored as a space
+ * separated list */
+ const char *args;
+ /** The next directive node in the tree */
+ struct ap_directive_t *next;
+ /** The first child node of this directive */
+ struct ap_directive_t *first_child;
+ /** The parent node of this directive */
+ struct ap_directive_t *parent;
+
+ /** directive's module can store add'l data here */
+ void *data;
+
+ /* ### these may go away in the future, but are needed for now */
+ /** The name of the file this directive was found in */
+ const char *filename;
+ /** The line number the directive was on */
+ int line_num;
+
+ /** A short-cut towards the last directive node in the tree.
+ * The value may not always be up-to-date but it always points to
+ * somewhere in the tree, nearer to the tail.
+ * This value is only set in the first node
+ */
+ struct ap_directive_t *last;
+};
+
+/**
+ * The root of the configuration tree
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_directive_t *ap_conftree;
+
+/**
+ * Add a node to the configuration tree.
+ * @param parent The current parent node. If the added node is a first_child,
+ then this is changed to the current node
+ * @param current The current node
+ * @param toadd The node to add to the tree
+ * @param child Is the node to add a child node
+ * @return the added node
+ */
+ap_directive_t *ap_add_node(ap_directive_t **parent, ap_directive_t *current,
+ ap_directive_t *toadd, int child);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_charset.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_charset.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_charset.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_charset.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_charset.h
+ * @brief charset conversion
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_CHARSET Charset Conversion
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ *
+ * These are the translation handles used to translate between the network
+ * format of protocol headers and the local machine format.
+ *
+ * For an EBCDIC machine, these are valid handles which are set up at
+ * initialization to translate between ISO-8859-1 and the code page of
+ * the source code.\n
+ * For an ASCII machine, they are undefined.
+ *
+ * @see ap_init_ebcdic()
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H
+#define APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "apr.h"
+
+#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC || defined(DOXYGEN)
+
+#include "apr_xlate.h"
+
+/**
+ * On EBCDIC machine this is a translation handle used to translate the
+ * headers from the local machine format to ASCII for network transmission.
+ * @note On ASCII system, this variable does <b>not</b> exist.
+ * So, its use should be guarded by \#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC.
+ */
+extern apr_xlate_t *ap_hdrs_to_ascii;
+
+/**
+ * On EBCDIC machine this is a translation handle used to translate the
+ * headers from ASCII to the local machine format after network transmission.
+ * @note On ASCII system, this variable does <b>not</b> exist.
+ * So, its use should be guarded by \#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC.
+ */
+extern apr_xlate_t *ap_hdrs_from_ascii;
+
+#endif /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cookies.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cookies.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cookies.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_cookies.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_cookies.h
+ * @brief Apache cookie library
+ */
+
+#ifndef UTIL_COOKIES_H
+#define UTIL_COOKIES_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_COOKIE Cookies
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ *
+ * RFC2109 and RFC2965 compliant HTTP cookies can be read from and written
+ * to using this set of functions.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "apr_errno.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+#define SET_COOKIE "Set-Cookie"
+#define SET_COOKIE2 "Set-Cookie2"
+#define DEFAULT_ATTRS "HttpOnly;Secure;Version=1"
+#define CLEAR_ATTRS "Version=1"
+
+typedef struct {
+ request_rec *r;
+ const char *name;
+ const char *encoded;
+ apr_table_t *new_cookies;
+ int duplicated;
+} ap_cookie_do;
+
+/**
+ * Write an RFC2109 compliant cookie.
+ *
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param name The name of the cookie.
+ * @param val The value to place in the cookie.
+ * @param attrs The string containing additional cookie attributes. If NULL, the
+ * DEFAULT_ATTRS will be used.
+ * @param maxage If non zero, a Max-Age header will be added to the cookie.
+ * @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (apr_table_t *) tables followed by NULL
+ * to which the cookies should be added.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_write(request_rec * r, const char *name,
+ const char *val, const char *attrs,
+ long maxage, ...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+/**
+ * Write an RFC2965 compliant cookie.
+ *
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param name2 The name of the cookie.
+ * @param val The value to place in the cookie.
+ * @param attrs2 The string containing additional cookie attributes. If NULL, the
+ * DEFAULT_ATTRS will be used.
+ * @param maxage If non zero, a Max-Age header will be added to the cookie.
+ * @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (apr_table_t *) tables followed by NULL
+ * to which the cookies should be added.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_write2(request_rec * r, const char *name2,
+ const char *val, const char *attrs2,
+ long maxage, ...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+/**
+ * Remove an RFC2109 compliant cookie.
+ *
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param name The name of the cookie.
+ * @param attrs The string containing additional cookie attributes. If NULL, the
+ * CLEAR_ATTRS will be used.
+ * @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (apr_table_t *) tables followed by NULL
+ * to which the cookies should be added.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_remove(request_rec * r, const char *name,
+ const char *attrs, ...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+/**
+ * Remove an RFC2965 compliant cookie.
+ *
+ * @param r The request
+ * @param name2 The name of the cookie.
+ * @param attrs2 The string containing additional cookie attributes. If NULL, the
+ * CLEAR_ATTRS will be used.
+ * @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (apr_table_t *) tables followed by NULL
+ * to which the cookies should be added.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_remove2(request_rec * r, const char *name2,
+ const char *attrs2, ...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+/**
+ * Read a cookie called name, placing its value in val.
+ *
+ * Both the Cookie and Cookie2 headers are scanned for the cookie.
+ *
+ * If the cookie is duplicated, this function returns APR_EGENERAL. If found,
+ * and if remove is non zero, the cookie will be removed from the headers, and
+ * thus kept private from the backend.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_read(request_rec * r, const char *name, const char **val,
+ int remove);
+
+/**
+ * Sanity check a given string that it exists, is not empty,
+ * and does not contain the special characters '=', ';' and '&'.
+ *
+ * It is used to sanity check the cookie names.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_check_string(const char *string);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !UTIL_COOKIES_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ebcdic.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ebcdic.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ebcdic.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ebcdic.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_ebcdic.h
+ * @brief Utilities for EBCDIC conversion
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_EBCDIC Utilities for EBCDIC conversion
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H
+#define APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "apr_xlate.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "util_charset.h"
+
+#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC || defined(DOXYGEN)
+
+/**
+ * Setup all of the global translation handlers.
+ * @param pool The pool to allocate out of.
+ * @note On non-EBCDIC system, this function does <b>not</b> exist.
+ * So, its use should be guarded by \#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC.
+ */
+apr_status_t ap_init_ebcdic(apr_pool_t *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Convert protocol data from the implementation character
+ * set to ASCII.
+ * @param buffer Buffer to translate.
+ * @param len Number of bytes to translate.
+ * @note On non-EBCDIC system, this function is replaced by an
+ * empty macro.
+ */
+void ap_xlate_proto_to_ascii(char *buffer, apr_size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Convert protocol data to the implementation character
+ * set from ASCII.
+ * @param buffer Buffer to translate.
+ * @param len Number of bytes to translate.
+ * @note On non-EBCDIC system, this function is replaced by an
+ * empty macro.
+ */
+void ap_xlate_proto_from_ascii(char *buffer, apr_size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Convert protocol data from the implementation character
+ * set to ASCII, then send it.
+ * @param r The current request.
+ * @param ... The strings to write, followed by a NULL pointer.
+ * @note On non-EBCDIC system, this function is replaced by a call to
+ * #ap_rvputs.
+ */
+int ap_rvputs_proto_in_ascii(request_rec *r, ...);
+
+#else /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
+
+#define ap_xlate_proto_to_ascii(x,y) /* NOOP */
+#define ap_xlate_proto_from_ascii(x,y) /* NOOP */
+
+#define ap_rvputs_proto_in_ascii ap_rvputs
+
+#endif /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_fcgi.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_fcgi.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_fcgi.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_fcgi.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_fcgi.h
+ * @brief FastCGI protocol defitions and support routines
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_FASTCGI FastCGI Tools
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_FCGI_H
+#define APACHE_UTIL_FCGI_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure that represents the fixed header fields
+ * at the beginning of a "FastCGI record" (i.e., the data prior
+ * to content data and padding).
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** See values for version, below */
+ unsigned char version;
+ /** See values for type, below */
+ unsigned char type;
+ /** request id, in two parts */
+ unsigned char requestIdB1;
+ unsigned char requestIdB0;
+ /** content length, in two parts */
+ unsigned char contentLengthB1;
+ unsigned char contentLengthB0;
+ /** padding length */
+ unsigned char paddingLength;
+ /** 8-bit reserved field */
+ unsigned char reserved;
+} ap_fcgi_header;
+
+/*
+ * Number of bytes in the header portion of a FastCGI record
+ * (i.e., ap_fcgi_header structure). Future versions of the
+ * protocol may increase the size.
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN 8
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of bytes in the content portion of a FastCGI record.
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_MAX_CONTENT_LEN 65535
+
+/**
+ * Possible values for the version field of ap_fcgi_header
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_VERSION_1 1
+
+/**
+ * Possible values for the type field of ap_fcgi_header
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_BEGIN_REQUEST 1
+#define AP_FCGI_ABORT_REQUEST 2
+#define AP_FCGI_END_REQUEST 3
+#define AP_FCGI_PARAMS 4
+#define AP_FCGI_STDIN 5
+#define AP_FCGI_STDOUT 6
+#define AP_FCGI_STDERR 7
+#define AP_FCGI_DATA 8
+#define AP_FCGI_GET_VALUES 9
+#define AP_FCGI_GET_VALUES_RESULT 10
+#define AP_FCGI_UNKNOWN_TYPE 11
+#define AP_FCGI_MAXTYPE (AP_FCGI_UNKNOWN_TYPE)
+
+/**
+ * Offsets of the various fields of ap_fcgi_header
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_HDR_VERSION_OFFSET 0
+#define AP_FCGI_HDR_TYPE_OFFSET 1
+#define AP_FCGI_HDR_REQUEST_ID_B1_OFFSET 2
+#define AP_FCGI_HDR_REQUEST_ID_B0_OFFSET 3
+#define AP_FCGI_HDR_CONTENT_LEN_B1_OFFSET 4
+#define AP_FCGI_HDR_CONTENT_LEN_B0_OFFSET 5
+#define AP_FCGI_HDR_PADDING_LEN_OFFSET 6
+#define AP_FCGI_HDR_RESERVED_OFFSET 7
+
+/**
+ * @brief This represents the content data of the FastCGI record when
+ * the type is AP_FCGI_BEGIN_REQUEST.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /**
+ * role, in two parts
+ * See values for role, below
+ */
+ unsigned char roleB1;
+ unsigned char roleB0;
+ /**
+ * flags
+ * See values for flags bits, below
+ */
+ unsigned char flags;
+ /** reserved */
+ unsigned char reserved[5];
+} ap_fcgi_begin_request_body;
+
+/*
+ * Values for role component of ap_fcgi_begin_request_body
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_RESPONDER 1
+#define AP_FCGI_AUTHORIZER 2
+#define AP_FCGI_FILTER 3
+
+/*
+ * Values for flags bits of ap_fcgi_begin_request_body
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_KEEP_CONN 1 /* otherwise the application closes */
+
+/**
+ * Offsets of the various fields of ap_fcgi_begin_request_body
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_BRB_ROLEB1_OFFSET 0
+#define AP_FCGI_BRB_ROLEB0_OFFSET 1
+#define AP_FCGI_BRB_FLAGS_OFFSET 2
+#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED0_OFFSET 3
+#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED1_OFFSET 4
+#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED2_OFFSET 5
+#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED3_OFFSET 6
+#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED4_OFFSET 7
+
+/**
+ * Pack ap_fcgi_header
+ * @param h The header to read from
+ * @param a The array to write to, of size AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_header_to_array(ap_fcgi_header *h,
+ unsigned char a[]);
+
+/**
+ * Unpack header of FastCGI record into ap_fcgi_header
+ * @param h The header to write to
+ * @param a The array to read from, of size AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_header_from_array(ap_fcgi_header *h,
+ unsigned char a[]);
+
+/**
+ * Unpack header of FastCGI record into individual fields
+ * @param version The version, on output
+ * @param type The type, on output
+ * @param request_id The request id, on output
+ * @param content_len The content length, on output
+ * @param padding_len The amount of padding following the content, on output
+ * @param a The array to read from, of size AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_header_fields_from_array(unsigned char *version,
+ unsigned char *type,
+ apr_uint16_t *request_id,
+ apr_uint16_t *content_len,
+ unsigned char *padding_len,
+ unsigned char a[]);
+
+/**
+ * Pack ap_fcgi_begin_request_body
+ * @param h The begin-request body to read from
+ * @param a The array to write to, of size AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_begin_request_body_to_array(ap_fcgi_begin_request_body *h,
+ unsigned char a[]);
+
+/**
+ * Fill in a FastCGI request header with the required field values.
+ * @param header The header to fill in
+ * @param type The type of record
+ * @param request_id The request id
+ * @param content_len The amount of content which follows the header
+ * @param padding_len The amount of padding which follows the content
+ *
+ * The header array must be at least AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN bytes long.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_fill_in_header(ap_fcgi_header *header,
+ unsigned char type,
+ apr_uint16_t request_id,
+ apr_uint16_t content_len,
+ unsigned char padding_len);
+
+/**
+ * Fill in a FastCGI begin request body with the required field values.
+ * @param brb The begin-request-body to fill in
+ * @param role AP_FCGI_RESPONDER or other roles
+ * @param flags 0 or a combination of flags like AP_FCGI_KEEP_CONN
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_fill_in_request_body(ap_fcgi_begin_request_body *brb,
+ int role,
+ unsigned char flags);
+
+/**
+ * Compute the buffer size needed to encode the next portion of
+ * the provided environment table.
+ * @param env The environment table
+ * @param maxlen The maximum buffer size allowable, capped at
+ * AP_FCGI_MAX_CONTENT_LEN.
+ * @param starting_elem On input, the next element of the table array
+ * to process in this FastCGI record. On output, the next element to
+ * process on the *next* FastCGI record.
+ * @return Size of buffer needed to encode the next part, or 0
+ * if no more can be encoded. When 0 is returned: If starting_elem
+ * has reached the end of the table array, all has been encoded;
+ * otherwise, the next envvar can't be encoded within the specified
+ * limit.
+ * @note If an envvar can't be encoded within the specified limit,
+ * the caller can log a warning and increment starting_elem and try
+ * again or increase the limit or fail, as appropriate for the module.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_fcgi_encoded_env_len(apr_table_t *env,
+ apr_size_t maxlen,
+ int *starting_elem);
+
+/**
+ * Encode the next portion of the provided environment table using
+ * a buffer previously allocated.
+ * @param r The request, for logging
+ * @param env The environment table
+ * @param buffer A buffer to contain the encoded environment table
+ * @param buflen The length of the buffer, previously computed by
+ * ap_fcgi_encoded_env_len().
+ * @param starting_elem On input, the next element of the table array
+ * to process in this FastCGI record. On output, the next element to
+ * process on the *next* FastCGI record.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if a section could be encoded or APR_ENOSPC
+ * otherwise.
+ * @note The output starting_elem from ap_fcgi_encoded_env_len
+ * shouldn't be used as input to ap_fcgi_encode_env when building the
+ * same FastCGI record.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fcgi_encode_env(request_rec *r,
+ apr_table_t *env,
+ void *buffer,
+ apr_size_t buflen,
+ int *starting_elem);
+
+/**
+ * String forms for the value of the FCGI_ROLE envvar
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_RESPONDER_STR "RESPONDER"
+#define AP_FCGI_AUTHORIZER_STR "AUTHORIZER"
+#define AP_FCGI_FILTER_STR "FILTER"
+
+/**
+ * FastCGI implementations that implement the AUTHORIZER role
+ * for Apache httpd and allow the application to participate in
+ * any of the Apache httpd AAA phases typically set the variable
+ * FCGI_APACHE_ROLE to one of these strings to indicate the
+ * specific AAA phase.
+ */
+#define AP_FCGI_APACHE_ROLE_AUTHENTICATOR_STR "AUTHENTICATOR"
+#define AP_FCGI_APACHE_ROLE_AUTHORIZER_STR "AUTHORIZER"
+#define AP_FCGI_APACHE_ROLE_ACCESS_CHECKER_STR "ACCESS_CHECKER"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_FCGI_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_filter.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_filter.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_filter.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_filter.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_filter.h
+ * @brief Apache filter library
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_FILTER_H
+#define AP_FILTER_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+#if APR_HAVE_STDARG_H
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief input filtering modes
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** The filter should return at most readbytes data. */
+ AP_MODE_READBYTES,
+ /** The filter should return at most one line of CRLF data.
+ * (If a potential line is too long or no CRLF is found, the
+ * filter may return partial data).
+ */
+ AP_MODE_GETLINE,
+ /** The filter should implicitly eat any CRLF pairs that it sees. */
+ AP_MODE_EATCRLF,
+ /** The filter read should be treated as speculative and any returned
+ * data should be stored for later retrieval in another mode. */
+ AP_MODE_SPECULATIVE,
+ /** The filter read should be exhaustive and read until it can not
+ * read any more.
+ * Use this mode with extreme caution.
+ */
+ AP_MODE_EXHAUSTIVE,
+ /** The filter should initialize the connection if needed,
+ * NNTP or FTP over SSL for example.
+ */
+ AP_MODE_INIT
+} ap_input_mode_t;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_FILTER Filter Chain
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ *
+ * Filters operate using a "chaining" mechanism. The filters are chained
+ * together into a sequence. When output is generated, it is passed through
+ * each of the filters on this chain, until it reaches the end (or "bottom")
+ * and is placed onto the network.
+ *
+ * The top of the chain, the code generating the output, is typically called
+ * a "content generator." The content generator's output is fed into the
+ * filter chain using the standard Apache output mechanisms: ap_rputs(),
+ * ap_rprintf(), ap_rwrite(), etc.
+ *
+ * Each filter is defined by a callback. This callback takes the output from
+ * the previous filter (or the content generator if there is no previous
+ * filter), operates on it, and passes the result to the next filter in the
+ * chain. This pass-off is performed using the ap_fc_* functions, such as
+ * ap_fc_puts(), ap_fc_printf(), ap_fc_write(), etc.
+ *
+ * When content generation is complete, the system will pass an "end of
+ * stream" marker into the filter chain. The filters will use this to flush
+ * out any internal state and to detect incomplete syntax (for example, an
+ * unterminated SSI directive).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* forward declare the filter type */
+typedef struct ap_filter_t ap_filter_t;
+
+/**
+ * @name Filter callbacks
+ *
+ * This function type is used for filter callbacks. It will be passed a
+ * pointer to "this" filter, and a "bucket brigade" containing the content
+ * to be filtered.
+ *
+ * In filter->ctx, the callback will find its context. This context is
+ * provided here, so that a filter may be installed multiple times, each
+ * receiving its own per-install context pointer.
+ *
+ * Callbacks are associated with a filter definition, which is specified
+ * by name. See ap_register_input_filter() and ap_register_output_filter()
+ * for setting the association between a name for a filter and its
+ * associated callback (and other information).
+ *
+ * If the initialization function argument passed to the registration
+ * functions is non-NULL, it will be called iff the filter is in the input
+ * or output filter chains and before any data is generated to allow the
+ * filter to prepare for processing.
+ *
+ * The bucket brigade always belongs to the caller, but the filter
+ * is free to use the buckets within it as it sees fit. Normally,
+ * the brigade will be returned empty. Buckets *may not* be retained
+ * between successive calls to the filter unless they have been
+ * "set aside" with a call apr_bucket_setaside. Typically this will
+ * be done with ap_save_brigade(). Buckets removed from the brigade
+ * become the responsibility of the filter, which must arrange for
+ * them to be deleted, either by doing so directly or by inserting
+ * them in a brigade which will subsequently be destroyed.
+ *
+ * For the input and output filters, the return value of a filter should be
+ * an APR status value. For the init function, the return value should
+ * be an HTTP error code or OK if it was successful.
+ *
+ * @ingroup filter
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef apr_status_t (*ap_out_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *b);
+typedef apr_status_t (*ap_in_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *b,
+ ap_input_mode_t mode,
+ apr_read_type_e block,
+ apr_off_t readbytes);
+typedef int (*ap_init_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f);
+
+typedef union ap_filter_func {
+ ap_out_filter_func out_func;
+ ap_in_filter_func in_func;
+} ap_filter_func;
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Filters have different types/classifications. These are used to group
+ * and sort the filters to properly sequence their operation.
+ *
+ * The types have a particular sort order, which allows us to insert them
+ * into the filter chain in a determistic order. Within a particular grouping,
+ * the ordering is equivalent to the order of calls to ap_add_*_filter().
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** These filters are used to alter the content that is passed through
+ * them. Examples are SSI or PHP. */
+ AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE = 10,
+ /** These filters are used to alter the content as a whole, but after all
+ * AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE filters are executed. These filters should not
+ * change the content-type. An example is deflate. */
+ AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET = 20,
+ /** These filters are used to handle the protocol between server and
+ * client. Examples are HTTP and POP. */
+ AP_FTYPE_PROTOCOL = 30,
+ /** These filters implement transport encodings (e.g., chunking). */
+ AP_FTYPE_TRANSCODE = 40,
+ /** These filters will alter the content, but in ways that are
+ * more strongly associated with the connection. Examples are
+ * splitting an HTTP connection into multiple requests and
+ * buffering HTTP responses across multiple requests.
+ *
+ * It is important to note that these types of filters are not
+ * allowed in a sub-request. A sub-request's output can certainly
+ * be filtered by ::AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE filters, but all of the "final
+ * processing" is determined by the main request. */
+ AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION = 50,
+ /** These filters don't alter the content. They are responsible for
+ * sending/receiving data to/from the client. */
+ AP_FTYPE_NETWORK = 60
+} ap_filter_type;
+
+/**
+ * This is the request-time context structure for an installed filter (in
+ * the output filter chain). It provides the callback to use for filtering,
+ * the request this filter is associated with (which is important when
+ * an output chain also includes sub-request filters), the context for this
+ * installed filter, and the filter ordering/chaining fields.
+ *
+ * Filter callbacks are free to use ->ctx as they please, to store context
+ * during the filter process. Generally, this is superior over associating
+ * the state directly with the request. A callback should not change any of
+ * the other fields.
+ */
+
+typedef struct ap_filter_rec_t ap_filter_rec_t;
+typedef struct ap_filter_provider_t ap_filter_provider_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief This structure is used for recording information about the
+ * registered filters. It associates a name with the filter's callback
+ * and filter type.
+ *
+ * At the moment, these are simply linked in a chain, so a ->next pointer
+ * is available.
+ *
+ * It is used for any filter that can be inserted in the filter chain.
+ * This may be either a httpd-2.0 filter or a mod_filter harness.
+ * In the latter case it contains dispatch, provider and protocol information.
+ * In the former case, the new fields (from dispatch) are ignored.
+ */
+struct ap_filter_rec_t {
+ /** The registered name for this filter */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /** The function to call when this filter is invoked. */
+ ap_filter_func filter_func;
+
+ /** The function to call directly before the handlers are invoked
+ * for a request. The init function is called once directly
+ * before running the handlers for a request or subrequest. The
+ * init function is never called for a connection filter (with
+ * ftype >= AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION). Any use of this function for
+ * filters for protocols other than HTTP is specified by the
+ * module supported that protocol.
+ */
+ ap_init_filter_func filter_init_func;
+
+ /** The next filter_rec in the list */
+ struct ap_filter_rec_t *next;
+
+ /** Providers for this filter */
+ ap_filter_provider_t *providers;
+
+ /** The type of filter, either AP_FTYPE_CONTENT or AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION.
+ * An AP_FTYPE_CONTENT filter modifies the data based on information
+ * found in the content. An AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION filter modifies the
+ * data based on the type of connection.
+ */
+ ap_filter_type ftype;
+
+ /** Trace level for this filter */
+ int debug;
+
+ /** Protocol flags for this filter */
+ unsigned int proto_flags;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @brief The representation of a filter chain.
+ *
+ * Each request has a list
+ * of these structures which are called in turn to filter the data. Sub
+ * requests get an exact copy of the main requests filter chain.
+ */
+struct ap_filter_t {
+ /** The internal representation of this filter. This includes
+ * the filter's name, type, and the actual function pointer.
+ */
+ ap_filter_rec_t *frec;
+
+ /** A place to store any data associated with the current filter */
+ void *ctx;
+
+ /** The next filter in the chain */
+ ap_filter_t *next;
+
+ /** The request_rec associated with the current filter. If a sub-request
+ * adds filters, then the sub-request is the request associated with the
+ * filter.
+ */
+ request_rec *r;
+
+ /** The conn_rec associated with the current filter. This is analogous
+ * to the request_rec, except that it is used for connection filters.
+ */
+ conn_rec *c;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get the current bucket brigade from the next filter on the filter
+ * stack. The filter returns an apr_status_t value. If the bottom-most
+ * filter doesn't read from the network, then ::AP_NOBODY_READ is returned.
+ * The bucket brigade will be empty when there is nothing left to get.
+ * @param filter The next filter in the chain
+ * @param bucket The current bucket brigade. The original brigade passed
+ * to ap_get_brigade() must be empty.
+ * @param mode The way in which the data should be read
+ * @param block How the operations should be performed
+ * ::APR_BLOCK_READ, ::APR_NONBLOCK_READ
+ * @param readbytes How many bytes to read from the next filter.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_get_brigade(ap_filter_t *filter,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bucket,
+ ap_input_mode_t mode,
+ apr_read_type_e block,
+ apr_off_t readbytes);
+
+/**
+ * Pass the current bucket brigade down to the next filter on the filter
+ * stack. The filter returns an apr_status_t value. If the bottom-most
+ * filter doesn't write to the network, then ::AP_NOBODY_WROTE is returned.
+ * @param filter The next filter in the chain
+ * @param bucket The current bucket brigade
+ *
+ * @remark Ownership of the brigade is retained by the caller. On return,
+ * the contents of the brigade are UNDEFINED, and the caller must
+ * either call apr_brigade_cleanup or apr_brigade_destroy on
+ * the brigade.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pass_brigade(ap_filter_t *filter,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bucket);
+
+/**
+ * Pass the current bucket brigade down to the next filter on the filter
+ * stack checking for filter errors. The filter returns an apr_status_t value.
+ * Returns ::OK if the brigade is successfully passed
+ * ::AP_FILTER_ERROR on a filter error
+ * ::HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR on all other errors
+ * @param r The request rec
+ * @param bucket The current bucket brigade
+ * @param fmt The format string. If NULL defaults to "ap_pass_brigade returned"
+ * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out the format string
+ * @remark Ownership of the brigade is retained by the caller. On return,
+ * the contents of the brigade are UNDEFINED, and the caller must
+ * either call apr_brigade_cleanup or apr_brigade_destroy on
+ * the brigade.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pass_brigade_fchk(request_rec *r,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bucket,
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ __attribute__((format(printf,3,4)));
+
+/**
+ * This function is used to register an input filter with the system.
+ * After this registration is performed, then a filter may be added
+ * into the filter chain by using ap_add_input_filter() and simply
+ * specifying the name.
+ *
+ * @param name The name to attach to the filter function
+ * @param filter_func The filter function to name
+ * @param filter_init The function to call before the filter handlers
+ are invoked
+ * @param ftype The type of filter function, either ::AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET or
+ * ::AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION
+ * @see add_input_filter()
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_register_input_filter(const char *name,
+ ap_in_filter_func filter_func,
+ ap_init_filter_func filter_init,
+ ap_filter_type ftype);
+
+/** @deprecated @see ap_register_output_filter_protocol */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_register_output_filter(const char *name,
+ ap_out_filter_func filter_func,
+ ap_init_filter_func filter_init,
+ ap_filter_type ftype);
+
+/* For httpd-?.? I suggest replacing the above with
+#define ap_register_output_filter(name,ffunc,init,ftype) \
+ ap_register_output_filter_protocol(name,ffunc,init,ftype,0)
+*/
+
+/**
+ * This function is used to register an output filter with the system.
+ * After this registration is performed, then a filter may be added
+ * directly to the filter chain by using ap_add_output_filter() and
+ * simply specifying the name, or as a provider under mod_filter.
+ *
+ * @param name The name to attach to the filter function
+ * @param filter_func The filter function to name
+ * @param filter_init The function to call before the filter handlers
+ * are invoked
+ * @param ftype The type of filter function, either ::AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET or
+ * ::AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION
+ * @param proto_flags Protocol flags: logical OR of AP_FILTER_PROTO_* bits
+ * @return the filter rec
+ * @see ap_add_output_filter()
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_register_output_filter_protocol(
+ const char *name,
+ ap_out_filter_func filter_func,
+ ap_init_filter_func filter_init,
+ ap_filter_type ftype,
+ unsigned int proto_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Adds a named filter into the filter chain on the specified request record.
+ * The filter will be installed with the specified context pointer.
+ *
+ * Filters added in this way will always be placed at the end of the filters
+ * that have the same type (thus, the filters have the same order as the
+ * calls to ap_add_filter). If the current filter chain contains filters
+ * from another request, then this filter will be added before those other
+ * filters.
+ *
+ * To re-iterate that last comment. This function is building a FIFO
+ * list of filters. Take note of that when adding your filter to the chain.
+ *
+ * @param name The name of the filter to add
+ * @param ctx Context data to provide to the filter
+ * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
+ * @param c The connection to add the fillter for
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_input_filter(const char *name, void *ctx,
+ request_rec *r, conn_rec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Variant of ap_add_input_filter() that accepts a registered filter handle
+ * (as returned by ap_register_input_filter()) rather than a filter name
+ *
+ * @param f The filter handle to add
+ * @param ctx Context data to provide to the filter
+ * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
+ * @param c The connection to add the fillter for
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_input_filter_handle(ap_filter_rec_t *f,
+ void *ctx,
+ request_rec *r,
+ conn_rec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the filter handle for use with ap_add_input_filter_handle.
+ *
+ * @param name The filter name to look up
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_get_input_filter_handle(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Add a filter to the current request. Filters are added in a FIFO manner.
+ * The first filter added will be the first filter called.
+ * @param name The name of the filter to add
+ * @param ctx Context data to set in the filter
+ * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
+ * @param c The connection to add this filter for
+ * @note If adding a connection-level output filter (i.e. where the type
+ * is >= AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION) during processing of a request, the request
+ * object r must be passed in to ensure the filter chains are modified
+ * correctly. f->r will still be initialized as NULL in the new filter.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_output_filter(const char *name, void *ctx,
+ request_rec *r, conn_rec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Variant of ap_add_output_filter() that accepts a registered filter handle
+ * (as returned by ap_register_output_filter()) rather than a filter name
+ *
+ * @param f The filter handle to add
+ * @param ctx Context data to set in the filter
+ * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
+ * @param c The connection to add the filter for
+ * @note If adding a connection-level output filter (i.e. where the type
+ * is >= AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION) during processing of a request, the request
+ * object r must be passed in to ensure the filter chains are modified
+ * correctly. f->r will still be initialized as NULL in the new filter.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_output_filter_handle(ap_filter_rec_t *f,
+ void *ctx,
+ request_rec *r,
+ conn_rec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the filter handle for use with ap_add_output_filter_handle.
+ *
+ * @param name The filter name to look up
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_get_output_filter_handle(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Remove an input filter from either the request or connection stack
+ * it is associated with.
+ * @param f The filter to remove
+ */
+
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_input_filter(ap_filter_t *f);
+
+/**
+ * Remove an output filter from either the request or connection stack
+ * it is associated with.
+ * @param f The filter to remove
+ */
+
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f);
+
+/**
+ * Remove an input filter from either the request or connection stack
+ * it is associated with.
+ * @param next The filter stack to search
+ * @param handle The filter handle (name) to remove
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS on removal or error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_remove_input_filter_byhandle(ap_filter_t *next,
+ const char *handle);
+/**
+ * Remove an output filter from either the request or connection stack
+ * it is associated with.
+ * @param next The filter stack to search
+ * @param handle The filter handle (name) to remove
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS on removal or error
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_remove_output_filter_byhandle(ap_filter_t *next,
+ const char *handle);
+
+/* The next two filters are for abstraction purposes only. They could be
+ * done away with, but that would require that we break modules if we ever
+ * want to change our filter registration method. The basic idea, is that
+ * all filters have a place to store data, the ctx pointer. These functions
+ * fill out that pointer with a bucket brigade, and retrieve that data on
+ * the next call. The nice thing about these functions, is that they
+ * automatically concatenate the bucket brigades together for you. This means
+ * that if you have already stored a brigade in the filters ctx pointer, then
+ * when you add more it will be tacked onto the end of that brigade. When
+ * you retrieve data, if you pass in a bucket brigade to the get function,
+ * it will append the current brigade onto the one that you are retrieving.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * prepare a bucket brigade to be setaside. If a different brigade was
+ * set-aside earlier, then the two brigades are concatenated together.
+ * @param f The current filter
+ * @param save_to The brigade that was previously set-aside. Regardless, the
+ * new bucket brigade is returned in this location.
+ * @param b The bucket brigade to save aside. This brigade is always empty
+ * on return
+ * @param p Ensure that all data in the brigade lives as long as this pool
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_save_brigade(ap_filter_t *f,
+ apr_bucket_brigade **save_to,
+ apr_bucket_brigade **b, apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Flush function for apr_brigade_* calls. This calls ap_pass_brigade
+ * to flush the brigade if the brigade buffer overflows.
+ * @param bb The brigade to flush
+ * @param ctx The filter to pass the brigade to
+ * @note this function has nothing to do with FLUSH buckets. It is simply
+ * a way to flush content out of a brigade and down a filter stack.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_filter_flush(apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ void *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Flush the current brigade down the filter stack.
+ * @param f The filter we are passing to
+ * @param bb The brigade to flush
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fflush(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
+
+/**
+ * Write a buffer for the current filter, buffering if possible.
+ * @param f the filter we are writing to
+ * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
+ * @param data The data to write
+ * @param nbyte The number of bytes in the data
+ */
+#define ap_fwrite(f, bb, data, nbyte) \
+ apr_brigade_write(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, data, nbyte)
+
+/**
+ * Write a buffer for the current filter, buffering if possible.
+ * @param f the filter we are writing to
+ * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
+ * @param str The string to write
+ */
+#define ap_fputs(f, bb, str) \
+ apr_brigade_write(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, str, strlen(str))
+
+/**
+ * Write a character for the current filter, buffering if possible.
+ * @param f the filter we are writing to
+ * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
+ * @param c The character to write
+ */
+#define ap_fputc(f, bb, c) \
+ apr_brigade_putc(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, c)
+
+/**
+ * Write an unspecified number of strings to the current filter
+ * @param f the filter we are writing to
+ * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
+ * @param ... The strings to write
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_fputstrs(ap_filter_t *f,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ ...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+/**
+ * Output data to the filter in printf format
+ * @param f the filter we are writing to
+ * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
+ * @param fmt The format string
+ * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out the format string
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_fprintf(ap_filter_t *f,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ const char *fmt,
+ ...)
+ __attribute__((format(printf,3,4)));
+
+/**
+ * set protocol requirements for an output content filter
+ * (only works with AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE and AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET)
+ * @param f the filter in question
+ * @param proto_flags Logical OR of AP_FILTER_PROTO_* bits
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_filter_protocol(ap_filter_t* f, unsigned int proto_flags);
+
+/** Filter changes contents (so invalidating checksums/etc) */
+#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_CHANGE 0x1
+
+/** Filter changes length of contents (so invalidating content-length/etc) */
+#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_CHANGE_LENGTH 0x2
+
+/** Filter requires complete input and can't work on byteranges */
+#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_NO_BYTERANGE 0x4
+
+/** Filter should not run in a proxy */
+#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_NO_PROXY 0x8
+
+/** Filter makes output non-cacheable */
+#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_NO_CACHE 0x10
+
+/** Filter is incompatible with "Cache-Control: no-transform" */
+#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_TRANSFORM 0x20
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !AP_FILTER_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ldap.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ldap.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ldap.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_ldap.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_ldap.h
+ * @brief Apache LDAP library
+ */
+
+#ifndef UTIL_LDAP_H
+#define UTIL_LDAP_H
+
+/* APR header files */
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_thread_mutex.h"
+#include "apr_thread_rwlock.h"
+#include "apr_tables.h"
+#include "apr_time.h"
+#include "apr_version.h"
+#if APR_MAJOR_VERSION < 2
+/* The LDAP API is currently only present in APR 1.x */
+#include "apr_ldap.h"
+#include "apr_ldap_rebind.h"
+#else
+#define APR_HAS_LDAP 0
+#endif
+
+#if APR_HAS_SHARED_MEMORY
+#include "apr_rmm.h"
+#include "apr_shm.h"
+#endif
+
+/* this whole thing disappears if LDAP is not enabled */
+#if APR_HAS_LDAP
+
+#if defined(LDAP_UNAVAILABLE) || APR_HAS_MICROSOFT_LDAPSDK
+#define AP_LDAP_IS_SERVER_DOWN(s) ((s) == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN \
+ ||(s) == LDAP_UNAVAILABLE)
+#else
+#define AP_LDAP_IS_SERVER_DOWN(s) ((s) == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN)
+#endif
+
+/* Apache header files */
+#include "ap_config.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+#include "http_core.h"
+#include "http_log.h"
+#include "http_protocol.h"
+#include "http_request.h"
+#include "apr_optional.h"
+
+/* Create a set of LDAP_DECLARE macros with appropriate export
+ * and import tags for the platform
+ */
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#define LDAP_DECLARE(type) type
+#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(LDAP_DECLARE_STATIC)
+#define LDAP_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
+#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
+#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA
+#elif defined(LDAP_DECLARE_EXPORT)
+#define LDAP_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
+#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
+#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define LDAP_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
+#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
+#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
+#endif
+
+#if APR_HAS_MICROSOFT_LDAPSDK
+#define timeval l_timeval
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * LDAP Connections
+ */
+
+/* Values that the deref member can have */
+typedef enum {
+ never=LDAP_DEREF_NEVER,
+ searching=LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING,
+ finding=LDAP_DEREF_FINDING,
+ always=LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS
+} deref_options;
+
+/* Structure representing an LDAP connection */
+typedef struct util_ldap_connection_t {
+ LDAP *ldap;
+ apr_pool_t *pool; /* Pool from which this connection is created */
+#if APR_HAS_THREADS
+ apr_thread_mutex_t *lock; /* Lock to indicate this connection is in use */
+#endif
+
+ const char *host; /* Name of the LDAP server (or space separated list) */
+ int port; /* Port of the LDAP server */
+ deref_options deref; /* how to handle alias dereferening */
+
+ const char *binddn; /* DN to bind to server (can be NULL) */
+ const char *bindpw; /* Password to bind to server (can be NULL) */
+
+ int bound; /* Flag to indicate whether this connection is bound yet */
+
+ int secure; /* SSL/TLS mode of the connection */
+ apr_array_header_t *client_certs; /* Client certificates on this connection */
+
+ const char *reason; /* Reason for an error failure */
+
+ struct util_ldap_connection_t *next;
+ struct util_ldap_state_t *st; /* The LDAP vhost config this connection belongs to */
+ int keep; /* Will this connection be kept when it's unlocked */
+
+ int ChaseReferrals; /* [on|off] (default = AP_LDAP_CHASEREFERRALS_ON)*/
+ int ReferralHopLimit; /* # of referral hops to follow (default = AP_LDAP_DEFAULT_HOPLIMIT) */
+ apr_time_t freed; /* the time this conn was placed back in the pool */
+ apr_pool_t *rebind_pool; /* frequently cleared pool for rebind data */
+ int must_rebind; /* The connection was last bound with other then binddn/bindpw */
+ request_rec *r; /* request_rec used to find this util_ldap_connection_t */
+ apr_time_t last_backend_conn; /* the approximate time of the last backend LDAP requst */
+} util_ldap_connection_t;
+
+typedef struct util_ldap_config_t {
+ int ChaseReferrals;
+ int ReferralHopLimit;
+ apr_array_header_t *client_certs; /* Client certificates */
+} util_ldap_config_t;
+
+/* LDAP cache state information */
+typedef struct util_ldap_state_t {
+ apr_pool_t *pool; /* pool from which this state is allocated */
+#if APR_HAS_THREADS
+ apr_thread_mutex_t *mutex; /* mutex lock for the connection list */
+#endif
+ apr_global_mutex_t *util_ldap_cache_lock;
+
+ apr_size_t cache_bytes; /* Size (in bytes) of shared memory cache */
+ char *cache_file; /* filename for shm */
+ long search_cache_ttl; /* TTL for search cache */
+ long search_cache_size; /* Size (in entries) of search cache */
+ long compare_cache_ttl; /* TTL for compare cache */
+ long compare_cache_size; /* Size (in entries) of compare cache */
+
+ struct util_ldap_connection_t *connections;
+ apr_array_header_t *global_certs; /* Global CA certificates */
+ int ssl_supported;
+ int secure;
+ int secure_set;
+ int verify_svr_cert;
+
+#if APR_HAS_SHARED_MEMORY
+ apr_shm_t *cache_shm;
+ apr_rmm_t *cache_rmm;
+#endif
+
+ /* cache ald */
+ void *util_ldap_cache;
+
+ long connectionTimeout;
+ struct timeval *opTimeout;
+
+ int debug_level; /* SDK debug level */
+ apr_interval_time_t connection_pool_ttl;
+ int retries; /* number of retries for failed bind/search/compare */
+ apr_interval_time_t retry_delay; /* delay between retries of failed bind/search/compare */
+} util_ldap_state_t;
+
+/* Used to store arrays of attribute labels/values. */
+struct mod_auth_ldap_groupattr_entry_t {
+ char *name;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Open a connection to an LDAP server
+ * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
+ * to connect to. The handle to the LDAP connection is returned
+ * as ldc->ldap.
+ * @tip This function connects to the LDAP server and binds. It does not
+ * connect if already connected (ldc->ldap != NULL). Does not bind
+ * if already bound.
+ * @return If successful LDAP_SUCCESS is returned.
+ * @fn int util_ldap_connection_open(request_rec *r,
+ * util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_connection_open,(request_rec *r,
+ util_ldap_connection_t *ldc));
+
+/**
+ * Close a connection to an LDAP server
+ * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
+ * that was connected.
+ * @tip This function unbinds from the LDAP server, and clears ldc->ldap.
+ * It is possible to rebind to this server again using the same ldc
+ * structure, using apr_ldap_open_connection().
+ * @fn util_ldap_close_connection(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void,uldap_connection_close,(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc));
+
+/**
+ * Unbind a connection to an LDAP server
+ * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
+ * that was connected.
+ * @tip This function unbinds the LDAP connection, and disconnects from
+ * the server. It is used during error conditions, to bring the LDAP
+ * connection back to a known state.
+ * @fn apr_status_t util_ldap_connection_unbind(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t,uldap_connection_unbind,(void *param));
+
+/**
+ * Find a connection in a list of connections
+ * @param r The request record
+ * @param host The hostname to connect to (multiple hosts space separated)
+ * @param port The port to connect to
+ * @param binddn The DN to bind with
+ * @param bindpw The password to bind with
+ * @param deref The dereferencing behavior
+ * @param secure use SSL on the connection
+ * @tip Once a connection is found and returned, a lock will be acquired to
+ * lock that particular connection, so that another thread does not try and
+ * use this connection while it is busy. Once you are finished with a connection,
+ * apr_ldap_connection_close() must be called to release this connection.
+ * @fn util_ldap_connection_t *util_ldap_connection_find(request_rec *r, const char *host, int port,
+ * const char *binddn, const char *bindpw, deref_options deref,
+ * int netscapessl, int starttls)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(util_ldap_connection_t *,uldap_connection_find,(request_rec *r, const char *host, int port,
+ const char *binddn, const char *bindpw, deref_options deref,
+ int secure));
+
+/**
+ * Compare two DNs for sameness
+ * @param r The request record
+ * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
+ * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
+ * @param dn The first DN to compare.
+ * @param reqdn The DN to compare the first DN to.
+ * @param compare_dn_on_server Flag to determine whether the DNs should be checked using
+ * LDAP calls or with a direct string comparison. A direct
+ * string comparison is faster, but not as accurate - false
+ * negative comparisons are possible.
+ * @tip Two DNs can be equal and still fail a string comparison. Eg "dc=example,dc=com"
+ * and "dc=example, dc=com". Use the compare_dn_on_server unless there are serious
+ * performance issues.
+ * @fn int util_ldap_cache_comparedn(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ * const char *url, const char *dn, const char *reqdn,
+ * int compare_dn_on_server)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_comparedn,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ const char *url, const char *dn, const char *reqdn,
+ int compare_dn_on_server));
+
+/**
+ * A generic LDAP compare function
+ * @param r The request record
+ * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
+ * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
+ * @param dn The DN of the object in which we do the compare.
+ * @param attrib The attribute within the object we are comparing for.
+ * @param value The value of the attribute we are trying to compare for.
+ * @tip Use this function to determine whether an attribute/value pair exists within an
+ * object. Typically this would be used to determine LDAP top-level group
+ * membership.
+ * @fn int util_ldap_cache_compare(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ * const char *url, const char *dn, const char *attrib, const char *value)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_compare,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ const char *url, const char *dn, const char *attrib, const char *value));
+
+/**
+ * An LDAP function that checks if the specified user is a member of a subgroup.
+ * @param r The request record
+ * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
+ * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
+ * @param dn The DN of the object in which we find subgroups to search within.
+ * @param attrib The attribute within group objects that identify users.
+ * @param value The user attribute value we are trying to compare for.
+ * @param subgroupAttrs The attributes within group objects that identify subgroups.
+ * Array of strings.
+ * @param subgroupclasses The objectClass values used to identify groups (and
+ * subgroups). apr_array_header_t *.
+ * @param cur_subgroup_depth Current recursive depth during subgroup processing.
+ * @param max_subgroup_depth Maximum depth of recursion allowed during subgroup
+ * processing.
+ * @tip Use this function to determine whether an attribute/value pair exists within a
+ * starting group object or one of its nested subgroups. Typically this would be
+ * used to determine LDAP nested group membership.
+ * @deffunc int util_ldap_cache_check_subgroups(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t
+ * *ldc, const char *url, const char *dn,
+ * const char *attrib, const char value,
+ * char **subgroupAttrs, apr_array_header_t
+ * *subgroupclasses, int cur_subgroup_depth, int
+ * max_subgroup_depth )
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_check_subgroups,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ const char *url, const char *dn, const char *attrib, const char *value,
+ char **subgroupAttrs, apr_array_header_t *subgroupclasses,
+ int cur_subgroup_depth, int max_subgroup_depth));
+
+/**
+ * Checks a username/password combination by binding to the LDAP server
+ * @param r The request record
+ * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
+ * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
+ * @param basedn The Base DN to search for the user in.
+ * @param scope LDAP scope of the search.
+ * @param attrs LDAP attributes to return in search.
+ * @param filter The user to search for in the form of an LDAP filter. This filter must return
+ * exactly one user for the check to be successful.
+ * @param bindpw The user password to bind as.
+ * @param binddn The DN of the user will be returned in this variable.
+ * @param retvals The values corresponding to the attributes requested in the attrs array.
+ * @tip The filter supplied will be searched for. If a single entry is returned, an attempt
+ * is made to bind as that user. If this bind succeeds, the user is not validated.
+ * @fn int util_ldap_cache_checkuserid(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ * char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
+ * char *filter, char *bindpw, char **binddn, char ***retvals)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_checkuserid,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ const char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
+ const char *filter, const char *bindpw, const char **binddn, const char ***retvals));
+
+/**
+ * Searches for a specified user object in an LDAP directory
+ * @param r The request record
+ * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
+ * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
+ * @param basedn The Base DN to search for the user in.
+ * @param scope LDAP scope of the search.
+ * @param attrs LDAP attributes to return in search.
+ * @param filter The user to search for in the form of an LDAP filter. This filter must return
+ * exactly one user for the check to be successful.
+ * @param binddn The DN of the user will be returned in this variable.
+ * @param retvals The values corresponding to the attributes requested in the attrs array.
+ * @tip The filter supplied will be searched for. If a single entry is returned, an attempt
+ * is made to bind as that user. If this bind succeeds, the user is not validated.
+ * @fn int util_ldap_cache_getuserdn(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ * char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
+ * char *filter, char **binddn, char ***retvals)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_getuserdn,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
+ const char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
+ const char *filter, const char **binddn, const char ***retvals));
+
+/**
+ * Checks if SSL support is available in mod_ldap
+ * @fn int util_ldap_ssl_supported(request_rec *r)
+ */
+APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_ssl_supported,(request_rec *r));
+
+/* from apr_ldap_cache.c */
+
+/**
+ * Init the LDAP cache
+ * @param pool The pool to use to initialise the cache
+ * @param reqsize The size of the shared memory segment to request. A size
+ * of zero requests the max size possible from
+ * apr_shmem_init()
+ * @fn void util_ldap_cache_init(apr_pool_t *p, util_ldap_state_t *st)
+ * @return The status code returned is the status code of the
+ * apr_smmem_init() call. Regardless of the status, the cache
+ * will be set up at least for in-process or in-thread operation.
+ */
+apr_status_t util_ldap_cache_init(apr_pool_t *pool, util_ldap_state_t *st);
+
+/* from apr_ldap_cache_mgr.c */
+
+/**
+ * Display formatted stats for cache
+ * @param The pool to allocate the returned string from
+ * @tip This function returns a string allocated from the provided pool that describes
+ * various stats about the cache.
+ * @fn char *util_ald_cache_display(apr_pool_t *pool, util_ldap_state_t *st)
+ */
+char *util_ald_cache_display(request_rec *r, util_ldap_state_t *st);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* APR_HAS_LDAP */
+#endif /* UTIL_LDAP_H */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_md5.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_md5.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_md5.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_md5.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_md5.h
+ * @brief Apache MD5 library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MD5 MD5 Package Library
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H
+#define APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "apr_md5.h"
+
+/**
+ * Create an MD5 checksum of a given string.
+ * @param a Pool to allocate out of
+ * @param string String to get the checksum of
+ * @return The checksum
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5(apr_pool_t *a, const unsigned char *string);
+
+/**
+ * Create an MD5 checksum of a string of binary data.
+ * @param a Pool to allocate out of
+ * @param buf Buffer to generate checksum for
+ * @param len The length of the buffer
+ * @return The checksum
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5_binary(apr_pool_t *a, const unsigned char *buf, int len);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an MD5 checksum into a base64 encoding.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ * @param context The context to convert
+ * @return The converted encoding
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5contextTo64(apr_pool_t *p, apr_md5_ctx_t *context);
+
+/**
+ * Create an MD5 Digest for a given file.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate out of
+ * @param infile The file to create the digest for
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5digest(apr_pool_t *p, apr_file_t *infile);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_mutex.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_mutex.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_mutex.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_mutex.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_mutex.h
+ * @brief Apache Mutex support library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MUTEX Mutex Library
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef UTIL_MUTEX_H
+#define UTIL_MUTEX_H
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+#include "http_config.h"
+#include "apr_global_mutex.h"
+
+#if APR_HAS_FLOCK_SERIALIZE
+# define AP_LIST_FLOCK_SERIALIZE ", 'flock:/path/to/file'"
+#else
+# define AP_LIST_FLOCK_SERIALIZE
+#endif
+#if APR_HAS_FCNTL_SERIALIZE
+# define AP_LIST_FCNTL_SERIALIZE ", 'fcntl:/path/to/file'"
+#else
+# define AP_LIST_FCNTL_SERIALIZE
+#endif
+#if APR_HAS_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE
+# define AP_LIST_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE ", 'sysvsem'"
+#else
+# define AP_LIST_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE
+#endif
+#if APR_HAS_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE
+# define AP_LIST_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE ", 'posixsem'"
+#else
+# define AP_LIST_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE
+#endif
+#if APR_HAS_PROC_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE
+# define AP_LIST_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE ", 'pthread'"
+#else
+# define AP_LIST_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE
+#endif
+#if APR_HAS_FLOCK_SERIALIZE || APR_HAS_FCNTL_SERIALIZE
+# define AP_LIST_FILE_SERIALIZE ", 'file:/path/to/file'"
+#else
+# define AP_LIST_FILE_SERIALIZE
+#endif
+#if APR_HAS_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE || APR_HAS_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE
+# define AP_LIST_SEM_SERIALIZE ", 'sem'"
+#else
+# define AP_LIST_SEM_SERIALIZE
+#endif
+
+#define AP_ALL_AVAILABLE_MUTEXES_STRING \
+ "Mutex mechanisms are: 'none', 'default'" \
+ AP_LIST_FLOCK_SERIALIZE AP_LIST_FCNTL_SERIALIZE \
+ AP_LIST_FILE_SERIALIZE AP_LIST_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE \
+ AP_LIST_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE AP_LIST_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE \
+ AP_LIST_SEM_SERIALIZE
+
+#define AP_AVAILABLE_MUTEXES_STRING \
+ "Mutex mechanisms are: 'default'" \
+ AP_LIST_FLOCK_SERIALIZE AP_LIST_FCNTL_SERIALIZE \
+ AP_LIST_FILE_SERIALIZE AP_LIST_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE \
+ AP_LIST_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE AP_LIST_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE \
+ AP_LIST_SEM_SERIALIZE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get Mutex config data and parse it
+ * @param arg The mutex config string
+ * @param pool The allocation pool
+ * @param mutexmech The APR mutex locking mechanism
+ * @param mutexfile The lockfile to use as required
+ * @return APR status code
+ * @fn apr_status_t ap_parse_mutex(const char *arg, apr_pool_t *pool,
+ apr_lockmech_e *mutexmech,
+ const char **mutexfile)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_parse_mutex(const char *arg, apr_pool_t *pool,
+ apr_lockmech_e *mutexmech,
+ const char **mutexfile);
+
+/* private function to process the Mutex directive */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_mutex(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
+ const char *arg);
+
+/* private function to initialize Mutex infrastructure */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_mutex_init(apr_pool_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * option flags for ap_mutex_register(), ap_global_mutex_create(), and
+ * ap_proc_mutex_create()
+ */
+#define AP_MUTEX_ALLOW_NONE 1 /* allow "none" as mutex implementation;
+ * respected only on ap_mutex_register()
+ */
+#define AP_MUTEX_DEFAULT_NONE 2 /* default to "none" for this mutex;
+ * respected only on ap_mutex_register()
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Register a module's mutex type with core to allow configuration
+ * with the Mutex directive. This must be called in the pre_config
+ * hook; otherwise, configuration directives referencing this mutex
+ * type will be rejected.
+ *
+ * The default_dir and default_mech parameters allow a module to set
+ * defaults for the lock file directory and mechanism. These could
+ * be based on compile-time settings. These aren't required except
+ * in special circumstances.
+ *
+ * The order of precedence for the choice of mechanism and lock file
+ * directory is:
+ *
+ * 1. Mutex directive specifically for this mutex
+ * e.g., Mutex mpm-default flock:/tmp/mpmlocks
+ * 2. Mutex directive for global default
+ * e.g., Mutex default flock:/tmp/httpdlocks
+ * 3. Defaults for this mutex provided on the ap_mutex_register()
+ * 4. Built-in defaults for all mutexes, which are
+ * APR_LOCK_DEFAULT and DEFAULT_REL_RUNTIMEDIR.
+ *
+ * @param pconf The pconf pool
+ * @param type The type name of the mutex, used as the basename of the
+ * file associated with the mutex, if any. This must be unique among
+ * all mutex types (mutex creation accommodates multi-instance mutex
+ * types); mod_foo might have mutex types "foo-pipe" and "foo-shm"
+ * @param default_dir Default dir for any lock file required for this
+ * lock, to override built-in defaults; should be NULL for most
+ * modules, to respect built-in defaults
+ * @param default_mech Default mechanism for this lock, to override
+ * built-in defaults; should be APR_LOCK_DEFAULT for most modules, to
+ * respect built-in defaults
+ * or NULL if there are no defaults for this mutex.
+ * @param options combination of AP_MUTEX_* constants, or 0 for defaults
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mutex_register(apr_pool_t *pconf,
+ const char *type,
+ const char *default_dir,
+ apr_lockmech_e default_mech,
+ apr_int32_t options);
+
+/**
+ * Create an APR global mutex that has been registered previously with
+ * ap_mutex_register(). Mutex files, permissions, and error logging will
+ * be handled internally.
+ * @param mutex The memory address where the newly created mutex will be
+ * stored. If this mutex is disabled, mutex will be set to NULL on
+ * output. (That is allowed only if the AP_MUTEX_ALLOW_NONE flag is
+ * passed to ap_mutex_register().)
+ * @param name The generated filename of the created mutex, or NULL if
+ * no file was created. Pass NULL if this result is not needed.
+ * @param type The type name of the mutex, matching the type name passed
+ * to ap_mutex_register().
+ * @param instance_id A unique string to be used in the lock filename IFF
+ * this mutex type is multi-instance, NULL otherwise.
+ * @param server server_rec of main server
+ * @param pool pool lifetime of the mutex
+ * @param options combination of AP_MUTEX_* constants, or 0 for defaults
+ * (currently none are defined for this function)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_global_mutex_create(apr_global_mutex_t **mutex,
+ const char **name,
+ const char *type,
+ const char *instance_id,
+ server_rec *server,
+ apr_pool_t *pool,
+ apr_int32_t options);
+
+/**
+ * Create an APR proc mutex that has been registered previously with
+ * ap_mutex_register(). Mutex files, permissions, and error logging will
+ * be handled internally.
+ * @param mutex The memory address where the newly created mutex will be
+ * stored. If this mutex is disabled, mutex will be set to NULL on
+ * output. (That is allowed only if the AP_MUTEX_ALLOW_NONE flag is
+ * passed to ap_mutex_register().)
+ * @param name The generated filename of the created mutex, or NULL if
+ * no file was created. Pass NULL if this result is not needed.
+ * @param type The type name of the mutex, matching the type name passed
+ * to ap_mutex_register().
+ * @param instance_id A unique string to be used in the lock filename IFF
+ * this mutex type is multi-instance, NULL otherwise.
+ * @param server server_rec of main server
+ * @param pool pool lifetime of the mutex
+ * @param options combination of AP_MUTEX_* constants, or 0 for defaults
+ * (currently none are defined for this function)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proc_mutex_create(apr_proc_mutex_t **mutex,
+ const char **name,
+ const char *type,
+ const char *instance_id,
+ server_rec *server,
+ apr_pool_t *pool,
+ apr_int32_t options);
+
+AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_dump_mutexes(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s, apr_file_t *out);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UTIL_MUTEX_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_script.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_script.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_script.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_script.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_script.h
+ * @brief Apache script tools
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_SCRIPT Script Tools
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H
+#define APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H
+
+#include "apr_buckets.h"
+#include "ap_config.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef APACHE_ARG_MAX
+#ifdef _POSIX_ARG_MAX
+#define APACHE_ARG_MAX _POSIX_ARG_MAX
+#else
+#define APACHE_ARG_MAX 512
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Create an environment variable out of an Apache table of key-value pairs
+ * @param p pool to allocate out of
+ * @param t Apache table of key-value pairs
+ * @return An array containing the same key-value pairs suitable for
+ * use with an exec call.
+ * @fn char **ap_create_environment(apr_pool_t *p, apr_table_t *t)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char **) ap_create_environment(apr_pool_t *p, apr_table_t *t);
+
+/**
+ * This "cute" little function comes about because the path info on
+ * filenames and URLs aren't always the same. So we take the two,
+ * and find as much of the two that match as possible.
+ * @param uri The uri we are currently parsing
+ * @param path_info The current path info
+ * @return The length of the path info
+ * @fn int ap_find_path_info(const char *uri, const char *path_info)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_path_info(const char *uri, const char *path_info);
+
+/**
+ * Add CGI environment variables required by HTTP/1.1 to the request's
+ * environment table
+ * @param r the current request
+ * @fn void ap_add_cgi_vars(request_rec *r)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_cgi_vars(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Add common CGI environment variables to the requests environment table
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @fn void ap_add_common_vars(request_rec *r)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_common_vars(request_rec *r);
+
+/**
+ * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
+ * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
+ * current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param f The file to read from
+ * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
+ * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
+ * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
+ * @fn int ap_scan_script_header_err(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *f, char *buffer)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *f, char *buffer);
+
+/**
+ * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
+ * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
+ * current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param f The file to read from
+ * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
+ * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
+ * @param module_index The module index to be used for logging
+ * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_ex(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *f,
+ char *buffer, int module_index);
+
+
+/**
+ * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
+ * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
+ * current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param bb The brigade from which to read
+ * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
+ * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
+ * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
+ * @fn int ap_scan_script_header_err_brigade(request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *bb, char *buffer)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_brigade(request_rec *r,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ char *buffer);
+
+/**
+ * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
+ * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
+ * current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param bb The brigade from which to read
+ * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
+ * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
+ * @param module_index The module index to be used for logging
+ * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_brigade_ex(request_rec *r,
+ apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
+ char *buffer,
+ int module_index);
+
+/**
+ * Read headers strings from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
+ * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
+ * current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
+ * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
+ * @param termch Pointer to the last character parsed.
+ * @param termarg Pointer to an int to capture the last argument parsed.
+ *
+ * The varargs are string arguments to parse consecutively for headers,
+ * with a NULL argument to terminate the list.
+ *
+ * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_strs(request_rec *r,
+ char *buffer,
+ const char **termch,
+ int *termarg, ...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+/**
+ * Read headers strings from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
+ * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
+ * current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
+ * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
+ * @param module_index The module index to be used for logging
+ * @param termch Pointer to the last character parsed.
+ * @param termarg Pointer to an int to capture the last argument parsed.
+ *
+ * The varargs are string arguments to parse consecutively for headers,
+ * with a NULL argument to terminate the list.
+ *
+ * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_strs_ex(request_rec *r,
+ char *buffer,
+ int module_index,
+ const char **termch,
+ int *termarg, ...)
+ AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;
+
+
+/**
+ * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
+ * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
+ * current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
+ * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
+ * @param getsfunc Function to read the headers from. This function should
+ act like gets()
+ * @param getsfunc_data The place to read from
+ * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_core(request_rec *r, char *buffer,
+ int (*getsfunc) (char *, int, void *),
+ void *getsfunc_data);
+
+/**
+ * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
+ * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
+ * current request
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
+ * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
+ * @param getsfunc Function to read the headers from. This function should
+ act like gets()
+ * @param getsfunc_data The place to read from
+ * @param module_index The module index to be used for logging
+ * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_core_ex(request_rec *r, char *buffer,
+ int (*getsfunc) (char *, int, void *),
+ void *getsfunc_data, int module_index);
+
+
+/**
+ * Parse query args for the request and store in a new table allocated
+ * from the request pool.
+ * For args with no value, "1" will be used instead.
+ * If no query args were specified, the table will be empty.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param table A new table on output.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_args_to_table(request_rec *r, apr_table_t **table);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_time.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_time.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_time.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_time.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_time.h
+ * @brief Apache date-time handling functions
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_TIME Date-time handling functions
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H
+#define APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_time.h"
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum delta from the current time, in seconds, for a past time
+ * to qualify as "recent" for use in the ap_explode_recent_*() functions:
+ * (Must be a power of two minus one!)
+ */
+#define AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD 15
+
+/* Options for ap_recent_ctime_ex */
+/* No extension */
+#define AP_CTIME_OPTION_NONE 0x0
+/* Add sub second timestamps with micro second resolution */
+#define AP_CTIME_OPTION_USEC 0x1
+/* Use more compact ISO 8601 format */
+#define AP_CTIME_OPTION_COMPACT 0x2
+
+
+/**
+ * convert a recent time to its human readable components in local timezone
+ * @param tm the exploded time
+ * @param t the time to explode: MUST be within the last
+ * AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD seconds
+ * @note This is a faster alternative to apr_time_exp_lt that uses
+ * a cache of pre-exploded time structures. It is useful for things
+ * that need to explode the current time multiple times per second,
+ * like loggers.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_explode_recent_localtime(apr_time_exp_t *tm,
+ apr_time_t t);
+
+/**
+ * convert a recent time to its human readable components in GMT timezone
+ * @param tm the exploded time
+ * @param t the time to explode: MUST be within the last
+ * AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD seconds
+ * @note This is a faster alternative to apr_time_exp_gmt that uses
+ * a cache of pre-exploded time structures. It is useful for things
+ * that need to explode the current time multiple times per second,
+ * like loggers.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_explode_recent_gmt(apr_time_exp_t *tm,
+ apr_time_t t);
+
+
+/**
+ * format a recent timestamp in the ctime() format.
+ * @param date_str String to write to.
+ * @param t the time to convert
+ * @note Consider using ap_recent_ctime_ex instead.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_recent_ctime(char *date_str, apr_time_t t);
+
+
+/**
+ * format a recent timestamp in an extended ctime() format.
+ * @param date_str String to write to.
+ * @param t the time to convert
+ * @param option Additional formatting options (AP_CTIME_OPTION_*).
+ * @param len Pointer to an int containing the length of the provided buffer.
+ * On successful return it contains the number of bytes written to the
+ * buffer.
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful, APR_ENOMEM if buffer was to short.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_recent_ctime_ex(char *date_str, apr_time_t t,
+ int option, int *len);
+
+
+/**
+ * format a recent timestamp in the RFC822 format
+ * @param date_str String to write to (must have length >= APR_RFC822_DATE_LEN)
+ * @param t the time to convert
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_recent_rfc822_date(char *date_str, apr_time_t t);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_varbuf.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_varbuf.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_varbuf.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_varbuf.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_varbuf.h
+ * @brief Apache resizable variable length buffer library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_VARBUF Variable length buffer library
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ *
+ * This set of functions provides resizable buffers. While the primary
+ * usage is with NUL-terminated strings, most functions also work with
+ * arbitrary binary data.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef AP_VARBUF_H
+#define AP_VARBUF_H
+
+#include "apr.h"
+#include "apr_allocator.h"
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN APR_SIZE_MAX
+struct ap_varbuf_info;
+
+/** A resizable buffer. */
+struct ap_varbuf {
+ /** The actual buffer; will point to a const '\\0' if avail == 0 and
+ * to memory of the same lifetime as the pool otherwise. */
+ char *buf;
+
+ /** Allocated size of the buffer (minus one for the final \\0);
+ * must only be changed using ap_varbuf_grow(). */
+ apr_size_t avail;
+
+ /** Length of string in buffer, or AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN. This determines how
+ * much memory is copied by ap_varbuf_grow() and where
+ * ap_varbuf_strmemcat() will append to the buffer. */
+ apr_size_t strlen;
+
+ /** The pool for memory allocations and for registering the cleanup;
+ * the buffer memory will be released when this pool is cleared. */
+ apr_pool_t *pool;
+
+ /** Opaque info for memory allocation. */
+ struct ap_varbuf_info *info;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a resizable buffer. It is safe to re-initialize a previously
+ * used ap_varbuf. The old buffer will be released when the corresponding
+ * pool is cleared. The buffer remains usable until the pool is cleared,
+ * even if the ap_varbuf was located on the stack and has gone out of scope.
+ * @param pool The pool to allocate small buffers from and to register
+ * the cleanup with
+ * @param vb Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
+ * @param init_size The initial size of the buffer (see ap_varbuf_grow() for
+ * details)
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_varbuf_init(apr_pool_t *pool, struct ap_varbuf *vb,
+ apr_size_t init_size);
+
+/**
+ * Grow a resizable buffer. If the vb->buf cannot be grown in place, it will
+ * be reallocated and the first vb->strlen + 1 bytes of memory will be copied
+ * to the new location. If vb->strlen == AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN, the whole buffer
+ * is copied.
+ * @param vb Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
+ * @param new_size The minimum new size of the buffer
+ * @note ap_varbuf_grow() will usually at least double vb->buf's size with
+ * every invocation in order to reduce reallocations.
+ * @note ap_varbuf_grow() will use pool memory for small and allocator
+ * mem nodes for larger allocations.
+ * @note ap_varbuf_grow() will call vb->pool's abort function if out of memory.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_varbuf_grow(struct ap_varbuf *vb, apr_size_t new_size);
+
+/**
+ * Release memory from a ap_varbuf immediately, if possible.
+ * This allows to free large buffers before the corresponding pool is
+ * cleared. Only larger allocations using mem nodes will be freed.
+ * @param vb Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
+ * @note After ap_varbuf_free(), vb must not be used unless ap_varbuf_init()
+ * is called again.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_varbuf_free(struct ap_varbuf *vb);
+
+/**
+ * Concatenate a string to an ap_varbuf. vb->strlen determines where
+ * the string is appended in the buffer. If vb->strlen == AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN,
+ * the string will be appended at the first NUL byte in the buffer.
+ * If len == 0, ap_varbuf_strmemcat() does nothing.
+ * @param vb Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
+ * @param str The string to append; must be at least len bytes long
+ * @param len The number of characters of *str to concatenate to the buf
+ * @note vb->strlen will be set to the length of the new string
+ * @note if len != 0, vb->buf will always be NUL-terminated
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(void) ap_varbuf_strmemcat(struct ap_varbuf *vb, const char *str,
+ int len);
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate an ap_varbuf's content into pool memory.
+ * @param p The pool to allocate from
+ * @param vb The ap_varbuf to copy from
+ * @param prepend An optional buffer to prepend (may be NULL)
+ * @param prepend_len Length of prepend
+ * @param append An optional buffer to append (may be NULL)
+ * @param append_len Length of append
+ * @param new_len Where to store the length of the resulting string
+ * (may be NULL)
+ * @return The new string
+ * @note ap_varbuf_pdup() uses vb->strlen to determine how much memory to
+ * copy. It works even if 0-bytes are embedded in vb->buf, prepend, or
+ * append.
+ * @note If vb->strlen equals AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN, it will be set to
+ * strlen(vb->buf).
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_varbuf_pdup(apr_pool_t *p, struct ap_varbuf *vb,
+ const char *prepend, apr_size_t prepend_len,
+ const char *append, apr_size_t append_len,
+ apr_size_t *new_len);
+
+
+/**
+ * Concatenate a string to an ap_varbuf.
+ * @param vb Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
+ * @param str The string to append
+ * @note vb->strlen will be set to the length of the new string
+ */
+#define ap_varbuf_strcat(vb, str) ap_varbuf_strmemcat(vb, str, strlen(str))
+
+/**
+ * Perform string substitutions based on regexp match, using an ap_varbuf.
+ * This function behaves like ap_pregsub(), but appends to an ap_varbuf
+ * instead of allocating the result from a pool.
+ * @param vb The ap_varbuf to which the string will be appended
+ * @param input An arbitrary string containing $1 through $9. These are
+ * replaced with the corresponding matched sub-expressions
+ * @param source The string that was originally matched to the regex
+ * @param nmatch The nmatch returned from ap_pregex
+ * @param pmatch The pmatch array returned from ap_pregex
+ * @param maxlen The maximum string length to append to vb, 0 for unlimited
+ * @return APR_SUCCESS if successful
+ * @note Just like ap_pregsub(), this function does not copy the part of
+ * *source before the matching part (i.e. the first pmatch[0].rm_so
+ * characters).
+ * @note If vb->strlen equals AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN, it will be set to
+ * strlen(vb->buf) first.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_varbuf_regsub(struct ap_varbuf *vb,
+ const char *input,
+ const char *source,
+ apr_size_t nmatch,
+ ap_regmatch_t pmatch[],
+ apr_size_t maxlen);
+
+/**
+ * Read a line from an ap_configfile_t and append it to an ap_varbuf.
+ * @param vb Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
+ * @param cfp Pointer to the ap_configfile_t
+ * @param max_len Maximum line length, including leading/trailing whitespace
+ * @return See ap_cfg_getline()
+ * @note vb->strlen will be set to the length of the line
+ * @note If vb->strlen equals AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN, it will be set to
+ * strlen(vb->buf) first.
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_varbuf_cfg_getline(struct ap_varbuf *vb,
+ ap_configfile_t *cfp,
+ apr_size_t max_len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !AP_VARBUF_H */
+/** @} */
Copied: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_xml.h (from rev 9426, branches/3.1/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_xml.h)
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_xml.h (rev 0)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/include/util_xml.h 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+ * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+ * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+ * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file util_xml.h
+ * @brief Apache XML library
+ *
+ * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_XML XML Library
+ * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef UTIL_XML_H
+#define UTIL_XML_H
+
+#include "apr_xml.h"
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get XML post data and parse it.
+ * @param r The current request
+ * @param pdoc The XML post data
+ * @return HTTP status code
+ */
+AP_DECLARE(int) ap_xml_parse_input(request_rec *r, apr_xml_doc **pdoc);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UTIL_XML_H */
+/** @} */
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/apr-1.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/aprutil-1.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libapr-1.exp
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libapr-1.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libapriconv-1.exp
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libapriconv-1.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libaprutil-1.exp
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libaprutil-1.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libhttpd.exp
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/libhttpd.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/mod_dav.exp
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/mod_dav.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/mod_proxy.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/httpd/lib64/xml.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/php/PROVENANCE.TXT
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/Oem/php/PROVENANCE.TXT 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/Oem/php/PROVENANCE.TXT 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
Release_TS
x64\Release_TS
- php5ts.lib extracted from official VC11 binary distribution of PHP 5.5.11 (http://windows.php.net/download/)
+ php5ts.lib extracted from official VC11 binary distribution of PHP 5.6.59 (http://windows.php.net/download/)
main\win95nt.h
Modified: trunk/MgDev/Oem/php/x64/Release_TS/php5ts.lib
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/MgDev/configure.in
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/configure.in 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/configure.in 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
map_opt_oem_distsubdirs=""
dnl *******************************************************
-dnl PHP 5.6.33 Configuration
+dnl PHP 5.6.40 Configuration
dnl *******************************************************
AC_ARG_WITH([php],
MAP_HELP_STRING([--with-php],
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
[with_php=no])
if test $with_php = "no"; then
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Using php 5.6.33 from included Oem Directory])
- php_src=`pwd`/Oem/LinuxApt/php-5.6.33
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([Using php 5.6.40 from included Oem Directory])
+ php_src=`pwd`/Oem/LinuxApt/php-5.6.40
else
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Using custom PHP source directory])
php_src=$with_php
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
AC_SUBST(php_src)
dnl *******************************************************
-dnl httpd 2.4.29 Configuration
+dnl httpd 2.4.37 Configuration
dnl *******************************************************
AC_ARG_WITH([httpd],
MAP_HELP_STRING([--with-httpd],
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@
[with_httpd=no])
if test $with_httpd = "no"; then
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Using httpd 2.4.29 from included Oem Directory])
- httpd_src=`pwd`/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.29
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([Using httpd 2.4.37 from included Oem Directory])
+ httpd_src=`pwd`/Oem/LinuxApt/httpd-2.4.37
else
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Using custom httpd source directory])
httpd_src=$with_httpd
Modified: trunk/MgDev/prepare_webtier_components.bat
===================================================================
--- trunk/MgDev/prepare_webtier_components.bat 2019-06-30 10:16:21 UTC (rev 9564)
+++ trunk/MgDev/prepare_webtier_components.bat 2019-07-04 12:33:58 UTC (rev 9565)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
@echo off
SET SEVENZ=%CD%\BuildTools\WebTools\7-zip\7z.exe
-SET HTTPD_VER=2.4.29
-SET PHP_VER=5.6.33
+SET HTTPD_VER=2.4.37
+SET PHP_VER=5.6.40
pushd Oem\LinuxApt
:check_httpd
if not exist httpd-%HTTPD_VER% goto unpack_httpd
More information about the mapguide-commits
mailing list